EPRMPHolcim La Union

Proposed Modification of Holcim La Union Plant
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Project History .............................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Project Location and Area.............................................................................................. 1
1.2.1 Accessibility ..................................................................................................................... 5
1.2.2 Impact Area ..................................................................................................................... 5
1.3 Project Rationale ......................................................................................................... 11
1.4 Project Alternative ...................................................................................................... 11
1.4.1 Alternative Project Location .......................................................................................... 11
1.4.2 Technology Selection..................................................................................................... 11
1.4.3 Supply Alternative ......................................................................................................... 12
1.4.3.1 Power ........................................................................................................................ 12
1.4.3.2 Water ........................................................................................................................ 12
1.4.3.3 Raw Materials ........................................................................................................... 12
1.4.4 Environmental Impact ................................................................................................... 12
1.4.5 Consequences of not Proceeding with Project .............................................................. 12
1.5 Project Components .................................................................................................... 13
1.5.1 Pollution Control Devices .............................................................................................. 17
1.5.1.1 Solid Waste Management ......................................................................................... 18
1.5.1.2 Wastewater Facility................................................................................................... 18
1.5.2 Utilities .......................................................................................................................... 19
1.5.2.1 Power Supply Requirements and Alternates ............................................................ 19
1.6 Process/Technology .................................................................................................... 20
1.6.1 Existing Operation ......................................................................................................... 20
1.6.1.1 Raw Material Extraction (Quarrying) ........................................................................ 20
1.6.1.2 Raw Material Preparation (Crushing) ....................................................................... 20
1.6.1.3 Raw Meal Preparation .............................................................................................. 21
1.6.1.4 Clinker Manufacture ................................................................................................. 21
1.6.1.5 Cement Production ................................................................................................... 25
1.6.1.6 Packing ...................................................................................................................... 26
1.6.2 Proposed Operation ...................................................................................................... 28
1.6.2.1 Raw Material Extraction (Quarrying) ........................................................................ 28
1.6.2.2 Raw Material Preparation (Crushing) ....................................................................... 28
1.6.2.3 Raw Meal Preparation .............................................................................................. 28
1.6.2.4 Clinker Manufacture ................................................................................................. 29
1.6.2.5 Cement Production ................................................................................................... 33
1.6.2.6 Packing ...................................................................................................................... 33
1.7 Development Plan, Description of Project Phases, and Corresponding Timeframes ....... 35
1.7.1 Pre-Construction Phase ................................................................................................. 35
1.7.2 Construction Phase........................................................................................................ 35
1.7.3 Operation Phase ............................................................................................................ 35
1.7.4 Abandonment/Decommissioning Phase ....................................................................... 39
1.8 Project Size ................................................................................................................. 39
1.8.1 Production Capacity ...................................................................................................... 39
1.8.2 Project Area ................................................................................................................... 39
1.9 Manpower .................................................................................................................. 39
1.10 Project Costs ............................................................................................................... 40
2.0 ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS................................................................... 42
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.1 Land............................................................................................................................ 42
2.1.1 Pedology and Land Use ................................................................................................. 42
2.1.1.1 Methodology ............................................................................................................. 42
2.1.1.2 General Description of the Province of La Union ..................................................... 48
2.1.1.3 The Soils of La Union Province .................................................................................. 50
2.1.1.4 Soils of the Project area ............................................................................................ 66
2.1.1.5 Soil Erosion in La Union ............................................................................................. 68
2.1.1.6 Results and Discussions............................................................................................. 71
2.1.1.7 Soil Physical Properties of the Soil Sampling Locations ............................................ 89
2.1.1.8 Soil Texture ............................................................................................................... 98
2.1.2 Terrestrial Biology Assessment ..................................................................................... 99
2.1.2.1 Scope: Baseline and Impact Assessment .................................................................. 99
2.1.2.2 Terrestrial Flora ......................................................................................................... 99
2.1.2.3 Terrestrial Fauna Assessment ................................................................................. 129
2.2 Water ....................................................................................................................... 144
2.2.1 Hydrology and Hydrogeology...................................................................................... 144
2.2.1.1 Surface Water Bodies.............................................................................................. 144
2.2.1.2 Hydrogeology .......................................................................................................... 150
2.2.1.3 Existing Water Supply System ................................................................................. 153
2.2.1.4 Water Use Competition .......................................................................................... 162
2.2.1.5 Hydrologic Hazards ................................................................................................. 163
2.2.2 Water Quality .............................................................................................................. 168
2.2.2.1 Sources of Wastewater ........................................................................................... 168
2.2.2.2 Effluent Monitoring by Holcim................................................................................ 168
2.2.2.3 2017 Water Quality Sampling ................................................................................. 179
2.3 Air ............................................................................................................................ 186
2.3.1 Meteorology ................................................................................................................ 186
2.3.1.1 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 186
2.3.1.2 Methodology ........................................................................................................... 186
2.3.1.3 Existing Conditions .................................................................................................. 186
2.3.1.4 Impact Assessment ................................................................................................. 194
2.3.1.3 Existing Conditions ...................................................................................................... 195
2.3.1.5 Climate .................................................................................................................... 195
2.3.1.6 Rainfall .................................................................................................................... 195
2.3.1.7 Surface Temperatures............................................................................................. 195
2.3.1.8 Relative Humidity .................................................................................................... 196
2.3.1.9 Cloudiness ............................................................................................................... 197
2.3.1.10 Surface Winds ..................................................................................................... 197
2.3.1.11 Tropical Cyclones ................................................................................................ 197
2.3.1.12 Potential Impacts and Mitigating Measures ....................................................... 198
2.3.1.13 Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions ...................................................................... 200
2.3.2 Ambient Air Quality ..................................................................................................... 203
2.3.2.1 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 203
2.3.2.2 Methodology ........................................................................................................... 204
2.3.2.3 Existing Conditions .................................................................................................. 206
2.3.2.4 Potential Impacts and Mitigating Measures ........................................................... 213
2.3.3 Ambient Noise ............................................................................................................. 223
2.3.3.1 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 223
2.3.3.2 Methodology ........................................................................................................... 224
2.3.3.4 Potential Impacts and Mitigating Measures............................................................... 232
2.4 The People ................................................................................................................ 238
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.4.1 Demographic Baseline Information of Impact Areas .................................................. 239

2.4.1.1 Population Size and Growth Rate ........................................................................... 239
2.4.1.2 Population Composition ......................................................................................... 239
2.4.1.3 Population Distribution ........................................................................................... 243
2.4.1.4 Other Demographic Information ............................................................................ 243
2.4.1.5 Housing Condition and Ownership ......................................................................... 247
2.4.1.6 Migration Pattern.................................................................................................... 248
2.4.2 Availability of Public Services ...................................................................................... 248
2.4.2.1 Health and Sanitation ............................................................................................. 248
2.4.2.2 Education ................................................................................................................ 254
2.4.2.3 Social Welfare ......................................................................................................... 257
2.4.2.4 Peace and Order...................................................................................................... 257
2.4.2.5 Public Utilities and Infrastructure ........................................................................... 258
2.4.3 Socioeconomic Information ........................................................................................ 260
2.4.3.1 Employment Profile ................................................................................................ 260
2.4.3.2 Trade and Industry .................................................................................................. 263
2.4.3.3 Food Sufficiency ...................................................................................................... 264
2.4.3.4 Poverty Incidence.................................................................................................... 265
2.4.4 Barangay Disaster Risks Reduction Management ...................................................... 266
2.4.5 Perception Survey........................................................................................................ 267
2.4.5.1 Profile of Survey Respondents ................................................................................ 268
2.4.5.2 Household Information ........................................................................................... 273
2.4.5.3 Housing Condition ................................................................................................... 273
2.4.5.4 Health and Sanitation Situation of Survey Respondents ........................................ 274
2.4.5.5 Community Problems and Concerns....................................................................... 278
2.4.5.6 Awareness on the Current Operation ..................................................................... 281
2.4.5.7 Perceived impact on the current operation of the company ................................. 282
2.4.5.8 Awareness of the community on existing projects ................................................. 284
2.4.5.9 Project Awareness and Acceptability...................................................................... 285
2.4.6 Focus Group Discussion ............................................................................................... 291
2.4.7 Discussion on Key Impacts and Mitigating Measures ................................................. 293
2.4.7.1 In Migration and Increase in Day-Time Population ................................................ 293
2.4.7.2 Threat to Delivery of Basic Services/ Resource Competition.................................. 294
2.4.7.3 Threat to Public Health and Safety ......................................................................... 295
2.4.7.4 Generation of Local Benefits from the Proposed Project ....................................... 296
2.4.7.5 Traffic Congestion ................................................................................................... 297
3.0 IMPACT MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................................... 298
3.1 Performance of the Current IMP Implementation ...................................................... 298
3.2 Impact Management Plan.......................................................................................... 302
3.3 Land Resources ......................................................................................................... 302
3.4 Water Resources ....................................................................................................... 302
3.5 Air Quality ................................................................................................................ 302
3.6 People ...................................................................................................................... 302
4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT (ERA) AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE OILICY AND
GUIDELINES ............................................................................................................................. 326
4.1 Rationale/Background ............................................................................................... 326
4.2 Information Relating to the Operator and the Establishment...................................... 328
4.3 Scope of Analysis Employed/Used ............................................................................. 330
4.3.1 General Risk Assessment Process ................................................................................ 330
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.3.2 Methodology for the Proposed Project ....................................................................... 332

4.3.2.1 Identification of hazardous substances .................................................................. 332
4.3.2.2 Physical and chemical properties of the hazardous substances and/or mixtures.. 333
4.3.2.3 Hazards associated with the handling and storage of the hazardous substances
and/or mixtures ...................................................................................................................... 333
4.3.2.4 Safety performance................................................................................................. 333
4.4 Hazardous Substance or Situation Present in the Establishment ................................. 333
4.4.1 Identification of the hazardous substances ................................................................ 333
4.4.2 Physical and chemical properties of the hazardous mixtures and substance ............. 333
4.4.3 Stability and reactivity information ............................................................................ 343
4.4.3.1 Hazards imposed by the hazardous mixtures and substance ................................. 343
4.4.3.2 Emission of potentially hazardous substance (chemical effects) ........................... 343
4.4.3.3 Occurrence of an environmental hazard (physical effects) .................................... 370
4.5 Safety Management System of the Establishment ...................................................... 371
4.5.1 Occupational Health and Safety Policy ....................................................................... 371
4.5.2 Safety and Health Programs ....................................................................................... 372
4.5.3 Trainings conducted .................................................................................................... 373
4.5.3 Risk Assessment .......................................................................................................... 374
4.5.4 Safety Performance ..................................................................................................... 391
5.0 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN AND IEC IMPLEMENTATION .............................................. 393
5.1 Indicative Social Development Plan ........................................................................... 393
5.2 Information and Education Campaign ........................................................................ 399
6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MONITORING .............................................................. 405
6.1 Environmental Performance ...................................................................................... 405
6.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan ................................................................................. 415
1.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan ................................................................................. 415
1.2 Multi-sectoral Monitoring Framework ....................................................................... 426
6.3 Environmental Guarantee and Monitoring Fund Commitment ................................... 427
7.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICY AND GUIDELINES .......................................................... 429
7.1 Emergency Response Team ....................................................................................... 429
7.2 Emergency Procedures .............................................................................................. 429
7.2.1 Fire and Explosion ....................................................................................................... 430
7.2.1.1 Fire Prevention ........................................................................................................ 430
7.2.1.2 Fire Preparedness ................................................................................................... 431
7.2.1.3 In Case of Fire .......................................................................................................... 431
7.2.2 Material, Oil, Chemical, Spills and Gas Leaks.............................................................. 432
7.2.2.1 For the Area Owner................................................................................................. 432
7.2.2.2 Emergency Response Team .................................................................................... 433
7.2.3 Natural Disasters......................................................................................................... 433
7.2.3.1 Earthquake .............................................................................................................. 433
7.2.3.2 Lightning.................................................................................................................. 434
7.2.4 Work Accidents and Instructions for First Aid ............................................................. 435
7.2.4.1 When a co-worker meets an accident .................................................................... 435
7.2.4.2 Emergency Response Team .................................................................................... 435
7.2.4.3 Ambulance Driver ................................................................................................... 435
7.2.4.4 Medical staff ........................................................................................................... 435
7.2.5 Bomb Threat................................................................................................................ 439
7.2.5.1 For employee or anyone who received the bomb threat ....................................... 439
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7.2.5.2 Holcim Philippines, Inc. – La Union Plant Management ......................................... 440

7.2.6 Terrorist Attacks .......................................................................................................... 440
7.2.7 Theft and Pilferage ...................................................................................................... 440
7.2.8 Handling Strike or Demonstration .............................................................................. 441
7.2.9 Vehicular Accident....................................................................................................... 442
7.2.10 OIL SPILLS .................................................................................................................... 442
7.2.10.1 Containment, Recovery and Clean Up ................................................................ 442
7.2.11 Structural Collapse ...................................................................................................... 443
7.2.11.1 Before the collapse ............................................................................................. 443
7.2.11.2 During Structural Collapse .................................................................................. 444
7.2.11.3 After structural collapse...................................................................................... 444
7.3 Program Implementation Requirements .................................................................... 444
8.0 ABANDONMENT/DECOMMISSIONING/REHABILITATION AND GENERIC GUIDELINES ...... 446
8.1 Decommissioning Plan .............................................................................................. 446
9.0 INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................ 448
List of Tables
Table 2 - Project Schedule ..................................................................................................................... 39
Table 3 : Project Costs ........................................................................................................................... 40
Table 4 : Soil Sampling Locations and Present Land Use of the Six Surface Soil Sampling Locations ... 46
Table 5 : Requested Chemical and Physical Soil Analyses ..................................................................... 47
Table 6 : Estimated Total Area and Percentage Per Land Use .............................................................. 49
Table 7 : Area, Location on Each Soil Type in La Union Province* ........................................................ 52
Table 8 : Extent of Soil Erosion in the Province of La Union .................................................................. 68
Table 9: Arsenic Source vs. Potential Environmental Contamination (ATSDR 2007) ............................ 85
Table 10: Location of terrestrial sampling and observation sites ....................................................... 101
Table 11 : Summary of species composition ....................................................................................... 107
Table 12 : Lists of tree species recorded within and in the vicinity of the proposed project site ........ 108
Table 13 : List of other plants (herbs, ferns, epiphytes, shrubs, grasses, palms, vines) recorded in the
proposed project site ................................................................................................................... 111
Table 14 : List of the recorded tree species with highest Importance Value (IV) ................................ 125
Table 15 : Diversity indices and number of species for transect lines/quadrats 1-5........................... 126
Table 16 : List of endemic species recorded in Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan, La Union ............................ 127
Table 17 : List of identified threatened plants found in the proposed project area ........................... 127
Table 18 : Locations of the wildlife sampling and observation sites................................................... 132
Table 19 : List of faunal species recorded in Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan, La Union ................................ 133
Table 20 : List of Insects/Arthropods and Significance Value in Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan .................. 134
Table 21 : List of noteworthy species in Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan, La Union with its Species Distribution
and Conservation Status .............................................................................................................. 136
Table 22: Catchment Areas and Outfalls ........................................................................................... 149
Table 23: Existing deep wells for industrial use .................................................................................. 156
Table 24: Domestic Water Distribution ............................................................................................... 160
Table 25: La Union Plant Water End Uses........................................................................................... 160
Table 26: Existing effluent monitoring stations .................................................................................. 169
Table 27: Effluent Monitoring Data from 2009 to 2016 ..................................................................... 172
Table 28: Water Quality Sampling Stations for this EIA study ............................................................ 179
Table 29: Marine Water Quality Sampling Results ............................................................................. 184
Table 30: Groundwater Quality Sampling Results .............................................................................. 184
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table 31 : Climatological normals at the PAGASA station in Sinait, Ilocos Sur (1981-2010) .............. 190
Table 32 : Climatological extremes at the PAGASA station in Sinait, Ilocos Sur (2016)...................... 191
Table 33. Potential mean temperature projections at the cement plant ........................................... 198
Table 34 : Potential mean rainfall projections at the cement plant ................................................... 199
Table 35 : Annual GWP of the Holcim cement plant ........................................................................... 201
Table 36 : Normalized annual total GWP of Holcim cement plant ..................................................... 202
Table 37 : National ambient air quality standards and guideline values ........................................... 203
Table 38 : Existing criteria pollutants concentrations at the EPRMP stations .................................... 209
Table 39 : Existing levels of arsenic, cadmium, and lead at the EPRMP stations (ug/ncm)................ 210
Table 40 : Existing levels of chromium and mercury at the EPRMP stations (ug/ncm) ...................... 211
Table 41 : Holcim ambient monitoring records at the Quirino barangay hall and tanod outpost ..... 211
Table 42 : Summary of predicted criteria pollutant GLCs at the grid receptors ................................. 214
Table 43 : Summary of predicted criteria pollutant GLCs at the discrete receptors ........................... 214
Table 44 : Summary of predicted trace metal GLCs at the grid receptors .......................................... 215
Table 45 : Summary of predicted trace metal GLCs at the discrete receptors .................................... 216
Table 46 : Hotspot matrix of predicted GLCs ...................................................................................... 217
Table 47 : Summary of predicted criteria pollutant GLCs at the boundary receptors ........................ 220
Table 48: Summary of predicted trace metal GLCs at the boundary receptors .................................. 220
Table 49 : Environmental quality standards for noise in general areas, dB(A) ................................... 224
Table 50 : Maximum noise levels allowed during construction .......................................................... 224
Table 51 : Description of sound level measurement stations ............................................................. 225
Table 52 : Sound monitoring records of Holcim (2012-2016) ............................................................. 227
Table 53 : Average sound levels at the perimeter of the cement plant, dBA...................................... 232
Table 54: Population and Growth Rate of Impact Areas, 2010 and 2015 .......................................... 239
Table 55: Total Population by Age Group and Sex, and Age Composition, and Sex Ratio: Bacnotan,
2015 ............................................................................................................................................. 239
Table 56: Total Population by Age Group and Sex, and Age Composition, and Sex Ratio: Barangay
Quirino, 2016 ............................................................................................................................... 240
Table 57: Age Dependency Ratio of Impact Areas .............................................................................. 241
Table 58: Population Density of Impact Areas, 2015 .......................................................................... 243
Table 59: Number of Households and Average Household Size of Impact Areas ............................... 243
Table 60: Household Population 10 Years Old and Over by Marital Status and Sex: Bacnotan, 2015244
Table 61: Total Population by Religious Affiliation, Province of La Union, 2015 ................................ 244
Table 62: Total Population by Religious Affiliation, Barangay Quirino, 2015 ..................................... 246
Table 63: Total Population 5 Years Old and Over by Highest Grade/Year Completed, Sex, Municipality
of Bacnotan, 2015........................................................................................................................ 246
Table 64. Type of Housing Facility, Barangay Quirino, 2016 .............................................................. 247
Table 65. Ownership of Dwelling Units and Lot .................................................................................. 247
Table 66. Net Migration in Bacnotan, La Union, 2013-2015 .............................................................. 248
Table 67. OWWA-Registered OFWs in Bacnotan, 2011 ...................................................................... 248
Table 68. Ten Leading Causes of Morbidity, Bacnotan, 2016 ............................................................. 249
Table 69: Ten Leading Causes of Mortality, Bacnotan, 2016.............................................................. 249
Table 70. Leading Causes of Morbidity in Barangay Quirino, 2013-2015........................................... 252
Table 71. Number of Malnourished Children, Barangay Quirino, 2016 .............................................. 253
Table 72: Toilet Facilities in Barangay Quirino, by Sitio, 2016 ............................................................ 254
Table 73. Literacy of Household Population 10 Years Old and Over by Age Group, Bacnotan, 2015 . 254
Table 74: Household Population 5 to 24 Years Old Who Were Currently Attending School by Age
Group, Bacnotan, 2015 ................................................................................................................ 255
Table 75. Educational Facilities in Bacnotan, 2016............................................................................. 255
Table 76: Enrolment in Quirino Elementary School, SY 2015-2016..................................................... 256
Table 77: High School Enrolment by Year Level, Number of Section, and Average Class Size ............ 256
vi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table 78: Bacnotan Crime Statistics.................................................................................................... 258

Table 79: Road Network in the Municipality of Bacnotan, 2016 ........................................................ 259
Table 80: Constructed Bridges in the Municipality of Bacnotan, 2016 ............................................... 260
Table 81: Employment data by Sector in the Municipality of Bacnotan, 2016 ................................... 260
Table 82: Gainful Workers 15 Years Old and Over by Major Occupation Group within the Municipality
of Bacnotan, 2015........................................................................................................................ 261
Table 83. Employment Status, Holcim La Union, 2017 ....................................................................... 262
Table 84: Workforce Profile by Place of Residence, Holcim La Union, 2017 ....................................... 262
Table 85: Registered Business and Enterprises in Bacnotan, 2016 ..................................................... 263
Table 86: Registered Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprise in Bacnotan, 2016 ................................. 264
Table 87: Food Sufficiency Level on Agricultural Commodity and Fisheries ....................................... 265
Table 88: Food Sufficiency Level on Livestock and Poultry ................................................................. 265
Table 89. Comparative Poverty Statistics of La Union Province: 2006, 2009, 2012............................ 266
Table 90: Survey Respondents ............................................................................................................ 267
Table 91. Gender of Survey Respondents............................................................................................ 268
Table 92: Age of Survey Respondents ................................................................................................. 268
Table 93: Birthplace of Survey Respondents ....................................................................................... 269
Table 94: Civil Status of Survey Respondents ...................................................................................... 269
Table 95. Religious Affiliation of Survey Respondents........................................................................ 270
Table 96: Educational Attainment of Survey Respondents ................................................................. 270
Table 97: Settlement History of Survey Respondents ......................................................................... 271
Table 98. Income Sources of Respondents .......................................................................................... 272
Table 99. Estimated Monthly Income of Survey Respondents ............................................................ 272
Table 100: Household Size of Survey Respondents ............................................................................. 273
Table 101. Ownership of the Housing Units of the Survey Respondents ............................................ 273
Table 102. Ownership of Lots of the Survey Respondents .................................................................. 274
Table 103. Construction Materials of the Housing Units of the Survey Respondents ......................... 274
Table 104. Household Members of the Survey Respondents Who Experienced Illness ...................... 275
Table 105: Illnesses experienced by the household members of the Survey Respondents ................. 275
Table 106: Health facilities and providers accessed by the Survey Respondents ............................... 276
Table 107: Source of Drinking Water of the Survey Respondents....................................................... 276
Table 108. Source of Water for Domestic Use of the Survey Respondents ....................................... 277
Table 109. Toilet Facilities of the Survey Respondents ....................................................................... 277
Table 110. Type of Waste Disposal of the Survey Respondents .......................................................... 278
Table 111. Perceived Community Problems and Concerns* ............................................................... 278
Table 112. Proposed Solutions on the Perceived Community Problems* ........................................... 280
Table 113. Awareness on the current operation ................................................................................. 281
Table 114. Location of houses and work places of respondents ......................................................... 282
Table 115: Perceived impact on the current operation....................................................................... 282
Table 116: Perceived positive impacts on the current operation........................................................ 282
Table 117: Perceived negative impacts on the current operation ...................................................... 283
Table 118. Awareness on existing community projects ...................................................................... 284
Table 119 - Existing community projects that respondents are aware of* ........................................ 285
Table 120 - Awareness on the proposed project ................................................................................. 286
Table 121 - Sources of information ..................................................................................................... 286
Table 122. Perceived impact of the proposed project......................................................................... 287
Table 123. Perceived Positive Impacts of the proposed project.......................................................... 287
Table 124. Perceived Negative Impacts of the Project ....................................................................... 288
Table 125. Recommended Actions to Prevent and Mitigate Negative Impacts ................................. 289
Table 126. Acceptability of the proposed project ............................................................................... 290
Table 127 : Status of Compliance to EMP Conditions ......................................................................... 299
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table 128 - Impact Management Plan................................................................................................ 303

Table 129. Level 1 and 2 threshold inventory table ............................................................................ 327
Table 130. Definition of hazardous substance categories .................................................................. 327
Table 131. Mixtures and substances at the Holcim La Union plant .................................................... 329
Table 132. NFPA hazard classification of mixtures and substances at the Holcim plant ................... 334
Table 133. Physical and chemical properties of the mixtures and substances at the Holcim plant ... 337
Table 134. Stability and reactivity properties of mixtures and substances at the Holcim plant ......... 344
Table 135. Occupational exposure limits of mixtures and substances at the Holcim plant................ 357
Table 136. Routes of exposure and effects of the mixtures and substances at the Holcim plant ...... 361
Table 137. Safety trainings conducted by HPI (2013 – 2016) ............................................................. 374
Table 138. Areas where risk assessment was undertaken .................................................................. 374
Table 139. Summary of annual incidents at the Holcim plant ............................................................ 391
Table 140. Comparative SDMP Expenditure 2012 and 2016 .............................................................. 393
Table 141. Social Development Framework........................................................................................ 395
Table 142: Information and Education Campaigns............................................................................. 400
Table 143 : Summary of Major Findings for the Monitoring Period ................................................... 407
Table 144 : Status of Compliance to Project Description ................................................................... 408
Table 145 : Status of Compliance to ECC Conditions .......................................................................... 410
Table 146 - Environmental Monitoring Plan ....................................................................................... 416
List of Figures
Figure 1 : Project Location Map 3

Figure 2 : Vicinity Map 4
Figure 3 – Direct Impact Area on Water Quality 6
Figure 4 – Direct Impact Area on Air 7
Figure 5 – Direct Impact Impact Area on Noise 8
Figure 6 - Direct Impact Area (Socio) 9
Figure 7 : Aerial Photo 10
Figure 8 : Site Development Map (Existing) 15
Figure 9 : Site Development Map (Proposed) 16
Figure 10 : Process Flow Diagram (Current Operation) 27
Figure 11 - Process Flow Diagram (Proposed Operation) 34
Figure 12 : Soil Map of the Project Area 67
Figure 13 : Soil Surface pH of the Soil Sampling Locations 72
Figure 14 : Soil Surface Organic Matter Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 73
Figure 15 : Soil Surface Nitrogen Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 74
Figure 16 : Soil Surface Phosphorus Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 75
Figure 17 : Soil Surface Potassium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 76
Figure 18 : Soil Surface Calcium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 77
Figure 19 : Soil Surface Sodium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 78
Figure 20 : Soil Surface Magnesium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 79
Figure 21 : Soil Surface Zinc Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 80
Figure 22 : Soil Surface Iron Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 81
Figure 23 : Soil Surface Electrical Conductivity 82
Figure 24 : Soil Surface Arsenic Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 84
Figure 25 : Soil Surface Cadmium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 87
Figure 26 : Soil Surface Lead Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 88
Figure 27 : Soil Surface Mercury Content of the Soil Sampling Locations 89
viii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Figure 28 : Soil Surface Bulk Density of the soil Sampling Locations 89

Figure 29 : Start of Slake Test, Soil Sampling Location S1 91
Figure 30 : 10 Minutes After Slake Test, Soil Sampling Location S1 91
Figure 41 - Soil Textural Analysis of the Soil Sampling Locations 98
Figure 42: Aerial photo of the project site showing the existing surface water bodies in the area 146
Figure 43: Existing Stormwater Drainage Layout 147
Figure 44: Stormwater Catchment Plan 148
Figure 45 : Groundwater Availability Map 152
Figure 46: Holcim La Union Pipeline Closed Circuit Diagram 154
Figure 47: Location Map of Deepwells 159
Figure 48: Typical Non-Domestic Water Use for Dry Process Cement Manufacturing 161
Figure 49: Typical Relative Water Use in a Cement Manufacturing Plant 162
Figure 50: Flood Susceptibility Map 165
Figure 51: Storm Surge Map 166
Figure 52: Existing Wastewater Facilities 170
Figure 53: Existing Effluent Sampling Stations 171
Figure 54: Proposed Effluent Monitoring Stations 178
Figure 55: Water Quality Sampling Stations for this EIA study 181
Figure 56 : PAGASA station near the Holcim plant 187
Figure 57 : The site on the Philippine Climate Map 188
Figure 58 : Wind frequency Vigan Station (1981-2010) 189
Figure 59 : Tropical cyclone frequency map of the Philippines 192
Figure 60 : Tropical cyclones crossing La Union Province 193
Figure 61 : Potential monthly rainfall at the cement plant 195
Figure 62 : Potential monthly average temperatures at the cement plant 196
Figure 63 : Potential monthly relative humidity at the cement plant 196
Figure 64 : Potential monthly cloud cover at the cement plant 197
Figure 65 : Graph of potential projected quarterly temperatures at the cement plant 199
Figure 66 : Graph of potential projected quarterly rainfall at the cement plant 200
Figure 67 : Ambient air monitoring stations map 205
Figure 68 : Air emission sources in the model domain 207
Figure 69 : Predicted potential hotspots of 1h NO2 218
Figure 70 : Predicted potential hotspots of 24h NO2 219
Figure 71: Boundary receptors where 1h NO2 GLC > CAA standards 221
Figure 72 : Boundary receptors where 24h NO2 GLC > CAA guideline value 222
Figure 73 : Sound monitoring stations at the assumed boundary of the cement plant 226
Figure 74 : Graph of sound monitoring records at N1 and N3 (heavy industrial area) 229
Figure 75 : Graph of sound monitoring records at N4 and N5 (light industrial area) 230
Figure 76 : Graph of sound monitoring records at N2 (school) 231
Figure 77: Worst-case isobel of predicted sound levels during operation (morning) 233
Figure 78: Worst-case isobel of predicted sound levels during operation (daytime) 234
ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Figure 79: Worst-case isobel of predicted sound levels during operation (evening) 235
Figure 80: Worst-case isobel of predicted sound levels during operation (nighttime) 236
Figure 81: Population Pyramid of the Impact Area 242
Figure 82: CBHP 2015 Annual Report on Leading Causes of Morbidity in Barangay Quirino 253
Figure 83: Holcim La Union Employment by Gender 262
Figure 84. Logic Diagram of the Risk Assessment Process 331
Figure 85. Chemical effect pathway 343
Figure 86. Physical effect pathway 370
Figure 87. Environmental aspect and impact assessment matrix used in the Holcim risk assessment
389
Figure 88. Matrix used in the Holcim safety risk assessment 390
Figure 89 - Oraganizational Set-Up 449
List of Plates
Plate 1 : Soil Surface Bulk Density Sampling 45

Plate 2 :The pictures above were taken during the establishment of transect lines and quadrats that
will serve as the observation points during the conduct of terrestrial assessment in the project
area. 103
Plate 3 : The photos above were taken during the measurement of Diameter at Breast Height 104
Plate 4 :The panoramic photo of portion of quadrat 1 along the transect 1 with patches of closed to
open-canopy forest dominated by fabaceae and euphorbiaceae tree species 105
Plate 5 :The pictures above shows the panoramic view of Closed-canopy forest in the upper portion of
quadrat 2 location with some portions of open-canopy forest dominated with samanea saman
species. 105
Plate 6 :The pictures above shows the open canopy forest in Quadrat 3 established in the upper
admin portion 106
Plate 7 : The photos of quadrat 4 located within the vicinity of drilling site 106
Plate 8 : The panoramic photo of quadrat 5 located near the curva tank of Holcim Cement Plant. 107
Plate 9 : Some of tree species sighted at the project site 114
Plate 10 : Some of the fruit tree species observed at the study area. 119
Plate 11 : Species of herbs, shrubs, grasses, and vines recorded in the study site 120
Plate 12 : Pictures taken during the installation of “snap traps” in the suspected runways. 130
Plate 13 : Photos taken during the installation of “mistnets” along the ideal flyways. 131
Plate 14 : Photos of mammals, reptiles, and amphibians sighted at the project site 138
Plate 15 : Bird species observed at the study area 139
Plate 16 : Species of insects found at the study site 142
Plate 17: Ballogo Pumping Station 156
Plate 18: Curba Tank 157
Plate 19: 1.4 km Conveyor Pumping Station 157
Plate 20: Slurry Tank – Main Water Storage for Industrial Use 158
Plate 21: Photo of the debris clogging the drainage canal of the Plant at the Truck Scale Logistics
Area after a storm surge last July 2017 due to typhoon “Gorio 167
Plate 22: Photo of existing Effluent Sampling Station 5B (Truck Scale) during the August 2017 site visit
173
Plate 23: Photo of existing Effluent Sampling Station 6B (Main Creek) during the August 2017 site
visit 173
Plate 24: Photo of existing Effluent Sampling Station 7B (Bagbag, in front of Power House) during the
August 2017 site visit 174
x
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Plate 25: Photo of Siltation Pond Gate 1 connected to Effluent Sampling Station E1 (“5B Truck Scale”)
175
Plate 26: Photo of Silt Pond Line 2 Coal Storage connected to Effluent Sampling Station E2 (“6B Main
Creek”) 175
Plate 27: Photo of the Oil and Water Separator at the Recirculating Pond Area, connected to Effluent
Sampling Station E3 (“7B Bagbag in front of Power House”) 176
Plate 28: Photo of Siltation Pond beside Bagbag Storage with outfall at the proposed additional
Effluent Sampling Station E4 176
Plate 29: Photo of the Siltation Pond at the Trucker’s Parking area with outfall at the proposed
additional Effluent Sampling Station E5 177
Plate 30: Photos taken during the Marine Water Sampling 182
Plate 31: Photos taken during Sampling of Groundwater 183
LIST OF ANNEXES
Annex A – ECC
Annex B - IEC Documentation
Annex C – Public Scoping Documentation
Annex D – Laboratory Results
Annex E – Perception Survey Questionnaire
Annex F – Focus Group Discussion Documentation and Attendance Sheet
Annex G - PEMAPS
Annex H - Accountability Statement
Annex I - Sample Pages of the MSDS
Annex J - Sample pages of the Annual Safety and Health Program
Annex K - Sample Pages of the Trainings Conducted
Annex L - Sample Pages of the Risk Assessment Forms
Annex M - Operations and Maintenance
Annex N – Lease Agreement Between HMDC and HPHI
Annex O – Received Page of SMR and CMR
xi
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
A. PROJECT FACT SHEET
I. Project Information
Name of Project Proposed Modification of Holcim La Union Plant

Location Barangay Quirino
Municipality of Bacnotan
Province of La Union
Nature of the Project Cement Processing Plant
ECC ECC-0604-003-3630
Area Covered 30 hectares
Proposed Project Modification
Production Capacity Existing: 1,000,000 MT/Y
Proposed: 1,800,000 MT/Y
Upgrading/Installation of - Installation and operation of Roller Press in front of
Equipment Cement Mill
- Establishment of Clinker and GBFS storage facilities
- Installation of pollution control devices
II. Proponent Profile
Proponent Name Holcim Philippines, Inc.
Address Head Office

7th Floor, Venice Corporate Center
No. 8 Turin Street
McKinley Hill Town Center
Fort Bonifacio, 1634 Taguig City,
Philippines
Holcim La Union Plant
Barangay Quirino, Bacnotan, La Union
Contact Person Engr. Eraño C. Santos
Plant Manager
Contact Number Head Office: (+632) 459-3333
Holcim is one of the leading building solutions compny in the Philippines. It has established its
presence in the Philippine cement industry in 1974 with PHINMA Group’s Union Cement Corporation.
It has four major plant operations located in La Union, Bulacan, Davao and Lugait with over 1,600
personnel in its workforce.
Guided by their commitment to help build foundations for society’s future, they give back to society,
xii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
contributing to a growing economy and partnering with them to build prosperous communities. With
their market-oriented structures, better product offerings, technically-skilled employees and effective
environmental impact management systems, Holcim ensures that they make a difference in people’s
lives, strengthening their futures and that of their children.
III. Project Preparer
Address Unit 10C, Lansbergh Place, 170 Tomas Morato,

Quezon City
Authorized Representative/ ENGR. PAULO NONI T. TIDALGO
Contact Person(s) Managing Director
Contact Number (02) 376-0043
IV. Existing and Proposed Project Components
PRODUCTION CAPACITY
Current Capacity Proposed Capacity
1,000,000 MT/Y 1,800,000 MT/Y
PROJECT AREA
Current Area Proposed Area
30 hectares 30 hectares
BUILDING FACILITIES
Existing Proposed
Office
Laboratory
Staff House
Electric and Control Room
Machine Shop
Electrical Shop
Warehouse
Guard House
Substation
Parking
EQUIPMENT
Plant Department Equipment Capacity
MAIN EQUIPMENT
Cement Grinding
xiii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Roller press (new) & ball mill

Cement Mills (modified) 240 tph
Motors
Roller Press (new) 2 x 1’800 kW
Ball mill 3600 kW
Cement Transport/Storage
Cement Transport Pneumatic (new) 290 tph
MAIN STORAGE AND PRODUCTION LINE
Receiving of Clinker
Clinker Pile, covered (new) 30’000 t
Silo (existing) 30’000 t
Slag Pile, open (new) 30’000 t
Gypsum Pile, open (existing) 12’000 t
Pozzolana Pile, open (existing) 1’000 t
Limestone Pile, open (existing 1’000 t
Cement Mill Feed
Mill Feed Bins:
Clinker Feed bin (existing) 190 t
Slag Feed bin (new) 150 t
Limestone Feed bin (existing) TBC by plant
Gypsum Feed bin (existing) TBC by plant
Pozzolana Feed bin (existing) TBC by plant
Storage:
Cement Silo 1 (existing) 1’600 t
Silo 2 (existing) 1’600 t
B. Process Documentation of the Conduct of Environmental Impact Assessment
The terms of reference used for this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) was consistent with that
stipulated in the Revised Procedural Manual (RPM) for Department of Environment and Natural
Resources (DENR) Administrative Order (DAO) No. 2003-30, Implementing Rules and Regulations of
Presidential Decree No. 1586 “Establishing the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement System”.
The Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan (EPRMP) Team is comprised of multi-
disciplinary specialists/experts who have extensive training and experience on their respective fields
and in the conduct of EIA for various industry sectors.
xiv
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
For the social impacts, the study focused on the direct impact barangay. Consistent with the provision
of DAO 2010-21, the direct impact barangay is Barangay Quirino.
III. EIA Methodology
Primary and secondary data were utilized for the assessment of the project impacts. Primary data
were obtained from the conducted on-site investigation and field sampling/surveys while secondary
data were acquired from the proponent and government agencies/institutions. Relevant and
previously conducted studies were also considered. The following are the sampling/assessment
methodologies employed by the EPRMP team for the study:
Module Methodology
Land Land Use Gathering and review of
secondary data
Natural Hazards Gathering and review of
secondary data
Pedology Grab sampling and laboratory
analysis
Terrestrial Transect walk, quadrat
sampling, trapping and review
of secondary data
Water Hydrology and Hydrogeology Gathering and review of
secondary data
Water Quality In-situ measurements; grab
sampling and laboratory
analysis
Air and Noise Meteorology Gathering and review of
secondary data
Air and Noise Quality Gravimetric, Colorimetric-
Pararosaline, Griess-Saltzman
NDIR, Atomic Absorption
Spectrophotometry, Trace
metals and Sound level meter
for noise
People Socio-economic Profile Gathering and review of
secondary data
Key informant interviews
Perception survey
Focus group discussions
IV. Public Participation
A perception survey for the direct impact barangay was conducted in two batches. The first batch was
on August 22 to 25, 2017 and the second batch was conducted on September 16 to 19, 2017.
xvi
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The overall sample target of 155 was adopted for the perception survey, based on the following
Criteria:
 95% Level of Confidence;

 5% Margin of Error; and
 Stratification of samples across the households within the four sitios and institutional
entities within the barangays.
The level of support of the respondents to the project was asked. Most of the respondents (40.65%)
expressed their reservation and for them the project is not acceptable. However, there are 21.3% of
them who expressed support to the project. Another 32.3% of the total respondents were undecided
whether they will support the project or not.
The Focus Group Discussion (FGD) in Barangay Quirino was conducted on September 18, 2017, held
in the Barangay Covered Court and started at around 9:00 in the morning. The FGD was attended by
the Barangay Officials and Functionaries, Barangay Health Workers (BHW), Barangay Nutrition Scholar
(BNS), Barangay Peacekeeping Action Teams and representatives from the Senior Citizens, Public
School Teachers, 4Ps beneficiaries, Lan Owners, and residents.
Most of the attendees on the FGD expressed that they do not want the modification to pursue since
the performance of Holcim with its current operations still has to be improved. It is also important to
note that there are attendees who are in favor of the proposed modification. There are also attendees
of the FGD that expressed conditional unfavorable response to the proposed modifications project
which suggested that Holcim La Union to have a written commitment that they will improve their
performance and avoid adverse impact of the operation to the people and the environment of
Barangay Quirino.
C. Summary of Baseline Characterization
Module Summary of Baseline Conditions

Pedology The soils of Holcim La Union Cement Plant as
characterized by the Bureau of Soils and Water
Management belongs to the calcareous soil. A
calcareous soil are those soils with high calcium
carbonate content whose physical problems of
land and water use for crop production are
primarily denominated yet the high content of
CaCO3, especially the active fraction with high
xvii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

specific surface area (FAO Soils Bulletin No. 21,
1972); (Loeppert and Suarez, 1996). They
normally have high pH level. Low in organic
matter content, Nitrogen, Phosphorus and other
macro elements. Micro- elements like iron, Zinc
and manganese are usually deficient and, is
directly influenced by the inherently high pH
level.
Terrestrial The floral resources identified during the

conduct of transect walk and assessment within
the study area have significant values to the
community. Their uses can be classified into
two: 1.) Economic and 2.) Ecological. Basically,
all these resources have ecological roles not only
in the specific habitat where they abound but
also in nature. Any of these resources which help
alleviate economic conditions have economic
use. Economically important species are those
used for timber, construction, cottage industry,
food, medicine, fiber, feed (forage/pasture), and
fuel. Ecologically important species are those
ornamentals, landscape plants, hedges, and
other plant resources used for soil erosion and
weed control. As a whole the flora resources
that includes all plant types such as trees, palms,
ferns, shrubs, grasses, vines, herbs etc. is very
vital to mitigate the worldwide problem on
climate change.
Hydrology The project site is bounded by two surface water

bodies: the South China Sea located at the west
of the Plant and the Maragayap River located
south of the Plant. Two small creeks also
traverse the project area, one near the Clinker
storage and the other at the Bagbag Storage
area
Water Quality Marine Water Quality
xviii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Fecal coliform was detected in MW1 at 110
MPN/100ml. This could be due to the location of
MW1 which is facing the mouth of Maragayap
River. The surface runoff from the settlement
areas drains to the Maragayap River. For pH,
values ranged from 7.8 to 8.2. In terms of TSS,
MW1 and MW2 exhibited relatively higher
values of TSS (47 mg/l and 43 mg/l, respectively)
compared to the TSS measured in the MW3 and
MW4 samples. This could be due to the
proximity of stations MW1 and MW2 to the
mouth of Maragayap River. Oil and grease was
detected in all water samples with values
ranging from 0.4 mg/l to 0.6 mg/l. However, the
detected values are all within the acceptable
stp0 andard set by DENR.
Groundwater Quality
the water samples exhibited high salinity values

ranging from 4.5 ppt to as high as 12 ppt in GW1-
Ballogo Reservoir classifying all the water
samples as moderately saline or brackish. This is
also reflected in the values of conductivity, TDS
and chloride. Water sample taken from GW1
(Ballogo reservoir) exceeded the water quality
guideline for Chloride with a value of 409 mg/l.
High concentrations of chloride may mean

heavy contamination or pollution. Given the
locations of stations GW2, GW3 and GW5 (about
50 to 500 meters from the shoreline), high
salinity values may be caused by salt intrusions
due to pumping.
Noise Quality Except for the station at the Quirino Elementary
School (N2), all sound levels were less than the
DENR noise standards at morning, daytime,
evening, and night-time assuming the categories
assigned to the stations hold. The records at the
xix
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Quirino Elementary School (N2) station
exceeded the standards at all time frames by a
minimum of 15 and a maximum of 25 decibels.
Air Quality The results during the EPRMP sampling showed
that the concentrations of criteria and trace
metal pollutants at across stations and
averaging times were less than their
corresponding CAA standards and guideline
values. The high concentrations of TSP and
PM10 at Station AQ1 measured at 12 midnight
and 4 a.m. showed that were probably plant
emissions since domestic air pollution sources at
these times are at the minimum or non-existent.
In contrast, the levels of particulates and gases
at Station AQ2 were unlikely caused by plant
emissions due to its far distance.
Socio-Economic The continuous operations of Holcim La Union

and the implementation of the proposed
modification will sustain or may further
contribute to the socio-economic development
of Barangay Quirino. Because of this, residents
from other Barangays of Bacnotan other
Municipalities of La Union may be attracted to
work or do business in Barangay Quirino.
Though based on the statistical data on

migration discussed in the preceding section,
out-migration was more experienced than in-
migration in the Municipality of Bacnotan from
2013 to 2015 with Net Migration of -233.
However, the proposed modification project
may prevent barangay residents to leave the
area to search for employment opportunities
outside the barangay, therefore decreasing the
rate of out-migration
xx
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
D. EIA Summary
Summary of Alternatives
There were no alternatives considered in the project since it is already operating and will undergo modification by installing roller press and other supporting
equipments for production/operation enhancement.
Result of Environmental Risk Assessment
The HCI conducted risk assessments using the matrices in Figure 87 and Figure 88 at the following plant components: Administration, Bagbag storage,
Crusher, Instrumentation and Automation (EIA), Environmental, Mechanical, Human resource, Mechanical maintenance, OH&S, Pack house (Bagbag Storage),
Preventive maintenance, Process Engineering, Production (Cement mill cooler, Finish Mill, PHKILNRA, Bulk Materials, Vertical Raw Mill), Quality Assurance,
Quarry-Crusher, Supply Chain, Security, SPS Office, and Warehousing. Results showed hazard risk ratings of low to medium with likelihoods of more than
twice a year, o nce a year, once in five years, and unlikely to happen.
Summary of Environmental Impact
Identified Impact Mitigating Measure

Major - Long Term Impact
Water
Degradation of marine water quality  Regular (at least monthly) ocular inspection of wastewater
systems/pollution control facilities
 Maintenance and desilting of oil and grease traps and silt ponds as
needed;
 Implementation of existing Emergency Preparedness and Response
for Oil Spills;
xxi
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 Provision of secondary containment
Water use competition  Rate of groundwater extraction must not exceed the maximum
permissible rate allowed by the NWRB.
 To determine if there is exc eedance in extraction, the static water
level, pump operating hours and the volume of water extracted and
other pertinent parameters must be monitored on a daily basis.
 To improve groundwater recharge, the vegetation at the hilly
portions bordering the Plant at the east side must be maintained or
enhanced through forest protection, reforestation or enhancement
planting.
Air
Air pollution (criteria pollutants and trace metals) from kiln operations  Proper operation of the ESP
 Installation, proper operation, and maintenance of the CEMS
 Proper monitoring at the off-site ambient air quality monitors
 Conduct validation air dispersion modelling
Air pollution (SOx, NOx, CO, and particulates) from other process  Regular maintenance of standby generators
sources  Regular compacting of unpaved access roads
 Proper operation and maintenance of air pollution control devices
 Formulation and implementation of a motor vehicle maintenance
program, including emissions testing
 Proper monitoring at the off-site ambient air quality monitors
 Conduct validation air dispersion modelling
Contribution to climate change from greenhouse gas emissions  Implement and maintain a GHG inventory program
 Formulation and implementation of a greening program
Noise
Noise pollution  Incorporation of noise criteria in the specifications and selection of
equipment
 Regular maintenance of mufflers of standby generators and other
pertinent equipment;
xxii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 Use of effective noise-attenuating materials for the plant structure
and walling
 Planting of the appropriate vegetation as buffer
People
 Conduct of regular maintenance of plant equipment specifically the
Threat to public health and safety installed pollution control devices
 Health effects due to dust inhalation  Conduct routine monitoring to assess effectiveness of installed
pollution control devices
 Exposure to other health and safety hazards associated with Holcim
La Union activities  Formation of Team that will serve as Complaint Desk to address
Pollution- and Safety and Health- related concerns of the community
 Effective implementation of Environmental Management Program

and Safety and Health Program
 Disturbance on the peace and order of the area because of influx of  Provide assistance and coordination with the Barangay Council,
workers and economic activities Barangay Peace and Security Officers (BPSO), as well as the Local
Police.
 Generation of Local Benefits from the Proposed Project  Coordination with the Barangay and Municipal LGUs to ensure
 Increase in income-earning opportunities will increase spending proper zoning of business area, peace and order, sanitation, and
potential, providing opportunities to increase the demand and solid waste management
supply of goods and services indirectly increasing the overall wealth  Holcim La Union to ensure the payment of taxes and fees of their
of the area suppliers and service providers. This may be included as part of
 Introduction of new economic activities and establishment of new evaluation criteria for contact renewal
businesses will increase revenue collection of the LGUs from taxes  Offer training opportunities for business and livelihood development
and fees and management
Major Short Term Impact
Water
xxiii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Flooding  Continuous improvement and upgrading of open channels and pipe
culverts based on PAGASA 2020 and 2050 projections on change in
rainfall
 Regular inspection and desilting of drainage lines and silt
traps/siltation ponds to restore the hydraulic capacities of the
channels
Storm Surge  Develop an emergency response plan for storm surge in coordination
with the LGU
 Training of Barangay Emergency Response Teams as part of the SDP
Air
Air pollution from fugitive dust during ground clearing operations and  Dust suppression in active construction areas
structure erection.  Compacting of exposed soil
 Provision of tarpaulin cover on trucks transporting construction
materials
 Immediate hauling of spoils
 Impose speed restrictions
Noise
Noise from construction activities  Regular maintenance of motor vehicle
 Provision of barriers and shielding stationary vibrating equipment
 Proper scheduling of noisy activities during day time
People
 In-migration and increase in day-time population may compete with the  Priority hiring of unskilled and semi-skilled workers from the local
locals in terms of employment, project benefits, natural resources, local communities in construction and modification works ;
health, welfare services and infrastructure  Require and monitor contractors’ commitment on providing local
 In migration may also lead to proliferation of informal settlers for employment;
temporary abode during construction phase  Implementation of skills development program to ensure support to
 Immigrant workers may also introduce lifestyles and behaviors different local population in obtaining employment opportunities;
from the locals which may lead to social tensions  Proper induction of workers and haulers to prevent occurrence of peace
and order problems or security breaches;
xxiv
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Summary of Environmental Monitoring
Purpose of Monitoring
 To make sure that the environmental initiatives are implemented and its impact reduced to an acceptable level.
 To measure the efficiency of environmental mitigating measures introduced by the company and to improve it if necessary;
 To discover other responsibilities that may have been overlooked during the preparation of this study;
 To limit the environmental impacts resulting from the operation; and
 To identify other environmental risks affecting plant operations and serve as basis in the development of an effective environmental management system.
Sampling & Measurement Plan

Key Environmental
Potential Impacts per Envt’l
Aspects per Project Parameter to be Monitored
Sector
Phase Method Frequency Location1
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Soil
Construction of Improper disposal of Volume of oil and grease Direct measurement Semi annual Holcim La Union Motor pool
Cement Plant Facilities domestic wastes may area and storage facilities
contaminate the soil Haulers/contractors,
Maintenance mechanic, MMT
Soil Contamination due to
accidental fuel and lubricant
1 Initially the same stations during baseline sampling
xxv
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
spills from vehicles and

equipment may occur
Water
Water Quantity Groundwater  Static Water Level Piezometer Daily monitoring Deepwells:
 Deepwell pump operating
time Flow meter Monthly reporting  Ballogo Deep Well (DW),
Volume of water extracted  Curba DW,
 1.4-km Conveyor DW
Storage Tanks
 Slurry Tank
 Horizontal Tank
 Vertical Tank
 Tanks for domestic use
Water Quality Effluent  pH In-situ measurement using hand- Monthly E1-5B Truck Scale
Class SC  Temperature held water quality tester E2-6B Main Creek
 Conductivity E3-7B Bagbag, in front of
 TDS power house
 TSS Grab sampling and laboratory
 Oil &Grease analysis New:
 Heavy metals: As, Cr E4-Bagbag Storage
(hexavalent), Cd, Pb, Hg
E5-Trucker’s Parking
 5-day BOD
 Color
xxvi
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
 pH In-situ measurement using hand- Class SC:

 Temperature MW1, MW2, MW3
held water quality tester
Marine  DO
Quarterly
(Ambient)  TSS Grab sampling and laboratory
Class SA
 Oil & Grease analysis
 Color MW4
Water Quality Groundwater  pH In-situ measurement using hand- Monthly Class B
 Temperature held water quality tester GW1, GW2, GW3
 Conductivity
 TDS
Class A
 Salinity
GW4, GW5
 Oil &Grease analysis
 Color
 Chloride
Air and Noise
(Ambient air quality) Ambient air pollution TSP (S) 24 hr High Volume- Quarterly Initially the same stations
during the EIA
(A) Gravimetric USEPA 40 CFR,
Part 50, Appendix B
(S) 24-hr Gas Bubbler Quarterly Initially the same stations

SO2 during the EIA
(A) Pararosaniline Method (West
and Gaeke Method
xxvii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
(S) 24-hr Gas Bubbler quarterly Initially the same stations

during the EIA
NO2 (A) Griess-Saltzman or
Chemiluminescence Method
(S) 24-hr High Volume quarterly Initially the same stations

during the EIA
Pb (A) Atomic Absorption
Spectrophotometry,USEPA 40
CFR, Part 50, Appendix G
(S) Prescribed sampling method quarterly Initially the same stations

Cd during the EIA
(A) AAS
(S) Prescribed sampling method quarterly Initially the same stations

As during the EIA
(A) AAS
Air component Noise impacts in receptor Sound levels 24 hr sound measurements quarterly Initially the same stations
areas using hand-held sound meter during the EIA
(Ambient sound levels)
People
Construction/ In-migration and Increase in No. of workers employed HR Manpower Monitoring Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact Communities
Installation of new Day-Time Population from the host barangay and Report
xxviii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
equipment and municipality, including FGDs/ KIIs/ Community

facilities employment from contractors Consultations
Implementation of skills
Development Program
Workers and haulers

induction report
Threat to Delivery of Basic Monitor adequateness of Monitoring Reports Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact Communities
Services/ Resource basic services and status of
Competition resources available to the FGDs/ KIIs/ Community
current population Consultations
Community development
project implemented to
improve availability of basic
services and resources
Threat to public health and Health effects due to dust Review of community health Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact Communities
safety inhalation condition and peace and order
situation
Exposure to other health and
safety hazards associated FGDs/ KIIs/ Community
with Holcim La Union Consultations
activities
xxix
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
Disturbance on the peace and

order of the area because of
influx of workers and
economic activities
Generation of Local Benefits Increase in income-earning Ocular/Filed Observations Semi-Annual Impact Communities
from the Proposed Project opportunities
Gather secondary data from
No. of business established Barangay/ Municipal LGUs
due to the construction
FGDs/ KIIs/ Community
Generation of additional Consultations
revenue for the Local
Government
Traffic Congestion Occurrence of traffic hazards Gather data from Barangay/ Semi-Annual Impact Communities
related to Holcim La Union Municipal LGUs
activities
Consultations
OPERATION PHASE
Soil
xxx
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
Improper disposal of Cement processing refuse Direct measurement Semi annual Plant Laboratory
domestic wastes may materials
contaminate the soil
Holcim La Union, Motor pool

Volume of used oil and grease area and storage facilities
Soil Contamination due to
accidental fuel and lubricant
spills from vehicles and
Haulers/contractors,
cement plant equipment
Maintenance mechanic, MMT
may occur
Water
Water Quantity Groundwater  Static Water Level Piezometer Daily monitoring Deepwells:
 Deepwell pump operating
time Flow meter Monthly reporting  Ballogo Deep Well (DW),
Volume of water extracted  Curba DW,
 1.4-km Conveyor DW
Storage Tanks
 Slurry Tank
 Horizontal Tank
 Vertical Tank
 Tanks for domestic use
xxxi
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
Effluent  pH In-situ measurement using hand- Monthly E1-5B Truck Scale

Class SC  Temperature held water quality tester E2-6B Main Creek
 Conductivity E3-7B Bagbag, in front of
 TDS power house
 Oil &Grease analysis New:
 Heavy metals: As, Cr E4-Bagbag Storage
(hexavalent), Cd, Pb, Hg
E5-Trucker’s Parking
 5-day BOD
 Color
 pH In-situ measurement using hand- Class SC:
 Temperature held water quality tester MW1, MW2, MW3
Marine  DO Quarterly
(Ambient)
 TSS Grab sampling and laboratory Class SA
 Oil & Grease analysis MW4
 Color
Water Quality  Groundwater  pH In-situ Monthly
 Temperature measurement
 Conductivity using hand-held
 TDS
water quality
Salinity
tester
 TSS Grab sampling and

 Oil &Grease laboratory analysis
 Color
Chloride
xxxii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
Air and Noise

Air component Ambient air pollution Particulates, SO2, NO2 Proper operation and Real time Kiln stack
maintenance of the CEMS2
(Kiln stack emissions)
Air component Ambient air pollution (S) High Volume quarterly Initially the same stations
during the EIA
(Ambient air quality) Pb (A) Atomic Absorption
Spectrophotometry,USEPA 40
CFR, Part 50, Appendix G
(S)Prescribed sampling method Initially the same stations

Cd quarterly during the EIA
(A) AAS
(S)Prescribed sampling method Initially the same stations

As quarterly during the EIA
(A) AAS
High Volume with 10 micron quarterly Initially the same stations

particle-size inlet (A) Gravimetric during the EIA
PM10
USEPA 40 CFR, Part 50, Appendix
J
2 Continuous emission monitoring system
xxxiii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
(S) 1 hr High Volume- quarterly Initially the same stations

during the EIA
TSP (A) Gravimetric USEPA 40 CFR,
Part 50, Appendix B
(S) 1hr Gas Bubbler quarterly Initially the same stations

during the EIA
SO2 (A) Pararosaniline Method (West
and Gaeke Method
(S) 1hr Gas Bubbler quarterly Initially the same stations

during the EIA
NO2 (A) Griess-Saltzman or
Air component Noise impacts in receptor Sound levels 24 hr sound measurements quarterly Initially the same stations
areas using hand-held sound meter during the EIA
(Ambient sound
levels)
People
Plant Operations In-migration and Increase in No. of workers employed HR Manpower Monitoring Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact Communities
Day-Time Population from the host barangay and Report
municipality, including
employment from contractors FGDs/ KIIs/ Community
Consultations
xxxiv
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
Implementation of skills
Development Program
Workers and haulers

induction report
Threat to Delivery of Basic Monitor adequateness of Monitoring Reports Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact Communities
Services/ Resource basic services and status of
Competition resources available to the FGDs/ KIIs/ Community
current population Consultations
Community development
project implemented to
improve availability of basic
services and resources
Threat to public health and Health effects due to dust Review of community health Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact Communities
safety inhalation condition and peace and order
situation
Exposure to other health and
safety hazards associated FGDs/ KIIs/ Community
with Holcim La Union Consultations
activities
Disturbance on the peace and

order of the area because of
xxxv
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
influx of workers and

economic activities
Generation of Local Benefits Increase in income-earning Ocular/Filed Observations Semi-Annual Impact Communities
from the Proposed Project opportunities
Gather secondary data from
No. of business established Barangay/ Municipal LGUs
due to the expanded
operations FGDs/ KIIs/ Community
Consultations
Generation of additional
revenue for the Local
Government
Traffic Congestion Occurrence of traffic hazards Gather data from Barangay/ Semi-Annual Impact Communities
related to Holcim La Union Municipal LGUs
activities
Consultations
ABANDONMENT PHASE
Decommissioning of Health effect of dust No. of health incidents Review of community health Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact Communities
Machines/ Equipment pollution associated with related that may be condition, morbidity cases
decommissioning activities attributed to dust pollution
xxxvi
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
Demolition of facilities FGDs/ KIIs/ Community

Consultations
Closure of operation
Temporary increase in No. of workers employed HR Manpower Monitoring Annual Plant/ Impact Communities
employment opportunities from the impact Report
followed by a decrease communities, including
employment from contractors FGDs/ KIIs/ Community
Consultations
Possible decline in economic No. of business affected due Ocular/Filed Observations Annual Impact Communities
activities to closure
Gather data from Barangay/
Municipal LGUs

Consultations
Change in socio/community No. of implemented Gather secondary data from Annual Impact Communities
development benefits Community Development Barangay/ Municipal LGUs and
Programs/ Projects/ Activities Beneficiaries
continuously managed or
sustained by the beneficiaries FGDs/ KIIs/ Community
Consultations
Change in the revenue Possible decrease in Local Monitor decrease in LGU Income Gather data from Semi-Annual
collection of the Local Government revenues Barangay/
Government Municipal LGUs
xxxvii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Environmental
Sector
FGDs/ KIIs/
Community
Consultations
xxxviii
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 1 : Project Location Map 3

PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 2 : Vicinity Map
4
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.2.1 Accessibility
The cement plant is accessible mainly by Bacnotan road from the south in San Fernando and Balaoan-
Luna road from the north which are both connected to the main McArthur Highway which links the
northern provinces to Manila.
The cement plant is also accessible from the south by an alternative Bitalag road which is connected
to the main highway road in San Fernando. The cement plant is about 1 hour by land travel from San
Fernando, capital of La Union Province, about 3 hours from Baguio City and about 7 hours by land
travel from Manila.
1.2.2 Impact Area
The area subjected to the EIA was based on the perceived direct and indirect impact areas of the
proposed project. As stipulated in DAO 2003-30, direct impact areas, in terms of physical environment,
are those where all project facilities are to be constructed/situated and the designated project area.
On the other hand, areas not directly subjected to any activities/construction and those outside the
project area but are within the jurisdiction of the Municipality of Bacnotan (e.g. stretch of river
draining the project area, communities along haul roads) are considered as indirect impact areas.
Consistent with the provision of DAO 2010-21, known as the “Consolidated Implementing Rules and
Regulations of the Philippine Mining Act of 1995”, the direct impact barangay is Barangay Quirino
while the indirect impact area is the Municipality of Bacnotan.
5
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.3 Project Rationale
The advent of industrialization gave rise to the construction of various infrastructures such as high-
rise buildings, roads, commercial centers, housing units, etc. In the establishment of these concrete
structures/products, cement serves as the major ingredient for its creation.
In the Philippines, cement demand is foreseen to reach 17 million tons in 2012 and will grow at a rate
of 6.1% from 2012 to 2016 and 5% from 2016 to 2020. A supply of 19 million tons of cement will be
fully exhausted by 2015.
In order to supply quality cement for supporting further rapid development of northern Luzon, Holcim
Philippines, a member of LafargeHolcim, will execute a series of small and medium size projects to
rationalize the plant equipment operation, with focus on equipment upgrading, and optimization.
1.4 Project Alternative
1.4.1 Alternative Project Location
Since the project is already operating, selection of new project location will no longer be considered.
The modification project will focus on the installation of roller press which will be connected in the
existing project components.
1.4.2 Technology Selection
The current project operation utilizes the ballmill technology, with the growing demand of cement
within and outside the country, the company decided to maximize its operation by installing a roller
press to the existing cement plant. Installation of roller press tends to modify the production of finish
mill into more efficient in terms of manufacturing and energy conservation.
To ensure that dust generation is NIL to minimal values, the major equipment with exhaust systems
are equipped with dust recovery devices to control dust emission. Dust from the Vertical Roller Mill
exhaust system is recovered by a twin-cyclone, and an Electrostatic Precipitator. Dust from kiln
exhaust gases is recovered by an Electrostatic Precipitator before they are discharged at the main
stack. The crusher, flash dryer, tube mills, O-Sepa, raw meal silo and cement silos are also equipped
with either cyclones or bagfiilters to control dust emission, from their respective exhaust systems.
11
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Also, the plan installed Continuous Emission Monitoring System (CEMS) in the kiln main stack to have
a real time monitoring of dust emissions, including emission of gases such as NO, SO2, HCl, NH3, VOC,
CO, CO2, O2. This is also monitored through the Technical Information System (TIS).
Further, the proposed project modification will also include the installation of bag filter system and
additional dust recovery systems for more efficient dust management.
1.4.3 Supply Alternative
1.4.3.1 Power
The Plant has four units’ standby Diesel Engine Power Generator units that supplement its power
requirements. These area two units Mirrlees Power Generator, at 4.6MVA, 4160V output voltage, with
combine power output of 9.2 MVA; one unit Hitachi with 880 kW capacity, 440 volts and one unit
Man-diesel with 1,600 KVA, 4160 volts output capacity.
1.4.3.2 Water
These requirements are fill in by two pumping stations from a river about one kilometer outside the
Plant.
1.4.3.3 Raw Materials
The raw materials that will be ustilized by the project will come from the existing quarry of HMDC in
La Union and clinker that will be brought to plant from Poro Point. In case that the supply of raw
materials from the quarry is not sufficient, the plant will source its raw materials from other HMDC
quarry operation (Bulacan, Lugait and Davao).
1.4.4 Environmental Impact
The major environmental impact that will be brought about by the project modification considering
all the abovementioned alternatives is dust generation.
1.4.5 Consequences of not Proceeding with Project
In terms of physical environment, the project will continue its current operation. However, it will be
more efficient if the roller press technology will be utilized. In terms of socio economic, opportunities
for employment provided by Holcim La Union Cement Plant extends to other places in the Municipality
12
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
of Bacnotan and the entire Province of La Union other than of Barangay Quirino. The SDP is strictly
implemented to assist the needs of the community. Additional employment will be generated once
the project is implemented. With no “project option”,the opportunity for additional workforce is not
possible.
1.5 Project Components
The proposed expansion plans to install a roller press to the existing plant operation. The said
additional component is set to increase the current production capacity of 1,000,000 MT/year to
1,800,000 MT/year of cement products.
The plant modification will bring about the addition of the following main components:
PROCESS
Current Process Proposed Process
Dry Process Dry Process
PRODUCTION CAPACITY
Current Capacity Proposed Capacity
1,000,000 MT/Y 1,800,000 MT/Y
PROJECT AREA
Current Area Proposed Area
30 hectares 30 hectares
BUILDING FACILITIES
Existing Proposed
Office
Laboratory
Staff House
Electric and Control Room
Machine Shop
Electrical Shop
Warehouse
Guard House
Substation
Parking
EQUIPMENT
Plant Department Equipment Capacity
MAIN EQUIPMENT
Cement Grinding
13
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Roller press (new) & ball mill

Cement Mills (modified) 240 tph
Motors
Roller Press (new) 2 x 1’800 kW
Ball mill 3600 kW
Cement Transport Pneumatic (new) 290 tph
MAIN STORAGE AND PRODUCTION LINE
Receiving of Clinker
Clinker Pile, covered (new) 30’000 t
Silo (existing) 30’000 t
Slag Pile, open (new) 30’000 t
Gypsum Pile, open (existing) 12’000 t
Pozzolana Pile, open (existing) 1’000 t
Limestone Pile, open (existing 1’000 t
Cement Mill Feed
Mill Feed Bins:
Clinker Feed bin (existing) 190 t
Slag Feed bin (new) 150 t
Limestone Feed bin (existing) TBC by plant
Gypsum Feed bin (existing) TBC by plant
Pozzolana Feed bin (existing) TBC by plant
Storage:
Cement Silo 1 (existing) 1’600 t
The site development map relative to the above modification is shown in Figure 9 while the that of
the existing is shown in Figure 8.
14
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 8 : Site Development Map (Existing)
15
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 9 : Site Development Map (Proposed)
16
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.5.1 Pollution Control Devices
Pollution
Control Desription/Specification Status
Device
AIR
Bag House Raw Material Preparation Existing

System
Five (5) units “Jet Pulse” Bag Houses, each serving one (1) unit 500 TPH
“Titan” Double Hammer Crusher, transfer points of Feed and
Recirculation Conveyor of Vertical Rawmill (VRM) including Reject
Material Bins, 12,500 cu.m Ram Meal Silo equipped with Pneumatic
Fluidation System/Belt Bucket elevator, Kiln Feed Control Bin, and Raw
Meal Airlift.
Burning and Calcining Existing
Three (3) units “Jet Pulse” Bag Houses serving Preheater Tower, 1000
cu.m High Free Lime Clinker Silo and Clinker Storage.
One (1) unit “Plenum Pulse” Bag House serving one (1) unit 2,400 TPD
18-compartment Clinker Cooler equipped with Dust Settling Chamber
and Stack.
Cement Grinding and Packing Existing
Foru (4) units “Jet Pulse” Bag Houses serving transfer points of feed
conveyors/auxiliaries for 120THP 2-chamber Finish Mill with high-
efficiency Cyclone Separator, four (4) units Feed Bins, and five (5) units
Cement Silos (15,000 MT total capacity);
Four (4) unit7s “Plenum” Bag Houses serving Mill Dedusting Fan,
Cyclone Separators, and two (2) units 2,200 bags/hr Rotary Packing
Machines and Vibrating Screens.
Auxiliary Facilities Existing
Two (2) pairs “jet Pulse” Bag Houses, each equipped with Twin Cyclone
and a Stack, serving Flash Dryer, 20TPH Coal Mill and two (2) units
Pulverized Coal Silo.
Bag Filter and Type: New

Dedusting Air Volume:380000m3/h
Controller
Working Temperature:＜120℃
17
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Pollution
Control Desription/Specification Status
Device
Inlet Dust Content:＜300g/Nm3

Outlet Dust content: ≤15mg/Nm3
Effective Filter Speed:0.909m/min
Resistance:1500~1700Pa
Resistance to negative pressure:7000Pa
Bags Number:2240
Compressed Air Consumption:4Nm3/min
Compressed Air Pressure:0.45～0.5Mpa
WASTE MANAGEMENT
Settling Process Wastewater Treatment Existing
Ponds
Septic Tank Domestric Wastewater Treatment Existing
Drainage Plant Pollution Control Structure Existing
water system
Solid and Waste Segregation Existing
Hazardous Materials Recovery Facility
Waste
Control Storage Area (laydown): Hazardous
Haulage and treatment/disposal of hazardous wastes by the EMB
accredited haulers.
1.5.1.1 Solid Waste Management
Holcim La Union practices and will continue to practice waste segregation. Color-coded waste bins are
strategically placed throughout its project area. A Materials Recovery Facility (MRF) was also
established to further segregate the wastes. Income-generating wastes like metal scraps, baghouse
filter bags, etc., are placed in the scrap yard prior to selling. On the other hand, hazardous wastes (i.e.
oil contaminated materials, used paint cans, used chemicals, gloves, fluorescent bulbs etc.) are placed
in the Hazardous Waste Area prior to its haulage and treatment/disposal by the EMB accredited
treaters (Dolomatrix Phil Inc.).
1.5.1.2 Wastewater Facility
The La Union Cement Plant has specific treatment facilities depending on the wastewater source and
characteristics. Currently, the Plant uses the following facilities for treatment and will utilized the
same facilities for the proposed expansion:
18
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
 Oil/Water Separators for the removal of oil and grease derived from equipment cooling
and washing
 Septic Tanks for treatment of toilet wastes (sewage)
 Grease Traps for removal of grease, oil and/or solids from kitchen washings
 Settling/Siltation Ponds for coal runoff ( and soil/cement particles, i.e. from roads)
The details of the above facilities are discussed in item 2.2 of this report.
1.5.2 Utilities
1.5.2.1 Power Supply Requirements and Alternates
The demand requirement for the whole plant equipment and other service facilities is aobut 19,000
Kilo-watt (kW) broken down as follows:
Line 1 7,000 KW (not in use at present)

Line 2 12,000 KW
1.5.2.1.1 Source
The Power source of Holcim-La Union Plant comes from Baguio – Binga Power Plant. During
emergency cases power source comes from San Manuel (Pangasinan) Power Plant and from Bauang
Plant (BPPC). These three sources of power are tapped to the Bauang substation grid (NPC).
The system voltage of these Power Plants is 230 kV. Bauang substation has 50 MVA transformers that
will step it down to 69 kV and distributed to HPHI and other electric cooperatives. From this substation
are two electric lines, the 69 kV and the 115 kV line. Both transmission lines are two electric lines, the
69 kV and the 115 kV line. Both transmission lines are connected to a two way disconnect switch which
is located at HPHI compound.
Presently HPHI is connected to the 115KV line and during emergency cases can be tapped to the 69KV
line.
There are disconnect switches for line 1’s 7.5 MVA transformers and line 2’s two 12.5 MVA
transformers. These transformers have an output voltage of 4160 Volts.
19
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.5.2.1.2 Supply Alternatives
The Plant has four units’ standby Diesel Engine Power Generator units that supplement its power
requirements. These area two units Mirrlees Power Generator, at 4.6MVA, 4160V output voltage, with
combine power output of 9.2 MVA; one unit Hitachi with 880 kW capacity, 440 volts and one unit
Man-diesel with 1,600 KVA, 4160 volts output capacity.
The demand requirement for the whole plant equipment and other service facilities of the plant is
about 19,000 kW.
Power is source from the National Power Corporation (NPC) through its 69,000 kV power grid.
1.6 Process/Technology
1.6.1 Existing Operation
Holcim Philippines Inc., La Union Plant has one operating line using the dry process. In this process,
raw grinding is done without the aid of water to produce the raw mix.
The raw materials are limestone (92%), silica rock (7%), and copper slag (1%). Low-grade limestone
and copper slag are used as corrective ingredients. Limestone is available in large quantities near the
plant while silica rock and copper slag are purchased.
1.6.1.1 Raw Material Extraction (Quarrying)
Limestone is extracted by open pit from the quarry face and then loaded into dump trucks by loaders
for delivery to the crusher. This process is done by Holcim Mining and Development Corporation
(HMDC).
1.6.1.2 Raw Material Preparation (Crushing)
Quarried material is dumped into a receiving hopper, conveyed by apron feeder and discharged into
a 500-TPH double-shaft hammer Titan Crusher where the material is crushed and reduced to less than
75-mm size particles. The crushed materials are transported by a 1.4-km long belt conveyor to a raw
material storage shed located at the Plant.
20
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.6.1.3 Raw Meal Preparation
1.6.1.3.1 Portal Scraper
At the raw material storage shed, two semi-portal scrapers reclaim the materials and transferred to
separate bins. Weigh feeders below the bins are used to proportion the materials.
1.6.1.3.2 Vertical Roller Mill (VRM)
The proportioned raw materials are ground in a 208-tph Vertical Roller Mill (VRM) with target
minimum fineness of 20% residue on a 90-micron sieve. The materials are introduced into the mill
from the top, falling centrally into the grinding table. By centrifugal action, the raw meal is ground
into fine sizes. An uprising hot air stream lift the fine material to a classifier situated at the top of the
mill, where further separation of the fine and coarse particles take place. The coarse ones return to
grinding table for further size reduction, while the finer particles are conveyed into a twin-cyclone that
collects the raw meal from the exhaust and conveyed directly to a silo. An Electrostatic Precipitator
further recovers dust from the exhaust gas.
1.6.1.3.3 Raw Meal Silo
The raw meal in the storage silo is then sampled to check its quality. The blending process takes place
in the silo itself based on the desired holding point or lime saturation factor. Homogeneity of raw mix
is maintained by means of air aeration originating from the bottom of the silo. To homogenize the
material, aeration blowers installed below the silo cause continuous turbulence in each chamber. The
homogenized material is extracted at the bottom and transferred by bucket elevator to a kiln feed
tank. A belt bucket elevator transports the weighed kiln feed to the top of the pre-heater tower.
1.6.1.4 Clinker Manufacture
1.6.1.4.1 Pre-heater Tower
The pre-heater tower is a four-stage cyclone system that heats up the raw meal up to 860oC. From
the top of the pre-heater tower, the raw meal flow counter current with the hot kiln gases. The meal
is fed between cyclone #1 and #2 where it is dispersed uniformly and initially heated by the upstream
gas. During the process, the raw meal consequently increases its temperature while the gas decreases
its temperature according to what is required in the VRM system. The raw meal is pre-heated from 80
to 860oC as it descends the pre-heater tower. From the third cyclone, the raw meal is precalcined in
an in-line calciner within the range of 85% to 90% by the heat from gases generated by the combustion
21
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
of coal and hot air from the cooler. The meal-gas mixture is transferred from the precalciner to the
fourth cyclone where another meal gas separation takes place. The pre-heated and precalcined
material enters the kiln feed end. The calcination temperature is between 860 to 880oC. The kiln feed
end temperature is maintained from 1020 to 1060oC.
1.6.1.4.2 Rotary Kiln
The rotary kiln operates from 0.4 to 3.5 rpm with a rated capacity of 2800 tons per day. The
precalcined raw meal flows down the kiln until it is completely calcined. The calcined material flows
farther down the kiln until it reaches the burning zone with a temperature of 1350 to 1450 oC. Here,
the material melts to form the clinker. The clinker is initially cooled at the cooling zone of the kiln
before it drops to the clinker cooler.
1.6.1.4.3 Firing System
Coal is the main fuel. However, provisions for Bunker Fuel Oil (BFO) firing are also installed. BFO is
used only during initial stages of pre-heating and emergency situations. The main kiln burner has
provisions for controlling the air/fuel mixture for optimum control of flame intensity and shape. The
precalciner firing system consists of two burner placed opposite each other mounted tangentially to
the precalciner vessel.
1.6.1.4.4 Coal Mill
Coal is pulverized in a 20-tph air swept mill. After drying and grinding to 80% passing the 90-micron
sieve, the pulverized coal is stored in two separate bins (capacity 70 tons each). The pulverized coal
is fed by Pfister feeders and conveyed by positive displacement blowers to their respective firing
points at the main kiln burner and at the precalciner burner.
1.6.1.4.5 Clinker Cooler
From the kiln discharge end, hot clinker drops to a 5-lane walking floor cooler (ETA Cooler). At a pre-
set clinker bed depth, the clinker is cooled from 1100 to 60oC by high-pressure low-volume fans. The
air being injected at the first stage is heated up to 760 – 860oC, and then used as secondary and tertiary
air sources for combustion requirements. The clinker passes thru a clinker crusher where the big lumps
of clinker are to be crushed.
22
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.6.1.4.6 Clinker Dome
The clinker is then conveyed by a drag chain conveyor, bucket elevator, and a pan conveyor to a
circular storage shed (35,000 ton capacity).
1.6.1.4.7 Additives transport
The existing belt conveyors will be shortened and will transport the additive materials (pozzolana,
limestone and gypsum) from the hopper to the bucket elevator for mill feeding. There is metal
detector installed above the conveyor to remove any embedded metals in the additives.
1.6.1.4.8 Clinker and slag transport
Clinker and slag are delivered to the site. From the drop off point, front loaders bring the materials to
the designated yard. The slag pile is open storage with the capacity of 8500t, and the clinker pile will
be covered storage with the capacity of 15000t. These two types of materials are extracted from the
storage by front loaders, which discharge them into three dedicated hoppers. One hopper each are
installed for clinker and slag, each with a capacity of 10m3.
Clinker will be transferred from hoppers to the existing belt conveyor via additional belt conveyors.
Slag will be transferred to the slag bin with the capacity of 150t, also via new belt conveyors. There
are three belt conveyors: with two conveyors common for both materials. A new metal detector will
be installed above the first conveyor.
Each transfer point shall be equipped with bag filter in order to ensure the capture of fugitive dust
and maintain an exhausted outlet gas dust content of less than 15mg/Nm3.
1.6.1.4.9 Clinker and additives transport to mill feed bin
The clinker from conveyor belt will be transported to the existing bucket elevator and then be fed
directly into the existing clinker bin. The existing bucket elevator will still be used for clinker and
additives (gypsum, limestone, and pozzolana). This bucket elevator has a capacity of 200TPH.
1.6.1.4.10 Cement mill feed
The dimensions of the weigh feeder are 4000x 6300mm and capacity is 25~250TPH and its power is
5.5kW. It controls the feed rate of the material going to the bin. Due to higher temperature of the
clinker, it will be transported separately from the additives to the grinding system. This bucket elevator
23
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
has a capacity of 200TPH. High temperature has an effect on the conveying and dedusting equipment
when it makes contact with moist slag, pozzolana and gypsum. A second belt conveyor with capacity
of 120TPH under the mill feed bins transfers the slag, pozzolana and gypsum to mill feed bucket
elevator.
There is a material transshipment point from conveyor 1 to bucket elevator 1 and bucket elevator 2
to conveyor belt 2. There are two slide gates for use during calibration and two (2) new metal
detectors installed above the belt conveyor.
All dust arising points are equipped with new bag filter / use existing bag filter in order to ensure the
content of dust in exhausted outlet gas is lower than 15mg/Nm3.
1.6.1.4.11 Clinker pregrinding-press
The roller press system will increase the grinding capacity of the existing ball mill circuit from 120 TPH
to 240 TPH, throughput of 1150t/h and main motor of 2x 1600kW (VSD). A bigger sized roller press
(180 TPH – 160 TPH) will be installed to lessen the adjustments to be made on the existing ball mill
system.
There two (2) bucket elevator in the process; bucket elevator 1 has a lifting height of 25.5m and
capacity of 1500t/h with main motor of 2x110kW and bucket elevator 2 has a lifting height 29m,
capacity of 1500t/h and main motor of 2x132kW.
Due to high moisture, the auxiliary material lifted by bucket elevator 1 and the clinker lifted by bucket
elevator 2 will be fed into V-separator first. Metal separation and detection system with prevent
metals from entering the V-separator. From there, the material will be lifted by a bucket elevator.
Pipe-type iron-separators are provided at the outlet of bucket elevator. After separating irons in the
material, it goes to roller press.
The V- separator has a feeding capacity of 900~1300 t/h with air volume of 380000m 3/hr and
equipment resistance of 1.0~1.5kPa. After pre-grinding by roller press, the materials enter into the V-
separator again by circular bucket elevator. Coarse materials return to the roller press for regrinding
and the rest enter into dynamic separator with air. Through the dynamic separator, finished cement
collected by the bag filter will be delivered to the mixer. The coarse material partly goes into the
existing ball mill, and partly goes back to the roller press. The material flow is controlled by a
pneumatic flow control gate.
24
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
All dust arising points shall be equipped with bag filter in order to ensure the content of dust in
exhausted outlet gas is lower than 15mg/Nm3.
1.6.1.4.12 Hot Gas Generator
Diesel for the Hot Gas Generator will be delivered by road tanker and is stored in a 100m 3 fuel tank.
The diesel tank is equipped with dispatching pump for pumping fuel to the hot gas generator. The
diesel piping from the tank is located near the hot gas generator. The capacity of the new hot gas
generator will be designed to provide heat of up to 60 GJ/h.
1.6.1.5 Cement Production
The Finish Mill (FM) is a 120-tph two-compartment end discharge mill equipped with a high efficiency
separator (O-SEPA). It is 4.2 m in diameter and 14.5 m in length.
Clinker is extracted from the clinker dome by vibratory feeders to a belt conveyor leading to a bucket
elevator and then to the clinker bin. Gypsum, an additive to control the setting time of cement is
reclaimed from the additives storage. Clinker and gypsum are fed into the mill simultaneously through
proportioning weigh feeder to produce Portland cement. The finished product is conveyed by a
pneumatic pump into the cement silos for storage prior to packing.
Cement fineness is closely monitored and its strength maintained at required market values. The mill
system is equipped with dust collectors to abate dust pollution.
1.6.1.5.1 Cement mill
The product from ball mill system will be sent to the O-sepa separator, using existing recirculation
bucket elevator. This can operate freely, ensuring a stable capacity of product 240TPH, and reduces
the required modifications for the existing ball mill.
1.6.1.5.2 Cement transport and storage
The final product (cement) is divided into two parts: 65t from roller press pre-grinding system, and
175t from ball mill system. The product from roller press and ball mill goes down to the cement hopper
and then sent to the cement silos for storage by the existing pneumatic transportation devices.
25
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.6.1.6 Packing
Cement is withdrawn from the silo and conveyed into the packer bins by paddle conveyors and bucket
elevators. Cement is packed into paper bag containers by two units of rotating packing machines
called Ventomatic Rotopackers (VRP). The Rotopackers, with a capacity 2200 bph each, are equipped
with Automatic Bag Placers (ABP).
After filling each paper bag with 40-kg cement, the VRP releases the bag automatically into conveyor
belts. The cement bags are then loaded into receiving trucks for distribution to customers. For bulk
loading, there is a provision for cement discharge from the cement bins.
The description of operations and maintenance of the plant is presented as Annex M.
26
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
EP Fan Raw Mill Fan
Raw Mill
Feed Bins
Electrostatic Precipitator
RAW MEAL SILO

189,640 Bags
Capacity
Twin
Cyclone
QUARRY IMPACT CRUSHER RAW MATERIAL STORAGE VERTICAL ROLLER MILL
500 TPH 2 - units Portal Scraper 250 TPH
200 TPH each FULLER Loesche Mill 32.4
GCT
PACKHOUSE COAL STORAGE

2-units Roto-Packer 7600 tons Capacity
2200 BPH @ 40 kg/bag
Preheater Fan
COAL MILL
20 TPH Capacity FOUR-STAGE
CEMENT SILO PREHEATER
165,000 Bags / Silo TOWER
W/ IN-LINE
ADDITIVES STORAGE CALCINER
7500 tons capacity CONTROL BIN
70 cu.m.
Excess Air Fan
ROTARY KILN
2400 TPD 3.0 RPM
CEMENT MILL CLINKER STORAGE Reciprocating 4.05 m. dia. X 60.0 m long Alternative Fuel and
120 TPH 15.000 tons capacity Grate Cooler 4% inclination Raw Material 2.5 tph
4.20 m dia. X 14.50 m long
Figure 10 : Process Flow Diagram (Current Operation)
27
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.6.2 Proposed Operation
Holcim Philippines Inc., La Union Plant has one operating line using the dry process. In this process,
raw grinding is done without the aid of water to produce the raw mix.
The raw materials are limestone (92%), silica rock (7%), and copper slag (1%). Low-grade limestone
and copper slag are used as corrective ingredients. Limestone is available in large quantities near the
plant while silica rock and copper slag are purchased.
1.6.2.1 Raw Material Extraction (Quarrying)
Limestone is extracted by open pit from the quarry face and then loaded into dump trucks by loaders
for delivery to the crusher. This process is done by a third party contractor.
1.6.2.2 Raw Material Preparation (Crushing)
Quarried material is dumped into a receiving hopper, conveyed by apron feeder and discharged into
a 500-TPH double-shaft hammer Titan Crusher where the material is crushed and reduced to less than
75-mm size particles. The crushed materials are transported by a 1.4-km long belt conveyor to a raw
material storage shed located at the Plant. The limestones was supplied by HMDC and delivered in the
plant.
1.6.2.3 Raw Meal Preparation
1.6.2.3.1 Portal Scraper
At the raw material storage shed, two semi-portal scrapers reclaim the materials and transferred to
separate bins. Weigh feeders below the bins are used to proportion the materials.
1.6.2.3.2 Vertical Roller Mill (VRM)
The proportioned raw materials are ground in a 200-tph Vertical Roller Mill (VRM) with target
minimum fineness of 20% residue on a 90-micron sieve. The materials are introduced into the mill
from the top, falling centrally into the grinding table. By centrifugal action, the raw meal is ground
into fine sizes. An uprising hot air stream lift the fine material to a classifier situated at the top of the
mill, where further separation of the fine and coarse particles take place. The coarse ones return to
grinding table for further size reduction, while the finer particles are conveyed into a twin-cyclone that
28
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
collects the raw meal from the exhaust and conveyed directly to a silo. An Electrostatic Precipitator
further recovers dust from the exhaust gas.
1.6.2.3.3 Raw Meal Silo
The raw meal in the storage silo is then sampled to check its quality. The blending process takes place
in the silo itself based on the desired holding point or lime saturation factor. Homogeneity of raw mix
is maintained by means of air aeration originating from the bottom of the silo. To homogenize the
material, aeration blowers installed below the silo cause continuous turbulence in each chamber. The
homogenized material is extracted at the bottom and transferred by bucket elevator to a kiln feed
tank. A belt bucket elevator transports the weighed kiln feed to the top of the pre-heater tower.
1.6.2.4 Clinker Manufacture
1.6.2.4.1 Pre-heater Tower
The pre-heater tower is a four-stage cyclone system that heats up the raw meal up to 860oC. From
the top of the pre-heater tower, the raw meal flow counter current with the hot kiln gases. The meal
is fed between cyclone #1 and #2 where it is dispersed uniformly and initially heated by the upstream
gas. During the process, the raw meal consequently increases its temperature while the gas decreases
its temperature according to what is required in the VRM system. The raw meal is pre-heated from 80
to 860oC as it descends the pre-heater tower. From the third cyclone, the raw meal is precalcined in
an in-line calciner within the range of 85% to 90% by the heat from gases generated by the combustion
of coal and hot air from the cooler. The meal-gas mixture is transferred from the precalciner to the
fourth cyclone where another meal gas separation takes place. The pre-heated and precalcined
material enters the kiln feed end. The calcination temperature is between 860 to 880oC. The kiln feed
end temperature is maintained from 1020 to 1060oC.
1.6.2.4.2 Rotary Kiln
The rotary kiln operates from 0.4 to 3.5 rpm with a rated capacity of 2400 tons per day. The
precalcined raw meal flows down the kiln until it is completely calcined. The calcined material flows
farther down the kiln until it reaches the burning zone with a temperature of 1350 to 1450 oC. Here,
the material melts to form the clinker. The clinker is initially cooled at the cooling zone of the kiln
before it drops to the clinker cooler.
29
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.6.2.4.3 Firing System
Coal is the main fuel. However, provisions for Bunker Fuel Oil (BFO) firing are also installed. BFO is
used only during initial stages of pre-heating and emergency situations. The main kiln burner has
provisions for controlling the air/fuel mixture for optimum control of flame intensity and shape. The
precalciner firing system consists of two burner placed opposite each other mounted tangentially to
the precalciner vessel.
1.6.2.4.4 Coal Mill
Coal is pulverized in a 20-tph air swept mill. After drying and grinding to 80% passing the 90-micron
sieve, the pulverized coal is stored in two separate bins (capacity 70 tons each). The pulverized coal
is fed by Pfister feeders and conveyed by positive displacement blowers to their respective firing
points at the main kiln burner and at the precalciner burner.
1.6.2.4.5 Clinker Cooler
From the kiln discharge end, hot clinker drops to a 5-lane walking floor cooler (ETA Cooler). At a pre-
set clinker bed depth, the clinker is cooled from 1100 to 60oC by high-pressure low-volume fans. The
air being injected at the first stage is heated up to 760 – 860oC, and then used as secondary and tertiary
air sources for combustion requirements. The clinker passes thru a clinker crusher where the big lumps
of clinker are to be crushed.
1.6.2.4.6 Clinker Dome
The clinker is then conveyed by a drag chain conveyor, bucket elevator, and a pan conveyor to a
circular storage shed (35,000 ton capacity).
1.6.2.4.7 Additives transport
The existing belt conveyors will be shortened and will transport the additive materials (pozzolana,
limestone and gypsum) from the hopper to the bucket elevator for mill feeding. There is metal
detector installed above the conveyor to remove any embedded metals in the additives.
1.6.2.4.8 Clinker and slag transport
Clinker and slag are delivered to the site. From the drop off point, front loaders bring the materials to
the designated yard. The slag pile is open storage with the capacity of 8500t, and the clinker pile will
30
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
be covered storage with the capacity of 15000t. These two types of materials are extracted from the
storage by front loaders, which discharge them into three dedicated hoppers. One hopper each are
installed for clinker and slag, each with a capacity of 10m3.
Clinker will be transferred from hoppers to the existing belt conveyor via additional belt conveyors.
Slag will be transferred to the slag bin with the capacity of 150t, also via new belt conveyors. There
are three belt conveyors: with two conveyors common for both materials. A new metal detector will
be installed above the first conveyor.
Each transfer point shall be equipped with bag filter in order to ensure the capture of fugitive dust and
maintain an exhausted outlet gas dust content of less than 15mg/Nm3.
1.6.2.4.9 Clinker and additives transport to mill feed bin
The clinker from conveyor belt will be transported to the existing bucket elevator and then be fed
directly into the existing clinker bin. The existing bucket elevator will still be used for clinker and
additives (gypsum, limestone, and pozzolana). This bucket elevator has a capacity of 200TPH.
1.6.2.4.10 Cement mill feed
The dimensions of the weigh feeder are 4000x 6300mm and capacity is 25~250TPH and its power is
5.5kW. It controls the feed rate of the material going to the bin. Due to higher temperature of the
clinker, it will be transported separately from the additives to the grinding system. This bucket elevator
has a capacity of 200TPH. High temperature has an effect on the conveying and dedusting equipment
when it makes contact with moist slag, pozzolana and gypsum. A second belt conveyor with capacity
of 120TPH under the mill feed bins transfers the slag, pozzolana and gypsum to mill feed bucket
elevator.
There is a material transshipment point from conveyor 1 to bucket elevator 1 and bucket elevator 2
to conveyor belt 2. There are two slide gates for use during calibration and two (2) new metal
detectors installed above the belt conveyor.
All dust arising points are equipped with new bag filter / use existing bag filter in order to ensure the
content of dust in exhausted outlet gas is lower than 15mg/Nm3.
31
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.6.2.4.11 Clinker pre-grinding-press
The roller press system will increase the grinding capacity of the existing ball mill circuit from 120 TPH
to 240 TPH, throughput of 1150t/h and main motor of 2x 1600kW (VSD). A bigger sized roller press
(180 TPH – 160 TPH) will be installed to lessen the adjustments to be made on the existing ball mill
system.
There two (2) bucket elevator in the process; bucket elevator 1 has a lifting height of 25.5m and
capacity of 1500t/h with main motor of 2x110kW and bucket elevator 2 has a lifting height 29m,
capacity of 1500t/h and main motor of 2x132kW.
Due to high moisture, the auxiliary material lifted by bucket elevator 1 and the clinker lifted by bucket
elevator 2 will be fed into V-separator first. Metal separation and detection system with prevent
metals from entering the V-separator. From there, the material will be lifted by a bucket elevator.
Pipe-type iron-separators are provided at the outlet of bucket elevator. After separating irons in the
material, it goes to roller press.
The V- separator has a feeding capacity of 900~1300 t/h with air volume of 380000m3/hr and
equipment resistance of 1.0~1.5kPa. After pre-grinding by roller press, the materials enter into the V-
separator again by circular bucket elevator. Coarse materials return to the roller press for regrinding
and the rest enter into dynamic separator with air. Through the dynamic separator, finished cement
collected by the bag filter will be delivered to the mixer. The coarse material partly goes into the
existing ball mill, and partly goes back to the roller press. The material flow is controlled by a
pneumatic flow control gate.
All dust arising points shall be equipped with bag filter in order to ensure the content of dust in
exhausted outlet gas is lower than 15mg/Nm3.
1.6.2.4.12 Hot Gas Generator
Diesel for the Hot Gas Generator will be delivered by road tanker and is stored in a 100m3 fuel tank.
The diesel tank is equipped with dispatching pump for pumping fuel to the hot gas generator. The
diesel piping from the tank is located near the hot gas generator. The capacity of the new hot gas
generator will be designed to provide heat of up to 60 GJ/h.
32
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.6.2.5 Cement Production
The Finish Mill (FM) is a 120-tph two-compartment end discharge mill equipped with a high efficiency
separator (O-SEPA). It is 4.2 m in diameter and 14.5 m in length.
Clinker is extracted from the clinker dome by vibratory feeders to a belt conveyor leading to a bucket
elevator and then to the clinker bin. Gypsum, an additive to control the setting time of cement is
reclaimed from the additives storage. Clinker and gypsum are fed into the mill simultaneously through
proportioning weigh feeder to produce Portland cement. The finished product is conveyed by a
pneumatic pump into the cement silos for storage prior to packing. Cement fineness is closely
monitored and its strength maintained at required market values. The mill system is equipped with
dust collectors to abate dust pollution.
1.6.2.5.1 Cement mill
The product from ball mill system will be sent to the O-sepa separator, using existing recirculation
bucket elevator. This can operate freely, ensuring a stable capacity of product 240TPH, and reduces
the required modifications for the existing ball mill.
1.6.2.5.2 Cement transport and storage
The final product (cement) is divided into two parts: 65t from roller press pre-grinding system, and
175t from ball mill system. The product from roller press and ball mill goes down to the cement hopper
and then sent to the cement silos for storage by the existing pneumatic transportation devices.
1.6.2.6 Packing
Cement is withdrawn from the silo and conveyed into the packer bins by paddle conveyors and bucket
elevators. Cement is packed into paper bag containers by two units of rotating packing machines
called Ventomatic Rotopackers (VRP). The Rotopackers, with a capacity 2200 bph each, are equipped
with Automatic Bag Placers (ABP).
After filling each paper bag with 40-kg cement, the VRP releases the bag automatically into conveyor
belts. The cement bags are then loaded into receiving trucks for distribution to customers. For bulk
loading, there is a provision for cement discharge from the cement bins.
33
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 11 - Process Flow Diagram (Proposed Operation)
34
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.7 Development Plan, Description of Project Phases, and Corresponding Timeframes
1.7.1 Pre-Construction Phase
 Planning of technical design and finalization of construction method for the installation of
the plant facilities;
 Soil investigation prior tendering of civil works;
 Securing of necessary permits.
In compliance to the commitment of environmental protection and community development, the

activities stipulated in the existing Environmental Management Plan (EMP), Environmental
Monitoring Plan (EMoP), and Social Development Plan (SDP) shall still be implemented.
1.7.2 Construction Phase
Construction phase involves the following:
 Hiring of qualified manpower required to complement the workers in the

construction/rehabilitation works; and
 Construction of new plant facilities to support the proposed expansion.
The construction/rehabilitation of equipment/facilities is projected to commence after the acquisition

of all regulatory permits from government offices.
1.7.3 Operation Phase
The operation phase covers the production of cement products. During this phase, the company will
also be implementing the activities stipulated in the EMP, EMoP, and and SDP; simultaneous with its
operations to ensure environmental protection and community development.
Technical Description of Proposed Equipment Modification
Clinker Transport to Mill Feed Bin
Clinker will be fed from the storage to two hopppers by front-end-loader. The material will be fed via
a series of belt conveyors and an existing (modified) bucket elevator to the existing clinker feed bin.
Slag will be fed from the storage to a hopper by front-end-loader. The material will be fed via a series
of belt conveyors to a new slag feed bin located adjacent to the existing feed bins.
35
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The system requirements are:
 Two clinker feed hoppers:

 Grizzly.
 Discharge onto one belt conveyor for clinker and slag.
 Two belt conveyors for clinker and slag transport to new transfer tower.
 One new clinker belt conveyor connected to existing belt conveyor.
 One magnetic separator device at the appropriate position on the clinker belt conveyor to
eliminate large pieces of metal.
 Modification of existing clinker bucket elevator bottom and head chute, feeding the existing
clinker feed bin.
 Dedusting equipment.
 One slag feed hopper:
- Grizzly.
- Discharge onto one belt conveyor for clinker and slag.
- Two belt conveyors for clinker and slag transport to new transfer tower.
 One slag belt conveyor.
 One new slag feed bin.
Cement Mill Feed
Due to the possibly high temperature of the clinker, and the effect this would have on the conveying
and dedusting equipment when in contact with moist slag, pozzolana and gypsum, the clinker and
additives will be transported separately to the grinding system.
 One existing clinker feed bin

- One new belt weigh feeder.
- One new clinker conveying system to static separator of roller press.
- Dedusting equipment.
 Additive feed bins
- One existing Limestone feed bin and existing Limestone weigh belt feeder.
- One existing gypsum feed bin and existing gypsum weigh belt feeder.
- One existing Pozzolana feed bin and existing Pozzolana weigh belt feeder.
- One new slag feed bin.
- One new slag weigh feeder.
36
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
- One new common additive transport system to static separator inlet.

- Dedusting equipment.
Clinker Pre-grinding
The grinding system will consist of a new roller press system with an external bucket elevator for the
circulating load. The roller press dynamic separator rejects will be fed to the existing ball mill for finish
grinding. The total system (roller press and ball mill) is designed for 240 tph finish product.

 One roller press system
- Static separator.
- Recirculation system consisting of:
Two belt conveyors.
One bucket elevator.
Magnetic separator.
Metal separation rejects system.
 Dynamic separator
- Dynamic separator rejects transport system to ball mill.
 Roller press process dedusting
- Process filter.
- Process fan.
- Hot gas recirculation to static roller press separator.
 Two automatic samplers (manual sample collection) for roller press and ball mill product
sampling.
 Dampers, dedusting equipment, electric hoists.
Cement Mill
The existing ball mill will be converted into a single chamber mill for finish grinding of the roller press
dynamic separator rejects. Finish product will be transported from the existing cyclones and process
filter via a modified air slide into an existing cement collecting bin. The remaining equipment of the
existing grinding system will remain unchanged and can stay in operation until the shut-down for the
mill conversion.

 Conversion of existing ball mill into single chamber mill, including replacement of mill
internals.
37
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
 Dust from the ball mill ventilation filter will be fed to the separator bucket elevator by a new
screw conveyor.
Cement Transport and Storage
Finish product from the roller press system and ball mill system will be transported into an existing
cement collecting bin for blending. From the collecting bin cement will be transported with new
common pneumatic conveying system to the existing cement storage silos. The existing 300 mm
transport pipe will be reused.
 One new cement collecting air slide from Roller Press process filter to existing cement
collecting bin.
 Existing series of air slides from ball mill dedusting cyclones and process filter to existing
cement collecting bin.
 Existing cement sampler (manual sample collection).
 Existing cement collecting bin.
 Cement transport to silos.
 Replacement of existing pneumatic cement conveying system (150 tph) with new pneumatic
conveying system (240-290 tph) using the existing cement conveying pipe to existing silos.
 Existing cement distribution and dedusting equipment on silos.
Gypsum and Additive Preparation and Handling
Gypsum Crushing
Additives such as gypsum, limestone and pozzolana will be feed to an existing hopper and will be
transported by means of a series of existing belt conveyors to a new bucket elevator feeding a new
belt conveyor. The existing belt conveyor feeding materials to the respective feed bins will be reused.
 One new additive bucket elevator.

 One magnetic separator device at the appropriate position on the additive belt conveyor to
eliminate large pieces of metal.
 Modification (shortening) of existing additive belt conveyor feeding the new bucket elevator,
including new chute to bucket elevator.
38
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
 One new belt conveyor.

 Existing series of belt conveyors for material distribution to respective feed bins.
1.7.4 Abandonment/Decommissioning Phase
The proponent will continuously operate and maintain the project as long as it is profitable and
economically viable. Nonetheless, during the operation of the project, in case some of the
components are no longer operational, such component will replaced by new operational facilities.
If the proponent decided to stop the project operation, a decommissioning plan will be prepared and
implemented.
Table 1 - Project Schedule

Project Phases Year1 Year2 Year3 Year 4 onwards
Pre-Construction
Construction
Operation
1.8 Project Size
1.8.1 Production Capacity
The project has an existing production capacity of 1,000,000 MT/year, to support the growing demand
of cement in the country, the company will increase the production capacity to 1,800, 000 MT/year of
cement products.
1.8.2 Project Area
The total area covered by the project operation is approximately 30 hectares.
1.9 Manpower
Sharing with current plant resource, control room operation, supervisors, and area managers will be
absorbed / integrated in the current organization.
The only additional are technicians and operators with 6 headcounts including the personnel for a
three shifts operation in the plant.
39
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
No of
Position
Personnel
Operations Manager (Existing) 1
Production Manager(Existing) 1
Process Manager 1
Capex Manager 1
QA Manager 1
HR Manager 1
CSR Manager 1
Shift Operations Manager 6
Plant Controller 1
Maintenance Manager(Existing) 1
Shift Production Technician (existing) 3
Operator in clinker /slag storage hall (New) 4
Mechanical Maintenance technician (New) 2
Quality Assurance Analyst (Existing) 1
Physical Analyst (Existing) 1
Total 26
The employees shall be employed in accordance with the local labor laws, qualifications and skills.
Also, skilled local resedents will be prioritized in hiring.
Training provided in the plant will cover various good practices, in operations and maintenance, for
operating the modern equipment and machinery in a cement plant.
1.10 Project Costs
The amount of PhP707, 450, 000 is allotted for the Project. The breakdown is provided in Table 2.
Table 2 : Project Costs

Workshop 50 - Workshop 50 -
Others Others
Cement Grinding Cement Grinding
Steel structure supply $1,790,000 - P89,840,000 -
Mechanical equipment
supply $4,910,000 $120,000 P246,640,000 P6,150,000
40
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Workshop 50 - Workshop 50 -
Others Others
Cement Grinding Cement Grinding
Electrical equipment supply $1,390,000 $490,000 P83,480,000 P54,290,000
Civil works $1,270,000 - P63,920,000 -
Erection and installation $2,180,000 $1,070,000 P109,460,000 P53,670,000
Total $11,550,000 $1,680,000 P593,340,000 P114,110,000
* converted using a foreign exchange rate of 50.1958
41
ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
2.0 ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
2.1 Land
The province of La Union consists of flat lands, rolling hills and mountainous areas associated in the
intermediate hillsides of the Cordillera mountain ranges. About 51% (763 km2) of the area has 0 – 18%
slope. The western border is axoastal plain of raised coral and alluvium (silt/clay) deposited by the
flowing water and overlaying older sedimets. The irregular coastal pain is narrowest south Damortis,
Sto. Tomas and widest in the north of Balaoan, where it extends almost 15km inland from south china
sea. The eastern portion iss predominantly mountainous with a north and south orientation. The
highest peak in the province is in the municipality of Bagulin with an elevation of 366 m above sea
level. Other areas with an elevation of more than 240m are found in San Gabriek and Burgos. The
remaining 730 km2 have slopes ranging from 18% to more than 30% (Silvestre,1989).
2.1.1 Pedology and Land Use
2.1.1.1 Methodology
2.1.1.1.1 Soils and Land Use
There are very few published reports, literatures of the soils and land use of La Union province. The
only available reports and publiGASA were also gathered and incorporated elsewhere in the report.
NAMRIA Topographic Map of La Union Province (1:50,000 Scale) were also used as reference points
to establish the soil sampling locatications that deal mainly on the soil classification, mapping and soil
survey of La Union Province was conducted on 1950 by then Division of Soil Survey and Conservation
of the Department of Agriculture and Natural resources and, The Land Resources Evaluation Project,
of the Bureau of Soils and Water Management that deals mainly of the province “Physical Land
Resources” was conducted in (1986) Volume 1 were gathered from the Bureau of Soils and Water
Management (BSWM) client service office and served as references. Agro-climatic data from PAons.
2.1.1.1.2 Reconnaissance and Ocular Surveys
A Reconnaissance and ocular survey of the study area was initially made by the Axceltechs EIA study
team on the early hours of August 23, 2017. Relevant soil related information were gathered thru
personal communications with the locals and the Brgy. Quirino council officials. Field work activities
that involved the field assessments of the dominant land use, soil sampling activities were made on
the afternoon hours of August 23 to August 24, 2017.
42
The special soil investigations of Holcim La Union plant in the Municipality of Bacnotan covered the
review of existing literatures and maps of the project area mentioned earlier.
2.1.1.1.3 Soil Sampling
A. Disturbed Samplings
The soil Investigation studies covered the six (6) soil sampling locations within the 35 hectares of
Holcim La Union Plant, Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan La Union.
Site selection criteria of the soil sampling locations within the Holcim La Union plant site coverage
were made in accordance with the existing land use which is an Industrial site. Cement manufacture
major environmental issue is the generation of dust mainly coming from the processing plant. In this
regard, there is a strong possibility of dust particles downwind within and, the immediate vicinity of
the processing plant. The accumulation of cement Kiln dust (CKD) into these areas may alter the soil
pysico-chemical and, to certain extent the biological properties of the nearby areas.
Extent of the dust fall out and accumulation into the soil surface is highly governed by the prevailing
wind direction. While dust particles accumulation and concentration in the soil surface on the other
hand, is influenced by the existing vegetation and the nature of the canopy architecture.
Making use of the wind direction for the soil sampling selection is by following the Northeast monsoon
(Amihan) and the Southwest monsoon (Habagat) wind direction. “Amihan” refers to
the season dominated by the trade winds, which are experienced in the Philippines as a cool
northeast wind. It is characterized by moderate temperatures, little or no rainfall, and a prevailing
wind from the east.
As a rule of thumb, the Philippines' amihan weather pattern begins sometime in November or
December and ends sometime in May or June. There may, however, be wide variations from year to
year.
Throughout the rest of the year, the Philippines experiences the west or southwest wind; south west
monsoon, which in turn is referred to as the “Habagat”. The habagat season is characterized by hot
and humid weather, frequent heavy rainfall, and a prevailing wind from the west.
The main indicator of the switch between the amihan and habagat seasonal patterns is the switch in
wind direction. In most years this transition is abrupt and occurs overnight. In some years there is a
43
period of perhaps a week or two where the wind will switch between amihan and habagat patterns
several times before settling into the pattern for the new season.
This soil sampling strategy is to establish the effects of the existing wind direction pattern in relation
to the soil quality within the Holcim cement manufacturing activity. Is there any build-up of the
physico-chemical properties (i.e. nutrients and metallic elements in the surface soil, bulk density and,
soil friability).
The Proposed modification site of Holcim La Union Plant (Installation and operation of a new Roller
Press in front on the existing Cement Mill) served as the central point (Geographic Coordinates of 16°
46’ 06.5” N; 120° 20’ 15.3” E). Each of the soil sampling locations (S1 to S6) is at least 500 – 600 meters
apart from each other.
Soil Sampling locations S1 to S3 refers to the southwest wind direction (Habagat) making the
proposed modification of the Holcim Bacnotan Cement Mill as the starting point. S1 is referred to soil
sampling location that is at least 500 meters away from the existing cement plant and, the distance of
500 m is repeated in soil sampling locations S2 and S3, respectively. Whereas, soil sampling locations
S4 to S6 refers to soil sampling locations following the northeast wind direction (Amihan). Again, all of
the soil sampling locations are at least more or less 500 meters apart from each other.
Other criteria for the selection of the soil sampling site is the slope and, the soil color. Their
corresponding locations, present Land Use. The geographic coordinates and existing dominant land
use photographs of the six sa mpling locations are presented in Table 3.
From each soil sampling location, disturbed composite soil samples were collected within the 0 – 30
centimeters depth using an ordinary spade. The representative soil samples were collected randomly
in a zigzag manner within the selected sampling sites. There are at least 15 random soil sampling sites
for one composite sample. Presence of organic debris, stone fragments and other unwanted litters
were carefully removed on site.
Each of the six composite samples were initially mixed thoroughly in a used polyethylene sack,
quartered twice, rejecting the three (3) quarter portions of the sample. From the remaining 1 quarter,
approximately 2 kilograms of the samples were finally collected per location and kept in a 12” X 16”
zip lock plastic bag and labeled accordingly.
All of the laboratory chemical analyses were done at CRL laboratory, Bldg. 2, Berthaphil Compound I,
Berthaphil Inc. Industrial Park, Jose Abad Santos Ave., CFZ Pampanga, Philippines submitted on August
25, 2017 for the soil physical and chemical characteristics. The parameters requested is presented in
Table 4. Results were reported on Sept 21, 2017. However, soil physical analysis (grain size analysis)
44
were made in a separate Soils and Testing laboratory in the name of Geotechnics Philippines Inc.,
Sauyo Road Novaliches, Q.C.
B. Undisturbed Samplings
Soil surface Bulk Density Determinations
From the six soil sampling sites, a separate undisturbed soil samples using a 100cc stainless steel core
cylinders were also collected for the surface (0 – 5 cm depth) replicated twice for the laboratory bulk
density determination. (Plate 1).
Plate 1 : Soil Surface Bulk Density Sampling
45
Table 3 : Soil Sampling Locations and Present Land Use of the Six Surface Soil Sampling Locations
S1 S2 S3
Soil Sampling Site Dominant Present Land Use
2nd Growth Woodland Forest Bushland/Grassland Grassland
Geographic Coordinates
Northing Northing Northing
16o 46’ 01.3” 16o 46’04.9” o
16 146’ 05.3”
Easting Easting Easting
120o 20’15.3” 120o 20’18.9” 120o 20’ 24.4”
S4 S5 S6
Soil Sampling Site Dominant Present Land Use
Bushland/Grassland Grassland Grassland
Northing Northing Northing
o
16 46’ 33.3” 16o 46’ 47.3” 16o 46’ 50.9”
Easting Easting Easting
120o 19’ 55.5” 120o 20’ 08.8” 120o 20’ 01.0”
46
Table 4 : Requested Chemical and Physical Soil Analyses

SOIL CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
pH
Organic Matter (%)
Nitrogen (ppm)
Available Phosphorus (ppm)
Electrical Conductivity (μS cm-1)
Exchangeable Bases
Calcium (ppm)
Magnesium (ppm)
Sodium (ppm)
Potassium (ppm)
Metallic Essential Micro nutrients
Iron (ppm)
Zinc (ppm)
Heavy Metals
Lead (ppm)
Mercury (ppm)
Arsenic (ppm)
Cadmium (ppm)
SOIL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Soil surface Texture (0 – 30 cm depth)
Soil Surface (0 – 5 cm) Bulk density (g cm-3)
C. In Situ Soil Physical Property Measurement
Slake Test
Slake test or test for soil friability was done in situ in all of the six soil sampling sites and, is an indicator
of soil cohesiveness especially when wet. This soil physical property determines the soil stability even
when mechanical manipulation is employed (i.e. tillage or excavations). The assessment should be
done with dry soil samples and is further explained below:
A soil fragment (at least 3 cm x 3 cm in size) is gently immersed in distilled or rainwater and response
to wetting is observed for a period of time (i.e. 10 minutes). The soil is therefore classified in terms of
its response to wetting and is described below:
Slake test is not applicable on sandy/stony soils (Class 0).
Class 1 = Very unstable. Soil fragment disintegrates in <5 seconds; very fine bubbles may
emerge.
Class 2 = Unstable. Soil fragment goes slumping within 5‐10 seconds.
Class 3 = Moderately Stable. Slumping of sub-crust but most of the crust is intact.
47
Class 4 = Very Stable. No slumping of particles is evident after several minutes of being
immersed in water; whole fragment remains intact with no swelling; large bubbles may
emerge.
Soil correlation with the use of the old Soil Survey reports and maps La Union province were made in
the identification and delineation of soil types and soil sampling locations. Primary information on the
present land uses were collected through informal interviews among the locals and the ocular survey
earlier conducted by the Axceltechs EIA team. The dominant present land use of the six (6) soil
sampling locations is presented in Table Table 3.
The impact of the proposed modification Holcim Cement La Union plant on the soil and vegetation
were assessed and the proven effective mitigation measures were given.
2.1.1.2 General Description of the Province of La Union
2.1.1.2.1 Location and Extent
The province of La Union is geographically located between 16° 12’ and 16°55’ North Latitude and
120° 17” and 120° 34’ East longitude. La Union is the southernmost province of the Ilocos coast strip.
It is bounded on the north and northeast by Ilocos Sur Province; on the east by the Mountain Province;
on the south by Pangasinan Province; and on the west by the West Philippine Sea. It is roughly
rectangular in form with an area of approximately 137,290.00 hectares. San Fernando City is the
capital of the province, is 285 Kilometers from Manila and 61 Kilometers from Baguio City.
2.1.1.2.2 Land Use
2.1.1.2.2.1 General.
A semi detailed land use survey was carried out In La Union province by the Agricultural Land
Management and Evaluation Division (ALMED), Bureau of Soils and Water Management (BSWM,
1986) for the purpose of determining the spatial distribution of the extent of land uses at a particular
time and is presented in this report. All areas of the present land use mentioned in this report are
strictly estimates and may contradict other soil survey activities of the Soil Survey Division of the
BSWM.
Within the province, agricultural crops are concentrated on broad alluvial plain in the western side,
valleys, foot slopes, hills and some mountain side slopes. Within the steep slopes of hills and mountain
areas, are grasses, shrubs, bamboos, forest species and few fruit trees.
48
2.1.1.2.2.2 Distribution of Crops and Vegetation.
The survey revealed six main land use categories exist in the province namely: agricultural areas;
grassland/shrubland; forest or wooded; bare land; wetland and built up areas and is presented In
Table 5.
Table 5 : Estimated Total Area and Percentage Per Land Use

Land Use Categories Approximate area in Hectares Approximate Percentage (%)
1. Agricultural Areas 35, 056.00 24.20
2. Grassland/shrubland areas 82, 896.00 57.1
3. Forest or wooded areas 16,744.00 11.50
4. Bare land areas 4,240.00 2.9
5. Wetland Areas 1,116.00 0.80
6. Built-up areas 5,036.00 3.5
Total 145,088.00 100
Agricultural Areas. – Agricultural areas cover about 35,056.00 hectares or 24.20% of the total area
surveyed (Table 1.3). Areas covered with shrubs, grasses and for residential purposes occupy an
approximate total area of about 2,724.3 hectares or 7.77%. The western side under broad alluvial
plain, valleys, and along hills and mountain falls under this category. The eastern part covering the
Municipalities of Bagulin, Naguilian and, Rosario are rice terraces. Irrigated rice were seen on flat
alluvial plain, valley and river terrace within the different municipalities of the surveyed project area.
Grassland/Shrubland Areas. -This category covers the most extensive area and, is predominantly
covered with cogon and different species of shrubs with approximate area of 82,896.0 has or 5.71 %
of the total area surveyed. Some crops, forest species, bamboos and fruit trees associated within this
category occupies about 13,080.0 has or 15.77 % of the total area mapped.
Grasses and shrubs cover mostly the sedimentary hills and mountains except on higher elevation
having steep to very steep slopes near the provincial boundary of Benguet and Ilocos Sur which is
covered with forest species. Along the footslopes and the valley bottom of hills and mountains are
different crops such as root crops, terrace and unterraced rice areas.
Wooded or Forest Areas. - Areas presently covered with different forest species occur at the highest
portion of mountain ranges near the boundary of Ilocos Sur and Benguet Provinces. It occupies an
area of 16,744.0 has or 11.5% of the total area surveyed with some associated shrubs and grasses
covering an area of 7,534.0 has or 44.9% under this category.
Bareland Areas. – This category includes beach sand, riverwash and prominent rivers as identified
within the province. It covers an aggregate area of 4,240.0 has or 2.9% of the total area surveyed.
49
Associated categories are shrubs and grasses which are found on river wash areas occupying an area
of 322.8 has or 7.6% based from the total area of this category.
Wetland Areas. – Wetland areas are either under brackish or fresh water logged areas. These areas
are purposely for aqua-culture and are mostly found along alluvial plain or near the mouth of main
rivers. This category occupies an area of 1,116.0 has or 0.80% of the total area surveyed (Table 5).
Built-up Areas. – These areas are used for commercial and residential purpose. Within the
municipalities and barangays throughout the province. This category is sometimes delineated as
purely residential and commercial or associated with some fruit trees such as coconut, bananas, and
other fruit bearing trees. It covers an area of 5,036 has or 3.5% of the total area.
This category mostly exists on slightly elevated alluvial areas, top of low hills, footslopes of low hills
and mountains.
2.1.1.3 The Soils of La Union Province
2.1.1.3.1 General
Soil survey is an institution devoted to the study of the soil in its natural habitat. It consists primarily
of (a) the determination of the morphological characteristics of soils (b) the grouping and classifying
of soils into units according to their characteristics, (c) their delineation on maps, and (d) the
description of their characteristics in relation to agriculture and other activities of man (e.g. quarrying).
The soils including their landscapes and underlying formations, are examined systematically in as
many sites as possible. Auger borings are made, test pits are dug and exposures such as those in the
road cuts are studied. An excavation or road-cut exposes a series of layers or horizon called collectively
the soil profile. These horizons of the soil, as well as the parent material beneath are studied in detail,
and the color, structure, porosity, consistency, texture and content of organic matter, roots, gravels
and stones are noted. The reaction of the soil and its contents of available plant nutrients are
determined in the laboratory. The drainage, both external and internal; the relief of the land; climate;
and natural and artificial features are taken into consideration, and the interrelationships of the soil
and the vegetation and other environmental factors are studied.
On the basis of both external and internal characteristics, the soils are grouped into classification units,
of which the three principal ones are (1) soil series, (2) Soil types, and (3) phases. When two or more
of these principal mapping units are in such intimate or mixed patterns that they cannot be clearly
shown on a small scale soil map, they are mapped or grouped into (4) a complex. Areas of land that
have no true soil, such as river beds, coastal beaches, and bare rocky mountainsides, are grouped into
50
(5) miscellaneous land types. Soils of areas that are inaccessible, like mountains and great forest
regions, which are of no agricultural value or the present, are classified as undifferentiated soils.
A series is a group of soils that have the same genetic horizons, similar important morphological
characteristics, and similar parent material. It comprises soils having essentially the same general
color, structure, consistency, range of relief, natural drainage condition, and other important internal
and external characteristics. In the establishment of a series a geographic name is selected, taken
usually from the locality where the soil is first identified.
A soil series has one or more soil types, defined according to the texture of the upper part of the soil,
or the surface of the soil. The class name such as sand, loamy sand, sandy clay loam, silty clay loam,
clay loam or clay is added to the series name to give the complete name of the soil. The Soil type is
the principal mapping unit.
A phase of a soil type is a variation within the type, differing from the soil type only in some minor
features, generally external, that maybe of special significance. Differences in relief, stoniness, and
extent or degree of erosion are shown as phases. A minor difference in relief may cause a change in
agricultural operation or change in the machinery to be used. Further, the phase of a type with a slight
degree of accelerated erosion may need fertilizer requirement and cultural management different
from those of the real soil type.
2.1.1.3.2 Soil Physiographic Groups of La Union Province
The soils of La Union are divided into three physiographic groups, namely (a) soils of the plains and
undulating areas, (b) soils of the rolling areas, steep hill, and mountains, and (c) miscellaneous land
types. The soil types under each physiographic group together with their soil type numbers are as
follows:
1. Soils of the plains and undulating areas
(a) Bigaa Clay loam (3)

(b) San Manuel Silt loam (82)
(c) San Manuel Sand (97)
(d) Umingan Clay Loam (168)
(e) Maligaya Clay Loam (117)
(f) Barcelona Clay (148)
(g) Sinapangan Clay (150)
51
2. Soils of the rolling areas, steep hills and mountains
(a) Annam Clay Loam (98)

(b) San Fabian Clay Loam (102)
(c) Bolinao Clay (153)
(d) Mountain Soils, undifferentiated (45)
(e) Bauang Clay (121)
(f) Burgos Clay (151)
3. Miscellaneous land types
(a) Hydrosol (1)

(b) Beach Sand (118)
(c) Gravel Deposit (149)
(d) River Wash (152)
In the following pages, the soils of La Union Province are described in detail. The areas, percentages,
locations of each soil type are shown in Table 6.
Table 6 : Area, Location on Each Soil Type in La Union Province*

Type Area In
Soil Type Percent Location
Number Hectares**
3 Bigaa Clay Loam 1,215.97 0.83 Northern and eastern plains of
Balaoan
Valley of Brgy. Sta. Teresa,Tubao;
Brgy. Sta. Cecilia, Aringay; Naguilian;
82 San Manuel Silt Loam 13,855.83 10.09
and plains of San Juan, Bacnotan,
Balaoan, Luna, Bangar and Sudipen
97 San Manuel Sand 1,635. 38 1.19 Coastal plains of Sto. Tomas, Agoo,
Aringay and, Bauang
Southeastern plains of Rosario, The
valley at Pugo and Tubao, the plains
168 Umingan Clay Loam 6,156.83 4.48
at Brgys. San Gabriel and Castro,
Sudipen
Slightly undulating plains of Sto.
Tomas, Agoo, Aringay, Caba and the
117 Maligaya Clay Loam 3, 995.63 2.92
valley at Brgys.Cuenca, San Luis, and
Garampong, Rosario
Coastal plains from Bauang to San
Fernando City a small area in Tubao
148 Barcelona Clay 2,994.79 2.19
Valley, at Brgys. San Gregorio and
Sorbedillo, Municipality of Caba
The valley at Brgys. Sinapangan,
150 Sinapangan Clay 897.41 0.65
Calliat, Tallipago, San Francisco and
52
Type Area In
Soil Type Percent Location
Number Hectares**
Rissing, Balaoan, and a small area at
Sudipen
Brgy. Poro, San Fernando City,
limestone hills along the coast,
153 Bolinao Clay 1,761.47 1.30 between San Fernando City and San
Juan and between Maragayap River
and brgy. Nalvo, Town of Luna
Hilly to mountainous areas of the
98 Annam Clay Loam 7,520.25 5.47 towns of Rosario, Sto. Tomas, Agoo,
Tubao and San Fernando City
The rolling to hilly areas along the
coast from the boundary of
102 San Fabian Clay Loam 131.98 0.09
Pangasinan Province and La Union up
to Brgy. Damortis
Most of the hills and mountains
121 Bauang Clay 54,955.60 40.05
throughout the province
Mountains east of the town of
Naguilian and the mountains around
151 Burgos Clay 10,137.72 7.38
the Town of Burgos up to the western
border of Mountain Province
Mountain Soils Mountains along the eastern border
45 28,722.57 20.92
(undifferentiated) of the province
Small areas along the coast of San
Fernando City and Sto. Tomas, near
1 Hydrosol 332.74 0.24 the mouth of Darigayos river and at
Brgy. Paratong Sur to end of Bangar
Town
118 Beach Sand 2,057.66 1.49 Along the Coast
Brgys. Victoria, Magallanes, Nalvo
149 Gravel Deposit 297.79 0.21
North and Barrientos, Town of Luna
On the rivers of Aringay, Bauang and
152 River Wash 622.66 0.45
Amburayan
Total 137,290.00 100.00
* Area obtained with the use of a planimeter. No deductions were made for area occupied by roads, buildings, and rivers.
** Source: Soil Survey of La Union Province, PHILIPPINES (1947).
Soils of the Plains and Undulating Areas
The soils of this group include those located along the coastal plains, the valleys in the interior, and
the undulating areas of the lower uplands. The series are Bigaa, San Manuel, Umingan, Maligaya,
Barcelona and Sinapangan. They have many characteristics in common, having developed or are
developing from materials of recent alluvial depositions. The surface soils are fairly deep with
moderate fertility.
53
Generally, this group of soils is the most important in the province.
Bigaa clay loam (3). – The 20 to 30 cm. surface soil with an average pH of 6.95 is brown to dark brown
clay loam with dark brownish red streaks. It is fine granular, sticky when wet, and hard and cloddy
when dry. The subsoil consists of light gray to dark brownish gray, compact, clay loam to clay, which
continues to a depth of 40 to 100 cm where it grades into light gray clay. Iron concretions are usually
present throughout the profile, the amount decreasing with depth.
This soil had developed from recently deposited alluvium. The area covered by this soil is about
1,215.97 has located on the northern and eastern plains of Balaoan. The relief is nearly flat. The flow
of run-off is slow and the internal drainage is poor.
A typical Bigaa clay loam profile examined in Pantar, Balaoan is described as follows:
Bigaa Clay Loam Characteristics
Depth of soil
(cm)
0 – 25 Brown to dark brown, slightly compact, fine granular clay loam with reddish streaks.
Consistency varies from sticky, plastic, friable to hard with decreasing moisture
content. Cracks into big clods when dry. Roots abundant down to 25 cm deep. Some
very dark reddish brown roughly spherical iron concretions present, varying in
diameter from 1 to 4 mm. Concretions soft enough to be crushed by the hands.
Boundary between surface soil and subsoil is gradual.
25 – 45 Light brown to brownish gray, moderately compact, fine granular clay loam, slightly
heavier than above horizon. Concretions present. Some roots penetrate down to 30
cm. Boundary between subsoil and substratum is diffuse.
45 – 120 Texture heavier than above. Light gray almost massive clay. Fewer concretions than
above layers.
San Manuel Silt Loam (82). – The surface soil is light brown to brownish gray, fine to coarse granular
silt loam ranging from 35 to 40 cm in depth. The average pH is 6.43. When dry, it is hard and breaks
into clods. Reddish brown streaks in the upper surface soil are present especially in rice fields. When
wet it is easy to cultivate. The subsoil is light brown to brownish gray granular silt loam. It is less
compact than the surface soil. At a depth of 85 to 100 cm the subsoil grades into light yellowish brown,
loose, very fine to fine sand, which is in a very fine granular to structureless condition.
This soil type occupies one of the largest areas in the province. It is found in the valleys at Brgy. Sta.
Teresa, tubao; Brgy. Cecilia, Aringay; Brgy. Liquicia, Caba; Naguilian; and the plains of San Juan,
54
Bacnotan, Balaoan, Luna, Bangar and Sudipen, and at the mouth of Aringay River. The aggregate area
is 13,853.55 has. Which is 10.09 % of the total area of La Union Province.
The Land is nearly level to undulating. Surface drainage is fair. Internal drainage is good.
The following is the description of a San Manuel silt loam profile, studied in Brgy. Guising, Naguilian.
San Manuel Silt Loam Characteristics

Depth of soil
(cm)
0 – 30 Light brown, slightly compact, granular silt loam. Consistency varies from
slightly plastic to hard with decreasing moisture content. Plant roots very
abundant. Moderate amount of organic matter. Boundary between
surface soil and subsoil is gradual.
30 – 100 Light brown to brown, moderately compact, granular loam with dark red
mottlings. Some roots are found as deep as 50 cm. Boundary between
subsoil and substratum is gradual.
50 - 100 Yellowish brown, slightly compact silt loam grading into loose
structureless fine sand in the lower stratum.
San Manuel Sand (97). – The 30 to 40 cm surface soil is fine granular, loose, brownish gray sand.
The subsoil and substratum are similar to those of the San Manuel silt loam.
This soil covers an area of 1,635.38 has. It occurs on the level coastal plain at Sto. Tomas, Agoo,
Aringay, and Bauang.
This soil is mostly devoted to coconut and rice. Lowland rice is grown, sometimes interplanted with
coconuts. Sugar cane is also grown in limited areas.
A typical profile found in Sto. Tomas town is described as follows:

San Manuel Sand Depth of soil Characteristics
(cm)
0 – 35 Brownish gray, loose, friable, granular
sand. Roots penetrate easily. Low organic
matter content. Boundary between surface soil
and subsoil is gradual.
35 – 70 Dark brownish gray, fine granular sandy loam.
Few roots found in upper subsoil. Boundary
between subsoil and substratum is gradual
55
San Manuel Sand Depth of soil Characteristics

(cm)
70 – 150 Reddish brown, loose, structureless, fine sand.
Water table is at 100 cm depth.
Umingan Clay Loam (168). – The 20 to 30 cm surface soil consists of brown, loose, fine granular clay
loam. This is underlain by a material of coarse texture which continues to a depth of 40 to 150 cm
where it rests on a layer of water-worn gravel and pebble accumulation. Sometimes two layers of
gravel separated by a thicker layer of coarse to fine sand may be found in the same profile. The Total
are of Umingan clay loam is 6,156.83 has. This soil occurs in the southeastern part of Rosario, the
Valley at Pugo and Tubao; the southern bank of Bauang River near the mouth; and the plains at Brys.
San Gabriel and Castro in the town of Sudipen.
The topography of the land is flat to undulating. The internal drainage is good but run-off is slow.
This soil is planted mostly with rice. Sugarcane is grown in small areas, Corn is usually planted after
rice harvest. Vegetables, particularly onions, are profitably raised at the town of Pugo.
An Umingan clay loam profile from a river cut located at Tubao shows the following characteristics:
Umingan Clay Loam Characteristics

Depth of soil
(cm)
0 – 30 Brown loose, granular clay loam. Small amount of organic
matter. Plant roots abundant. Boundary between surface and
subsoil is gradual.
30 – 60 Brown, loose, coarse granular silt loam. Roots penetrate easily.
Boundary between upper and lower subsoil is clear and wavy.
60 – 120 <Light reddish brown, loose structureless, fine sand. Boundary
between this layer and the next is smooth and abrupt.
120 – 150 A mixture of smooth, watersworn, roughly spherical to disk like
gravel, occasional pebbles up to 10 cm in diameter and coarse
sand.
Maligaya Clay Loam (177). – To a depth of 20 to 30 cm Maligaya clay loam is brown to dark brown,
granular slightly compact, clay loam with dark brownish red streaks. It is sticky when wet and becomes
hard when dry. Beneath this horizon is light brown to grayish brown compact clay loam to clay. At a
depth of 70 to 80 cm this layer grades into another layer of coarse textured material.
56
Covering an area of 3,995.63 has this type is located on the slightly undulating plains at Sto. Tomas,
Agoo, Aringay, Caba and the valley at Brgys. Cuenca, San Luis and Garampang, Town of Rosario. The
land is nearly level to undulating. Run-off is slow and the internal drainage is poor.
Rice is the most important crop grown in this type streaks. Corn, Sugar cane, sweet potatoes, peanuts
and Tobacco are also grown.
A typical Maligaya clay loam profile examined by the survey team at the town of Sto. Tomas has the
following characteristics:
Maligaya Clay Loam Characteristics

Depth of soil
(cm)
0 – 30 Dark brown, slightly compact, fine granular clay loam to clay with
brownish red streaks. Consistency varies from sticky to hard with
decreasing moisture content. When the soil is dry, the surface soil
presents a network if cracks. Fair amount of organic matter. Roots
abundant down to 25 cm. Boundary between the surface soil and
subsoil is gradual.
30 – 80 Light brown to grayish brown, compact, almost massive clay loam
to clay, with brownish red mottlings. Few roots penetrate this
layer. Boundary between subsoil and substratum is diffuse.
80 – 130 Yellowish brown slightly compact gritty clay loam.
BARCELONA SERIES
The soils of the Barcelona series consist of brown, dark brown to dark grayish brown, granular, sticky
to plastic surface soils underlain by yellowish brown to grayish brown granular clay loam subsoil. There
are few concretions in the surface soils but the subsoils have abundant amount, increasing in size and
number with increasing depth. The substratum is dark gray to almost black clay material. On drying
this turn to gray or slate gray that becomes hard and brittle. Except for the concretions in the subsoil,
the surface and the substratum are free from coarse skeleton. Boundary is clear and smooth between
horizons.
Like the Bigaa, San Manuel, and Maligaya series, the Barcelona series has developed from recent
alluvial deposits. But unlike it the subsoils of Barcelona have plenty of concretions and the substratum
has dark gray to almost black clay material. The soil material came from hills and mountains containing
shales and sandstones.
57
The vegetal cover of this series consists of economic crops such as rice, corn, sugar cane, vegetables
and, fruit trees. The general topography is undulating to gently rolling. In small areas, however, where
rice and corn are planted, the land is almost level. Surface drainage is good, while internal drainage is
poor to fair.
There is only one soil type classified in La Union Province.
Barcelona Clay (148). – The 15 to 30 cm surface layer of Barcelona clay is brown to dark grayish brown,
slightly compact, granular clay, which is friable when wet and undulating to flat. Drainage, both
internal and external is fair to good. The vegetation cover consists of economic crops, such as rice,
corn, sugar cane, coconuts, bananas, vegetables and, fruit trees.
The soils of this series are characterized by light brown, brown to yellowish brown, loose, friable and
granular surface soils underlain by grayish brown to almost black compact clay subsoil. The substratum
is yellowish brown to light brownish red, loose, friable and granular clay. The boundary between
surface and subsoil is abrupt and smooth.
Like the Bigaa series, clay predominates in the different horizons of the Sinapangan series. The main
difference between Sinapangan series and Bigaa series is the presence of concretions in the latter.
The former contains a large amount of silt which accounts for its better physical condition than the
Bigaa series.
So far there is only one soil type classified in the Province of La Union.
Sinapangan Clay (150). – The surface soil, which ranges from 10 to 50 cm in depth, is light brown,
brown to yellowish brown, loose to slightly compact, fine to coarse granular clay. This layer changes
abruptly to a dark grayish brow to almost black compact clay subsoil which is sticky to plastic when
wet and brittle and hard when dry. At a depth of 60 to 80 cm this gradually passes into yellowish
brown to light brownish red, loose to moderately compact clay.
The surface soil, because of its loose nature, is easily eroded and in certain cases completely washed
away, exposing the dark subsoil. In still other areas big gullies have been formed.
This soil has developed from comparatively recent alluvial deposits washed away from the neighboring
hills.
This soil covers an area of 897.41 has distributed on a valley at Brgys. Sinapangan, Calliat, Talipago,
San Francisco and Rissing, town of Balaoan, and a small area in the town of Sudipen.
58
The land is nearly flat to undulating. The surface run-off is slow. The surface soil is porous and rain
water soaks readily but, further drainage is obstructed by a dense subsoil.
The soil is planted mainly to lowland rice, sugarcane, corn, coconut, sweet potato, cassava and
bananas to a limited extent.
A Sinapanagn Clay profile examined by the survey team on al gully cut at Brgy. Sinapangan, town of
Balaoan, presents the following characteristics:
Sinapangan Clay Characteristics

Depth of soil
(cm)
0 - 35 Light brown to yellowish brown, loose, fine granular clay.
Moderate amount of well decomposed organic matter mixed well
with mineral matter. Roots penetrate easily and are abundant in
this layer. Boundary between surface and subsoil is smooth abrupt.
35 – 70 Dark grayish brown to almost black, compact to almost massive
clay. Sticky to plastic when wet. Brittle and hard when dry. Some
roots penetrate down to 60 cm form the surface. Gradual
boundary between this and the lower horizon.
70 – 200 Yellowish brown to light brownish red, very loose to loose clay.
SOILS OF THE ROLLING AREAS, STEEP HILLS AND MOUNTAINS
The soils occupying the rolling areas, steep hills, and mountain regions are the Annam, San Fabian,
Bolinao, Bauang, and Burgos series, and the mountain soils. They occupy an area of 103, 229.59 has
equivalent to 75.21% of the total soil cover of the province. These soils have developed from the
weathering of various rocks, such as conglomerates, shales, high lime shale, coralline limestone,
basalt, and andesite; The Annam, the San Fabian, and the Burgos series have developed from the
residual material of conglomerate, basalt and, andesite; Bolinao from coralline limestone, and the
Bauang from high lime shale. The general properties of these soils are closely related to the character
of the soil material weathered from the underlying rocks.
Occurring in rolling areas and steep hills, most of these soils are dissected by numerous V-shaped
drainage-ways. The rivers are shallow and short and the water flows swiftly, especially during the rainy
season when the water swells into floods. Many of the soils are planted to clean-cultivated crops
regardless of the steepness of the slope, and because of this improper agricultural practice these soils
59
are badly eroded. This is especially true in the case of the Bauang soils which constitute the largest
type in the province.
Based on their natural productivity, Bolinao clay rates first in upland rice, Bauang clay rates second,
followed by San Fabian clay loam, and Burgos clay rates first also. For corn, Bolinao clay rates first also.
For root crops like sweet potato and cassava, Burgos clay ranks first followed by Bolinao clay. Which
is alkaline with an average Ph 7.65.
Annam Clay Loam (98). – In the cultivated areas, the surface soil ranges in depth from 25 to 30 cm. In
areas still covered with second growth forest, the surface soil is deep reaching sometime as deep as
50 to 60 cm. It is loose to moderately compact, fine to coarse granular clay loam, rich in organic matter,
and consequently, darker than the subsoil. The roots of plants can readily penetrate down owing to
the loose condition of the surface soil.
The subsoil at a depth of from 30 to 125 cm from the surface is brown to reddish brown, slightly
compact, granular clay loam. The lower subsoil which gradually merges with the substratum consists
mainly of unconsolidated mixture of rounded gravel, pebbles, coarse sand, and clay.
The bedrock is conglomerate consisting of smooth, water worn, roughly spherical gravel,
cobblestones, and boulders embedded in a matrix of coarse sand cemented by clayey materials. In
certain areas, notably the low-lying hills in the vicinity of San Fernando City, this bedrock is 20 to 30
meters thick.
The surface soil and the subsoil are easily eroded and in some areas, the bed rock has been exposed
due to severe erosion.
This soil occurs in the hilly mountainous regions of the towns of Rosario, Sto. Tomas, Agoo, Tubao,
and San Fernando City. The aggregate area of this soil type is 7,520.25 has representing 5.47% of the
total area of the province. The external drainage is good to excessive. Internal drainage is fair.
A large part of this soil type is open land and is at present utilized for the production of crops. Upland
rice, corn, cassava, bananas, and fruit trees are grown on more gentle slopes, while the steeper slopes
are covered with second-growth forest.
A normal profile of this type examined by the survey team on the northern part of San Fernando City
has the following characteristics:
60
Annam Clay Loam Characteristics

Depth of soil
(cm)
0 – 30 Brown, slightly compact, granular, gravelly loam to clay loam.
Consistency varies from sticky, plastic, friable to hard with
decreasing moisture content. Moderate amount of organic
matter present. Roots abundant down to 25 cm. Boundary
between subsoil and subsoil is diffuse.
30 – 50 Light brown granular clay loam heavier in texture than the above
layer. Boundary between subsoil and substratum is smooth and
clear.
50 – 80 Reddish brown, coarse granular, clay loam with water-worn gravel
averaging 3 cm in diameter imbedded in it. The gravel is about 50
% of the soil mass. Boundary is gradual
80 – 160 Bed rock. A conglomerate consisting of smooth, water worn
gravel, and cobblestones set in finer grained matrix of clayey
material.
San Fabian Clay Loam (102). - This soil types occupies about 131.98 has on the southern part of the
province. It is a continuation of the same soil type found in the province of Pangasinan.
The area is rolling to hilly. Rain water flows readily on the surface but less readily through the soil
below.
A greater part of this soil type is used for growing upland rice. Coconut, corn, sugarcane, and beans
are also grown in limited areas. The uncultivated areas are presently covered with cogon grass.
A typical profile examined in Brgy. Damortis has the following characteristics:
San Fabian Clay Loam Characteristics

Depth of soil
(cm)
0 -25 Dark brown to dark gray, granular, gritty clay loam. Plastic to
very sticky when wet. When dry it is very hard, compact and
cracks into big clods. Roots abundant. Plenty of organic matter
present. Boundary is gradual.
61
San Fabian Clay Loam Characteristics

Depth of soil
(cm)
25 – 45 Grayish brown, granular, sticky clay loam. Same consistency as
above. Roots penetrate down to this layer. Boundary between
this and the next layer is gradual.
45 – 125 Light yellowish to whitish gray, soft, powdery clay loam to clay
with highly weathered chalklike soft rocky material.
BOLINAO SERIES
Bolinao series was established in the province of Pangasinan way back in 1941. As early as 1935,
however, Pendleton of the College of Agriculture, mentioned in passing but did not describe in detail,
the “rather unusually dark red brown soils of red elevated coral reef which now forms the tied island
or tombolo of Poro point at San Fernando City”. This rather unusually dark and red brown soils have
been identified by the Soil Survey Division of the BSWM, as belonging to the Bolinao series.
Bolinao Clay (153). – To a depth of 20 to 35 cm Bolinao clay is light to dark reddish brown slightly to
moderately compact clay which is sticky to friable when wet and hard when dry. Below this layer the
soil is heavier in texture and contains a large amount of yellowish gray to brownish gray highly
weathered coralline limestone. At a depth of 80 to 120 cm this material rests on coralline limestone
rock.
This soil is confined to the peninsula of Poro point, San Fernando City and, San Juan town; and a narrow
coastal strip between the mouth of the Maragayap River and Brgy. Nalvo, town of Luna, has total area
of 1,761.47 has.
The topographic feature of the area is undulating to moderately rolling uplands, where the rain water
flows off readily, and nearly flat upland where the run-off is relatively slow. The internal drainage is
fair.
In some areas, especially the hills along the shores of Bacnotan, limestone outcrops are common. The
gently rolling uplands are usually covered with ipil-ipil and madre de cacao. The nearly level to slightly
undulating areas are planted to upland rice, maguey, papayas, and pineapples.
A typical Bolinao clay profile studied in Brgy Lingsat, San Fernando City is described below:
62
Bolinao Clay Characteristics

Depth of soil
(cm
0 – 25 Reddish brown, fine granular slightly compact clay. Consistency varies
from sticky, plastic, friable to hard with decreasing moisture content.
Roots penetrate easily and are abundant in this layer. Limited amount of
well decomposed organic matter. Boundary between this and the layer
below is wavy and clear.
25 – 90 Reddish brown fine to coarse granular clay heavier in texture than the
above layer, intimately mixed with yellowish gray to brownish gray
partially weathered coralline limestone. Very few roots to go beyond 30
cm deep. Boundary is gradual.
90 – 120 Bedrock of coralline limestone.
Mountain Soils Undifferentiated (45). – The soils of the roughly mountainous regions along the
eastern border of La Union, which are difficult to survey because they are hardly accessible and
therefore no immediate agricultural value, are classified as undifferentiated soils. They cover
28,722.57 hectares, which is 20.92% of the total area of the province. Most of the areas are in forest.
The cleared areas are cogonal lands.
BAUANG SERIES
The soils of Bauang series consists of loose to fairly compact, fine to coarse granular, light brown,
yellowish brown to reddish brown surface soils and clay loam to clay subsoils. The substratum consists
of highly weathered stratified high-lime shales, and sandstones cubical o hexagonal in shape. They are
easily shattered and become powdery when pulverized. The stratified shales are found in many angles,
ranging from horizontal to 90 degrees. The thickness of the stratification of this parent material is the
distinguishing feature of this series.
This series is the largest in the province. The general topographic features consist of the rolling
uplands, hilly, and mountainous areas. In fact, nearly all the hills and mountains of the province belong
to this series. External and internal drainage is good to excessive. During the dry season of the year
this soil is so dry that cogonal areas easily catch fire. The vegetative cover of the area is generally
cogon grass. In the cultivated areas, rice, corn, bananas, vegetables, and fruit trees are grown. Boho
bamboo is a characteristic vegetative cover in rough rolling areas.
Bauang Clay (121). – The surface soil of this type ranging in depth from 10 – 35 cm is brown to light
brown, very friable, loose. And coarse granular to slightly cloddy clay. In the badly eroded areas, the,
63
the surface soil is sandy in texture. The subsoil consists of highly weathered yellowish brown high-lime
shale and sandstones. This usually crumbles easily into roughly cubical-shaped particles ranging in size
from 10 to 50 mm in width. The depth of the subsoil varies from 60 to 100 cm from the surface soil.
The substratum consists of stratified high-lime shales and sandstones. The stratification varies from
horizontal to vertical in position. The area covered by this type is 54,955.60 has representing 40.05 %
of the total area of the province.
A typical profile of this type studied by the survey team in the Town of Santol is as follows:
Bauang Clay Characteristics

Depth of soil
(cm)
0 – 35 Light yellowish brown to brown, slightly
compact, coarse granular to cloddy clay. Hard
when dry; becomes friable, plastic wand then
sticky as the moisture is increased. Fair amount
of organic matter. Roots very abundant down to
30 cm. Boundary between horizon gradual.
35 – 60 Highly weathered yellowish brown high-lime
shales and sandstones. Crumbles into roughly
cubical sharp-edged particles 1 to 60 mm on an
edge. Some of the particles that are further
weathered exhibit exfoliation.
60 – 150 Alternate layers of yellowish brown shales and
sandstones.
BURGOS SERIES
The soils of the Burgos series consist of dark brown, reddish brown to brownish red, friable, and
granular surface soils underlain by slightly granular and friable clay loam to clay subsoils. The
substratum consists of friable clay loam to clay with occasional fragments and boulders of igneous
rocks especially andesites and basalt. The depth of the surface soil varies from 20 to 30 centimeters,
while the subsoil is 45 to 60 cm from the surface. The boundaries are diffused. Coarse skeleton is
practically absent except in the substratum.
The topographic feature of the series is generally hilly and mountainous dissected by several deep
ravines and rivers. Because of the rough mountainous terrain, terraces are constructed for rice
production. Steep hillsides are planted to bananas, sweet potato, cassava and corn.
64
The natural vegetative cover is cogon grass, but at high altitudes the dominant vegetation is forest
trees of the dipterocarp type. There is only one type classified in this province.
Burgos clay (151). – This type covers an area of 10,137.72 has which is 7.38% of the total area of the
province. It occupies the mountains east of Naguilian town and the areas around Burgos municipality,
up to the mountainous western border of Mountain Province.
The internal drainage is good, but the external drainage is excessive. In cultivated areas erosion has
made headway. However, in terraced hillsides where rice is planted erosion is not a problem.
A profile examined at the town of Burgos is described as follows:

Burgos Clay Characteristics
Depth of soil
(cm)
0 -20 Light brown to dark reddish brown, medium coarse granular, fairly
compact clay. Friable when dry but sticky when wet. Moderate
organic matter is present. Boundary is diffuse.
20 – 45 Slightly lighter in color than the surface soil, coarse granular, friable
to sticky clay loam to clay. Few roots penetrate this horizon.
Boundary is diffuse.
45 – 90 Same as above with some highly weathered fragments of igneous
rocks such as basalts and andesites.
90 – below Consolidated bedrock of basalt.
MISCELLANEOUS LAND TYPES
Lands which possess little or no definite soil characteristics are all included in this group.
Hydrosol (1). – These are areas under water most the time. They are found in patches, too small in
most cases to be delineated, all along the coast near the mouths of big streams. When the areas are
extensive, as in the vicinities of San Fernando City and, Sto. Tomas. They are converted into fishponds.
The vegetation is usually made up of nipa palm and mangrove. The soils in the fishponds are a mixture
of sand, silt and a small amount of clay. In places where the Bolinao series predominate, the
subaqueous horizon of the hydrosol consists of a mixture of silt, clay, and fragments of marine shells
and coralline limestone. The aqueous horizon is usually brackish and varies in depth from 5 to 100 cm.
Beach Sand (118). – Beach sand designates the small areas all along the coast covered with marine
deposits of sand. These areas vary in width from 10 to 500 meters, the widest portions occurring in
65
Brgy. Narvacan, Sto. Tomas and San Juan, Bacnotan and, Luna Towns. In the towns of San Juan and
Luna the dry beach sand has been redeposited by the wind into mounds and ridges called sand dunes.
There is very scarce vegetative cover.
Gravel Deposits (149). – This is an extensive deposit of gravel and pebble which covers the coastal
areas of Brgy. Victoria and Magallanes, Nalvo and Barrientos in the town of Luna. This deposit has
accumulated on the beach by the action of the surf and the waves. The gravel is used as material for
road surfacing. At about 1 – 2 kilometers inland the gravel is intimately mixed with soil material.
Although these areas are difficult to till, they are planted to rice, sugarcane, and vegetables.
River Wash (152). – A considerable amount of level agricultural land is lost in the river beds. During
the rainy season, the water from the mountains rushes down into the comparatively short rivers and
curves out into the wide channels. But during the dry season there are only small easily forded
streams, flowing through the beds which are then wastes of stone and sand 1 to 5 kilometers wide, In
limited areas enough silt and clay is deposited to permit cultivation during the dry season.
2.1.1.4 Soils of the Project area
Soil is the unconsolidated mineral or organic matter on the surface of the Earth that has been
subjected to and shows effects of genetic and environmental factors of: climate (including water and
temperature effects), and macro- and microorganisms, conditioned by relief, acting on parent
material over a period of time. Soil formation is apparently a slow process. Soil characteristics vary
greatly from place to place. It is, therefore, very necessary to understand these characteristics
because, the more we understand these characteristics, the more we can manage the soil in
determining the capacity of the soil to produce the products needed by man.
Figure 12 shows the soil map of the Project area (Town of Bacnotan). The Proposed Modification of
Holcim La Union Plant is Geographically located at 16° 46’ 06.5” N; 120° 20’ 15.3” E, based on the soil
survey and assessment conducted, the proposed modification of Holcim La Union plant located in the
town of Bacnotan belong to the soil type San Manuel Silt Loam (82). For brevity, the soil type belongs
to the physiographic group of the soils of the plains and undulating areas of La Union Province and,
the typical soil profile morphological characteristics of the San Manuel silt loam studied in Brgy.
Guising, Naguilian.
66
(Source BSWM)
Figure 12 : Soil Map of the Project Area
67
2.1.1.5 Soil Erosion in La Union
Soil erosion is a naturally occurring process that affects all landforms. In agriculture, soil erosion refers
to the wearing away of a field's topsoil by the natural physical forces of water or through forces
associated with farming activities such as tillage.
Soil erosion in the province of La union is generally brought about by surface runoff affecting the
sloping areas of unprotected lands represent a serious threat not only to the continuing productivity
of the said area but also deteriorates and destruct watersheds where potable and irrigation water are
tapped.
2.1.1.5.1 General Description of Erosion in the Province of La Union
The Province of La union as reported by the BSWM (1986) has a serious threat to erosion especially
on steep and very steep slopes dominantly used as grasslands and on hills and mountains, considering
the formation of gullies is an indication of erosion caused by water. Slight to moderate erosion were
observed on the central portion particularly on gently sloping and forested areas. Moderate to severe
erosion occur on approximately 60% of the total area of the province mostly on mountainous
landscapes. This can be attributed to poor soil management practices applied on that area. Table 7
presents the extent of erosion in the province.
Table 7 : Extent of Soil Erosion in the Province of La Union

Erosion Class Area (Hectares) Percentage (%) Place of Occurrence
Alluvial plains /Four river
No Apparent 50,765 34.0
terraces
Infilled valleys cultivated to
None to slight 2,678.60 1.8
paddy rice
Forested Shale/sandstone
Slight 6,121.70 4.1 hills/limestone hills, infilled
valley
Volcanic hills/mountain <80%
forest cover-sloping to
Moderate 40,910.70 27.4
moderately steep slope planted
to annual crops
On very steep slopes (80%
Severe 48,824.00 32.70
grasslands)
Source: BSWM, 1986
68
2.1.1.5.2 Classification of Soil Erosion in La Union Province
Soil erosion in La Union was based mainly on the present land use and other physical factors such as
slope gradient (Land Resources Evaluation Project La Union province, 1986). No apparent erosion and
none to slight erosion constitute mostly the agricultural areas of the province which is approximately
35.80 percent of the total area. Moderately to severely eroded areas which is approximately about
60.1 percent of the total area of the province is regarded due to its poor forest covers. Forest trees
and shrubs prevent the soils from degradation by runoff because they serve as traps. Their canopy
serves as absorbers of the kinetic energy impacts of raindrops. Moderately sloping to very steep slopes
particularly the mountain ranges are very susceptible to erosion.
No apparent erosion (E0). – This class exist on the low lying alluvial plains and fans being used mainly
for paddy rice. This includes the footslopes being cultivated and terraced. The only problem here is
the sedimentation or deposition of eroded materials from higher areas. About 50,765 hectares or 34%
of the total area of the province constitute this area.
None to Slight (E1). – This erosion class mainly occurs on minor alluvial plains (infilled valleys) with
slope ranging from level to very gently sloping sloping areas, terraced and cultivated to annual crops.
Sedimentary hills and infilled valleys with thick vegetative cover are classified as having a slight erosion
problem because of its low topography and effective land cover. About 2,687.60 hectares or 1.8
percent of the total area of the province consist this class.
Slight (E2). – This erosion class occurs on very gently sloping to gently sloping areas planted or
cultivated to various annual crops. Erosion in the form of rills are evident on sideslopes.
Shale, sandstone and limestone hills with good and thick forest covers are classified under this class.
A total of 6,121.70 hectares or 4.1 percent of the total area of the province constitute this class.
Moderate Erosion (E3). – This erosion class occurs on sloping to moderately steep areas planted to
annual crops and on moderately steep to very steep hills and mountains with less than 80 percent
forest cover. Hills and gullies are eroded on sideslopes. It has a total of 40,910.70 hectares or 27.40
percent of the total area of the province.
Severe Erosion (E4). – This erosion class occurs mainly on moderately steep to very steep slopes with
poor vegetative cover or about 80percent of the area are grasslands. It is characterized by the
presence of rock outcrops and advanced stage of gullies. About 48,824 hectares or 32.7 percent of the
total area of the province constitute this class.
69
2.1.1.5.3 Factors Affecting Soil Erosion Susceptibility
The degree to which a certain area is likely to be affected by erosion processes as brought normally
by surface runoff is called erosion susceptibility. Present and future erosions in the province of La
Union are dependent on the susceptibility of the landscape to erosion mainly carried by water and to
some parts, by wind. The susceptibility of the area to erosion depends on the following factors.
2.1.1.5.3.1 Climate/Rainfall.
Climatic factors such as precipitation, temperature, wind, humidity and solar radiation affects erosion
in a certain area. Temperature and solar radiation, however are not significant factors here because
they are somewhat less directly involved in the process of erosion. Wind also affects some areas
particularly those along the coastal ones but they contribute less effect on the removal of soil. The
most important factor here is the rainfall intensity. Short duration heavy rainfall is normally occurring
in La Union and is far more damaging than the gentle rain over a long period.
2.1.1.5.3.2 Slope.
The degree and length of slope influence the extent of erosion. As the slope increases, the runoff
velocity also increases thus, the capacity to remove the soil materials increases.
Areas having 8 – 25 percent slope are considered to have generally slight to moderate erosion problem
while lands with above 25 percent slope usually have severe erosion. About 59 percent of the total
land area has slope of more than 25 percent.
2.1.1.5.3.3 Vegetation.
Soil erosion occurs on soil which is exposed to rainfall and runoff because of poor vegetation. If the
soil is bare, the heavy impact of rain causes soil particles to disintegrate and goes with runoff. Tree
crops provide an umbrella to the soil wherein their foliage break and intercepts the direct hitting of
rain to the soil surface and reducing the impact.
2.1.1.5.3.4 Soil Characteristics.
The Structure and texture are the soil physical characteristics which determine soil coherence and
stability to raindrop impact and runoff water. Sediment soil are clays with low structure strength and,
therefore, have relatively low stability against erosion. Soils of limestone, pyroclastics and volcanic
conglumerates are clays with moderate structure strength and somewhat stronger in stability than
the previous group. Basaltic and andesitic soils have good structural strength and are relatively the
70
most resistant soils to erosion. Understanding the soil characteristics of the different formation of
parent materials, a special treatment to minimize soil loss during heavy downpour of rain must be
given to soil with low structural strength and low stability against erosion.
2.1.1.6 Results and Discussions
2.1.1.6.1 Soil Chemical Properties of the Soil Sampling Locations
The soils of Holcim La Union Cement Plant as characterized by the Bureau of Soils and Water
Management belongs to the calcareous soil. A calcareous soil are those soils with high calcium
carbonate content whose physical problems of land and water use for crop production are primarily
denominated yet the high content of CaCO3, especially the active fraction with high specific surface
area (FAO Soils Bulletin No. 21, 1972); (Loeppert and Suarez, 1996). They normally have high pH level.
Low in organic matter content, Nitrogen, Phosphorus and other macro elements. Micro- elements like
iron, Zinc and manganese are usually deficient and, is directly influenced by the inherently high pH
level.
Calcareous soils occur naturally in arid and semi-arid regions because of relatively little leaching (Brady
and Weil, 1999). They also occur in humid and semiarid zones if their parent material is rich in CaCO3,
such as limestone, shells or calcareous glacial tills, and the parent material is relatively young and has
undergone little weathering.
Some soils that develop from calcareous parent materials can be calcareous throughout their profile.
This will generally occur in the arid regions where precipitation is scarce. In other soils, CaCO3 has been
leached from the upper horizons, and accumulated in B or C horizons. These lower CaCO3 layers can
be brought to the surface after deep soil cultivation (Brady and Weil, 1999).
2.1.1.6.1.1 Surface Soil pH
Shown in Figure 13 is the soil pH of the Southwest (S1 to S3) and Northeast (S4 to S6) soil sampling
sites. The laboratory analysis using electrometric method revealed that the pH of the soil to be slightly
Alkaline (S3) of pH7.3 and, the rest are classified to be moderately alkaline (i.e. ranging from pH 7.9 to
8) for S1, S2, S4, S5 and S6, respectively.
The very slight lower pH level in S3 (7.3) is maybe due to the present vegetation (mainly grasses) that
was observed during the soil sampling activity that were undergoing various stages of litter
decomposition. The biological process greatly affects the soil reaction most especially in the surface
horizon, and is being detected by the latest soil testing activity. According to Fuehring, (1972) high pH
71
levels observed in these kind of soils is the result of unavailable phosphorous and micronutrient Zinc
and iron.
Figure 13 : Soil Surface pH of the Soil Sampling Locations
2.1.1.6.1.2 Surface Soil Organic Matter Content
Plants obtain nutrients from two natural sources: organic matter (OM) and minerals. OM includes any
plant or animal material that returns to the soil and goes through the decomposition process. In
addition to providing nutrients and habitat to organisms living in the soil, organic matter also binds
soil particles into aggregates and improves the water holding capacity of soil. Most soils contain 2–10
percent organic matter. However, even in small amounts, organic matter is very important.
72
Figure 14 : Soil Surface Organic Matter Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
The laboratory test of the surface soil in the project area (Figure 14) revealed that the soil in the
southwest direction of soil sampling when compared to the BSWM Set of standards for OM, S1 (500
m away from the plant site) have low surface OM content of 1.31% and rose up to 3.71% at S2 (1,000
m away from the plant site) and is rated to be high and slightly decreases at S3 (1,500 m away from
the plant site) of 3.0% OM. In contrast with the Northeast direction of Soil sampling S4 (500 m away
from the plant site) have 2.1% OM and gradually decreases to a very low OM content of 0.78% and
0.6% in S5(1,000 m away from the plant site and S6 (1,500 m away from the plant site), respectively.
Differences in OM content among soil sampling locations can be mainly attributed to the present
dominant land use. Where S1 and S2 have more woody plant vegetation producing more organic litter
on the soil surface in contrast with S3 having a grassland use known to produce lower OM. Again, The
Northeast Soil sampling locations have the lowest surface OM content because of its present
dominant land Use (Grassland/Brushland) and, these areas are having slightly rolling slopes. Surface
soil erosion may have transported the OM present in the soil surface. There is no means the cement
processing can influence the OM build up in the soil surface. The OM if there is any from the raw
materials used for the cement processing is burned and evaporated in the kiln during the process.
73
2.1.1.6.1.3 Surface Soil Nitrogen Content
Figure 15 : Soil Surface Nitrogen Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
Essential Nutrient nitrogen (N) is one of the macro nutrients needed by plants in large amounts for
their vegetative growth and development. Being one of the major components of the chlorophyll it
provides green color of the leaves and determines the size and the protein content of the produce.
However, these essential nutrients is the most unstable in soils and, can be easily lost through various
transformations (eg. volatilization, nitrification).
The alkaline pH values found in the soil sampling sites affect the rates of N transformations, which in
turn can influence the efficiency of N use by plants. The transformation of N via nitrification (i.e.
Nitrification: is the conversion of ammonium (NH4+) to nitrate (NO3-) by soil bacteria) and is rapidly
accelerated in soils with pH values between 7 and 8, and decreases with decreasing pH values. Use of
ammonium fertilizers lower the pH during nitrification because protons are released in the process:
2NH4+ + 3O2 2NO3- + 8H+
Figure 15 summarizes the surface soil N content of the sampling locations. All of the sampling locations
have very low N content (i.e. <1,000 ppm). This can be attributed to the inherent high pH of the soil
parent mterial. These results confirmed and explain the findings of Loeppert and Suarez, (1996) where,
they characterized calcareous soil to normally have high pH level, low in organic matter content, and
Nitrogen.
74
The cement manufacturing process effect on the N accumulation in the soil surface is not evident. The
cement ore manufacturing process undergoes grinding and mixing and, passes thru a Kiln.
Temperatures within the kiln is sufficient enough to volatilize any Nitrogen that maybe present in the
ore hence, the topsoil within the 35 ha. Holcim cement plant are having low levels of N.
2.1.1.6.1.4 Surface Soil Phosphorus Content
Figure 16 : Soil Surface Phosphorus Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
Essential element phosphorus (P) is normally abundant among Philippine soils but its availability to
plants is highly governed by the soil pH. The availability of P in calcareous soils is usually restricted.
Maximum availability to plants of both native and applied P is in the pH range of 6.0 to 7.5. At higher
pH values, phosphate anions react with Ca and Mg to form phosphate compounds of limited solubility
(Mortvedt et al., 1999). In other word native Soil P can be abundant but is being fixed rendering the
essential nutrient to be less available to plants.
Figure 16 summarizes the P contents of the soil sampling locations. The southwest soil sampling
direction showed that there is an elevated level of P in all of the soil sampling locations reaching a
maximum amount of 1,290.0 ppm (soil sampling location S2). This is 25 times more to the adequate
level set by the BSWM standard. The Lowest Soil P content was given by S6 in the Northeast soil
75
sampling direction of 336.0 ppm which is still high above to the adequacy level of 50 ppm. The elevated
Levels of the two soil sampling directions can be attributed to the downwind of the industrial activity
of the Cement plant.
2.1.1.6.1.5 Surface Soil Potassium Content
Figure 17 : Soil Surface Potassium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
Available potassium (K) are usually found in an adequate supply in calcareous soils. This is due to
native high levels of exchangeable K (Brady and Weil, 1999). However, when the soil is experiencing
an aquic moisture regime (i.e. more than 2000 mm rainfall a year) K deficiency may occur as K is highly
soluble with water and is easily lost thru leaching and runoff.
Figure 17 shows the surface soil K content of the soil sampling locations. The Southwest sampling
direction demonstrated that these areas starting 500 m away from the processing plant to a distance
of 1,500 m have incrementing K content, of 655.0; 1120.0; 1180.0 ppm for S1, S2, and S3, respectively.
In contrast, the Northeast soil sampling direction however, have a diminishing K content on the
surface of the soil of 813.0; 166.0; 306.0 ppm for S4, S5 and, S6, respectively. All of the sampling
locations exceeded the adequate level of 468 ppm set by the BSWM standard. This result suggest that
the cement kiln dust emitted during the manufacturing process may have enriched the K level of the
soil within and perhaps even outside the 35 hectares cement plant. The possibility of the effect of the
76
downwind on the K enrichment of the soil in the South west and Northeast direction is a contributing
factor.
2.1.1.6.1.6 Surface Soil Calcium Content
Figure 18 : Soil Surface Calcium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
The presence of Calcium (Ca) on the surface of the Soil sampling locations are summarized in in Figure
18. All of the sampling locations have an elevated level of Ca many times above the adequate limit of
4,000 ppm. The northeast soil sampling direction gave the highest concentration of Ca of 54,500.0;
28,700; 55,300.0 ppm for S4, S5 and S6, respectively. The Southwest sampling direction on the other
hand, this time is demonstrating lower values when compared to the later of 5,180.0; 16,400.0;
22,900.0 ppm for S1, S2 and S3, respectively but still way above the prescribed adequate limit set by
the BSWM standards. This can be due to the Northeast side sampling location is very close to the
Holcim cement quarry area. The native Ca content of the soil in the area and the accumulated addition
of the cement kiln dust deposition inevitably increased the Ca content of the topsoil.
These results clearly indicate the progressive Ca accumulation and enrichment on the top soil up to
1,500 m distance from the cement plant, and may even go further as affected by the windfall of the
fugitive cement kiln dust generated during the manufacturing process and is mainly composed of
compounds of lime (CaCO3)., silica, and traces of metals (Naik et.al., 2003). The implication of these
results is that it can be attributed as direct toxicity of bicarbonate ions (HCO3-) to the vegetation
77
physiological and biochemical systems is much likely (Pearce et al., 1999). Symptoms in higher plants
include chlorosis and stunted growth.
2.1.1.6.1.7 Surface Soil Sodium Content
Figure 19 : Soil Surface Sodium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
The exchangeable Sodium (Na) function in plants is very necessary for the plant in order to maintain
turgidity of the cell wall and, is also needed in large quantities. However, excess level of this essential
element in the soil is detrimental as it causes wilting as the plant loses water from their tissues thru
plasmolysis.
Sodium level of the Southwest soil sampling locations are in the high levels when compared to the
BSWM sets of standards for Na (Figure 19), of 196.0; 151.0; 185.0 ppm Na for the S1, S2 and S3 soil
sampling locations, respectively. While the Northeast soil sampling location are within the medium to
high level of Na content of 50.0; 134.0; 131.0 ppm Na for S4, S5, and S6 soil sampling locations,
respectively.
High levels of Exchangeable sodium within the 35 ha Holcim cement plant can be attributed to the
cement kiln dust emissions during the manufacturing of cement. Where, emissions during the process
include the semi volatile Na present in the raw materials for cement manufacture. The accumulation
78
and enrichment of Na in topsoil of the adjacent vicinity of the cement plant is a strong possibility and
is dictated by the strong downwind of the particulate matter in the Southwest and Northeast wind
directions.
2.1.1.6.1.8 Surface Soil Magnesium Content
Figure 20 : Soil Surface Magnesium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
Magnesium (Mg) is one of the micro essential nutrient needed by higher plants for growth and
development. It is also one of the component of the green pigment in the plant leaves (i.e. chlorophyll)
and, act as catalyst to the translocation of phosphorus in the plant vascular tissues. It also aids in the
formation of fats and oil in fruits. Mg being an essential microelement is only needed by plants in
small quantity. Soil concentration of Mg above the adequate limit pose as soil pollutants.
The levels of exchangeable Mg in the soil sampling locations is shown in Figure 20. The results showed
that the southwest soil sampling locations have 26,700.0; 25,100.0; 26,600.0 ppm of Mg for S1, S2,
and S3, respectively. The Northeast soil sampling location on the other hand have 14,800.0; 9,160.0;
11,300.0 ppm of Mg in the topsoil for the S4, S5 and S6 sampling locations, respectively. When
compared to the BSWM set of standards for Mg it showed that all of the soil sampling locations are
high above the adequacy level of 840 ppm. Therefore, these levels are considered to be in the toxic
level in terms of plant nutrition. Exceedance of these essential micro elements needed by the plant
79
are detrimental as this may impair plant growth and development and may even cause their failure to
complete their life cycle.
2.1.1.6.1.9 Surface Soil Zinc Content
Trace micro-metallic Zn is an essential component of several metallo-enzymes in plants and, therefore

is necessary for several different functions in plant metabolism. Essential micro element Zn even in
adequate amount is commonly un available in calcareous soils with high pH.
Figure 21 : Soil Surface Zinc Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
The presence of micro- metallic element zinc in the surface soil is summarized in Figure 21. Results
showed that when compared to the adequate level of 1.2 ppm set by the BSWM standard all of the
soil sampling locations of the Southwest and Northeast directions have elevated levels of Zinc of 68.0;
58.0; 44.0; 24.0; 22.0;26.0 ppm for the S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, and S6, respectively.
The relatively high concentrations of zinc in the soil samples of the investigated area were related to
anthropogenic sources such as cement manufacturing activity and most likely coming from the
80
emissions of the cement plant kiln. Agriculture activities may also contribute to high soil zinc
concentrations, but is apparently absent within and outside the immediate vicinity of the area.
2.1.1.6.1.10 Surface Iron Content
Soil micro-metallic iron (Fe) function in higher plants is an essential component in the synthesis and
maintenance of chlorophyll in plants. Also, Fe has been strongly associated with protein metabolism
in the grains of produce. Calcareous soils found in the Holcim la Union plant may contain high levels
of total Fe, but in forms unavailable to plants. Visible Fe deficiency, or Fe chlorosis, is common in many
plants around the mine were observed during the assessment field work. This disorder on calcareous
soils is not always attributable to Fe deficiency; this condition is known as lime-induced Fe chlorosis.
Fe content of the sampled locations within the 35 ha. Holcim cement is presented in Figure 22. All of
the sampling locations are enriched with concentrations of Fe in the topsoil of 36,700.0; 27,800.0;
62,800.0; 16,300.0; 17,800.0; 13,300.0 ppm Fe for the S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, and S6, respectively. All of
which are considered to be in the toxic levels (Lindsay 1979).
Figure 22 : Soil Surface Iron Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
81
2.1.1.6.1.11 Surface Soil Electrical Conductivity
Soil electrical conductivity (EC) measures the ability of the soil solution to conduct electricity and is
expressed in µS cm -1. Because pure water is a poor conductor of electricity, increases in soluble salts
result in proportional increases in the solution EC. The EC of the soil solution of the Southwest and
Northeast soil sampling location directions is presented in Figure 23. The range of electrical
conductivity value is 117.0 - 328.0 µS cm-1and the standard value of electrical conductivity should be
between 0 to 1000 μS cm-1 for good soil. Thus, the results show that the soil samples around that area
are suitable for the growth of plants.
Figure 23 : Soil Surface Electrical Conductivity
2.1.1.6.2 Heavy Metal Analysis of the Soil Sampling Locations
The three most significant things in our life are air, water, and soil which are essential for life and any
imbalance of these three cause a big problem in nature.
Mining, manufacturing, and the use of synthetic products (e.g. pesticides, paints, batteries, industrial
waste, and land application of industrial or domestic sludge) can result in heavy metal contamination
of urban and agricultural soils (Soil Quality - Urban Technical Note 2000).
82
Soil is one of the most common agents in life and supplies us with all the basic necessities. Heavy
metals in soil occur naturally, but rarely at toxic levels. But the soil can be contaminated by industries
involved in large scale manufacturing like cement plants. The chemical composition of cement is a
mixture of calcium aluminum silicate also, a trace amount of heavy metal Cd, Pb, Fe, Ti and silica.
During the manufacturing process emission of dusts otherwise known as particulate matter (PM) and
are a common problems within the plant and outside the plant. The largest emission source of PM
within cement plants is the pyroprocessing system that includes the kiln and clinker cooler exhaust
stacks.
Emissions of metal compounds from cement kilns can be grouped into three general classes: volatile
metals, including mercury (Hg) and thallium (Tl); semi volatile metals, including antimony (Sb),
cadmium (Cd), lead (Pb), selenium (Se), zinc (Zn), potassium (K), and sodium (Na); and refractory or
nonvolatile metals, including barium (Ba), chromium (Cr), arsenic (As), nickel (Ni), vanadium (V),
manganese (Mn), copper (Cu), and silver (Ag). (U. S. And Canadian Portland Cement Industry Plant
Information Summary, 1993). Discussion below focus on the major heavy metals that can be emitted
during cement manufacture.
2.1.1.6.2.1 Arsenic
Arsenic (As) is an element and a naturally occurring mineral found widely in the environment. The
earth Crust contains an average of 5 µg-1 frequently in association with other elements such as Cu, Pb
and Zn (Tetratech EM Inc., 2001). Arsenic is found in the ground water, mineral ore, and geothermal
processes. Because it is an element, arsenic persists in the environment and does not deteriorate.
Arsenic compounds can be classified into three major groups, namely: 1. Inorganic, 2. Organic, and 3.
Arsine gas. The most common valence states are: 1. As (0) (metalloid arsenic, 0 oxidation state), 2.
As(III) (trivalent, 3 oxidation state, such as arsenites), 3. As (V) (pentavalent, 5 oxidation state, such as
arsenates), and 4. Arsine Gas (-3 oxidation state). According to the Agency for Toxic Substances and
Disease Registry 2007 (ATSDR), the relative toxicity of an arsenical depends primarily on Inorganic or
organic form, Valence state, Solubility, Physical state and purity, and rates of absorption and
elimination.
The toxicity of arsenic compounds can vary greatly. In general, arsenic compounds can be ranked from
highest to lowest toxicity:
 Inorganic trivalent compounds,

 Organic trivalent compounds,
 Inorganic pentavalent compounds,
 Organic pentavalent compounds, and
 Elemental arsenic [Gorby 1988].
83
Inorganic arsenic is generally more toxic than organic arsenic. Forms of arsenic that are more rapidly
absorbed are more toxic, while those most rapidly eliminated tend to be less toxic. Arsenite and
arsenate forms are highly soluble in water. Although organic arsenicals are usually viewed as being
less toxic than the inorganics, several methyl and phenyl derivatives of arsenic that are widely used in
agriculture are of possible health concern on the basis mostly of animal studies. Chief among these
are monomethylarsonic acid (MMA) and its salts and dimethyl arsinic acid (DMA) and its salts, and
roxarsone [ATSDR 2007]. Arsenobetaine and arsenocholine are the organic forms known as “fish
arsenic” and are relatively nontoxic to humans. Arsine gas is the most toxic arsenical (acute exposure).
Figure 24 : Soil Surface Arsenic Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
Arsenic (As) is widely distributed in the environment. The earth Crust contains an average of 5 µg-1
frequently in association with other elements such as Cu, Pb and Zn (Tetratech EM Inc., 2001). It is
highly soluble in water and the most common symptom of As causes skin poisoning and exhibit
harmful effects on kidneys and the central nervous system is highly associated with Arsenic (Adelakan
et. al., 2011).
Figure 24 summarizes the heavy metal laboratory analysis for Arsenic. All of the soil sampling locations
have exceeded more than twice the permissible As limit given by the US EPA (1993) standard of 6
ppm. The Southwest and, Northeast soil sampling directions As content in the topsoil of 14.0; 13.0;
13.0; 15.0 ;13.0; 12.0 ppm of As, for S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, and S6, respectively.
84
The results seemed to be alarming, where the surface soil of sampling locations is having elevated
levels of the elemental arsenic which is among the arsenic form is considered to be the least toxic
(Gorby 1988). The most common sources of arsenic are listed in below
Table 8: Arsenic Source vs. Potential Environmental Contamination (ATSDR 2007)
Arsenic Source Environmental Contamination

Artesian and tube wells supplied by
Drinking water
geologically contaminated aquifers
Mineral ore Drinking water and soil
Erosion of natural land sources, arsenic-soil
Drinking water and discarded mine and mill tailings,
containing materials transported via rain.
Natural and Industrial Sources Arsenic is released into the air by volcanoes, through weathering of
arsenic-containing minerals and ores, and by commercial or industrial processes. Arsenic occurs
naturally in the earth’s crust, and much of its dispersion in the environment stems from mining and
commercial uses. In industry, arsenic is a byproduct of the smelting process for many metal ores.
The cement Industry mainly use limestone to produce the klinker and further blended with other
ingredients to produce the product. It is a known fact that limestone contain very small amount of As
or none at all. The unusual presence of Arsenic in the cement plant soil surface may have been brought
about by anthropogenic activities. The present land use of the immediate surrounding areas of
Bacnotan Holcim Cement Plant is primarily devoted to agriculture (mainly rice, corn, vegetables, and
fruit trees cultivation) where most farmers are using agri-chemicals eg. Insecticides, herbicides, and
fungicides containing Arsenic in their formulation. Personal communication among farmers and
Barangay officials during the assessment revealed that during the rainy season (June to December)
the occurrence of flooding within their field is a common event. This agricultural water runoff flooding
occasionally reached and traversed the Holcim Cement Plant site, may have contaminated the surface
soil with Arsenic and other metals. The presence of a nearby power generating plant may also
contribute to the presence of As in the Holcim Cement Plant soil surface. It is not known however, if
the power plant use coal in their power generation activity.
In the past, the advance countries like the United States primarily used arsenic in insecticides,
herbicides. However, regulatory restrictions for arsenic, especially for home products, have reduced
its use and should also reduce the exposure risk to it (NAS 1977). World
According to the ATSDR 2007, the primary routes of arsenic entry into the human body are via
ingestion and inhalation. Dermal exposure can occur, but is not considered a primary route of
85
exposure. Exposure dose is the cumulative exposure by all routes. In the general U.S. population, the
main source of arsenic exposure is via ingestion of food containing arsenic. Intake from air, soil, and
drinking water is usually much less. It has been estimated that the average daily dietary intake of
arsenic by adults in the United States is 40 micrograms per day [ATSDR 2007]. The bioavailability of
arsenic in soil is variable, and dependent on the chemical form of arsenic.
Arsenic uptake in plants does not appear to reach levels dangerous to human health [Rossman 2007].
2.1.1.6.2.2 Cadmium
Cadmium is a relatively rare element. It is uniformly distributed in the Earth’s crust, where it is
generally estimated to be present at an average concentration of between 0.15 and 0.2 ppm (Hiatt
and Huff, 1975).
In higher plants cadmium (Cd) is one of the elements that is not essential for plant growth and
development. This heavy metal solubility to water is highly pH dependent and is mobile in acidic soil
conditions. Heavy metal Cd presence in the soil decrease root respiration, water and nutrient uptake
and inhibit cell mitosis in root meristematic regions (Gemmell, 1977).
Cadmium occurs in nature in the form of various inorganic compounds and as complexes with
naturally occurring chelating agents; organocadmium compounds are extremely unstable and have
not been detected in the natural environment. Industrial and municipal wastes are the main sources
of cadmium enrichment in the soil.
As shown in Figure 25 the cadmium content of the Soil sampling locations is within the permissible
limits set by the US EPA (1993) of 0.6 ppm Cd. Exception was found in S2 in the Southwest soil sampling
location direction of 0.70 ppm which is slightly above the standard. This confirms the findings of Hiatt
and Huff (1975) that Cd is relatively rare in nature.
86
Figure 25 : Soil Surface Cadmium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
2.1.1.6.2.3 Lead
Lead (Pb) is the most common environmental contaminant found in soils. Unlike other metals, Pb has
no biological role, and is potentially toxic to soil microorganisms (Sobolev and Begonia, 2008). Its
excessive accumulation in living organisms is always detrimental. Lead (Pb) is the most common
environmental contaminant found in soils. Unlike other metals, Pb has no biological role, and is
potentially toxic to soil microorganisms (Sobolev and Begonia, 2008). Its excessive accumulation in
living organisms is always detrimental.
Although the lead pollution from mining activities presents a relatively localized problem, its
magnitude is significant.
Shown in Figure 26 is the Lead content of the soil sampling location. Only in the Southwest soil
sampling direction that there is an elevated level of Pb and is given by Soil sampling location S2 of 18.0
ppm. There is however, an indication of Pb enrichment on the vicinities of the 35 ha. Holcim cement
plant.
87
20 20 20 20
Soil Surface Lead Content (ppm)
Surface Soil Lead Content (ppm)

18 18 18 18
16 16 16 16
US EPA Standard for Lead (ppm)
US EPA Standard for Lead (ppm)

14 14 14 14
12 12 12 12
10 10 10 10
8 8 8 8
6 6 6 6
4 4 4 4
2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
US EPA (1993)
US EPA (1993)
South West Sampling Location North East Soil Sampling Location
Figure 26 : Soil Surface Lead Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
2.1.1.6.2.4 Mercury
Mercury (Hg) is a dense, silvery-white metal that melts at -38.9°C. Mercury is present in the Earth’s
crust at an average concentration of 0.08 mg kg-1; cinnabar (mercury[II] sulfide, HgS) is the most
common mercury ore. Igneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks contain mercury at
concentrations up to 0.25, 0.40, and 3.25 ppm, respectively (Jonasson, and Boyle, 1971).
Hg in relation to the soil is not an essential element needed by plants but, can be absorbed by plants
in excessive amounts. Hg is one of the highly toxic compound found in nature and exist in oxidation
the form elemental Hg0 mercurious ion (Hg+) and mercuric ion (Hg++). The means of presence in soil is
characterized by absorption between the colloidal surface where this is mainly found in the upper
surface soil (0 - 5 cm). In general, Hg is not translocated below the surface layer of the soil (0 - 10 cm).
Thus, Hg not adsorbed in the soil matrix will be either absorbed by the plants through ionic exchange
in the soil solution, precipitated, volatilized under high temperature.
The presence of element Hg in the two soil sampling locations directions within the 35 has. Holcim
cement plant is summarized in Figure 27. All of the sites are within the acceptable limits set by the US
EPA (1993) standard of 0.30 ppm. Presence of traces of Hg in the topsoil is the remnant of the cement
manufacturing process involving high temperature that may have almost completely volatilized Hg
and the prevailing downwind have deposited it somewhere.
88
Figure 27 : Soil Surface Mercury Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
2.1.1.7 Soil Physical Properties of the Soil Sampling Locations
2.1.1.7.1 Surface Soil Bulk Density
Figure 28 : Soil Surface Bulk Density of the soil Sampling Locations
89
As a general rule, the ideal bulk density of the soil for optimal soil aeration, infiltration, root
penetration and soil water retention capacity, the bulk density reading should not exceed 1 g cm -3.
Beyond this level, the soil is considered compacted and all related physical, chemical and biological
processes within the soil matrix are impeded.
Shown in Figure 28 is the topsoil bulk density of the two directional soil sampling locations within the
35 ha. Holcim cement plant. All of the soil sampling location have an ideal bulk density of less than 1
g cm-3 in the immediate surface of the soil.
2.1.1.7.2 Slake Test
Slaking is the breakdown of large soil aggregates (>2-5 mm) into smaller sized micro-aggregates (<0.25
mm) when they are suddenly immersed in water. Slaking occurs when aggregates are not strong
enough to withstand internal stresses caused by rapid water uptake. Internal stresses result from
differential swelling of clay particles, trapped and escaping air in soil pores, rapid release of heat during
wetting, and the mechanical action of moving water.
In contrast to slaking, tests for aggregate stability measure how well soil withstands external
destructive forces, such as the splashing impact of raindrops. Poor aggregate stability and slaking
resulted in a detached soil particles that, settle into the soil micropores, and cause surface sealing,
reduced infiltration and plant available water, and increased runoff and erosion.
Why it is important: Slaking indicates the stability of soil aggregates resistance to erosion and suggests
how well soil can maintain its structure to provide water and air for plants and soil biota when it is
rapidly wetted. Limited slaking suggests that organic matter is present in soil to help bind soil particles
and micro-aggregates into larger, stable aggregates.
90
2.1.1.7.2.1 Slake Test, Southwest Soil Sampling Location S1
Figure 29 : Start of Slake Test, Soil Sampling Location S1
Figure 30 : 10 Minutes After Slake Test, Soil Sampling Location S1
Slake test of Soil Sampling Location S1 is shown in Figure 29 (start of the slake test) and, Figure 30(end
of the Slake test). The soil fragment (at least 2 – 5 cm x 2 – 5 cm in size) was taken at the immediate
soil surface. Soil response to wetting is observed for a period of 10 minutes. The result shows that the
soil can be classified as Class 3 or Moderately Stable. Slumping of sub-crust but most of the crust is
intact.
91
92
Shown in Figure 31 and Figure 32 is the slake test for soil sampling Location S2. The result shows that
the soil can be classified as Class 4 or very stable (Figure 20b). After 10 minutes of being immersed in
water there is no evidence of slumping of the soil particles. The whole fragment remains intact (no
evidence of swelling or disintegration of particles).
Slake test for the Southwest Soil Sampling Location S3 is shown in Figure 33 and Figure 34. The soil of
S3 response to wetting is classified as Class 3, or Moderately Stable. There was an observed release of
small bubbles. There was also slumping of the sub-crust but, most of the crust is intact.
93
2.1.1.7.2.4 Slake Test, Northeast Soil Sampling Location S4, S5 and S6
The result of the slake test for the Northeast soil sampling locations S4, S5, and, S6 are summarized in
Figure 35 and Figure 40, respectively. All of the soil sampling locations in the Northwest direction are
having more or less the same slaking classification of Class 3, where there was an observed slumping
of the sub-crust but, most of the crust remain intact. No swelling was observed.
94
95
96
97
2.1.1.8 Soil Texture
Figure 41 - Soil Textural Analysis of the Soil Sampling Locations
Soil Texture refers to the relative proportion of the sand, silt and clay of the soil matrix as a whole.
The amount of any of these soil aggregates greatly influence soil structure and porosity. Soil Texture
also governs the entry and exit of water, gases and the ability of the soil to withstand the erosive
forces of water and wind. The texture of the soil also dictates the ability of the soil to hold essential
nutrients by providing large surface area where the positively and negatively charged ions are
attached in the soil matrix. Thus, directly governs nutrient loss by leaching and runoff. Finely textured
soils restrict nutrient loss by tightly adsorbing nutrients in its surface, while coarse textured soil
because of smaller surface area freely lost nutrient in its surface thru percolation and leaching.
Shown in Figure 41 is the laboratory analysis of the texture of the soil sampling locations in the
Southwest direction (S1, S2, S3) and the Northeast direction (S4, S5 and S6). The two soil sampling
directions have contrasting soil texture.
All of Southwest soil sampling locations representing the S1, S2 and S3 have a clay texture ranging
from 72 to 88 percent silt/clay soil separates. These soils have high resistance to soil erosion and is
moderately stable when rapid wetting occurs.
In contrast, the Northeast soil sampling locations (S4, S5, and S6) which is situated near the Cement
plant limestone quarry have a medium texture. Their silt/clay soil separates ranges from 41 to
57percent silt/clay. All of the sampling locations in the Northeast direction have a sandy clay texture.
98
2.1.2 Terrestrial Biology Assessment
2.1.2.1 Scope: Baseline and Impact Assessment
Terrestrial floristic and faunal investigation of the Project Site was carried out to identify the impacts
of the marble mining activities to local ecological conditions, assess the level of impacts, and propose
measures to mitigate these impacts. Specifically, the assessment sought to:
1. Conduct ecological measurements of the floral and faunal assemblages of the

Project Site and its vicinity;
2. Assess the conservation status of flora and fauna documented in the area based
on national legislation and IUCN/CITES criteria;
3. Identify, assess, and propose mitigation measures of the potential impacts of the
Project to local biodiversity and ecological conditions.
Threatened Philippine flora and fauna are covered by various national legislations, notably:
1. Wildlife Resources Conservation and Protection Act (2001);
2. DENR Memorandum Circular 2007-2 (Critical Habitats);
3. Republic Act No. 7586 – the National integrated Protected Areas System Act
4. DAO 2004-15 and DAO 2007-1 amended in DAO 2007-24 defining conservation
categories for Philippine flora and fauna as Threatened Species, Critically
Endangered Species, Endangered Species, Vulnerable Species, Other Threatened
Species and Other Wildlife Species.
Species lists under WRCP Act of 2001, DAO 2004-15, and DAO 2007-1 appear to be outdated and have
to be updated in relation to the more current international criteria for Philippine flora and fauna
defined by the IUCN Red List and CITES Appendix I, II, and III categories.
2.1.2.2 Terrestrial Flora
2.1.2.2.1 Methodology
A quadrat sampling technique was used to assess the terrestrial flora within the vicinity of the
proposed modification project site of Holcim La Union located at Barangay Quirino, Bacnotan, La
Union province. The team selected the Five (5) quadrats during the transect survey. (Table 9). The
quadrats were distributed in such a way that all existing vegetation cover was represented. Generally,
the area has three vegetation types namely; closed forest, open forest and brushland. For trees,
individual species with diameter-at-breast height (dbh) or greater than three centimeters inside the
99
100m x 100m plots were assessed. In addition, 10m x 10m subplots were established for the
intermediate growth or plants with dbh less than 3 cm (i.e. poles, saplings) and 5m x 5m subplots for
the understorey vegetation (i.e., seedlings, grasses). Information gathered in the field were tabulated
and analysed to characterize floral composition within the study area. The relative density, relative
dominance and relative frequency values for each tree species were determined to obtain their
Importance Value (IV), which is the standard measurement in forest ecology to determine the rank
relationships of species. Also, the relative frequency, relative density and relative dominance indicate
different aspect of the species importance in a community. Importance values were determined using
the following formula:
Density = number of Individuals

area sampled
Relative Density= density for a species_____ x 100

total density for all species
Frequency = number of plots in which species occur

total number of plots sampled
Relative Frequency = frequency value for a species x 100

total frequency for all species
Dominance = basal area or volume for a species

area sampled
Relative Dominance = dominance for a species x 100

total dominance for all species
Importance Value = Relative Density + Relative Frequency + Relative Dominance
The diversity indices of the different sampling areas, which include the Shannon index (H) and
Evenness index (J), were also computed. The indices were computed using the following formula:
𝑛𝑖 𝑛𝑖
𝑆ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑜𝑛 − 𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑟 𝐼𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑥 (𝐻) = − ∑ ( ) ln ( )
𝑁 𝑁
where:
ni = the total number of individuals in each species
N = the total number of all individuals
100
𝐻1
𝑃𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑢′ 𝑠 𝐸𝑣𝑒𝑛𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠 𝐼𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑥 (𝐽) =
ln 𝑆
where:
S = total number of species
Table 9: Location of terrestrial sampling and observation sites
Name of Sampling/ Elevation Geo Coordinates

Site Code
Observation Sites (masl) Latitude/Longitude
Transect 1 Homesite, Brgy. Quirino, 16° 46’ 00.3” N
( Q1) 55 m
Bacnotan, La Union 120° 20’ 29.0” E
Transect 2 Upper Staff House, Brgy. Quirino, 16° 46’ 00.5” N
(Q2) 61 m
Transect 3 Upper Admin, Brgy. Quirino, 16° 46’ 00.5” N
(Q3) 74 m
Transect 4 New Drilling Area, Brgy. Quirino, 16° 46’ 20.9” N
(Q4) 63 m
Transect 5 Near Curva Tank, Brgy. Quirino, 16° 46’ 19.4” N
(Q5) 51 m
101
102
Plate 2 :The pictures above were taken during the establishment of transect lines and quadrats
that will serve as the observation points during the conduct of terrestrial assessment in the project
area.
103
Plate 3 : The photos above were taken during the measurement of Diameter at Breast Height
(DBH) of trees sighted at the vicinity of the proposed project site
2.1.2.2.2 Results and Discussions
2.1.2.2.2.1 General Situation
The proposed modification project of Holcim La Union is located at Barangay Quirino, Bacnotan, La
Union. Generally, the forest vegetation of the area was a secondary forest. It is already considered as
agro-ecosystem due the presence of agricultural crops planted within the vicinity of the project site.
Dense vegetation identified to be a second growth forest is only evident in the upper portion of the
hill near the admin building. The said site are called as the Eco- Trail that serve as the wildlife sanctuary
of the area with intact flora and fauna. Lower portion of the sites along the roads were already
developed into agricultural land and settlement area due to influx of people.
The vegetation cover in the study area varies from open forest to closed-canopy forest and portions of
brushlands. The closed forest is a second-growth limestone forest type dominated by Fabaceae,
Euphorbiacea, and Moraceae family tree species. The forest floor of the closed-canopy forest has poor
undergrowth due to the thick forest litter (e.g. leaves, twigs, branches etc.) The open forest is relatively
young with the highest recorded diameter at breast height (dbh) at only 36 cm; while majority of the
individual species have dbh that falls between the ranges of 3 cm to 18 cm. The open portions are
brushland which is dominated by ferns such as pako-pako and kilob, and some shrubs and small trees.
104
Plate 4 :The panoramic photo of portion of quadrat 1 along the transect 1 with patches of closed
to open-canopy forest dominated by fabaceae and euphorbiaceae tree species
Plate 5 :The pictures above shows the panoramic view of Closed-canopy forest in the upper portion
of quadrat 2 location with some portions of open-canopy forest dominated with samanea saman
species.
105
Plate 6 :The pictures above shows the open canopy forest in Quadrat 3 established in the upper
admin portion
Plate 7 : The photos of quadrat 4 located within the vicinity of drilling site
106
Plate 8 : The panoramic photo of quadrat 5 located near the curva tank of Holcim Cement Plant.
2.1.2.2.2.2 Species Composition
A total of one hundred forty (140) species were recognized belonging to the seed plants, ferns and
their allies from the five quadrats sampled. The Table 10 below shows the number of families and
species per plant type recorded in the project area.
Table 10 : Summary of species composition

No. of No. of
Plant Type
Families Species
1. Trees 32 69
2. Grass/Shrubs/Herbs/Vines 30 57
3. Ferns/Pterophytes 4 6
4. Epiphytes/Mosses 2 2
5. Palms 1 6
Total 69 140
The most speciose (having several species) of all sixty nine (69) families recorded are Fabacea and
Euphorbiaceae with ten (10) species each followed by Moraceae with eight (8) and Meliaceae and
palmae with six (6) species each. Table 11 and Table 12 present the complete list of all the species
recorded in the site.
107
Table 11 : Lists of tree species recorded within and in the vicinity of the proposed project site
Local /Common
Scientific Name Family Name
Name
1 Mangga Mangifera indica Linn Anacardiaceae
2 Seniguelas Spondeas purpurea Blanco Anacardiaceae
3 Guyabano Annona muricata Anonaceae
4 Atis Annona squamosa Linn. Anonaceae
5 Kalachuchi Plumeria acuminata Apocynaceae
6 Malapapaya Polyscias nodosa Araliaceae
7 Hagdan Uwak Oroxylum indicum Bignoniaceae
8 Kapok Ceiba pentadra Bombaceae
9 Agoho Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae
10 Talisay Terminalia cattapa Combretaceae
11 Talisay-gubat Terminalia foetidissima Combretaceae
12 Bignai Antidesma bunios Euphorbiaceae
13 Lumbang Aleurites moluccana Euphorbiaceae
14 Hamindang/Binunga Macaranga bicolor Euphorbiaceae
15 Binunga Macaranga grandiflora Euphorbiaceae
16 Alim Melanolepis multiglandulosa Euphorbiaceae
17 Tuba-tuba Jathropa cutcas Euphorbiaceae
18 Auri Acacia auri Fabaceae
19 Mangium Acacia mangium Fabaceae
20 Bagras Eucalyptus deglupta Fabaceae
21 Narra Pterocarpus indicus Fabaceae
22 Madre de cacao Glericidia sepium Fabaceae
108
Local /Common
Name
23 Firetree Delonix regia Fabaceae
24 Sampaloc Tamarindus indica Fabaceae
25 Ipil-ipil Leucaena leucocephala Fabaceae
26 Rain Tree/Acacia Samanea saman Fabaceae
27 Bago Gnetum gnemon L. Gnetaceae
28 Paguringon Cratoxylum sumatranum Hypericaceae
29 Avocado Persea gratissima Lauraceae
30 Himbabalod Barringtonia acutangula Lecythidaceae
31 Banaba Lagerstroemia speciosa Lythraceae
32 Bitan-ag Kleinhovia hospita Malvaceae
33 Kolis Memecylon ovatum Melastomataceae
34 Gmelina Gmelina arboria Meliaceae
35 Bagalunga Melia dubia Meliaceae
36 Santol Sandoricum koetjape Merr Meliaceae
37 Colo Dysoxylum decandrum Meliaceae
38 Mahogany Swietenia macrophylla Meliaceae
39 Neem Azadirachta indica Meliaceae
40 Kamansi/Rimas Artocarpus communis Moraceae
41 Himbabao Alleanthus luzonicus Moraceae
42 Jackfruit/Langka Artocarpus heterophylla lam. Moraceae
43 Balete Ficus Balete Moraceae
44 Tibig Ficus nota Moraceae
45 Hagimit Ficus minahassae Moraceae
109
Local /Common
Name
46 Is-is Ficus ulmifolia Moraceae
47 Kalios Streblus asper Moraceae
Malunggay Moringa Oleiferam Lam. Moringaceae

48
Psidium guajava
49 Guava Myrtaceae
50 Duhat Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae
51 Makopa Syzygium samarangense Myrtaceae
52 Tambis Syzygium aqueum Myrtaceae
53 Balimbing Averrhoa carambola Linn Oxalidaceae
54 Iba Averrhoa balimbi Oxalidaceae
55 Aratilis/Mansanitas Ziziphus jujube (Linn.) Lam. Rhamnaceae
56 Bangkoro/Noni Morinda citrifolia Rubiaceae
57 Calamansi Citrus microcarpa Rutaceae
58 Suha/Pomelo Citrus maxima Rutaceae
59 Sua-sua Exocarpus longifolius Santalaceae
60 Balit Erioglossum rubiginosum Sapindaceae
61 Salab Guiao koelreuteria Sapindaceae
62 Chico Manilkara zapota Sapotaceae
63 Tisa Pouteria campechiana Sapotaceae
64 Caimito Chrysophyllum cainito Linn. Sapotaceae
65 Katsubong Datura metel L. Solanaceae
66 Cacao Theobroma cacao Stercullaceae
67 Alagasi Leucosyke capitellata Urticaceae
68 Darayawan/Maymagan Callicarpa erioclana Verbenaceae
110
Local /Common
Name
69 Teak Tectona grandis Verbenaceae
Table 12 : List of other plants (herbs, ferns, epiphytes, shrubs, grasses, palms, vines) recorded in
the proposed project site
No. Local /Common Name Scientific Name Family Name
A. Epiphytes
1. Broom Pork Moss Homalothecium sericeum Brachytheciaceae
2. Pocket Moss Fissidens taxifolius Fissidentaceae
B. Pterophytes/Ferns
1. Pakong Alakdan Blechnum oriente L. Blechnaceae
2. Pako-pako Blechnum fraseli L. Blechnaceae
3. Kilob Gleichenia linearis Burm Gleicheniaceae
4. Pako Athyrium esculentum Polypodiaceae
5. Culantrillo Adiantum philippense Linn. Polypodiaceae
6. Pteris Fern Pteris sp. Pteridaceae
C. Palms
1 Coconut Cocos nucifera Palmae
2 Bunga Areaca catechu L. Palmae
3 Rattan (Palasan) Calamus merrillii Becc. Palmae
4 Palmera Chrysalidocarpus lutenscens H. Wendel Palmae
5 Anahaw Livistona rotundifolia Palmae
6 Pugahan Caryota Rumphiana Palmae
111
D. Grasses/Shrubs/Herbs/Vines
1 Nees Hemigraphis premulaefolia Acanthaceae
2 Kulitis Amaranthus spinosus L. Amaranthaceae
3 Kudiapa Celosia argentea L. Amaranthaceae
4 Kuribetbet/Pandakaki Tabernaemontana corymbosa Apocynaceae
5 Gabi-gabi Caladium bicolor Araceae
6 Badyang/Elephant Ear Alocasia macrorrhiza L. Schott Araceae
7 Gabi Colocacia esculenta Araceae
8 Arrow head Syngonium podophyllum Araceae
9 Hagonoy Chromolaena odorata Asteraceae
10 Wedelia Sphagneticola trilobata Asteraceae
11 Pineapple Ananas comosus Bromeliaceae
12 Elepante/Erysipela plant Heliotropium indicum L. Boraginaceae
13 Dilang baka Nopalea cochenillifera (Linn.) Salm-Dyck Cactaceae
14 Papaya Carica papaya Caricaceae
15 Kamu-kamuti Ipomea triloba L. Convolvulaceae
16 Daat Scleria scrobiculata Cyperaceae
17 Cassava Manilot esculenta Euphorbiaceae
18 Tawa-tawa Euphorbia hirta L. Euphorbiaceae
19 Tangan-tangan Ricinus communis Linn. Euphorbiaceae
20 Gapas-gapas Mallotus mollissimus Euphorbiaceae
21 Amor seco Andropogon aciculatus Retz. Graminae
22 Bila-bila/wire grass Eleusine indica L Graminae
112
23 Cogon Imperata cylindrica Graminae
24 Kawayan Tinik Bambusa spinosa Roxb. Graminae
25 Kawayan Kiling Bambusa bulgaris Schrad. Graminae
26 Climbing Bamboo Arthrostylidium Longiforum Graminae
27 Tigbi Coix lachryma-jobi L. Graminae
28 Talahib/Bugang Saccharum spontaneum Linn. Graminae
29 Palm grass Molineria capitulata Hypoxydaceae
30 Mayana Coleus scutellarioides (L.) Benth Lamiaceae
31 Pansit-pansitan Hyptis capitata Jacq. Lamiaceae
32 Akapulko/Asunting Cassia alata Linn. Leguminosae
33 Gumamela Hibiscus rosasinensis linn Malvaceae
34 Saluyot corchorus olitorius Linn Malvaceae
35 Kapa-kapa Medinilla magnifica Melastomataceae
36 Makahiya Mimosa pudica Linn. Mimosaseae
37 Banana Musa acuminata Musaceae
38 Saging saging Acgecarus condoniculatum Myrsinaceae
39 Burambot Passiflora foetida Linn. Passifloraceae
40 Baliw Pandanus tectorius Pandaceae
41 Pansit-pansitan Piperomia pellucida Piperaceae
42 Cow weed Anoxophus compresus Poaceae
43 Corn/Maize Zea mays Poaceae
44 Palagtiki/Wire grass Eleusine indica Poaceae
45 Tambu/Tiger Grass Thyanolaena latifolia (Hornem) Poaceae
113
46 Amorseco Andropogon acciculatas Poaceae
47 Cogon Imperata cylindrica Poaceae
48 Carabao grass Paspalum conjugatum Poaceae
49 Talahib Saccharum spontaneum Poaceae
50 Lokdo Drynaria quercifolia Linn. Psilotaceae
51 Santan Ixora coccinea Linn. Rubiaceae
52 Sili Capsicum sp. Solanaceae
53 Talong talong Solanum torvum Solanaceae
54 Kanding-kanding Stachytarpheta jamaicensis Linn. Verbenaceae
55 Kantutay Lantana camara L. Verbenaceae
56 Alimpuyas Curcuma zedoaria (Berg.) Rose Zingiberaceae
57 Tagbak Kolowratia elegans Zingiberaceae
Plate 9 : Some of tree species sighted at the project site
Raintree (Samanea saman) Narra ( Pterocarpus indicus
114
Tibig/Tubog (Ficus nota) Aratilis (Ziziphus jujube (Linn.)

)
Mahogany (Swietenia Macrophylla) Ipil-ipil (Leucaena leucocephala)

negrosensis)
115
Kalachuchi (Plumeria acuminata) Kolis (Memecylon ovatum)
Bitan-ag (Kleinhovia hospita) Hamindang (Macaranga bicolor)
116
Madre de Cacao (Glericidia sepium) Talisay (Terminalia cattapa)

sumatranum)
Auri (Acacia auri) Agoho (Casuarina equisetifolia)
117
Teak (Tectona grandis) Banaba (Lagerstroemia speciosa)
Bago (Gnetum gnemon L.) Fire Tree (Persea gratisima)
118
Plate 10 : Some of the fruit tree species observed at the study area.
Chico (Manilkara zapota L.) Caimito (Chrysophyllum cainito Linn)
Calamansi (Citrus microcrpa) Mangga (Mangifera indica)
119
Guyabano (Annona muricata) Sampaloc (Tamarinda indica)
Plate 11 : Species of herbs, shrubs, grasses, and vines recorded in the study site
Santan (Ixora coccinea Linn.) Kantutay (Lantana camara Linn.)
120
Cassava (Manilot esculenta) Papaya (Carica papaya)
Banana (Musa acuminata) Pineapple (Ananas comosos)
121
Kawayan Tinik (Bambusa spinosa) Climbing Bamboo (Arthrostylidium Longiforum)
Gumamela (Hibiscu rosasinensis Linn) Kuribetbet (Tabernaemontana corymbosa)
122
Saluyot (corchorus olitorius Linn.) Pansit-pansitan (Piperomia pellucida)

Linn)Lilinn)sculenta) )L.Linn.) Linn)Lilinn)sculenta)
Pakong alakdan (Blechnum oriente.L.) Kilob (Gleichenia linearis Burm.)

sp.) lakdan( Blechnum oriente L.)
123
Pteris Fern (Pteris sp.) Anahaw (Livistona rotundifolia)
Bunga (Areaca catechu L) Pugahan (Caryota rumphiana.)
From a 5 quadrats, established along Transect 1-5, 386 individuals belonging to 39 species of trees
were recorded to have a diameter of > 5 cm. The average density is 0.0386 tree/sq.m, or roughly 3.5
trees for every 100 square meters. The most frequent tree species is Ipil-ipil (Leucaena leucocephala)
and Rain Tree (Samanea saman) that are found in all five quadrats. Based on the computed
importance value (IV), the most important species is Samanea saman commonly known as Rain Tree
at 27.532 (Table 13).
124
The intermediate and undergrowth layers have almost the same species richness at 23.68 and 23.34
species, respectively. The most frequent species at the intermediate layer are Caryota rumphiana
(Pugahan) which is present in 3 out of 5 quadrats. The most numerous is the Paspalum conjugatum
(Carabao grass),) which had recorded 48 individuals and closely followed by Tabernaemontana
corymbosa (Kuribetbet) with 42. At the understorey, the most dominant vegetation are Paspalum
conjugatum (Carabao grass) and Chromolaena ododata (Hagonoy).
Table 13 : List of the recorded tree species with highest Importance Value (IV)
Importance
Rank Species Scientific Name Family Name
Value (IV)
1 Rain Tree Samanea saman Fabaceae 27.532
2
Narra Pterocarpus indicus Fabaceae
19.103
3 Mangga Mangifera indica Annonaceae 12.616
4 Agoho Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae 12.297
5 Mahogany 12.165
Swietenia macrophylla Meliaceae
6 Sampaloc Tamarindus indica Fabaceae 11.873
7 Mangium Acacia mangium Fabaceae 11.776
8 Ipil-ipil Leucaena leucocephala Fabaceae 11.572
9 Santol Sandoricum koetjape Merr Meliaceae 11.421
10 Teak Tectona grandis Verbenaceae 11.272
11 Gmelina Gmelina arborea Meliaceae 11.104
12 Firetree Delonix regia Fabaceae 10.821
13 Caimito Chrysophyllum cainito Linn. Sapotaceae 10.432
14 Kapok Ceiba pentadra Bombaceae 10.360
15 Auri Acacia auri Fabacea 10.016
125
2.1.2.2.2.3 Diversity Indices
The diversity of the sampling areas was analyzed using the Shannon-Weiner Index and Pielou’s
Evenness Index (Table 14). The Shannon index assumes that individuals are randomly sampled from a
large population and that all species are represented in the sample. It gives an estimate of species
richness and distribution. The Evenness index is the ratio of the observed diversity to maximum
diversity. It is very noticeable that high diversity indices, as well as evenness indices, were recorded
from the transect lines/quadrats established in the open-canopy forest with small patches of closed
canopy forest in Quadrat 5 near the curva tank within the forest trail area of Holcim while lower indices
were recorded from the barren and brushland to open forest areas in Quadrat 3. The high indices of
the closed forest are attributed to the relatively intact vegetation cover of the blocks, which had
obtained high species richness and abundance compared to the record of the other vegetation types.
On the other hand, the low indices of quadrat 3 validates the poor vegetation cover in the brushland
vegetation that are remnant of the kaingin farming systems where dominated with few species such
as Imperata cylindrica (Cogon), Ipil-ipil (Leucaena leucocephala), and Chromolaena odorata
(Hagonoy).
Table 14 : Diversity indices and number of species for transect lines/quadrats 1-5
Geographical Location Biodiversity Indices Number
Sampling of
Quadrats Shannon Evenness Individual
Latitude/Longitude
(H) (J) s
( Q1) 16° 46’ 00.3” N 28.88 0.231 75

120° 20’ 29.0” E
(Q2) 16° 46’ 00.5” N 27.85 0.227 50

120° 20’ 24.2” E
(Q3) 16° 46’ 00.5” N 14.53 0.179 35

120° 20’ 19.1” E
(Q4) 16° 46’ 20.9” N 32.92 0.315 94

120° 20’ 11.5” E
(Q5) 16° 46’ 19.4” N 49.35 0.398 132

120° 20’ 04.4” E
2.1.2.2.2.4 Endemism
Out of the total 140 species identified, there are fifteen (15) endemic species that were found in the
sampling sites (Table 15).
126
Table 15 : List of endemic species recorded in Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan, La Union

Local /Common Name Scientific Name Family Name
1 Bignai Antidesma bunios Euphorbiaceae
2 Hamindang Macaranga bicolor Euphorbiaceae
3 Narra Pterocarpus indicus Fabaceae
4 Paguringon Cratoxylum sumatranum Hypericaceae
5 Himbabao Alleanthus luzonicus Moraceae
6 Balete Ficus balete Moraceae
7 Hagimit Ficus minahassae Moraceae
8 Tibig Ficus nota Moraceae
9 Is-is Ficus ulmifolia Moraceae
10 Hambabalod Nauclea formicaria Rubiaceae
11 Rattan (Palasan) Calamus merrillii Becc. Palmae
12 Pugahan Caryota rumphiana Palmae
13 Anahaw Livistona rotundifolia Palmae
14 Baliw Pandanus tectorius Pandaceae
15 Teak Tectona grandis Vervenaceae
2.1.2.2.2.5 Conservation Status
The conservation status of species is based on the DAO No. 2007-01 better known as ‘‘The National
List of Threatened Philippine Plants and their Categories’. From the 132 identified species in the five
sampling quadrats, only one (1) specie are included in the National Red List (Table 16).
Table 16 : List of identified threatened plants found in the proposed project area
Common Conservation
No Scientific Name Family Name Location
Name Status
Critically
1 Narra Pterocarpus indicus Fabaceae Quadrat 2,5
Endangered
127
Common Conservation
No Scientific Name Family Name Location
Name Status
2 Is-is Ficus ulmifolia Moraceae Vulnearable Quadrat 4,5
2.1.2.2.3 Economic and Ecological Significance of Flora Resources
The floral resources identified during the conduct of transect walk and assessment within the study
area have significant values to the community. Their uses can be classified into two: 1.) Economic and
2.) Ecological. Basically, all these resources have ecological roles not only in the specific habitat where
they abound but also in nature. Any of these resources which help alleviate economic conditions have
economic use. Economically important species are those used for timber, construction, cottage
industry, food, medicine, fiber, feed (forage/pasture), and fuel. Ecologically important species are
those ornamentals, landscape plants, hedges, and other plant resources used for soil erosion and
weed control. As a whole the flora resources that includes all plant types such as trees, palms, ferns,
shrubs, grasses, vines, herbs etc. is very vital to mitigate the worldwide problem on climate change.
2.1.2.2.4 Ecological implications of the observed flora in relation to the cement plant
development.
The environmental consequences of cement plant operation are related to encroachments upon
nature due to earthworks; damming or lowering of the water level and changed water flows of
drainage and/ or creeks, and building of structures (complex and facilities), roads, and other
appurtenant structures. Cement plant modification entails stripping off vegetation and its alteration.
Like that of other disturbances, the general effect of this disturbance on succession is push it back to
an early stage. If the operations remove and/or replace part of the vegetation, succession will tend to
replace it when conditions become suitable, If all the vegetation is ruined, recovery may slow or never
will progress due to suppression involved in the landscaping and maintenance operations. The cement
plant operations in Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan, La Union and the construction of appurtenant structures
such as processing plants within the vicinity have already modified the landscape. As such, as
expected, the affected vegetation is either destroyed or reduced to early stages of seral succession.
As observed during the study the floral species within the proposed site and immediate vicinities, a
high number of representative of species of euphorbias, legumes, rubias, and some mallows suggests
a stand undergoing succession. This may reflects the increasing anthropogenic pressures on the area.
Notable species such as ipil-ipil, kilob, pako-pako, hagonoy, and other shrubs on the ground or floor
of the limestone forest areas reflects the increasing exposed soils. Kilob tend to occupy newly open
areas. Other fern species in the forest floor suggests high humus and soil moisture. As an ecological
128
function of the flora resources with the presence of figs, moraceae species in the area it serves as
habitats for the fruitivores like many species of birds and mammals (bats, monkeys, rats etc.) Other
sources of fruits includes species from Meliaceae, Myrtaceae, Malvaceae, Sapindaceae, Rubiaceae,
Musaceae, Anacardiaceae, and Fabaceae which is common in the area. Agricultural crops such as
cassava, corn, banana, nangka and other fruits planted by the nearby settlement areas also created
patches of agri-ecosystem within the vicinity of the cement plant operation in Brgy. Quirino. This
landscape and vegetation formation complements the good cycle of food-chain since edible floras are
considered to be the primary food among the primary fauna consumers thriving in the area. The high
number of leguminous species such as Ipil-ipil, rain tree, madre de cacao etc. in the area is a significant
factor for its continued survival, according to the recent study. This may be attributable to the type of
adaptation of legumes to poor, acerbic soil, i.e., nitrogen fixation. This is a symbiotic association of
roots of plants with nitrogen-fixing-bacteria like Rhizobium sp. This ecological relationship contributes
to the fertility of the forest soil which in turn assures survival of other associated species. This
adaptation, in fact may play a significant role in rehabilitation regimen of the area and preservation of
the possible buffer zones to be identified by the stakeholders but most likely near or along the rivers,
creeks, riparian zones and mangrove areas within or at the immediate vicinity of the project area.
Establishment of the potential buffer zones and rehabilitation through reforestation and agro-
forestation is highly recommended to hasten the recovery of the ecosystem and eventually increase
the density of vegetation and biodiversity to improve the ecological condition of the proposed project
site and its vicinity.
2.1.2.3 Terrestrial Fauna Assessment
2.1.2.3.1 Methodology
An opportunistic survey was done to collect and record the fauna species in the study site within the
vicinity of Holcim Cement La Union Plant at Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan, La Union. This part of the study
was done primarily through forest hiking, bird watching, transect counts, and point observations.
Various suspected microhabitats (i.e., puddles, sections of streams and rivers, tree holes, forest floor
with significant decaying leaf litter cover, tree buttresses, decaying logs, leaf axils, epiphytes, tree
ferns and others) were thoroughly examined with help from the guides and the porters. Interviews
were also performed but were limited only to conspicuous and easily identifiable species (e.g. birds,
monitor lizard, snake, insects, etc.). Aside from species identification, other relevant information was
recorded. Upon capture, descriptive and quantitative measurements, as well as photographs, were
taken to aid in species identification. All captured individuals were released at site of capture. The
following methods were used during the conduct of the study:
129
 General Observation. The birds recorded outside the established transect location (general
observation (GO) sites GO1, GO2, GO3, GO4, and GO5) and observations made during netwatch
for mammals, herping for herpetofauna and during travelling and roaming around the project
area.
 Trapping. Live snap traps were used to survey forest rats, shrews and squirrels. Traps were placed
in suspected runways, along bushes, rotting logs, root tangles and burrows baited with pieces of
half roasted coconuts laced with peanut butter. Traps were visited twice each day, once the early
morning and once in the late afternoon to check for captured animals. Captured animals were
immediately retrieved for measurements of external metrics including (i) total length (TL), (ii)
body length (BL), (iii) tail length (Tail), (iv) ear length (Ear) and (v) hind foot length. Weight were
also noted using a Pesola spring. Identification of the captured animals were aided with field
identification key (Ingle and Heaney, 1992).
Plate 12 : Pictures taken during the installation of “snap traps” in the suspected runways.
 Bird encounter, identification and documentation. A Sony-Cybershot HX200V digital camera (with
60x Zoom) was used to document bird species at a distance. Birds were photographed whenever
possible during transect walks and other chances in the field. All captured individuals were
photographed and released afterward. Identification of species at a distance was made possible
during a pair of binoculars. Species identification and distribution were referred to Kennedy et al.
(2000), available Bird Identification Checklists, and other references
 Mist Netting. The technique utilized a specialized nets called “mist nets” set along suspected or
ideal flyways (across and along waterways, forest edges and clearings, feeding trees and near
130
forest canopy) to catch birds that happen to pass in the area. Each net is made of specialized black
pamo threads which appear invisible from afar. Each net measured 6 m x 12m and were installed
either individually or in series in areas that are accessible for checking. Checking was done
regularly every 30 minutes especially late afternoon and the birds trapped are immediately
removed from the nets to prevent them from getting stressed and eventually die. Birds captured
are kept in clean cloth bags and kept in a cool, ventilated place if not processed immediately.
Qualitative data of birds such as the bill shape and color, tail shape, presence of crests or other
features, color of plumage, eyes, bill and feet, habitat/behavior like standing on a bush, climbing,
side of a trunk and the food eaten by the bird when observed and other observable features are
noted. Conservation status of each bird is determined. The date the bird was caught, species name
and the net number it was caught were noted. Identification of birds are aided with bird field
guides by Strange, 2000. After documentation (photos, identification and measurement) of each
captured bird, right foot is then marked with red nail polish to avoid recounting if recaptured after
release.
Plate 13 : Photos taken during the installation of “mistnets” along the ideal flyways.
 Ethno-Biology. Using a photographic field guide and known local names of the animals such as
birds, mammals, amphibians and reptiles, local residents and guides were interviewed about the
presence of any species that may be occurring at the site.
 Use of transect lines. Transect are arbitrary lines which serve as guide route to the observer while
doing bird observation (Table 17). Transect lines should be accessible: it could be an existing
131
road/s or trails or any passage way (including route of creeks and rivers) which will allow the
observers to observe birds’ species in their natural habitats. Transect/s should also be established
in areas which best represents the vegetation / habitats of the site/s being studied. A standard
two kilometers (2 km.) transect are set up, though variations in length (such as 500-1,000 meters)
were used occasionally which is dependent on the extent / accessibility of vegetations / habitats
occurring at the study site(s). Transect were ran in the whole day. Encountered species (heard or
seen) along the transect line were recorded at the species level including the number of
individuals of each species encountered. In case of doubtful records (such as those species
recorded from their sounds only and those species that fly high and fast, unfamiliar encounter),
a sound recorder (cellular phone) or taking notes such as sketches, or remembering notable
colors patter and their morphological characters of species can be made which could then be
referred to the field guide for latter identification. Similarly, playbacks, notable color patterns and
other data were also examined and verified to the field guides and other references.
Table 17 : Locations of the wildlife sampling and observation sites
Name of Sampling/ Elevation Geo Coordinates

Site Code
Observation Sites (masl) Latitude/Longitude
Transect 1 Homesite, Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan,
55 m 16° 46’ 00.3” N
(Q1) La Union 120° 20’ 29.0” E
Transect 2 Upper Staff House, Brgy. Quirino,

61 m 16° 46’ 00.5” N
(Q2) Bacnotan, La Union 120° 20’ 24.2” E
Transect 3 Upper Admin, Brgy. Quirino,

74 m 16° 46’ 00.5” N
Transect 4 New Drilling Area, Brgy. Quirino,

63 m 16° 46’ 20.9” N
Transect 5 Near Curva Tank, Brgy. Quirino,

51 m 16° 46’ 19.4” N
2.1.2.3.2 Results and Discussions
2.1.2.3.2.1 Faunal Profile
The wildlife inventory was conducted last September 16-19, 2017 covering the five quadrats along the
transect lines established as observation points. The team recorded a total of ninety-one (91) species
(four mammals, three amphibians, six reptiles, 34 birds, and 44 insects). Reptiles are the most
132
dominant among the vertebrates and Arthropods were the dominant species among the
invertebrates. Insects are the most prevalent in terms of number of species and number of individuals
per species. Insects have significant roles in maintaining biotic communities. They serve as pollinators,
food for birds, fish and other animals, as predators, as scavengers, and as parasites of harmful insects.
Twelve (12) insect orders from the fofrty-four (44) species were recorded. The most dominant insect
species belongs to order coleoptera compose of beetles, bees and weevils.
Table 18 : List of faunal species recorded in Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan, La Union

Local Name Scientific Name Endemism and
Common Name Conservation Status
I. Mammals
1. Fruit Bat Kwaknit Ptenochirus sp. Least Concern
2. Phil. Dawn Bat Eonycteris robusta Near Threatened
3. Phil. Common Field Rats Daga Rattus sp. Least Concern
4. Lowland striped shrew‐ Chrotomys cf. mindorensis Near Threatened
rat
II. Reptiles Least Concern

1. Reticulated Phyton Sawa Paython reticulatus Least Concern
2. Jagor's Sphenomorphus Tabili Pinoyscincus jagori Near Threatened
3. Striped Bronzeback Snake Dendrelaphis caudolineatus Least Concern
4. Phi. Tree Emerald Skink Tabili Lamprolepis smaragdina Least Concern
philippinica
5.Gecko Tuko/Tokay Gecko gecko Least Concern
6.Paradise Tree Snake Chrysopelea paradisi Least Concern
III. Amphibians
1. Frog Palaka Rana magna Least Concern
2. Common Paddy Frog Hylarana erythraea Least Concern
3. Chinese Tiger Frog Hoplobatrachus rugulosus Least Concern
IV. Birds
1. White‐eared Brown Dove Alimucon Phapitreron leucotis Endemic/Least

Concern
2. White‐Breasted Sea Eagle Banog Haliaeatus leucogaster Least Concern
3. Pied Harrier Sikop Circus melanoleucos Least Concern
4. Tabon Scrubfowl Tabon Megapodius cumingi Least Concern
5. Red Junglefowl Labuyo Gallus gallus Least Concern
6. Cattle Egret Talabong Bulbulcus Ibis Least Concern
7. Barred Rail Tikling Gallirallus torquatus Least Concern
8. Reddish Cucko Dove Manukon Macropygia phasianella Least Concern
9. Spotted Dove Tukmo Streptopelia chinensis Least Concern
10. Black‐chinned Fruit‐Dove Ptilinopus leclancheri Endemic/Least
Concern
11. Common Emerald Dove Manatad Chalcopaps indica Least Concern
133
Local Name Scientific Name Endemism and

Common Name Conservation Status
12. Blue Crowned Racquet‐ Prionitirus discurus Endemic/Least
Tail Concern
13. Oriental Mag‐pie Robin Copsychus saularis Least Concern
14. Brown Tit‐babler Macronous striaticeps Least Concern
15. Hooded Pitta Pitta sardida Least Concern
16. White‐Collared Kingfisher Tingkarol Todiramphus chloris Least Concern
17. White‐throated Tingkarol Halcyon smyrnensis Least Concern
Kingfisher
18. Coppersmith Barbet Pukpuk Megalaima haemacephala Least Concern
19. Grey Wagtail Motacilla cinerea Least Concern
20. Yellow‐vented Bulbul Perok‐perok Pycnonotus goiavier Least Concern
21. Philippine Bulbul Tagmaya Hypsipetes philippinus Endemic/Least
Concern
22. Black‐naped Oriole Antulihaw Oriolus chinensis Least Concern
23. Slender Billed Crow Uwak Corvus enca Least Concern
24. Striated Grassbird Tirtiryok Megalurus palustris Least Concern
25. Ped Fantail Baliala Rhipidura javanica Least Concern
26. Yellow Bellied Whistler Pachycephala philippinensis Endemic/Least
Concern
27. Chestnut Munia Maya Lonchura malacca Vulnerable
28. Asian Glossy Starling Galansiang Aplonis panayensis Least Concern
29. Coleto Sal‐ing Sarcops calvus Endemic/Least
Concern
30. Olive‐backed sunbird Tamsi Nectarinia jugularis Least Concern
31. Eurasian Tree Sparrow Langgam Passer montanus Least Concern
Pari
32. White‐bellied Wood‐ Artamus leucorhynchus Least Concern
swallow
33. Java Sparrow Lonchura oryzivora Vulnerable
34. Phil. Serpent Eagle Spilornis holospilus Endemic/Least
Concerns
Table 19 : List of Insects/Arthropods and Significance Value in Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan

Significance
Order/Family Common Name ( Economic/ Biological/
Cultural value)
1. Coleoptera 1. Leaf beetle Pest
2. Click beetle Pest
3. Firefly Predator
4. Long-horned beetle Predator
5. Bumble bees Predator
6. Long horned beetle Predator
7. Black and green spotted weevil Predator
8. Common Rhinoceros Beetle Ecological Function
134
Significance
Order/Family Common Name ( Economic/ Biological/
Cultural value)
2. Hymenoptera 1. Carpenter bee Parasite
2. Wasp Pollinator/pest
3. Honey bees Wax/Honey
3. Lepidoptera 1. Cutworm Pest
2. Diamondback moth Pest
3. Skippers Pest
4. Swallowtails Pest
5. Brush-footed butterflies Pest
6. Milkweed butterflies Pest
7. Peirine Butterfly Pollinator
4. Diptera 1. Syrphid flies Predator
2. Soldier flies Dung feeder
3. Long-legged flies Predator
4. House flies Saprophagous
5. Forest fly Saprophagous
5. Orthoptera 1. Short-horned grasshopper Pest
2. Crickets Phytophagous
3. Pygmy grasshopper Pest
4. Long-horned grasshopper Phytophagous
5. Glass winged leaf hopper Phytophagous
6. Odonata 1. Dragonfly Predator
2. Damselfly Predator
3. Meadowhawk Dragonfly Predator
7. Hemiptera 1. Cicada Pest

2. Assassin bug Predator
3. Ripple bugs Predator
8. Homoptera 1. Treehopper Phytophagous

2. Aphids Pest
3. Leafhoppers Pest
9. Formicidae 1. Red ants Ecological Function/Pest

2. Black ants Ecological Function
10. Mantodea 1. Praying mantis Ecological Function

11. Isoptera 1. Termites Pest
12. Other Arthropods
Arachnids 1. Spider Predator
Diplopoda 2. Yellow-spotted Millipede Scavenger
3. Centipede Scavenger
135
2.1.2.3.2.2 Endemicity
Endemicity value is still high in the area more particularly for quadrats 1, 4, and 5. The areas have
their own set of wildlife as primarily dictated by the type of vegetation that they have that ranges from
close canopy forest to open forest and brush land. In general, population status of most of the wildlife
vertebrate species found in the ten sampling sites ranges from uncommon to common. There are six
(6) faunal species identified as endemic in the Philippines namely:
1. Phil. Bulbul (Hypsipetes philippinus),

2. Alimokon (Phapitreron leucotis),
3. Blue-crowned Racquet Tail (Prioniturus discurus),
4. Yellow Bellied Whistler (Pachycephala philippinensis)
5. Coleto(Sarcops calvus)
6. Black-chinned Fruit-Dove (Ptilinopus leclancheri)
2.1.2.3.2.3 Noteworthy Species
Noteworthy species are identified as indicators of the quality and dynamics of a given habitat. Some
organisms can easily adapt to disturbance while sensitive ones are easily affected and takes time to
adjust given that an alternative similar habitat is provided and protection is enforced. Thus, both
groups are very useful in monitoring purposes to determine the health and condition of a given
habitat. Most of the noteworthy species included in this study are strict forest dwellers while others
are heavily hunted in the area. There are five (5) identified in the overall list. This is owing to their
habitat preference, restricted distribution, population and conservation status, and threat due to
exploitation (i.e., for food or pets) (Table 20). Selected species are all Philippine endemic. These
species are included since they are heavily hunted in the area.
Table 20 : List of noteworthy species in Brgy. Quirino, Bacnotan, La Union with its Species
Distribution and Conservation Status
Conservation
Species Name Common Name Endemicity
Status/Remarks
Least Concerned/
Spilornis holospilus Phil. Serpent Eagle Phil. Endemic
Heavily hunted
Chrotomys cf. mindorensis Lowland striped shrew-rat Phil. Endemic Near-Threatened
Pinoyscincus jagori Jagor's Sphenomorphus Phil. Endemic Near-Threatened
Eonycteris robusta Phil. Dawn Bat Phil. Endemic Near-Threatened
Least Concerned/
Phapitreron leucotis Alimokon Phil. Endemic
Heavily hunted
136
2.1.2.3.2.4 Conservation Status
Based on the (IUCN 2017, Red List of Threatened Species), the Phil Dawn Bat (Eonycteris robusta),
Jagor's Sphenomorphus (Pinoyscincus jagori), and Lowland striped shrew-rat (Chrotomys cf.
mindorensis) are the only species identified to be near-threatened species. Birds listed above and
recorded from the Project Site are categorized as Least Concern. Given the limited time allotted for
field research, it could only describe the general condition of wildlife and their composition in the
study area. Some information was also obtained through key informant interviews and secondary data
available from the previous study conducted in the area.
137
Plate 14 : Photos of mammals, reptiles, and amphibians sighted at the project site
138
Plate 15 : Bird species observed at the study area
139
140
141
Plate 16 : Species of insects found at the study site
142
143
2.2 Water
The project will not include the development and operation of port facility, hence, the Oceanography
and Marine Biology are not required to be discussed.
2.2.1 Hydrology and Hydrogeology
2.2.1.1 Surface Water Bodies
The project site is bounded by two surface water bodies: the South China Sea located at the west of
the Plant and the Maragayap River located south of the Plant. Two small creeks also traverse the
project area, one near the Clinker storage and the other at the Bagbag Storage area (see Table 39).
2.2.1.1.1 Existing Stormwater Drainage System at the Plant
This section presents the existing stormwater drainage system at the Plant which was lifted from the
Water System and Wastewater System Assessment Report of GHD (2011).
The Plant’s existing drainage system receives stormwater, process and domestic wastewater. The
Plant’s stormwater system basically functions as a combined (stormwater + wastewater) drainage
system (GHD, 2011).
The Plant’s topography is characterized as moderately flat, with ground elevations ranging from 7m
at the Plant pier and 53m at the Plant’s Guest House. The Plant is surrounded by a mountain range in
the eastern side and bounded by South China Sea in the western side (GHD, 2011).
The existing stormwater drainage system of the La Union Cement Manufacturing Plant consisted
mainly of the following:
 Concrete open channels on both sides of the Plant roads

 Concrete covered channels within the Plant area
 Concrete pipe culverts in road crossings
 Swales in vacant/unoccupied areas
Figure 43 shows the existing drainage system of the Plant.
144
2.2.1.1.1.1 Catchment Delineation
Catchment Areas and Outfalls
The project site is delineated based on runoff flow direction and discharge points. Nine catchment
areas and seven outfall locations in the Plant were identified by GHD.
Figure 44 shows these catchment areas and Table 21 provides description of the identified outfalls, as
well as the corresponding outfall dimension and the catchment area drained by each outfall.
145
Figure 42: Aerial photo of the project site showing the existing surface water bodies in the area
146
Figure 43: Existing Stormwater Drainage Layout

Source: Water System and Wastewater System Assessment, La Union Cement Plant (GHG, 2011)
147
Figure 44: Stormwater Catchment Plan

148
Table 21: Catchment Areas and Outfalls

Site Outfall Location Description Channel Type Dimension, m Catchment Served Area, m2
Outfall
1 Near Creek and 1.4 km Deepwell Swale 1.5 x 1.5 Catchment 1 82,770
2 Between Gate 7 and Bagbag Storage, Outside the Plant Culvert 1 m-dia Catchment 2 33,690
3 Near Gate 5, Outside the Plant Culvert 1 m-dia Catchment 3 60,475
4 Creek between coal storage area and BFO tanks Rectangular 2 - 1.0 x 1.0 Catchment 4 39,615
Channel Catchment 5 16,860
Catchment 9 107,995
5 Near the Pier Trapezoildal 2m (B1) 3m (B2) 2m (D) Catchment 6 176,850
Channel
6 Near the Tennis and Basketball Court Areas Rectangular 1.0 x 1.5 Catchment 7 39,685
Channel
7 Near the Nursery/Visitors Quarters Rectangular 0.8 x 1.0 Catchment 8 2,030
Channel
149
2.2.1.2 Hydrogeology
Presented in this section are the results of the Hydrogeological and Georesistivity Survey conducted
for the Holcim Philippines La Union Plant in May 2006. The study was conducted within the Plant and
its vicinities.
2.2.1.2.1.1 Groundwater Occurrence/Movement
According to the study, groundwater generally occurs in all rock formations in the study area. It occurs
within interstitial openings, fracture and joint openings and secondary spaces created by the solvent
action of the groundwater in the rocks. Generally, groundwater moves from the highest elevation to
the lowest section and commonly follows the water flow direction of the surface drainage system.
Results of the study revealed that the probable direction of groundwater movement is from the east
flowing westward.
The groundwater availability map shown in Figure 45 indicates that the entire municipality of
Bacnotan is underlain by local and less productive aquifers.
2.2.1.2.2 Groundwater Recharge
The recharge to groundwater ultimately depends on precipitation. The amount of water entering
through the aquifer largely depends on the distribution and intensity of precipitation, slope of
recharge surfaces, porosity, permeability and storage capacity of the recharge zones. The density and
type of vegetation tend to slow down the surface water run-off and improve percolation thru the soil
cover.
2.2.1.2.3 Groundwater Discharge
Much of the rainfall falling on the surface returns to the atmosphere or reaches the stream as overland
run-off. The remainder percolates downward to the saturated zone and eventually runs-off to the
streams unless returned to the atmosphere by evapotranspiration thru plants or artificially withdrawn
by wells.
2.2.1.2.4 Groundwater Supply/Utilization
In was observed during the study in the area that almost every household has either pumps or open
dugwells as source of potable water.
150
In general, during the dry months, scarcity of water for domestic supply was experienced by most of
the eastern barangays. This accounts probably to the characteristics of the underlying rock units. The
shale/siltstone are impervious rocks prevents water from infiltrating into the groundwater system. In
turn, when the stored water in this formation will be utilized by the barangays, the groundwater
supply will be depleted.
151
Figure 45 : Groundwater Availability Map
152
2.2.1.3 Existing Water Supply System
The La Union Cement Plant currently sources its water supply from groundwater to meet the
requirements of its facilities and the cement production line. Part of Holcim’s water conservation
measures is the implementation of a closed circuit system as shown in Figure 46.
Groundwater is extracted for domestic and industrial use via three deep wells listed in Table 22. Water
from Curba deep well and 1.4 km Conveyor deep well is stored in the Curba tank which supplies water
for domestic use in a number of Plant offices and a guest house. Water for industrial use is stored in
the “Slurry Tank” which is supplied by the three deep wells Curba, 1.4 km Conveyor and Ballogo deep
well.
The 38 m3 Ballogo reservoir was previously used as storage of water pumped from Maragayap River
at Mabanengbeng pumping station which is about 1 km from the Ballogo Reservoir. However, due to
the salinity problem of water pumped from the Maragayap River, the Mabanengbeng pumping station
was abandoned and a new deep well at Ballogo was developed.
The Ballogo pumping station is within a synclinal basin which indicates that groundwater is potential
of extraction. Three (3) good aquifers where delineated during the conduct of geo-resistivity in 1997
by the Mines and Geosciences Bureau Regional Office No. 1. The drilling of the pump well started last
December 23, 2013 and was competed December 31, 2013. The well specification was, Depth of drill
hole – Forty (40) meters, Casing – 4” diameter, Pump setting – Thirty Five (35) meters (Gaerlan, 2014).
Several pumping tests were conducted for the Ballogo Pumping Station. Based on the most recent
pumping test conducted in November 2016, the Ballogo deepwell can produce water at a discharge
rate of 15 GPM for 24 hours with a maximum drawdown of 31.1 a total of 5.45 cubic meters per day.
According to the pumping test report, the low yield of groundwater from the deep well is caused by
rust that closed the perforations at the second and third aquifer layer. The perforations were clogged
due to the high salinity of the groundwater and prolonged stockage of the deep well thus it was
recommended that a new well be developed using PVC pipes (Gaerlan, 2016).
The scarcity of water supply for the Plant operation has prompted the rehabilitation of the pumping
station east of the Curba tank. The well was drilled by the Mines and Geosciences Bureau on January
22, 2007 but was damaged on October 4, 2009 due to a typhoon. It was rehabilitated last August 6,
2016 to serve as an additional water source. Based on the pumping tests, the well has a capacity of
190 cubic meters per day (35 GPM) on a 3 hp submersible pump at pumping level 25.5 meters below
ground level. (Gaerlan, 2016)
153
Figure 46: Holcim La Union Pipeline Closed Circuit Diagram
154
2.2.1.3.1 Deep wells
Groundwater is extracted for domestic and industrial use via three deep wells listed in Table 22. Water
from Curba deep well and 1.4 km Conveyor deep well is stored in the Curba tank which supplies water
for domestic use in a number of Plant offices and a guest house. Water for industrial use is stored in
the “Slurry Tank” which is supplied by the three deep wells Curba, 1.4 km Conveyor and Ballogo deep
well.
The Ballogo reservoir was previously used as storage of water pumped from Maragayap River at
Mabanengbeng pumping station which is about 1 km from the Ballogo Reservoir. However, due to the
salinity problem of water pumped from the Maragayap River, the Mabanengbeng pumping station
was abandoned and a new deep well at Ballogo was developed.
The Ballogo pumping station is within a synclinal basin which indicates that groundwater is potential
of extraction. Three (3) good aquifers where delineated during the conduct of geo-resistivity in 1997
by the Mines and Geosciences Bureau Regional Office No. 1. The drilling of the pump well started last
December 23, 2013 and was competed December 31, 2013. The well specification was, Depth of drill
hole – Forty (40) meters, Casing – 4” diameter, Pump setting – Thirty Five (35) meters (Gaerlan, 2014).
Several pumping tests were conducted for the Ballogo Pumping Station. Based on the most recent
pumping test conducted in November 2016, the Ballogo deepwell can produce water at a discharge
rate of 15 GPM for 24 hours with a maximum drawdown of 31.1 a total of 5.45 cubic meters per day.
According to the pumping test report, the low yield of groundwater from the deep well is caused by
rust that closed the perforations at the second and third aquifer layer. The perforations were clogged
due to the high salinity of the groundwater and prolonged stockage of the deep well thus it was
recommended that a new well be developed using PVC pipes (Gaerlan, 2016).
The scarcity of water supply for the Plant operation has prompted the rehabilitation of the pumping
station east of the Curba tank. The well was drilled by the Mines and Geosciences Bureau on January
22, 2007 but was damaged on October 4, 2009 due to a typhoon. It was rehabilitated last August 6,
2016 to serve as an additional water source. Based on the pumping tests, the well has a capacity of
190 cubic meters per day (35 GPM) on a 3 hp submersible pump at pumping level 25.5 meters below
ground level. (Gaerlan, 2016)
Location map of the three deep wells are shown in Figure 47.
155
Table 22: Existing deep wells for industrial use

Name of Deep Well Geographic Description
Coordinates
Ballogo 16°45'59.23"N Located in Brgy. Ballogo.
120°20'58.21"E
Can produce water at a discharge rate of
15 GPM for 24 hours with a maximum
drawdown of 31.1 a total of 5.45 cubic
meters per day.
Curba 16°46'19.16"N Located inside the Plant. Drilled in January

120°20'3.46"E 2007, was damaged in October 2009 and
was rehabilitated in August 2016.
1.4 km Conveyor 16°46'19.86"N Located inside the Plant.
120°20'0.58"E
Plate 17: Ballogo Pumping Station
156
Plate 18: Curba Tank
Plate 19: 1.4 km Conveyor Pumping Station
157
Plate 20: Slurry Tank – Main Water Storage for Industrial Use
158
Figure 47: Location Map of Deepwells
159
2.2.1.3.2 External Water Providers
An assessment of water and wastewater systems was conducted for the Holcim La Union Cement
Plant in October 2011. Based on the assessment, water for domestic and potable uses is provided by
external water suppliers. Facilities requiring domestic supply have their own local elevated storage
tanks that are filled by water vendors on a regular basis. Purified water purchased from water purifying
centers is provided in offices for drinking. Table 2 shows the areas that depend on delivered water for
domestic supply. These facilities have their local distribution network and are not connected to the
main water distribution network. (GHD, 2011)
Table 23: Domestic Water Distribution

Location Tank Capacity (liters)
Line 1 Canteen/ Safety 5,300
MM 5,300
Clinic 5,300
PPE/ Preventive 3,500
Trucker’s Canteen 1,320
Pack House/ Logistics 5,300
Power House/ Portal Gate 5,300
Source: Assessment of Water and Wastewater Systems La Union Cement Plant (GHD, 2011)
2.2.1.3.3 Water End Use and Demand
Based on two reports: the 2010 PEP report (Environmental Performance) for La Union and preliminary
water survey report prepared by the National Institute of Geological Sciences of UP Diliman, the
reported average water consumption at the Plant is about 582 m3/day (GHD, 2011).
Table 24: La Union Plant Water End Uses

Groundwater Supply – Industrial Delivered Water Supply - Domestic
 Ground watering (de-dusting)  Drinking water
 Landscape watering  Kitchen (sink)
 Process water  Hand washing basin/sink
o Cooling water  Toilet/Urinal flushing
o Gas conditioning  Shower
o Water spray
160
2.2.1.3.3.1 Typical Water Usage in Cement Manufacturing
The La Union Plant currently employs the “dry process” in the manufacture of cement. Unlike in wet
plants wherein the raw materials are ground with water and fed to the kiln in slurry, the raw materials
in dry plants such as Holcim La Union are dried before grinding, and are ground and fed to the kiln in
a dry state. The “dry process” plant uses approximately half the energy of a “wet process” plant (GHD,
2011).
Figure 48 shows the typical non-domestic water usage for dry process cement manufacturing and
Figure 49 shows the typical relative water use.
The major use of water at most cement plants is for cooling. This water is used to cool bearings on the
kiln and grinding equipment, air compressors, burner pipes and cement prior to storage or shipment.
Holcim La Union implements a closed loop system wherein water can is recycled back to the plant
which reduces overall water intake from the water source particularly groundwater wells. Water
evaporating from the system constitutes water losses that requires for the additional make-up water.
Other water uses in the Plant include dust suppression. Water sprayed on the roads is eventually
drained by storm drains within the Plant. These storm drains are connected to silt ponds to ensure
DENR-compliant effluent prior to discharge. Potable and domestic water use constitutes a small
percentage in the overall water demand.
Figure 48: Typical Non-Domestic Water Use for Dry Process Cement Manufacturing
161
Figure 49: Typical Relative Water Use in a Cement Manufacturing Plant

2.2.1.4 Water Use Competition
The main source of water in Ballogo is groundwater with almost every household having its own hand-
pumped wells or shallow tube wells (less than 8 meters in depth). Similarly, the Plant’s main source of
water is groundwater but is extracted via deep wells with depths beyond 25 meters. According to the
2006 MGB report at the site, anecdotal accounts and personal observations on the coastal areas along
the vicinity of Holcim Philippines property indicate that some of the freshwater dugwells turned salty
during summer season which is probably due to the depletion of freshwater in the aquifer due to the
absence of recharge from the rains.
Although groundwater is the main water source for both Holcim and the surrounding households,
water is extracted at different depths which could indicate that tapping of different type of aquifers.
However, to ensure that Holcim’s pumping of groundwater will not affect the community’s
groundwater source, the Company will continuously improve monitoring of its deep wells by including
static water level for each well, deep well pump operating time and the volume of water extracted
per well for a given time period as parameters for monitoring. Results will be compared to the
standard water level for each well, and the maximum permissible pumping rate as stipulated in the
NWRB permit for each well. The Company has already started to monitor its water use by installing
flow meters at the water sources as shown in Figure 46.
162
In addition, pumping rates during the wet season may not be the same during summer months. The
rate of groundwater recharge (mainly from precipitation) will be considered to avoid possible over
pumping and saltwater intrusion during dry months. Climate projections in 2020 and 2050 for the
province of La Union show a decrease in rainfall during the dry season. In 2020, a 0.4% decrease in
rainfall is projected for the period December to February. In 2050, a 1.1% decrease in rainfall is
projected for the period December to February and 24.6% decrease in rainfall from March to May.
Given these climate projections, water use competition during the dry months is expected to increase
due to the decrease in precipitation and groundwater recharge. In case water supplied by the existing
water sources was found to be insufficient, the Company will look for additional groundwater sources
based on the hydrogeological studies conducted in the area to avoid possible over pumping of its
existing wells. The Company is also considering putting up of a desalination plant in case there is
insufficient water supply (due to the effects of climate change or due to future increase in water
demand) there are no other feasible water sources near the Plant.
To improve groundwater recharge, the vegetation at the hilly portions bordering the Plant at the east
side must be maintained or enhanced through forest protection, reforestation or enhancement
planting. Vegetation tends to slow down the surface water run-off and improve percolation through
the soil cover.
2.2.1.5 Hydrologic Hazards
2.2.1.5.1 Flooding
Based on the Geohazard Map Visualization of the Mines and Geosciences Bureau (Figure 50), the Plant
site is moderately susceptible to flooding (MGB). This is due to the slope configuration of the Plant
site and to its proximity to the sea. Flooding within the Plant site has been confirmed by the Plant
representatives in 2010 during the assessment of the water system and wastewater system of the La
Union Plant conducted by GHD. Part of the flood mitigation measures of the Plant is the continuous
improvement and upgrading of open channels and pipe culverts where flooding was reported. Regular
inspection and desilting of drainage lines and silt traps/siltation ponds is being implemented to restore
the hydraulic capacities of the channels.
2.2.1.5.2 Storm Surge
The Plant site, being located near the South China Sea, is also susceptible to storm surges. Recent
storm surge experienced at the site was during Typhoon Gorio (July 29, 2017) (Plate 21). Based on the
Storm Surge maps developed by the UP Nationwide Operational Assessment of Hazards (NOAH), the
163
coastal areas bordering the Plant site may experience 2 m (Storm Surge Advisory 1 (SSA1)) up to 5m
(SSA4) storm surge heights Figure 51.
The Company has developed an Emergency Response for Natural Disasters specifically for
earthquakes, thunderstorms and tidal waves. It is recommended that the Company develop an
emergency response plan for storm surges in coordination with the LGU. Training of Barangay
Emergency Response Teams could also be included in the Company’s Social Development Program
(SDP).
164
Figure 50: Flood Susceptibility Map
165
Figure 51: Storm Surge Map
166
Plate 21: Photo of the debris clogging the drainage canal of the Plant at the Truck Scale Logistics Area after a storm surge last July 2017 due to typhoon
“Gorio
167
2.2.2 Water Quality
2.2.2.1 Sources of Wastewater
The Plant’s generated wastewater can be classified into three types – process wastewater, domestic
wastewater and coal runoff (GHD, 2011).
 Process wastewater (cooling water, spray water, equipment washing)

 Domestic wastewater (toilet flushing, canteen/kitchen washings)
 Runoff from coal storage
The La Union Cement Plant has specific treatment facilities depending on the wastewater source and
characteristics. Currently, the Plant uses the following facilities for treatment:
 Oil/Water Separators for the removal of oil and grease derived from equipment cooling and
washing
 Septic Tanks for treatment of toilet wastes (sewage)
 Grease Traps for removal of grease, oil and/or solids from kitchen washings
 Settling/Siltation Ponds for coal runoff ( and soil/cement particles, i.e. from roads)
Figure 52 shows the location of all the existing wastewater treatment facilities on site such as septic
tanks, oil-water separators, grease traps and settling/siltation ponds.
2.2.2.2 Effluent Monitoring by Holcim
The effluent monitoring stations of the Plant are shown in Table 25 and Figure 53. Monitoring of
effluent is being conducted by the MMT on a quarterly basis. Parameters being monitored are pH,
total suspended solids (TSS), total dissolved solids (TDS), biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), oil and
grease, color, and heavy metals chromium (Cr), cadmium (Cd), lead (Pb), arsenic (As), and mercury
(Hg).
Note that in most of the monitoring periods, there was no sampling conducted due to the absence of
effluent discharge during the time of sampling. During each monitoring period however, ocular
inspection is being done to check the status of the water pollution control structures at the Plant.
Results show that for those monitoring periods wherein sampling was undertaken, all parameters
were all within the applicable DENR effluent standards.
168
Table 25: Existing effluent monitoring stations

Monitoring Geographic Location Catchment Area
Station Coordinates
5B 16°45'54.10"N Truck Scale Truckscale, OWS, Line 1 Coal Storage,
120°20'7.56"E Line 1 Area, FM#3 and additives storage,
runoff
6B 16°46'0.93"N Main Creek Main Creek, BFO Main Tank, Line 2 Coal
120°20'1.84"E Storage, Line 2 Area, runoff
7B 16°46'7.93"N Bagbag, in front BFO Day Tank, runoff, Powerhouse, VRM,
120°19'58.82"E of Powerhouse Portal Storage, Bagbag Storage
169
Figure 52: Existing Wastewater Facilities
170
Figure 53: Existing Effluent Sampling Stations

171
Table 26: Effluent Monitoring Data from 2009 to 2016
*No flowing water/effluent during the time of sampling
172
Plate 22: Photo of existing Effluent Sampling Station 5B (Truck Scale) during the August 2017 site
visit
Plate 23: Photo of existing Effluent Sampling Station 6B (Main Creek) during the August 2017 site
visit
173
Plate 24: Photo of existing Effluent Sampling Station 7B (Bagbag, in front of Power House) during
the August 2017 site visit
2.2.2.2.1 Recommendations for Effluent Monitoring
To be able to capture the Plant’s performance in terms of wastewater management, it is

recommended that effluent sampling be conducted on a monthly basis. Water sampling activities can
be performed by a trained environmental technician, supervised by the Pollution Control Officer.
Timing of sampling is also important. Although it could be expected that there will be no effluent
discharge during the dry months, timing of sampling during the rainy season is crucial. Ocular
inspection of all the discharge points or outlets (Outfall 1 to 7) after heavy rains is recommended so
that sampling may be conducted when discharges are observed. The results of effluent monitoring
would be useful in assessing the effectiveness of the wastewater systems installed at the Plant. In
addition, all discharges coming from a pollution control facility such as silt ponds and oil and grease
174
(Plate 25 to Plate 29) traps must be monitored through sampling and analysis. Shown in Figure 54 are
the proposed additional sampling stations for effluent monitoring.
Plate 25: Photo of Siltation Pond Gate 1 connected to Effluent Sampling Station E1 (“5B Truck
Scale”)
Plate 26: Photo of Silt Pond Line 2 Coal Storage connected to Effluent Sampling Station E2 (“6B
Main Creek”)
175
Plate 27: Photo of the Oil and Water Separator at the Recirculating Pond Area, connected to
Effluent Sampling Station E3 (“7B Bagbag in front of Power House”)
Plate 28: Photo of Siltation Pond beside Bagbag Storage with outfall at the proposed additional
Effluent Sampling Station E4
176
Plate 29: Photo of the Siltation Pond at the Trucker’s Parking area with outfall at the proposed
additional Effluent Sampling Station E5
177
Figure 54: Proposed Effluent Monitoring Stations
178
2.2.2.3 2017 Water Quality Sampling
Water quality sampling was conducted last August 23-25, 2017 as additional baseline water quality
data to be able to assess the environmental performance of the Project. Upon site reconnaissance,
five (5) groundwater and four (4) marine water sampling stations were identified. Sampling locations
are presented in Table 27 and Figure 55.
Parameters tested for the ambient marine water quality were fecal coliforms, pH, color, total
suspended solids (TSS) and oil and grease. For the groundwater samples, parameters tested were
temperature, pH, conductivity, total dissolved solids, salinity, dissolved oxygen (DO), fecal coliforms,
color, TSS and chloride.
The latest guidelines stipulated in DENR Administrative Order 08 of 2016 (DAO 2016-08) – Water
Quality Guidelines and General Effluent Standards of 2016 were used in the assessment of the current
status of marine and groundwater quality in the study area.
Table 27: Water Quality Sampling Stations for this EIA study
Station Geographic Date/Time Description
ID Coordinates of Sampling
Marine
MW1 16°45'41.5"N  In front of Trucker’s Parking drainage outlet
120°20'01.8"E  Class SC*
MW2 16°45'47.6"N  In front of Truck scale drainage outlet
120°19'53.5"E  Class SC*
MW3 16°46'05.6"N  In front of Bagbag Oil and Grease trap outlet (Portal/Power House)
120°19'45.0"E  Class SC*
MW4 16°46'29.4"N  Within the Quirino Marine Protected Area
120°19'43.6"E  DAO Class SA*
Groundwater
GW1 16°45'59.2"N 08-23-2017  Holcim Ballogo deep well, Brgy. Ballogo,
120°20'58.2"E 13:00  Plant’s industrial use
 Class B*
GW2 16°46'19.2"N 08-25-2017  Holcim Curba deep well, within the Plant site
120°20'03.5"E 15:48  Plant’s domestic and industrial use
 Class B*
GW3 16°46'19.9"N 08-25-2017  Holcim 1.4 km Conveyor deep well
120°20'00.6"E 16:25  Plant’s industrial use
 Class B*
GW4 16°45'57.8"N 08-25-2017  Shallow tube well (STW) near the Holcim Ballogo Pumping Station,
179
Station Geographic Date/Time Description

ID Coordinates of Sampling
120°20'56.6"E 09:52  For domestic use by four (4) households
 Depth approximately 20 ft (according to the owner)
 Class A*
GW5 16°46'11.6"N 08-25-2017  STW at Bagbag
120°19'57.0"E 11:26  Owned by Mr. Romeo Higoy
 For domestic use
 Class A*
* Note: Class SA – Protected Waters – waters designated as local marine sanctuary
Class SC – Fishery Water Class III – for the propagation and growth of fish and other aquatic resources and intended for
commercial and sustenance fishing; Recreational Water Class II – for boating, fishing or similar activities.
Class A – Intended beneficial use: Source of potable water and other domestic use
Class B – Intended beneficial use: Bathing and other primary contact recreation
180
Figure 55: Water Quality Sampling Stations for this EIA study
181
Plate 30: Photos taken during the Marine Water Sampling
182
Plate 31: Photos taken during Sampling of Groundwater
183
2.2.2.3.1 Marine Water Quality
The selection of the marine water quality sampling stations was based on the locations of the existing
discharge outlets of the Plant (Stations MW1 to MW3). The Plant (Bagbag Storage) is also about 500
meters away from the Marine Protected Area (MPA) of Quirino. Station MW4 was located inside the MPA.
Results of the baseline marine water quality monitoring (Table 28) show values within DAO 2016-08
guideline values except for MW4 exceeding the Class SA guideline value for color. Fecal coliform was
detected in MW1 at 110 MPN/100ml. This could be due to the location of MW1 which is facing the mouth
of Maragayap River. The surface runoff from the settlement areas drains to the Maragayap River. For pH,
values ranged from 7.8 to 8.2. In terms of TSS, MW1 and MW2 exhibited relatively higher values of TSS
(47 mg/l and 43 mg/l, respectively) compared to the TSS measured in the MW3 and MW4 samples. This
could be due to the proximity of stations MW1 and MW2 to the mouth of Maragayap River. Oil and grease
was detected in all water samples with values ranging from 0.4 mg/l to 0.6 mg/l.
Table 28: Marine Water Quality Sampling Results

Parameter Sampling Station DAO 2016-08 DAO 2016-08
MW1 MW2 MW3 MW4 Class SA Class SC
Fecal Coliform, MPN/100ml 110 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.1 200
pH 8.2 8.2 8.1 7.8 7-8.5 6.5-8.5
Color, TCU 8 8 8 8 5 75
TSS, mg/l 47 43 4 3 25 80
Oil & Grease, mg/l 0.5 0.4 0.6 0.4 1 3
2.2.2.3.2 Groundwater Quality
Results of groundwater sampling from the three deep wells of Holcim (GW1 to GW3) were compared to
DAO 2016-08 Class B water quality guidelines since water uses at the Plant includes both industrial and
domestic use. Two stations, GW4 and GW5, were selected within the perceived impact areas of the Plant
operations. Station GW4 is one of the hand pump wells near the Ballogo Pumping Station whose reservoir
was previously used as storage of pumped water coming from the Maragayap River. Station GW5 is
located along the coastal area just in front of the Holcim Plant.
Table 29: Groundwater Quality Sampling Results

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 Class A Class B
In-situ measurements
Temperature, °C 29.0 28.3 27.9 29.3 29.2 26-30 26-30
pH 7.75 7.53 7.42 7.48 7.14 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5
184

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 Class A Class B
Conductivity S/m 1.96 0.937 0.763 0.894 0.941 -- --
*TDS, mg/l 9,800 4,700 3,800 4,470 4,700 -- --
**Salinity ppt 12 5.6 4.5 5.4 5.7 -- --
Laboratory Analysis
Fecal Coliform, MPN/100ml 12 <1.1 23 >23 >23 <1.1 100
Color, TCU 10 25 8 5 5 50 50
TSS, mg/l 4.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 50 65
Oil & Grease, mg/l 0.4 0.5 0.4 <0.3 0.4 1 1
Chloride, mg/l 409 15 12 75 35 250 250
* TDS range (mg/l): 0-1,000=freshwater; 1,000-3,000=slightly saline; 3,000-10,000=moderately saline; 10,000-35,000 brackish;
>35,000 brine
** Salinity range (ppt): 0-0.5 fresh; 0.5-30 brackish; 30-50 saline; 50+ brine
Based on the results shown in Table 29, all the water samples exhibited high salinity values ranging from
4.5 ppt to as high as 12 ppt in GW1-Ballogo Reservoir classifying all the water samples as moderately saline
or brackish. This is also reflected in the values of conductivity, TDS and chloride. Water sample taken from
GW1 (Ballogo reservoir) exceeded the water quality guideline for Chloride with a value of 409 mg/l. The
possible sources of chloride was the high salinity water which was previously stored in the Balibago
Reservoir.
High concentrations of chloride in a fresh water body could be an indication of saltwater intrusion (EMB,
2008). Given the locations of stations GW2, GW3 and GW5 (about 50 to 500 meters from the shoreline),
high salinity values could probably be caused by salt intrusion due to the proximity of the wells to the sea.
GW1 and GW4, however, are relatively distant from the sea (approximately 1.5 km from the sea). High
salinity of water samples from these stations could be due to the possible groundwater contamination of
the existing aquifer, particularly saltwater. The Ballogo pumping station has a water reservoir which was
previously used for storing pumped water from the Maragayap River via the Mabanengbeng Pumping
Station. The Maragayap River served as the main source of water supply of the Cement Plant until it was
recently abandoned in 2016 due to salinity problems. According to the Summer Aquifer Characterization
Report for Ballogo Pumping Site (Gaerlan, 2014), saltwater contamination at the Ballogo pumping site is
brought about by the pumping of saline water coming from the Maragayap River. With these findings,
several studies were conducted to determine alternative groundwater sources. The Mabanengbeng
Pumping Station was then abandoned in 2016 upon rehabilitation and development of wells at Ballogo
pumping site and at Curba pumping site.
One of the possible sources of chloride in GW4 water sample is the water seeping out from the Ballogo
reservoir. The aquifer characterization report in Ballogo revealed that the reservoir at Ballogo has weep
185
holes and no flooring resulting to the intrusion saltwater to the aquifer. For GW1, it should be noted that
the water sample was collected from the Ballogo reservoir and not directly from the Ballogo deep well
although water stored at the Ballogo reservoir was pumped from the Ballogo well. As previously
mentioned, the Ballogo reservoir was used for storing high salinity water coming from the Maragayap
River. It is possible that there are still salt residues in the reservoir which may have mixed with the fresh
water coming from the Ballogo deep well.
2.3 Air
2.3.1 Meteorology
2.3.1.1 Scope
This section described the existing meteorological conditions at the project site using available primary
and secondary data with emphasis on parameters required to assess air pollution and climate change
impacts. The climate change impact was assessed in terms of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions of the
cement manufacturing plant.
2.3.1.2 Methodology
2.3.1.3 Existing Conditions
There are three potential PAGASA stations near the Holcim plant: Baguio (50km), Dagupan (75km), and
Sinait (124km)(Figure 56). Examination of the stations showed that the Sinait station, although the
farthest, may best represent the met conditions at the plant considering that both locations are near the
sea. The met records measured at the Dagupan and Baguio stations are affected by the elevation terrain.
In the absence of onsite data, the following records and data at the Sinait station were used to describe
the potential meteorological conditions at the site:
1) Climate map of the Philippines (Figure 57);

2) Climate normal data from 1981 to 2010 (Table 30);
3) Wind frequency data from 1981 to 2010 (Figure 58);
4) Climate extremes data as of 2016 (Table 31); and
5) Tropical cyclone and track maps (Figure 59 and Figure 60).
186
Figure 56 : PAGASA station near the Holcim plant
187
Figure 57 : The site on the Philippine Climate Map
188
Figure 58 : Wind frequency Vigan Station (1981-2010)
189
Table 30 : Climatological normals at the PAGASA station in Sinait, Ilocos Sur (1981-2010)
Temperature (°C) Wind No. Days w/
Rainfall Relative Cloud
amount Humidity Amount
Month No. of RD DIR SPD
Dry Wet Dew
Max Min Mean TSTM LTNG
Bulb Bulb Point
(mm) % (16pt) (mps) (okta)
Jan 3.5 1 30.4 21.1 25.8 25.7 22 20.5 72 N 3 3 0 0
Feb 3.9 1 30.9 21.6 26.2 26.1 22.4 20.9 73 N 2 2 0 0
Mar 5.4 1 32 23.1 27.6 27.4 23.7 22.3 73 N 2 2 0 0
Apr 16.1 2 33.3 24.5 28.9 28.8 25.1 23.8 74 N 2 2 3 4
May 194.5 10 33.2 24.8 29 28.9 25.7 24.6 77 S 2 4 12 12
June 321.8 16 32 24.3 28.2 28.3 25.7 24.8 81 S 2 5 15 13
July 536.3 20 31.3 23.9 27.6 27.7 25.5 24.7 84 S 2 5 15 11
Aug 630.3 21 30.6 23.7 27.2 27.4 25.3 24.6 84 S 3 6 11 9
Sep 382.6 16 31 23.7 27.4 27.6 25.3 24.5 83 S 2 5 10 9
Oct 143.8 8 31.5 23.4 27.5 27.7 24.9 23.9 80 N 2 4 5 5
Nov 36.3 3 31.5 23 27.3 27.4 24.2 23 77 N 2 3 1 1
Dec 2.9 1 30.8 21.8 26.3 26.3 22.5 21 72 N 3 3 0 0
ANNUAL 2277.4 100 31.6 23.3 27.4 27.4 24.4 23.2 78 N 2 4 72 64
Source: PAGASA; RD – rainy days; DIR - direction; SPD- wind speed in meters per second; TSTM – thunderstorm; LTNG - lightning
190
Table 31 : Climatological extremes at the PAGASA station in Sinait, Ilocos Sur (2016)
GREATEST DAILY
TEMPERATURE (oC) STRONGEST WINDS (mps) SEA LEVEL PRESSURES (mbs)
RAINFALL (mm)
MONTH
HIGH DATE LOW DATE AMOUNT DATE SPD DIR DATE HIGH DATE LOW DATE
JAN 35.6 01-21-1967 13.5 01-04-1986 38.8 01-13-1929 20 N 01-19-2000 1022.8 01-18-1959 997.9 01-30-1990
FEB 35.7 02-21-2013 14.0 02-10-1986 36.7 02-16-1983 19 NNE 02-10-1988 1022.6 02-01-1962 1004.6 02-28-1972
MAR 36.9 03-25-2000 16.0 03-02-1911 82.5 03-31-1960 20 N 03-09-1998 1022.8 03-30-1958 1004.9 03-29-1994
APR 38.8 04-28-1994 19.3 04-14-2015 139.6 04-13-1992 26 NNW 04-08-1967 1019.8 04-05-1998 998.4 04-08-1967
MAY 38.2 05-05-1951 19.6 05-22-1984 237.7 05-09-1913 25 S 05-21-1996 1016.2 05-07-1959 989.4 05-23-1976
JUNE 38.2 06-02-1987 16.8 06-22-1984 382.2 06-04-1974 36 SSE 06-15-1971 1016.2 06-06-1966 986.5 06-26-1993
JULY 35.4 07-04-1921 17.8 07-03-1984 594.1 07-18-1920 60 SSW 07-09-1986 1016.4 07-16-1965 976.0 07-13-1965
AUG 36.9 08-13-1987 17.0 08-30-1984 529.6 08-30-1968 34 SSE 08-14-1971 1015.7 08-12-1958 977.5 08-07-1964
SEP 35.1 09-24-1938 19.0 09-02-1986 393.3 09-03-1913 44 SSW 09-28-1968 1018.5 09-20-1987 985.1 09-14-2014
OCT 37.5 10-27-1904 17.2 10-21-1994 263.9 10-04-2009 42 W 10-24-1987 1017.8 10-30-1961 963.0 10-10-1971
NOV 36.7 11-03-1921 15.4 11-20-1984 295.7 11-24-1938 20 N 11-01-1993 1020.2 11-24-1957 984.8 12-17-1953
DEC 35.5 12-09-2003 14.5 12-09-1986 99.0 12-16-1970 20 NNW 12-10-1967 1021.5 12-07-1960 992.0 12-12-1949
ANNUAL 35.6 01-21-1967 13.5 01-04-1986 38.8 01-13-1929 20 N 01-19-2000 1022.8 01-18-1959 997.9 01-30-1990
Period of record 1903 - 2016 1903 - 2016 1965 - 2016 1949 - 2016
Source: PAGASA; DIR - direction; SPD- wind speed, mps - meters per second
191
Figure 59 : Tropical cyclone frequency map of the Philippines
192
Figure 60 : Tropical cyclones crossing La Union Province
193
2.3.1.4 Impact Assessment
2.3.1.4.1 Climate change projections
Climate change projections on rainfall and temperatures in 2020 and 2050 at the site was based on the
paper “Climate Change in the Philippines, 2011” published by the PAGASA. The projections were based on
the medium-range emission scenario (A1B) defined by the IPCC as:
A1: The A1 storyline and scenario family describe a future world of very rapid economic
growth, a global population that peaks mid-century and declines thereafter, and a rapid
introduction of new and more efficient technologies. Major underlying themes are
convergence among regions, capacity building, and increased cultural and social
interactions, with a substantial reduction in regional differences in per capita income. The
A1 scenario family is further developed into three groups that describe alternative
directions of technological change in the energy system. The three A1 groups are
distinguished by their technological emphasis: fossil-intensive (A1FI), non-fossil energy
sources (A1T), or balanced across all sources (A1B) (where balanced is defined as not
relying too heavily on one particular energy source, on the assumption that similar
improvement rates apply to all energy supply and end use technologies).
2.3.1.4.2 Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions
The emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), and nitrous oxide (N2O) was estimated from the
cement plant by using fuel consumption at the kiln and clinkser production data. The Tier 1 method of the
2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories was used in the estimation. The approach
used two inputs: the amount of fuel combusted and the appropriate CO2 emission factor (coal and BFO in
this case). The GHG emissions were calculated by the equation:
𝑘𝑔
𝐺𝐻𝐺𝑖 𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠 = 𝑐𝑜𝑎𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑢𝑚𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 (𝑇𝐽)𝑥𝐺𝐻𝐺𝑖 𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 ( )
𝑇𝐽
The GHG from clinker production was estimated by using the same formula and the CO2 default emission
factor 0.50713. The total annual GHG emissions were converted to Global Warming Potential values.
3 Sec. 2.3 Cement Production, Vol. 2 Revised 1996 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories: Reference Manual.
194
2.3.1.5 Climate
The cement plant site is under a Type I climate based on the Modified Coronas Classification of the
Philippine Climate (Figure 57). A Type I climate is characterized by two distinct seasons: dry from
November to April and wet for the rest of year.
2.3.1.6 Rainfall
The site may experience a monthly rainfall of 2.9mm to 630.3mm with the minimum and maximum
occurring in December and August respectively Rainfall generally starts in May, peaks in December, and
declines thereafter. The number of rainy days in a year may range from one to 21.
Figure 61 : Potential monthly rainfall at the cement plant
2.3.1.7 Surface Temperatures
The mean temperatures at the site may range from a minimum of 25.8°C in January to a maximum of 29°C
in May (Figure 62) resulting to a normal seasonal mean temperature difference of about 3.2 degrees. The
mean temperatures decrease starting June to December to reach the minimum in January.
195
Figure 62 : Potential monthly average temperatures at the cement plant
2.3.1.8 Relative Humidity
Relative humidity is expressed in percentage of water vapor present in air using psychrometric charts with
the dry- and wet-bulb temperatures as input. The project site may experience a mean relative humidity
range of 72% to 84% with July and august as the most humid months (Figure 63).
Figure 63 : Potential monthly relative humidity at the cement plant
196
2.3.1.9 Cloudiness
Cloud cover is an important in determining atmospheric stability (dispersion of air pollutants) because it
controls insolation, i.e., amount of sunlight reaching land. Cloud cover is inversely proportional to
insolation, i.e., more clouds, less insolation therefore less heating of the earth’s surface. The monthly cloud
cover at the project site may range from two to six okta. The project area may be generally cloudy from
June to October (Figure 64).
Figure 64 : Potential monthly cloud cover at the cement plant
2.3.1.10 Surface Winds
The annual wind speed at the site may range from one to four meters per second 92% of the time at the
north and east directions (Figure 58).
2.3.1.11 Tropical Cyclones
In general, cyclone frequency in the country is highest from June to December. These tropical cyclones are
associated with the occurrence of low pressures areas (LPA) normally originating over the North Western
Pacific Ocean side of the Philippine Area of Responsibility (PAR) and generally moving northwestward.
Tropical cyclones also originate in the South China Sea or at the western part of the country, having
unusual motions, and quite rare with 52 occurrences in 50 years (Perez, 2001). The PAGASA categorized
these cyclones as tropical depressions (TD), with wind speeds up to 63 kph; tropical storm (TS) with wind
speeds from 64-117 kph, and tropical typhoon (TY), with wind speeds over 117 kph.
197
From 1948-1993 (period of 46 years) PAGASA determined an annual average of 20 tropical cyclones in the
PAR, nine of these making landfall. Overall, PAGASA had tracked 917 cyclones within the PAR, with 415
(45.3%) crossing the archipelago and 120 (22.5%) considered disastrous.
The cement plant is located in an area with a very high typhoon risk (Figure 59a) with a frequency of two
cyclones a year (Figure 59b).The PAGASA recorded 39 tropical cyclones crossing the La Union from 1948
to 2013 with July and having the highest frequencies (Figure 60).
2.3.1.12 Potential Impacts and Mitigating Measures
2.3.1.12.1 PAGASA climate projections
2.3.1.12.1.1 Surface Temperatures
Since 1971, the country in general has experienced an increase in mean, maximum, and minimum
temperatures by 0.14°C per decade (IPCC, 2007). Tibig (2004) and Manton et al. (2001) support this finding
by showing departures from the annual mean, maximum, and minimum temperatures in recent years of
0.61°C, 0.34°C, and 0.89°C, respectively, from the 1961–1990 normal values (ADB, 2009).
The PAGASA projections for La Union province under the medium-range scenario showed surface
temperature increases in 2020 and 2050 from the observed baseline (Figure 65). The quarterly patterns
however were the same with the baseline with maximum temperatures in March, April, and May. With
these projections, the site may experience mean surface temperatures of 23 to 24°C in 2020 and 2050
respectively (Table 32).
Table 32. Potential mean temperature projections at the cement plant

Projected change (°C) Temperatures, C
Quarter
2020 2050 1971-2000 2020 2050
DJF 0.9 2 20.50 21.40 22.50
MAM 1.1 2.1 22.90 24.00 25.00
JJA 0.7 1.6 22.80 23.50 24.40
SON 1 1.8 22.20 23.20 24.00
Annual mean temperatures 22.10 23.03 23.98
Source: derived from the report “Climate Change in the
Philippines”, PAGASA; *medium-range emission scenario
projection; NOTES: DJF – Dec, Jan, Feb; MAM – Mar, Apr,
May; JJA – Jun, Jul, Aug; SON- Sep, Oct, Nov
198
Figure 65 : Graph of potential projected quarterly temperatures at the cement plant
2.3.1.12.1.2 Rainfall
In contrast to the projected temperature increase, the mean annual rainfall and the number of rainy days
in the country has increased since 1960. The country also experienced variability in the onset of the rainy
season. The trend has been toward decreasing rainfall over Luzon and parts of Mindanao and increasing
rainfall over the central western part of the country (Anglo, 2006).
The PAGASA predictions for the medium-ranged scenario showed both decreases and increases in rainfall
from the observed baseline. The site may experience an increase in rainfall from March to November in
2020 and a decrease from March to May in 2050 (Figure 66). Rainfall at the site may be highest in June to
August in 2020 and 2050 with an annual rainfall range of 4,168 to 6,412 mm (Table 33).
Table 33 : Potential mean rainfall projections at the cement plant

Projected change (%) Temperatures, C
Quarter
2020 2050 1971-2000 2020 2050
DJF -0.4 -1.1 14.7 14.6 14.5
MAM 4.5 -24.6 395.6 413.4 311.7
JJA 43.1 72.5 1,852.3 2,650.6 4,572.4
SON 30 39 837.8 1,089.1 1,513.9
Annual mean rainfall 3,100.4 4,167.8 6,412.4
Source: derived from the report “Climate Change in the Philippines”,
PAGASA; *medium-range emission scenario projection; NOTES: DJF – Dec,
Jan, Feb; MAM – Mar, Apr, May; JJA – Jun, Jul, Aug; SON- Sep, Oct, Nov
199
Figure 66 : Graph of potential projected quarterly rainfall at the cement plant
2.3.1.13 Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions
The five-year annual GWP of the cement plant using coal and BFO and from clinker production ranged
from 208,323 to 266,406 metric tons (Table 34). The GWP showed a decreasing trend from 2012 due to
the reduced use of coal. The annual GWP from clinker production was calculated at 610,041MT assuming
a constant annual production rate.
The overall five-year annual GWP of the cement plant (fuel use and clinker production) ranged from
818,363.89 to 876,447.63 metric tons with a normalized GWP range of 0.68 to 0.73 gram of CO2-
equivalents per metric ton of clinker produced (Table 35).
It must be noted that the GWP calculations other fuels4 were not included in the calculations due to the
absence of GHG emission factors. It is recommended that a more detailed GHG inventory (Scopes 1 to 3)
be conducted after the expansion/modification project in addition to formulation of the greening program
to offset the GHG emissions.
4 HiCal40 carbon waste, rice husk, tobacco and rubber waste, waste oil, consumer products, paper, cartons
200
Table 34 : Annual GWP of the Holcim cement plant

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Parameter Unit
Coal BFO Coal BFO Coal BFO Coal BFO Coal BFO
Consumption MT/yr 104,460 922 81,826 623 97,729 993 98,148 616 98,143 463
Emission factors
CO2 kg/tJ 96,100 96,100 96,100 96,100 96,100 96,100 96,100 96,100 96,100 96,100
CH4 kg/tJ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
N20 kg/tJ NAV NAV NAV NAV NAV NAV NAV NAV NAV NAV
Global warming potential
CO2 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CH4 - 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21
N20 - 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310
GHG generated (CO2-e)
CO2 MT/yr 263,001 3,347 206,016 2,262 246,055 3,608 247,110 2,237 247,097 1,682
CH4 MT/yr 57.47 0.73 45.02 0.49 53.77 0.79 54.00 0.49 54.00 0.37
N20 MT/yr - - - - - - - - - -
TOTALS
Per fuel MT/yr 263,058 3,348 206,061 2,262 246,108 3,609 247,164 2,237 247,151 1,682
201
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

Parameter Unit
Coal BFO Coal BFO Coal BFO Coal BFO Coal BFO
All fuels MT/yr 266,406 208,323 249,717 249,401 248,833
Clinker-based GHG
EF MT CO2/MT clinker 0.5071
CO2-e MT/yr 610,041.30
Table 35 : Normalized annual total GWP of Holcim cement plant
Unit 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Overall GWP MT CO2-e/yr 876,447.63 818,363.89 859,758.34 859,442.19 858,874.17
Capacity, clinker MT/yr 1,203,000 1,203,000 1,203,000 1,203,000 1,203,000
Operating cycle (kiln) hr/yr 7374.70 7374.70 7374.70 7374.70 7374.70
Normalized GWP gCO2e/MT clinker 0.73 0.68 0.71 0.71 0.71
202
2.3.2 Ambient Air Quality
2.3.2.1 Scope
This section presents the existing ambient air quality at the site vis-à-vis applicable Clean Air Act (CAA)
ambient air quality standards and guideline values (Table 36). Air dispersion modelling was also done to
predict the incremental impacts of cement source emissions on the ambient air quality.
Table 36 : National ambient air quality standards and guideline values

Pollutant AT Unit Value Source Analytic method
Criteria pollutants
TSP 1h gncm 300 CAA NAAQSSSAPIS/O
24h gncm 230 CAA NAAQGV Gravimetric
Annual gncm 90 CAA NAAQGV
PM-10 1 hr gncm 200

Gravimetric
24 hr gncm 150
Sulfur Dioxide 1h gncm 340 CAA NAAQSSSAPIS/O
24h gncm 180 CAA NAAQGV Colorimetric-Pararosaline
Annual gncm 80 CAA NAAQGV
Nitrogen Dioxide 1h gncm 260 CAA NAAQSSSAPIS/O

Griess-Saltzman
24h gncm 150 CAA NAAQGV
Carbon monoxide 1h mg/ncm 35 CAA NAAQGV NDIR
8h mg/ncm 10 CAA NAAQGV
Trace metals
Arsenic (As) 30min mg/ncm 0.02 CAA NAAQSSSAPIS/O
Cadmium (Cd) 30min mg/ncm 0.01 CAA NAAQSSSAPIS/O

Atomic Absorption
Chromium (Cr+6) - - - -
Spectrophotometry
Lead (Pb) 30min gncm 20 CAA NAAQSSSAPIS/O
Mercury (Hg) - - - -
203
Source: Implementing Rules and Regulations of the Clean Air Act; AT – averaging time; CAA – Clean Air Act;
NAAQSSSAPIS/O - National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Source Specific Air Pollutants from Industrial
Sources/Operations; NAAQGV - National Ambient Air Quality Guideline Values
2.3.2.2 Methodology
2.3.2.2.1 Description of existing ambient air quality
The existing ambient air conditions were described by measuring the levels of criteria pollutants (SO2, NO2,
TSP, and PM10) and trace metals (As, Cd, Cr+6, Pb, Hg) at fixed locations at the project site vicinities (Figure
67) and the monitoring records relevant to the proposed expansion project.
Methods for sampling and analysis conformed to methods prescribed in Sec. 1(b) Rule VII Part II of the
Clean Air Act IRR. The resulting ambient air concentrations were compared with the National Ambient Air
Quality Guidelines Values (NAAQGV), Rule VII, Part II and the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for
Source Specific Air Pollutants from Industrial Sources/Operations Section 1 Rule XXVI Part VII of the Clean
Air Act IRR for indicative air quality.
204
Figure 67 : Ambient air monitoring stations map
2.3.2.2.2 Impact assessment
The following were done to assess the impacts of the proposed power plant during operation:
1. Predicted the maximum ground-level concentrations (GLC) of criteria pollutants (SO2, NO2, TSP,
CO) and trace metals (As, Cd, Cr+6, Pb, Hg) from emissions of the following point sources: a) kiln
stack, b) coal mill stack, c) waste air stack, and d) cement mill stack.
2. Determined incremental impact and apparent compliance;
3. Identified air pollution hotspots; and
205
4. Proposed mitigating measures to minimize the potential impacts on ambient air quality.
The EMB Air Dispersion Modelling Guidelines (EMB Memorandum Circular 2008-003) was used to predict
the GLCs from the power plant emissions. The guidelines prescribe a tiered approach following USEPA
methods in assessing contaminant concentrations against CAA air quality standards and guideline values.
The Tier 4 approach was adopted for the predicting the pollutant GLCs.
2.3.2.3.1 Sources of Air Emissions
The major sources of air residuals within the model domain besides the cement plant are a) existing
quarry, b) gaseous and particulate emissions from the motor vehicles passing through the national
highway and roads, b) emissions from households, e.g., cooking, and fugitive particulates and gases from
agricultural areas (Figure 68).
206
Figure 68 : Air emission sources in the model domain
207
2.3.2.3.2 Air Pollutant Levels
The Holcim monitoring records at the Quirino Barangay Hall and tanod outpost showed no exceedances
in terms of 1h and 24h levels of particulates. There were single instances of 1h NO2 and SO2 exceedance
during the 1s quarter of 2016 (orange cells in Table 40).
The monitoring records of Holcim summarized in Table 40 showed numerous data gaps, averaging times
inconsistent with the CAA (12h), and different units (ug/ncm and ppm). It is recommended that only the
1h averaging time of the pollutants are monitored using the ug/ncm unit for consistency. It is important
to note that the 1h averaging time is enforceable to the point source emissions of the plant.
The results during the EPRMP sampling showed that the concentrations of criteria and trace metal
pollutants at across stations and averaging times were less than their corresponding CAA standards and
guideline values (Table 37, Table 38). The high concentrations of TSP and PM10 at Station AQ1 measured
at 12 midnight and 4 a.m. (red fonts in Table 37) was verified to identify if the emission was from the plant.
Based on the monitoring of dust emission at the kiln stack, the reading from October 6 to 8, 2017 at 12
am to 1am and 4 am to 5 am showed that the emissions are within the standard (12 to 1 am: 19.16, 11.68
and 7.88; and 4am to 5am: 15.32, 13.88 and 8.27). The levels of particulates and gases at Station AQ2
were unlikely caused by plant emissions due to its far distance. To verify the level of exceedance at AQ1
208
Table 37 : Existing criteria pollutants concentrations at the EPRMP stations

Station ID Location Sampling time TSP PM10 NO2 SO2
0000H – 0100H 183.9 73.0 ND ND
0400H – 0500H 149.1 73.0 ND ND
0800H – 0900H 175.2 31.2 ND ND

AQ1 Brgy. Quirino
1200H – 1300H 63.0 28.2 ND ND
1600H – 1700H 30.8 12.2 ND ND
2000H – 2100H 24.0 6.9 ND ND
0800H – 0900H 107.2 27.4 ND 26.4
1200H – 1300H 16.1 5.3 ND 32.3
1600H – 1700H 157.9 48 ND ND

AQ2 Brgy. Galongen
2000H – 2100H 36.1 15.2 ND 22.6
0000H – 0100H 33.3 12.9 14 37.4
0400H – 0500H 16 19 15.7 33.3
CAA 1-hr Sampling 300 200 260 340
ND – no detection (below the method detection limit); CAA – ambient air quality standard
209
Table 38 : Existing levels of arsenic, cadmium, and lead at the EPRMP stations (ug/ncm)
Station ID Location Sampling time As Cd Pb
0100H – 0130H ND ND ND
0500H – 0530H ND ND ND
0900H – 0930H ND ND ND
AQ1 Brgy. Quirino
1300H – 1330H ND ND ND
1700H – 1730H ND ND ND
2100H – 2130H ND ND ND
0900H – 0930H ND ND ND
1300H – 1330H ND ND ND
1700H – 1730H ND ND ND
AQ2 Brgy. Galongen
2100H – 2130H ND ND ND
0100H – 0130H ND ND ND
0500H – 0530H ND ND ND
CAA 30min sampling 20 10 20
ND – no detection (below the method detection limit); CAA – ambient air quality standard
210
Table 39 : Existing levels of chromium and mercury at the EPRMP stations (ug/ncm)
Station ID Location Sampling time Cr+6 Hg
AQ1 Brgy. Quirino 0130H – 0230H ND 0.0093
0930H – 1030H ND 0.0048
1500H – 1600H ND 0.0088
2130H – 2230H ND 0.0104
AQ2 Brgy. Galongen 0930H – 1030H ND 0.0119
1500H – 1600H ND 0.0099
2130H – 2230H ND 0.0091
0130H – 0230H ND 0.0117
CAA 1h sampling ns ns
ND – no detection (below the method detection limit); ns – no standard or guideline

value; CAA – guideline value or ambient standard
Table 40 : Holcim ambient monitoring records at the Quirino barangay hall and tanod outpost
Quirino Bgy Hall Quirino Bgy Tanod Outpost
Year Quarter AT
TSP PM10 NO2 SO2 CO TSP PM10 NO2 SO2 CO
Q1 24h 22.3 nr nr nr nr nr nr nr nr nr
2012
Q3 24h 30 nr nr nr nr nr nr nr nr nr
2013
2014
Q3 24h nr nr nr nr nr 25 nr nr nr nr
Q4 1h nr nr nr nr nr 25 nr nr nr nr
211
Quirino Bgy Hall Quirino Bgy Tanod Outpost

Year Quarter AT
TSP PM10 NO2 SO2 CO TSP PM10 NO2 SO2 CO
Q1 1h nr nr nr nr nr nr 97.1 nr nr nr
Q2 1h nr nr nr nr nr nr nr nr nr nr
2015
Q1 1h nr nr nr nr nr nr 53.706 5.044 1.463 nr
Q2 12h nr nr nr nr nr nr 41.7 3.4 9 nr

2016
Q3 12h nr nr nr nr nr nr 68.2 4.08 nr 411
1h 300 200 260 340 35 300 200 260 340 35

STD
CAA 1h(ppm) 0.14 0.13
GV 24h 230 150 150 180 - 230 150 150 180 -
Source: Holcim; nr – no record; CAA – guideline value or ambient air quality standard
212
The incremental impacts of the four Holcim point source emissions during operation were presented by
showing statistical summaries of the predicted GLCs at the receptors (grid, discrete). An index, i.e., ratio
of predicted maximum GLCs and the corresponding CAA standard and averaging time, was used to
facilitate determination whether or not a GLC exceeded a certain limit value.
NOTE: The predicted GLCs were calculated using an AERMOD screening met data set. A screening met
data set is used in the absence of on-site met data to uncover conservative GLCs for initially assessing
incremental impacts from air pollution sources. Literature elsewhere indicated that predicted GLCs from
Gaussian models using screening or even onsite met data are likely overestimated by a factor of 2.55 or
more than ten6. The spatial and temporal distributions of the calculated GLCs cannot be predicted using a
screening met data set.
Since compliance to the CAA requires the determination of 98th percentile (98p) GLCs that can only be
determined by using on-site met data, the exceedances presented only implied apparent compliance or
potential non-compliance that needs to be validated by modelling using on-site or prognostic met data. In
addition, the analysis of results focused on the one-hour GLCs because it is the only valid averaging time
when using screening met data. The GLCs for other averaging times derived from multiplying factors in
the EMB modelling guidelines were presented for comparison purposes and not construed as compliance.
The predicted GLCs using screening met data are unlikely to be observed when using on-site met data.
2.3.2.4.1 Predicted Levels of Pollutants
2.3.2.4.1.1 Criteria pollutants
The predicted GLCs from the four point sources across pollutants, averaging times, and receptors were
less than their corresponding CAA standards and guideline values except for the 1h and 24h NO2 at the
grid receptors (orange cells in Table 41). The predicted maximum 1h and 24h GLCs for NO2 were 998.6 and
399.4 ug/ncm respectively. In addition, the footprints of the exceedances are expected to be small (blue
cells in Table 41).
Further examination of the results however showed that the exceedances are unlikely to be actually
observed as shown by the 1st and 3rd quartile GLCs (green cells in Table 41). Values less than the 1st or
greater than 3rd quartiles are generally considered as outliers. The GLCs that will be likely observed will
range from 39 – 98ug/ncm for the 1h and 24h NO2 respectively. This shows that the incremental impact
of the four point source emissions will comply with the CAA standards.
5 Stiggins, T.E., Parnell, C.B., Lacy, R.E., & Shaw, B.W. (2002)
6 National Research Council of the National Academies (2003)
213
2.3.2.4.1.2 Trace metals
The predicted maximum GLCs of the regulated trace metals were less than the CAA standards at the grid
and discrete receptors (Table 43, Table 44) with very low indices (nil to a max of 0.015) indicating likely
compliance to the CAA limits.
Table 41 : Summary of predicted criteria pollutant GLCs at the grid receptors

Pollutant SO2 NO2 CO TSP
Averaging Time 1h 24h Annual 1h 24h 1h 8h 1h 24h Annual
GLC statistic
Minimum 0.020 0.008 0.002 0.020 0.008 0.007 0.004 1.897 0.759 0.152
1st quartile 0.314 0.126 0.025 79.928 31.971 0.026 0.016 5.143 2.057 0.411
Median 0.359 0.144 0.029 91.529 36.612 0.030 0.018 6.297 2.519 0.504
3rd quartile 0.383 0.153 0.031 97.625 39.050 0.032 0.019 7.719 3.088 0.618
Maximum 4.824 1.930 0.386 998.632 399.453 0.399 0.239 54.288 21.715 4.343
Incremental impact
CAA Standard 340 180 80 260 150 35 10 300 230 90
Index 0.014 0.011 0.005 3.841 2.663 0.011 0.024 0.181 0.094 0.048
# of Ex 0 0 0 1324 1003 0 0 0 0 0
% Ex 0.000 0.000 0.000 5.06% 3.83% 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
# data 26179 26179 26179 26179 26179 26179 26179 26179 26179 26179
Index – max GLC/ CAA; # of Ex – number of grid receptors where GLC>CAA; % Ex –s percentage of grid receptors where GLC>CAA
Table 42 : Summary of predicted criteria pollutant GLCs at the discrete receptors

GLC statistic
Minimum 0.094 0.038 0.008 23.980 9.592 0.009 0.005 2.106 0.843 0.169
1st quartile 0.235 0.094 0.019 59.960 23.984 0.019 0.012 3.225 1.290 0.258
Median 0.270 0.108 0.022 68.908 27.563 0.022 0.013 4.031 1.612 0.322
214
3rd quartile 0.334 0.133 0.027 85.215 34.086 0.028 0.017 7.527 3.011 0.602
Maximum 0.392 0.157 0.031 100.048 40.019 0.033 0.020 16.383 6.553 1.311
Incremental impact
CAA Standard 340 180 80 260 150 35 10 300 230 90
Index 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.385 0.267 0.001 0.002 0.055 0.028 0.015
# of Ex 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
% Ex 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
# data 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
Index – max GLC/ CAA; # of Ex – number of grid receptors where GLC>CAA; % Ex – percentage of grid receptors where GLC>CAA
Table 43 : Summary of predicted trace metal GLCs at the grid receptors

Trace metal As Cd Pb Cr Hg
Averaging Time 30min 30min 30min 1h 1h
GLC statistic
Minimum 0.000 0.000 0.00125 0.00001 0.00032
1st quartile 0.000 0.000 0.01982 0.00018 0.00505
Median 0.000 0.000 0.02266 0.00020 0.00577
3rd quartile 0.000 0.000 0.02418 0.00022 0.00616
Maximum 0.000 0.000 0.30460 0.00275 0.07756
Incremental impact
CAA Standard 0.02 0.01 20 ns ns
Index 0.000 0.000 0.01523 na na
# of Ex 0 0 0 na na
% Ex 0.000 0.000 0 na na
# data 26179 26179 26179 26179 26179
ns – no CAA standard; na – not applicable; Index – max GLC/ CAA; # of Ex – number of grid
receptors where GLC>CAA; % Ex – percentage of grid receptors where GLC>CAA
215
Table 44 : Summary of predicted trace metal GLCs at the discrete receptors

GLC statistic
Minimum 0.000 0.000 0.00593 0.00005 0.00151
1st quartile 0.000 0.000 0.01482 0.00013 0.00378
Median 0.000 0.000 0.01704 0.00015 0.00434
3rd quartile 0.000 0.000 0.02107 0.00019 0.00537
Maximum 0.000 0.000 0.02473 0.00022 0.00630
Incremental impact
CAA Standard 0 0 20 ns ns
Index 0.000 0.000 0.00124 na na
# of Ex 0 0 0 na na
% Ex 0.000 0.000 0 na na
# data 31 31 31 31 31
2.3.2.4.2 Location of Hotspots
Air pollution hotspots refer to areas within the model domain where GLCs exceeded the CAA standards
(“potential hotspots”) or where peak GLCs occurred (“areas of concern”). Areas of concern are locations
within the model domain where predicted GLCs are greater than 50% of the standards and guideline value
with no exceedance.
The simulations showed two potential hotspots for the 1h and 24h NO2 and no areas of concern (orange
cells in
Table 45. The isopleths of the two potential NO2 hotspots shown in Figure 69 and Figure 70 showed that
the exceedances were predicted to at elevated terrain at the east sector of the model domain. The edge
of the largest footprint is about three kilometers of northeast of the sources. There were no discrete
receptors at the predicted footprints of the potential hotspots.
216
Table 45 : Hotspot matrix of predicted GLCs

Pollutant Averaging time None AOC PH
1hr 
SO2 24hr 
Annual 
1hr 
NO2
24hr 
1hr 
CO
8hr 
1hr 
TSP 24hr 
Annual 
As 30 min 
Cd 30 min 
Pb 30 min 
Hg 1h Na
Cr+6 1h na
217
Figure 69 : Predicted potential hotspots of 1h NO2
218
Figure 70 : Predicted potential hotspots of 24h NO2
2.3.2.4.3 Effects of structures on emissions
The simulation results at the boundary receptors are summarized in Table 46 and Table 47. The
simulations initially showed potential effects of structures on the predicted NO2 GLCs (orange cells in Table
46). The 1h and 24h NO2 CAA exceedances were predicted at the boundary receptors northeast of the
stack (Figure 71, Figure 72). Due to the relatively far distance of the northeast boundary to the kiln stack
and structures, the exceedances were likely due to the elevated terrain at the boundary. There were no
exceedances for the other pollutants.
219
Table 46 : Summary of predicted criteria pollutant GLCs at the boundary receptors

GLC statistic
Minimum 0.012 0.005 0.001 3.061 1.224 0.007 0.004 10.940 4.376 0.875
1st quartile 0.106 0.042 0.008 27.117 10.847 0.014 0.008 12.163 4.865 0.973
Median 0.221 0.088 0.018 56.342 22.537 0.019 0.011 13.732 5.493 1.099
3rd quartile 0.260 0.104 0.021 66.338 26.535 0.022 0.013 15.919 6.368 1.274
Maximum 0.286 0.114 0.023 72.958 29.183 0.024 0.014 21.938 8.775 1.755
Incremental impact
CAA Standard 340 180 80 260 150 35 10 300 230 90
Index 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.281 0.195 0.001 0.001 0.073 0.038 0.020
# of Ex 0 0 0 17 3 0 0 0 0 0
% Ex 0.000 0.000 0.000 6.37% 1.12% 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
# data 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267
Index – max GLC/ CAA; # of Ex – number of grid receptors where GLC>CAA; % Ex – percentage of grid receptors where GLC>CAA
Table 47: Summary of predicted trace metal GLCs at the boundary receptors
GLC statistic
Minimum 0.000 0.000 0.00076 0.00001 0.00019
1st quartile 0.000 0.000 0.00671 0.00006 0.00171
Median 0.000 0.000 0.01393 0.00013 0.00355
3rd quartile 0.000 0.000 0.01640 0.00015 0.00417
Maximum 0.000 0.000 0.01804 0.00016 0.00459
Incremental impact
CAA Standard 0.02 0.01 20 ns ns
220
Index 0.000 0.000 0.00090 na na
# of Ex 0 0 0 na na
% Ex 0.000 0.000 0 na na
# data 267 267 267 267 267
Figure 71: Boundary receptors where 1h NO2 GLC > CAA standards
221
Figure 72 : Boundary receptors where 24h NO2 GLC > CAA guideline value
2.3.2.4.4 Uncertainties of model results and recommendations
Lack of appropriate meteorological data is often the single most important limiting factor in the accuracy
of air dispersion modelling. The EMB guidelines require at least three years of onsite data with an hourly
resolution (usually within a few hundred meters); however, one year of measurements can be allowed as
long as justified. The minimum data requirements are wind speed and direction, surface temperatures
(lower and upper), and net solar radiation. It is recommended that an on-site met station be installed to
include net solar radiation and upper temperature measurements to validate the initial simulations done
or generate prognostic met data using global weather data sets.
222
2.3.2.4.5 Mitigating measures
The simulations showed that the potential pollutant of concern is NO2 as shown by the worst-case
exceedances at the grid and boundary receptors. However, it is likely that the predicted NO2 exceedances
will not be observed if prognostic met data is used during model validation. Nevertheless, the following
are the recommended measures to ensure emissions from the kiln and other major processes will result
to ambient concentration that are compliant with the CAA:
Construction phase
 Dust suppression measures, e.g., water application, in active construction areas;

 Planting of vegetation in non-structure areas to minimize wind erosion of topsoil;
 Compacting of exposed soil surfaces;
 Provide tarpaulin cover on trucks loaded with construction materials;
 Hauling of spoils/excavated earth materials immediately after excavation;
 Impose speed restrictions minimize (15-20 kph).
 Regular maintenance of heavy equipment and motor vehicles; and
 Use of low-sulfur fuel
Operation phase
 Ensure operation and maintenance of the kiln, other emission sources, and air pollution control
equipment are according to specifications;
 Proper operation of the Continuous Emission Monitoring System (CEMS);
 Proper operation and maintenance of generator set engines;
 Use of low-sulfur fuel; and
 Formulate and implement a motor vehicle maintenance program, including emissions testing.
2.3.3 Ambient Noise
2.3.3.1 Scope
This section described the existing sonic profile at the cement plant and determined the noise impacts
during operations by comparing the results of sound measurements and predicted sound levels with the
Environmental Quality Standards for Noise in General Areas (Table 48) and noise criteria during
construction (Table 49)7.
7 NPCC Memorandum Circular No. 002 issued May 12, 1980 (amending Section 78 of Presidential Decree 984)
223
Table 48 : Environmental quality standards for noise in general areas, dB(A)

Category Daytime Morning/Evening Night-time
AA 50 45 40
A 55 50 45
B 65 60 55
C 70 65 60
D 75 70 65
NOTE: Morning: 5am-9am; Daytime: 9am-6pm; Evening: 6pm-

10pm; Night-time 10pm-5am
Category description:
AA 100 m from schools, nurseries, hospitals, home of the aged
A residential area
B commercial area
C light industrial area
D heavy industrial area
Table 49 : Maximum noise levels allowed during construction8

Class Construction activities Limit,
dBA
Pile drivers (excluding manual type), riveting hammers or combination thereof.
1 90
Does not include pile drivers used in combination with earth augers.
2 Rock drills, or similar equipment like jack hammers or pavement breakers 85
Air compressors (limited to compressors that use power other than electric
3 motors with a rated output of 15kW or more). Air compressors power rock 75
drills, jackhammers, and pavement breakers are excluded.
Batching plant operation (limited to those with mixer capacities of 200kg or
4 75
more. Batching plants for mortar-making are excluded.
NOTE: No construction in Class AA, A, B areas (except during emergencies, calamities, disasters) from 7pm to 7am for Class
1&2 construction activities and from 9pm to 7am for Class 3&4 construction activities
2.3.3.2 Methodology
2.3.3.2.1 Existing Conditions
The existing sound profile was determined by taking sound measurements just outside of the assumed
boundary of the cement plant operations (Figure 73, Table 50). This is to determine the sound levels
emitted by plant operations as input to the noise model. The sound levels were measured using a sound
meter for 24 hours in five-minute intervals. Monitoring records of Holcim were also used to describe the
ambient sound profile at the surroundings.
8 Measured at 30m
224
Table 50 : Description of sound level measurement stations

Station No. Location Date and time of measurement
October 6-7, 2017

N1 Near Pack House Area
0500H - 0500H
October 6-7, 2017

N2 Near Gate 1 Area
0500H - 0500H
October 6-7, 2017

N3 Near Hazardous waste area
0500H - 0500H
October 6-7, 2017

N4 Bricks Dump Site Area
0500H - 0500H
October 6-7, 2017

N5 Slurry Basin Area
0500H - 0500H
October 7-8, 2017

N6 Near Bagbag Storage
0500H - 0500H
October 7-8, 2017

N7 Near Portal Storage Area
0500H - 0500H
October 7-8, 2017

N8 Near Powerhouse Area
0500H - 0500H
October 7-8, 2017

N9 Near Finish Mill Storage
0500H - 0500H
October 7-8, 2017

N10 SPS Area
0500H - 0500H
225
Figure 73 : Sound monitoring stations at the assumed boundary of the cement plant
2.3.3.2.2 Impact Assessment
The noise impacts of the cement plant operations were determined by using the proprietary CUSTIC V3.2
WINDOWS-based software that estimates the dispersion of sound in the atmosphere using classical sound
propagation and the ISO 9813 methods. The CUSTIC model was configured to calculate the worst-case
predicted sound levels, i.e., no attenuation from terrain, atmosphere, and barriers. The noise impact was
determined by comparing the predicted sound levels with the DENR environmental quality standards for
noise.
226
2.3.3.2.3 Existing Conditions
The monitoring records of Holcim at the five stations from 2012 to 2016 in Table 51 showed data gaps and
no information on the time frame of the records, i.e., whether the measurement was taken at morning,
daytime, evening, night-time. The impact assessment assumed that the records applied to the four
timeframes.
Except for the station at the Quirino Elementary School (N2), all sound levels were less than the DENR
noise standards at morning, daytime, evening, and night-time (Figure 74, Figure 75) assuming the
categories assigned to the stations hold. The records at the Quirino Elementary School (N2) station
exceeded the standards at all time frames by a minimum of 15 and a maximum of 25 decibels. Figure 76
shows the graph of the sound monitoring records at the school (N2).
Table 51 : Sound monitoring records of Holcim (2012-2016)

Station
Year Quarter
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5
Q1 62 57 nr nr 49
Q2 62 61 nr nr 58
2012
Q3 62 60 nr nr 58
Q4 60 61 nr 59 60
Q1 61 59 nr 50 50
Q2 54 62 nr nr nr
2013
Q3 57 57 nr nr nr
Q4 57 56 nr nr nr
Q1 nr 59 57 nr nr
Q2 nr 65 57 nr nr
2014
Q3 nr 64 62 nr nr
Q4 nr 61 60 nr nr
Q1 nr 62 61 nr nr
2015 Q2 nr nr nr nr nr
Q3 nr nr nr nr nr
227
Station
Year Quarter
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5
Q4 nr nr nr nr nr
Q1 nr 62 57 nr nr
Q2 nr 55 63 nr nr
2016
Q3 nr 63 63 nr nr
Q4 nr nr nr nr nr
D 75 50 75 70 70
M/E 70 45 70 65 65
DENR
N 65 40 65 60 60
Category* D AA D C C
*based on location of the monitoring station; nr – no record; sound

readings are average values in dBA
228
Figure 74 : Graph of sound monitoring records at N1 and N3 (heavy industrial area)
229
Figure 75 : Graph of sound monitoring records at N4 and N5 (light industrial area)
230
Figure 76 : Graph of sound monitoring records at N2 (school)
231
Comparing the sound measurements at the plant perimeter to the DENR standards for Category D (heavy
industrial area) showed 16 exceedances across time frames (red fonts in Table 52). The highest number of
exceedance instances occurred at night-time.
Table 52 : Average sound levels at the perimeter of the cement plant, dBA
Station No. Morning Daytime Evening Night-time
N1 72.00 72.00 76.00 73.00
N2 64.00 65.00 59.00 59.00
N3 57.00 59.00 53.00 53.00
N4 54.00 54.00 50.00 48.00
N5 72.00 72.00 75.00 72.00
N6 66.00 71.00 67.00 67.00
N7 75.00 75.00 72.00 73.00
N8 74.00 75.00 73.00 73.00
N9 70.00 73.00 68.00 68.00
N10 70.00 73.00 75.00 74.00
DENR 70.00 75.00 70.00 65.00
Morning 0500H-0900H; Daytime 0900H-1800H; Evening 1800H-2200H;

Night-time 2200H-0500H; DENR - Environmental quality standards for
noise in general areas (Category D)
2.3.3.2.4 Construction phase impacts
Noise impacts are not expected to occur because the cement plant will continue to operate during the
construction and installation of additional facilities. In addition, the noise standard during construction
(Table 49) is less stringent than the DENR Environmental quality standards for noise in general areas in
Table 48. The sound levels generated by the operation of the plant are expected to be higher as shown in
Table 52.
232
2.3.3.2.5 Operation phase impacts
The simulations showed maximum sound levels of 36, 36, 37, and 35 decibels during morning, daytime,
evening, and night-time respectively (Figure 77, Figure 78, Figure 79, and Figure 80). Insignificant noise
impacts are expected at the residential areas (the nearest is adjacent to the plant perimeter) across
timeframes. The most stringent noise standard at residential areas is 45 dB at night-time. It is also worthy
to note that the model results were conservative, i.e., worst-case, because the simulations assumed no
attenuation from terrain, atmosphere, barriers. Actual sound levels are likely lower than modelled values.
Figure 77: Worst-case isobel of predicted sound levels during operation (morning)
233
Figure 78: Worst-case isobel of predicted sound levels during operation (daytime)
234
Figure 79: Worst-case isobel of predicted sound levels during operation (evening)
235
Figure 80: Worst-case isobel of predicted sound levels during operation (nighttime)
2.3.3.2.6 Recommended mitigation measures
Construction phase
An important option in construction noise control strategies is controlling sound at source by (a) muffler
requirements, and (b) maintenance and operational requirements. Most construction noise originates
from equipment powered by either gasoline or diesel engines where a large part of the noise emitted is
from the intake and exhaust portions of the engine cycle. One remedy for controlling engine noise is the
use of adequate muffler systems. Reductions of 10 dBA or more can be achieved with optimal muffler
systems (U.S.D.O.T) Muffler requirements can be easily integrated in contract specifications with
236
enforcement simple and easily done. Mufflers are effective in reducing engine-produced noise at a low
cost to the user.
Poor maintenance of equipment may also cause very high noise levels. Faulty or damaged mufflers, loose
engine parts, rattling screws, bolts, or metal plates all contribute to increasing the noise level of a machine
as well as careless or improper handling and operation of equipment. Poor loading, unloading, excavation
and hauling techniques are some examples of how lack of adequate guidance may lead to increased noise
levels. Contract specifications can be written to require that all equipment be regularly inspected for
deficiencies in the maintenance area. Likewise, specifications can require that equipment users be
properly trained in the use of construction equipment.
Another effective approach in reducing noise impacts is using time and activity constraints. Construction
activity noise is annoying and disruptive during leisure hours, during the hours of sleep, and any time
where loud continuous noises affect certain special activities. During leisure hours and during periods of
sleep, disturbance from equipment use can be kept to a minimum or totally avoided. Generally, this can
be accomplished by requiring the contractors to perform such work during daylight hours when the
majority of individuals who would ordinarily be affected by the noise are either not present or are engaged
in less noise sensitive activities. Other measures are:
 Establishment of barriers and shielding stationary vibrating equipment to reduce noise impacts to
the community; and
 Scheduling “noisy” activities during daytime. The DENR construction noise standards prohibit Class
1 & 2 and Class 3 & 4 construction activities in residential areas from 7pm to 7am and 9pm to 7am
respectively.
Operation phase
Noise barriers can be constructed from earth, concrete, masonry, wood, metal, and other materials. To
effectively reduce sound transmission through the barrier, the material chosen must be rigid and
sufficiently dense (at least 20 kg/m2). All noise barrier material types are equally effective, acoustically, if
they have this density. For example, plant equipment can be installed with rubber footing to reduce
vibration. Other possible sound attenuation measures include:
1. Regular maintenance of mufflers of standby generators and other similar equipment;

2. Use of effective noise-attenuating materials for the structure and walling; and
3. Planting of the appropriate vegetation around the plant.
237
2.4 The People
The proposed project is located in Barangay Quirino, Municipality of Bacnotan, Province of La Union.
Barangay Quirino is identified as the direct impact area and the entirety of the Municipality of
Bacnotan is considered as the indirect impact area.
The Municipality of Bacnotan is a First-Class Municipality situated in the Province of La Union. It has a
total land area of 7,655 hectares hectares comprised 47 barangays. Out of the 47, three (3) are
classified as urban and 44 are rural barangays.
The direct impact barangay is Quirino. Barangay Quirino is one of the urban barangays of Bacnotan
and located approximately 4.5 kilometers from the town proper. It has a total land area of 170.05
hectares covering four (4) Sitios: Centro I, Centro II, Bag-bag, and Cabanaroan.
Methodology
Various methods were used in gathering information on the demographic and socio-economic
conditions of the impact areas. These methods include review of secondary information sources, and
conduct of perception survey and focus group discussions.
Secondary data sources were from the published survey and census reports of the Philippine Statistics
Authority and documents from the Local Government Units, Local Institutions, and Holcim La Union.
These include the following:
 2015 Census of Population, PSA

 2016 Socioeconomic profile of Bacnotan;
 2016-2017 Population Survey of Barangay Health Workers;
 2016 Barangay Profile of Quirino;
 2012 Full Year Official Poverty Statistics, PSA;
 2016 Cities and Municipalities Competitive Index for Bacnotan;
 2016 Holcim La Union Employment Record;
 School Records from Department of Education.
238
2.4.1 Demographic Baseline Information of Impact Areas
2.4.1.1 Population Size and Growth Rate
Based on the 2015 Census of Population of the Philippine Statistics Authority, the population of
Bacnotan is 42,078. It is 5.35% of the total population of the Province of La Union. From its 2010
population, which is 40307, it has a population growth rate of 0.86%. With the given growth rate, the
population size of Bacnotan will double in 81 years.
The population of Barangay Quirino in 2015 is 42,078. Comparing it with the 2010 population, which
is 40,307, the barangay has a population growth rate of 1.84%. The population of Quirino is grows
faster than the municipality and is also expected to double its population in 38 years.
Table 53: Population and Growth Rate of Impact Areas, 2010 and 2015
2010 2015 Population Growth Doubling
Area
Population Population Rate (%) Time
Province of La Union 741,906 786,653 1.18 59
Municipality of
40,307 42,078 0.86 81
Bacnotan
Barangay Quirino 986 1,080 1.84 38
Sources: Philippine Standard Geographic Code, PSA 2015 Census of Population
2.4.1.2 Population Composition
The sex and age-group disaggregated data of the municipality of Bacnotan reveals that the highest
percentage among age-group is within 10 to 14 years old (8.99%). The average sex ratio in the
municipality is 102, which means that there are 102 males for every 100 females. It was observed
however, that females have higher life expectancy than males.
Table 54: Total Population by Age Group and Sex, and Age Composition, and Sex Ratio: Bacnotan,
2015
2015 Population Age Composition
Age Group Sex Ratio
Both Sexes Males Females (%)
Under 1 698 356 342 1.66 104
1–4 2,970 1,592 1,378 7.06 116
5–9 3,670 1,947 1,723 8.72 113
10 – 14 3,784 1,996 1,788 8.99 112
15 – 19 3,734 1,910 1,824 8.87 105
20 – 24 3,774 1,912 1,862 8.97 103
25 – 29 3,363 1,703 1,660 7.99 103
239

Age Group Sex Ratio
30 – 34 3,207 1,640 1,567 7.62 105
35 – 3 9 2,948 1,558 1,390 7.01 112
40 – 44 2,584 1,288 1,296 6.14 99
45 – 49 2,610 1,346 1,264 6.20 106
50 – 54 2,283 1,141 1,142 5.43 100
55 – 59 1,880 922 958 4.47 96
60 – 64 1,467 657 810 3.49 81
65 – 69 1,093 494 599 2.60 82
70 – 74 747 308 439 1.78 70
75 – 79 627 232 395 1.49 59
80 years old & over 639 190 449 1.52 42
Total 42,078 21,192 20,848 100.00 102
Source: 2015 Census of Population
Table 55 presents the sex and age-group disaggregated household population of Barangay Quirino.
Based on the actual census of the Barangay Health Workers in 2016, Age group 5 to 9 years old
comprised the majority or 9.49% of the population in the barangays, followed by those in the age
groups 10 to 14 years old (8.93%) and 20 to 24 years old (8.93%). Male dominates the population in
Barangay Quirino, there are 108 males for every 100 females as sex ratio.
Table 55: Total Population by Age Group and Sex, and Age Composition, and Sex Ratio: Barangay
Quirino, 2016
Age Group Sex Ratio
Under 5 75 39 36 7.05 108
5–9 101 56 45 9.49 124
10 – 14 95 52 43 8.93 121
15 – 19 84 44 40 7.89 110
20 – 24 95 55 40 8.93 138
25 – 29 93 43 50 8.74 86
30 – 34 83 45 38 7.80 118
35 – 3 9 87 38 49 8.18 78
40 – 44 60 32 28 5.64 114
45 – 49 67 43 24 6.30 179
50 – 54 65 38 27 6.11 141
55 – 59 59 30 29 5.55 103
60 – 64 50 20 30 4.70 67
65 – 69 19 10 9 1.79 111
70 – 74 8 3 5 0.75 60
240

Age Group Sex Ratio
75 – 79 7 1 6 0.66 17
80 years old & over 16 4 12 1.50 33
Total 1,064 553 511 100.00 108
Source: 2016 Survey of Population, BHW
In 2015, the young dependents (0 to 14 years) in the Municipality of Bacnotan comprised 26.43% of
the total population while the old dependents (65 years and over) posted a share of 7.39%. The
working-age population (15 to 64 years) accounted for the remaining 66.18%. The overall dependency
ratio was 54, which indicates that for every 100 working-age population there were 54 dependents
(44 young dependents and ten (10) old dependents).
The dependency ratio for the impact barangay is also presented in Table 56. Barangay Quirino had a
dependency ratio of 43 in 2016, which means that there were 43 dependents for every 100 working-
age population.
Table 56: Age Dependency Ratio of Impact Areas

La Union Bacnotan Quirino
2015 2015 2016
Age Group
Dependency Dependency Dependency
No. No. No.
Ratio Ratio Ratio
Working Age (15 and
510,389 27,850 743
64)
Dependent
276,264 54 14,228 51 321 43
Population
Young (0 -14) 223,070 44 11,122 40 271 36
Old (65 and above) 53,194 10 3,106 11 50 7
Source: Computed based on 2015 Census of Population and 2016 Survey of Population, BHW
The population pyramid shows at a glance the distribution of the population in the impact areas. The
shape of the pyramid generally reflects the pattern of fertility, mortality, and migration in the past.
The population pyramid of Quirino compared to that of the Province of La Union and Municipality of
Bacnotan, as presented inFigure 81. Both the population pyramid of La Union and Bacnotan are
expansive with a triangular pyramid wherein a very large portion of the population belongs to the
younger age groups, and the population of age 65 and above constitute a very small proportion of the
total population. The Population Pyramid of Bacnotan is also expansive however, it has a higher sex
ratio than Bacnotan where males dominate the population.
241
Figure 81: Population Pyramid of the Impact Area
242
2.4.1.3 Population Distribution
The gross population density in Bacnotan, considering the 42,078 total inhabitants and land area of
7,655 hectares, is almost six (6) persons per hectare of land. The impact barangay has almost equal
gross population density as the municipality. Barangay Quirino has also a population density of 6
persons per hectare of land. Based on the Barangay Profile of Quirino, the total land area for
residential is 10.16 hectares considering the large portion of the land area of the barangay is occupied
by Holcim, the population density in residential areas is 106 persons per hectare of land.
Table 57: Population Density of Impact Areas, 2015

Gross Population Density
Area Population Land Area (Hectares) (No. of Persons per
Hectare)
Municipality of
42,078 7,655 5.5
Bacnotan*
Barangay Quirino** 1,064 170.05 6.25
Sources: *2015 Census of Population
**2016 Survey of Population, BHW
Table 58 presents that the average household size in the municipality of Bacnotan is 4.20, with the
42,078-total population and 9,963 number of households. The household size in Barangay Quirino is
slightly lower than the municipal average which is 3.8.
Table 58: Number of Households and Average Household Size of Impact Areas
Average Household
Area Population No. of Household
Member
Municipality of
42,078 9,963 4.2
Bacnotan*
Barangay Quirino** 1,064 280 3.8
Sources: *2015 Census of Population
**2016 Survey of Population, BHW
2.4.1.4 Other Demographic Information
2.4.1.4.1 Language/Dialect
The major dialect spoken in the Municipality of Bacnotan and Barangay Quirino is Iloko . Other dialect/
language spoken in Barangay Quirino are Tagalog, English, Pampangueñ0, Visaya, and Pangasinanse
243
2.4.1.4.2 Marital Status
Of the household population 10 years old and over in the Municipality of Bacnotan, 44.10% were
married while 41.29% were single. The rest of the population were categorized as follows: widowed,
6.25%; common-law/live-in marital arrangement, 6.95%; divorced/separated, 1.40%.
Table 59: Household Population 10 Years Old and Over by Marital Status and Sex: Bacnotan, 2015
Both Sexes Male Female

Marital Status
No. % No. % No. %
Single 14,292 41.29 7,769 45.14 6,523 37.48
Married 15,266 44.10 7,606 44.19 7,660 44.01
Widowed 2,163 6.25 419 2.43 1,744 10.02
Divorced/Separated 485 1.40 222 1.29 263 1.51
Common-law/ Live in 2,405 6.95 1,192 6.93 1,213 6.97
Unknown 6 0.02 3 0.02 3 0.02
Total 3,4617 100.00 1,7211 100.00 1,7406 100.00
2.4.1.4.3 Religion
There were at least fifty (50) Religious Sectors present in the Province of La Union. The most dominant
was Roman Catholic (85%) followed by Evangelicals (3.31%) and Iglesia ni Cristo (2.77%). The details
are presented in Table 60.
Table 60: Total Population by Religious Affiliation, Province of La Union, 2015

Religious Affiliation Total %
Aglipay 2,092 0.27

Association of Baptist Churches in Luzon, Visayas, and Mindanao 46 0.01
Association of Fundamental Baptist Churches in the Philippines 82 0.01
Bible Baptist Church 5,093 0.65
Bread of Life Ministries 376 0.05
Buddhist 168 0.02
Cathedral of Praise , Incorporated 118 0.02
Church of Christ 2,076 0.26
Church of Jesus Christ of the Latter Day Saints 3,774 0.48
Convention of the Philippine Baptist Church 265 0.03
Crusaders of the Divine Church of Christ , Incorporated 1,505 0.19
Door of Faith 584 0.07
Evangelical Christian Outreach Foundation 792 0.10
244
Evangelicals (Philippine Council of Evangelical Churches) 26,015 3.31

Faith Tabernacle Church (Living Rock Ministries) 450 0.06
Good News Christian Churches 533 0.07
Higher Ground Baptist Mission 29 0.00
Iglesia ni Cristo 21,757 2.77
Iglesia sa Dios Espiritu Santo , Incorporated 340 0.04
International Baptist Missionary Fellowship 30 0.00
International One Way Outreach 83 0.01
Islam 1,760 0.22
Jehovah’s Witness 6,645 0.84
Jesus is Alive Community , Incorporated 526 0.07
Jesus is Lord Church 1,653 0.21
Love of Christ International Ministries 37 0.00
Lutheran Church of the Philippines 4,801 0.61
Miracle Revival Church of the Philippines 164 0.02
Missionary Baptist Churches of the Philippines 35 0.00
National Council of Churches in the Philippines 9,152 1.16
Philippine Benevolent Missionaries Association 25 0.00
Philippine Ecumenical Christian Church 346 0.04
Philippine Good News Ministries 79 0.01
Philippine Grace Gospel 68 0.01
Philippine Independent Catholic Church 18 0.00
Potter’s House Christian Center 23 0.00
Roman Catholic, including Catholic Charismatic 676,046 85.94
Salvation Army, Philippines 7 0.00
Seventh Day Adventist 1,908 0.24
Things to Come 56 0.01
UNIDA Evangelical Church 18 0.00
Union Espiritista Cristiana de Filipinas , Incorporated 2,557 0.33
United Church of Christ in the Philippines 12,347 1.57
United Pentecostal Church (Philippines) , Incorporated 585 0.07
Victory Chapel Christian Fellowship 448 0.06
Way of Salvation Church , Incorporated 25 0.00
Other Baptists 49 0.01
Other Protestants 36 0.00
Other Religious Affiliations 1,013 0.13
None 18 0.00
Total 786,653 100.00
245
Based on the 2015 data from Barangay Quirino, most of the residents were Roman Catholics (95.75%)
followed by Inglesia ni Cristo (1.47%), and Born-Again Christian (1.39%).
The existing Roman Catholic Church in Barangay Quirino, St Joseph The Worker Parish, was built
through the help of Bacnotan Cement/ Holcim Cement. It was built by the famous Filipino artist-
architect, Leandro V. Locsin, in 1994.
Table 61: Total Population by Religious Affiliation, Barangay Quirino, 2015

Roman Catholic 1,105 95.75
Iglesia ni Cristo 17 1.47
Jehovas Witness 1 0.09
Baptist 10 0.87
Born-Again Christian 16 1.39
Jesus is Lord 3 0.26
Others: Miracle Crusade 2 0.17
Total 1,154 100.00
Source: Barangay Profile of Quirino, 2016 .
2.4.1.4.4 Highest Educational Attainment
Data from the PSA in 2015 showed that of the total population of Bacnotan aged five (5) years and
over, 29.09% were High School Graduate, 15.93% were Academic Degree Holders, 11.85% Elementary
Graduates, and 11.24% were college undergraduate. Among those with an academic degree, the
females (3,517) outnumbered the males (2,603). Similarly, more females (100) than males (63) had
pursued post baccalaureate studies.
Table 62: Total Population 5 Years Old and Over by Highest Grade/Year Completed, Sex,
Municipality of Bacnotan, 2015
Highest Educational Both Sexes Male Female
Attainment No. % No. % No. %
No Grade Completed 825 2.15 422 2.19 403 2.10
Preschool 884 2.30 477 2.48 407 2.12
Special Education 24 0.06 13 0.07 11 0.06
Elementary: 1st - 4th Grade 4,163 10.84 2,207 11.47 1,956 10.21
Elementary 5th - 6th Grade 1,340 3.49 700 3.64 640 3.34
Elementary Graduate 4,550 11.85 2,161 11.23 2,389 12.46
High School Undergraduate 4,198 10.93 2,229 11.58 1,969 10.27
High School Graduate 11,172 29.09 6,021 31.29 5,151 26.88
246
Highest Educational Both Sexes Male Female

Attainment No. % No. % No. %
Post-Secondary
0.06 0.06 0.06
Undergraduate 23 12 11
Post-Secondary Graduate 622 1.62 203 1.05 419 2.19
College Undergraduate 4,319 11.24 2,130 11.07 2,189 11.42
Academic Degree Holder 6,120 15.93 2,603 13.53 3,517 18.35
Post Baccalaureate 163 0.42 63 0.33 100 0.52
Not Stated 7 0.02 3 0.02 4 0.02
Total 38,410 100.00 19,244 100.00 19,166 100.00
2.4.1.5 Housing Condition and Ownership
Majority of the households or 43.88% had concrete houses. However, 25.17% still used wood and
bamboo as materials of their houses. Most number of houses made of wood and bamboo was
observed in Sitio Bagbag.
Table 63. Type of Housing Facility, Barangay Quirino, 2016
Sitio
Type of Houses Total %
Centro 1 Centro 2 Cabanaroan Bagbag
Concrete 41 41 11 36 129 43.88
Semi-Concrete 21 11 11 34 91 30.95
Wood and Bamboo 9 5 20 40 74 25.17
Total 71 57 42 124 294 100.00
Source: 2015 Census of Population (Philippine Statistics Authority, 2017)
Most of the houses and lots (71.09%) in Barangay Quirino were owned and only about 30% were
rented or occupied for free. Higher number of owned house and lot were observed in Sitio Bagbag.
Table 64. Ownership of Dwelling Units and Lot

Sitio
Ownership Total %
Centro 1 Centro 2 Cabanaroan Bagbag
Owned House and Lot 44 50 13 102 209 71.09
Rent/Free 27 7 29 22 85 28.91
Total 71 57 42 124 71 100.00
247
2.4.1.6 Migration Pattern
Based on the population data from 2013 to 2015, and considering the 2013 Registered Live Births and
Deaths, the net migration in Bacnotan was derived. Bacnotan has Net Migration of -233 which means
that more of the population emigrate from Bacnotan in 2013 to 2015. Further, this also means that
more population sought opportunities outside Bacnotan.
Table 65. Net Migration in Bacnotan, La Union, 2013-2015

Parameters Population
2015 Population** 42,078
2013 Population* 41,899
2013 Live Birth* 426
2013 Death* 220
Net Migration -233 persons
Sources: *2013 Annual Report, NSO La Union
**2015 Census of Population
In 2011, conducted a study on number of Overseas Filipino Workers (OFWs) coming from Bacnotan.
There were 1,680 Overseas Workers Welfare Administration (OWWA)-registered workers from the
municipality as of April 2011. Almost 85% had land-based occupation while the remaining population
were sea-based. Referring to the 2010 Population of Bacnotan, which was 40,307, more or less 4.2%
of the population were OFWs .
Table 66. OWWA-Registered OFWs in Bacnotan, 2011

Location Male Female Total %
Land-Based 509 913 1,422 84.60
Sea-Based 251 7 258 15.40
Total 760 920 1,680 100.00
2.4.2 Availability of Public Services
2.4.2.1 Health and Sanitation
Medical services both public and private are available in the entire municipality. The Municipality of
Bacnotan has one (1) Hospital, one (1) Rural Health Unit, eight (8) Barangay Health Stations and four
(4) Private Clinics. There are also three (3) Dental Clinics and seven (7) Drugstores. Barangay Quirino
has an established Barangay Health Center.
248
The Municipal Health Office is composed of one (1) Doctor/Municipal Health Officer, one (1) Public
Health Nurse, nine (9) Rural Health Midwives, and one (1) Rural Sanitary Inspector.
The leading causes of morbidity and mortality in the Municipality of Bacnotan for the year 2016 as
gathered from the Municipal Health Office are presented in the following tables.
Acute Upper Respiratory Tract Infection (AURTI) was the most leading causes of morbidity in
Bacnotan, with a total of 3,325 cases and mostly experienced by females.
Table 67. Ten Leading Causes of Morbidity, Bacnotan, 2016

No. of Cases
Disease
Male Female Total
1. Acute Upper Respiratory Tract
1,418 1,907 3,325
Infection
2. Hypertension 134 330 464
3. Anemia 55 244 299
4. Urinary Tract Infection 68 173 241
5. TB Respiratory 89 74 163
6. B. Asthma 59 61 120
7. T. Pharyngitis 34 52 86
8. Diabetes Mellitus 19 50 69
9. Arthritis 15 45 60
10. Allergy 19 35 54
Source: Bacnotan Municipal Health Office, 2016
The leading cause of mortality was Undetermined Natural Cause while the remaining top causes
were cardiac-related diseases.
Table 68: Ten Leading Causes of Mortality, Bacnotan, 2016

No. of Cases
Disease
Male Female Total
1. Undetermined Natural Cause 17 20 37
2. Cardiopulmonary Arrest 16 14 30
3. Cardio Respiratory Arrest 16 15 31
4. Degenerative Cardiac Disease 7 17 24
5. Cardiovascular Accident 3 6 9
6. Myocardial Infraction 7 2 9
249
No. of Cases
Disease
Male Female Total
7. Gunshot Wound 9 0 9
8. Liver Failure 6 1 7
9. Bronchial Asthma 3 1 4
10. Diabetes Mellitus II 2 2 4
Source: Bacnotan Municipal Health Office, 2016
The following Basic Health Services are accessible to the residents of Bacnotan through the Municipal
Health Office:
 Child Care
o Expanded Program on Immunization
 Provision of vaccines to eligible target groups.
(BCG, PENTA, OPV, MEASLES, TT, PCV, MMR)
o Nutrition Program
 Operation Timbang (0-7 months old children)
 Micronutrient Supplementation (6 – 59 months old children)
 Macronutrient Supplementation (Pregnant and Post-Partum)
o Adolescent Youth Health Development Program
 Daily Counselling
 Environmental Sanitation
Provision of:
o Safe adequate water supply through monthly bacteriological examinations of all

refilling stations
o Monitoring of all food establishments
o Conduct of Community Led Sanitation in barangays
o Issuance of Sanitary permit and Health Certificate
o Waste Management and Excreta Disposal
 Promotion of Healthy Lifestyle

Prevention of:
o Cardiovascular diseases
 Diagnosis
 Health Education
250
 Treatment
o Cancer
 Pap smear
 Diagnosis and Referral
 Basic Curative Services
o Medical Care
o Dental Care
o Surgical Care
o Medical Outreach
 Prevention and Control of Infectious Diseases
o STD/Aids Control
Intensify awareness on reproductive health
 Cervical Smear
 Syndromic Management
o Rabies Control
 Diagnosis
 Treatment/ Referral of cases
o Leprosy Control
 Diagnosis/ Contact Examination
 Multiple Drug Treatment
o National Tuberculosis Program
 Diagnosis (Sputum Exam)
 Treatment (DOTS)-(Follow-up Defaulters)
 Health Education Advocacy
o Malaria Control Program
 Diagnosis
 Treatment
 Focal Spraying
o Dengue Control Program
 Diagnosis/ Treatment
 Surveillance
 Fogging and Spraying
 Vector control
 “Taktak Taob”
o Control of Diarrheal Diseases
 Diagnosis
251
 Treatment (Oresol)
 Hypo sol usage in every household and food establishment
o Safe Motherhood and Family Planning
 Maternal and Childcare Health Care
 Prenatal Care/ Identify high risk mothers/ Do early referral
 Post Natal Care
 Home visit of Post-Partum women
o Family Planning Program
 Maintaining the needs of current users through:
- Pill Dispensing
- Condom Dispensing’
- Depo-Provera Injection
- IUD Insertion and Check-Up
 Health Education and Natural Family Planning
 Pre-marriage counselling on Family Planning
In Barangay Quirino, the top three (3) causes of morbidity from 2013 to 2015 are presented in Table
69. For three (3) years, AURTI is leading disease experienced in Barangay Quirino. The cases of AURTI
increased every year.
Table 69. Leading Causes of Morbidity in Barangay Quirino, 2013-2015

Year 2013 Year 2014 2015
Causes No. Causes No. Causes No.
AURTI 50 AURTI 75 AURTI 80
PTB HPN Urinary Tract
4 5 7
Infection
HPN 4 Allergy 5 HPN 3
Source: Barangay Profile of Quirino
To help improve the access of health services in Barangay Quirino, the Community-Based Health
Program (CBHP) was implemented. CBHP is a partnership endeavor among the Municipality of
Bacnotan, Sangguniang Barangay of Quirino, Ilocos Training and Regional Medical Center (ITRMC) in
partnership with Far Easter University-Nicanor Reyes Medical Foundation (FEU-NRMF), and Holcim La
Union. CBHP in Barangay Quirino is a three-year program which started in April 2015 which may be
extended as necessary. The Program is focused on empowering the community health workers as first
line of medical assistance and enabling them to do more than just first aid. It also aims to educate the
community on preventive health and provide access to consultation and free medicine.
252
Based on the 2015 Annual Report of CBHP, the results of the conducted community diagnosis stated
increased incidence of respiratory conditions. As presented in Figure 82, Pediatric Community
Acquired Pneumonia (PCAP) was prevalent among children. Acute Nasopharyngitis and Non-specific
Viral Illness were also among the diseases diagnosed in children. For Adults, Community Acquired
Pneumonia is also the leading cause of morbidity, while for the elderly is was the second most
common disease experienced.
Figure 82: CBHP 2015 Annual Report on Leading Causes of Morbidity in Barangay Quirino
2016 Malnutrition cases in Barangay Quirino is summarized in Table 70. Out of 183 children ages 0 to
6, there were eleven (11) cases of underweight and two (2) cases of overweight while 170 children
remain normal. Higher cases of underweight was observed in children ages 1 to 4 years old. No case
of severely underweight children was surveyed.
Table 70. Number of Malnourished Children, Barangay Quirino, 2016

Severely
Age Group Underweight Normal Overweight Total
Underweight
0 – 11 months 0 0 19 0 19
1 – 4 years 0 8 99 1 108
5 – 6 years 0 3 62 1 66
Total 0 11 170 2 183
The 2016 report on toilet facilities of the households within Barangay Quirino showed that 63.18% of
the households had water sealed toilet while there were remaining 39 households without toilet
253
facility which constitute 14.08% of the total household of 277. Sitio Bagbag had the most number of
households without toilet.
Table 71: Toilet Facilities in Barangay Quirino, by Sitio, 2016

Type of Sitio
Total %
Toilet Centro 1 Centro 2 Cabanaroan Bagbag
Flush 21 11 1 4 37 13.36
Water
31 22 32 90 175 63.18
sealed
Sharing 3 9 2 12 26 9.39
Without
7 8 6 18 39 14.08
Toilet
Total 62 50 41 124 277 100.00
2.4.2.2 Education
Data of PSA on basic literacy revealed that the Municipality of Bacnotan has an average Literacy Rate
of 99.30%. There were 34,436 individuals 10 years old and over, who can read, write and understand
simple messages in any language or dialect. Data presented in Table 72 also showed that out of 181
total illiterate individuals, 52 individuals were elderly with ages 65 years old and above.
Table 72. Literacy of Household Population 10 Years Old and Over by Age Group, Bacnotan, 2015
Household Population Literacy
Age Group Literate Illiterate
10 years old and over Rate
10 - 14 3,779 3,771 8 99.79
15 - 19 3,711 3,701 10 99.73
20 - 24 3,750 3,735 15 99.60
25 - 29 3,340 3,330 10 99.70
30 - 34 3,188 3,168 20 99.37
35 - 39 2,941 2,933 8 99.73
40 - 44 2,578 2,569 9 99.65
45 - 49 2,605 2,592 13 99.50
50 - 54 2,280 2,264 16 99.30
55 - 59 1,875 1,866 9 99.52
60 - 64 1,466 1,455 11 99.25
65 years old and over 3,104 3,052 52 98.32
Total 34,617 34,436 181 99.48
254
Table 73 present the out-of-school children (6 to 14 years old) and out –of-school youth (15 to 24
years) in Bacnotan. Out-of-school children are persons who are attending school while the out-of-
school youth are those who are not attending school, have not finished any college or post -secondary
course, and are not working. Almost all of the children in Bacnotan were attending school, while there
were 87.20% of youth who are attending school or currently working. Base on the data presented in
Table 73, there were 3,143 youth ages 20 to 24 years old who are not attending school or currently
working.
Table 73: Household Population 5 to 24 Years Old Who Were Currently Attending School by Age
Group, Bacnotan, 2015
Household Population 5 to 24
Household Population
Age Group Years Old Who Were Currently %
5 to 24 Years Old
Attending School
5-9 3,669 3,569 97.27
10 - 14 3,779 3,686 97.54
15 - 19 3,711 2,635 71.01
20 - 24 3,750 607 16.19
Total 14,909 10,497 70.41
There are several educational facilities/ institutions established in the Municipality of Bacnotan, as
shown in Table 74. The North La Union Campus of Don Mariano Marcos Memorial State University is
located in Barangays Sapilang and Bagutot. The state university is offering courses on agriculture,
forestry, agroforestry, teacher education, agricultural engineering and veterinary medicine. Further,
Sta. Veronica College located in Barangay Baroro offers private collegiate education.
Table 74. Educational Facilities in Bacnotan, 2016

Educational Facility Public Private
University 1 -
College - 1
Secondary Schools 3 4
Elementary Schools 13 3
Source: 2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Bacnotan
In Barangay Quirino, public elementary education is accessed from Quirino Elementary School. One
(1) private school, Stella Maris Academy, is offering Secondary Education.
Department of Education data as of September 30, 2015 revealed that there were 187 students
enrolled in Quirino Elementary School. Majority or 18.72% were in Grade 5 level. Records also showed
that in SY 2012-2013 there were six (6) teaches deployed in this Dep Ed-managed school. The school
255
id classified as monograde enrolment which learners are being taught in classes consisting of single
grade only.
Table 75: Enrolment in Quirino Elementary School, SY 2015-2016

SY 2015-2016 Enrolment
Grade Level
Male Female Total %
Kinder 19 12 31 16.58
Grade 1 11 14 25 13.37
Grade 2 11 17 28 14.97
Grade 3 14 10 24 12.83
Grade 4 12 9 21 11.23
Grade 5 19 16 35 18.72
Grade 6 15 8 23 12.30
Total 101 86 187 100.00
Source: Department of Education, 2015
Secondary education is being accessed through Stella Maris Academy. The school is a diocesan school
offering High School Curriculum. The school was established in 1964 and a member of Catholic
Education Association of the Philippines. The school has a Principal and nine (9) Teaching Personnel.
As presented in Table 76, the school has 246 total enrollees in SY 2017-2018 with average class size of
50. Based on standards, high school education should have a class ration of 1:40. Obviously, classes in
Grades 7, 8, and 9 do not comply with the given standards.
Table 76: High School Enrolment by Year Level, Number of Section, and Average Class Size
Grade Level Enrolment Number of Section Average Class Size

7 59 1 59
8 54 1 54
9 53 1 53
10 30 1 31
11 23 1 23
12 27 1 27
Total 246 5 49.2
Source: Stella Maris Academy School Profile, SY 2017-2018
Based on the data of Stella Maris Academy, the school has 90.57% Average Cohort Survival Rate,
meaning out of the total first year enrollees four (4) years ago, 90.57% were able to reach fourth (4th)
year level. The same rates were presented for the Completion Rate and Graduation Rate. This means
that 90.57% of the first year enrollees four (4) years ago graduated from high school in four years’
256
time. The school has no record of failure among its students. However, recent data revealed that five
(5) students enrolled in Grades 7 to 11 dropped-out from school due to health and/or family problem.
2.4.2.3 Social Welfare
Residents of Barangay Quirino benefit from the social services being implemented by the Municipality
of Bacnotan through the Municipal Social Welfare and Development Office (MSWDO) and the
Sangguniang Barangay Quirino. Barangay Quirino has an established Day Care Center located near the
Barangay Hall. The operation of the Day Care Center is part of the Child and Youth Program of the
MSWDO.
The barangay residents also benefit from the Family and Community Welfare Program which include
Community Assistance: Distribution of/Renewal of PhilHealth ID Cards; National Household Targeting
System for Poverty Reduction (NHTS-PR) or Pantawid Pamilya Pilipino Program (4Ps); and Livelihood
Trainings. For 2017, there are 25 families under 4Ps, the same families are also beneficiaries of
PhilHealth ID Program. Nine (9) individuals belonging to different families are enrolled in the Shielded
Metal Arc Welding Program of Technical Education and Skills Development Authority (TESDA). While
five (5) individuals are already employed after attending trainings through the partnership of TESDA
and Department of Social Welfare and Development. Livelihood training seminar opportunities are
also being offered to NHTS-PR women beneficiaries: five (5) are currently taking cookery and two (2)
for food processing.
2.4.2.4 Peace and Order
The peace and order of the municipality of Bacnotan is being maintained by the Philippine National
Police (PNP) and the Barangay Peace and Security Officers (BPSO) of the respective barangays.
Bacnotan PNP has a strength of 39 personnel which composed of two (2) Police Commissioned
Officers, 34 Police Non-Commissioned Officers, and three (3) Non-Uniformed Personnel. In addition
to this, there are eight (8) Police Trainees from Police Regional Office No. 1 and seven (7)
augmentation from La Union Provincial Public Safety Company (LUPPSC).
The current building facility of Bacnotan PNP is being reconstructed. Aside from this, there are two (2)
Public Assistance Centers located in the public market and in Barangay Quirino. The Bacnotan Police
Station has one (1) temporary jail facility. For its mobility and patrolling, Bacnotan PNP has two (2)
mobile Patrol, three (3) motorcycles, and one (1) tricycle. Communication equipment is also available:
14 handheld radios and three 93) base radios.
257
On crime statistics, there were 286 crimes recorded from August 2015 to July 2016. Twenty-five (25)
cases were among the eight (8) focus crimes of PNP (Table 77): Six (6) incidents of Murder; Nine (9)
for Physical Injury; One (1) for Robbery; Two (2) for Theft; and Seven (7) incidents of Rape. There were
also eight (8) cases of Violation of RA 9165 or Comprehensive Dangerous Drug Act of 2002. Because
of these illegal drugs operations of PNP Bacnotan, eight (8) drug personalities were neutralized.
For the period August 2016 to July 2017, 276 crimes were recorded. As presented in Table 77, there
were six (6) incidents of murder, 17 Physical Injury, two (2) Robbery, ten (10) for theft and 14 incidents
of rape. On illegal drugs or violation of RA 9165, 21 operations were conducted which neutralized 24
drug personalities.
Table 77: Bacnotan Crime Statistics

Crimes August 2015 – July 2016 August 2016 – July 2017
Murder 6 6
Homicide 0 0
Physical Injury 9 17
Robbery 1 2
Theft 2 10
Car napping 0 0
Motor napping 0 0
Rape 7 14
Total 25 49
Source: Bacnotan PNP Report, 2017
PNP Bacnotan provided an overview of the crime situation in Barangay Quirino. There were nine crime
incidents recorded from August 2015 to July 2016 and a total of 25 crime incidents for August 2016 to
July 2017.
2.4.2.5 Public Utilities and Infrastructure
2.4.2.5.1 Water Supply Services
Water supply services in the municipality of Bacnotan are being provided by the Metro San Fernando
Water District (La Union). Not all households in in municipality received the services of the supplier.
There are households that source water for domestic purposes from their own deep well or existing
springs.
Based on the data from the Municipal Health Office of Bacnotan, 96.37% or 9,201 households of the
9,548-total number of households in 2016 have access to safe water. It is also important to note that
258
potable water is being sourced mainly from the established water purifying station businesses within
the barangays.
2.4.2.5.2 Power Supply Services
La Union Electric Cooperative Inc., provides the power supply to all households in the municipality.
Almost 100 % of the households availed the power supply services of the said electric cooperative.
Previously, three (3) Barangays of Bacnotan namely: Ballogo, Mabanengneng 2nd, and Quirino source
their power supply through Holcim La Union. However, the strict implementation of Electric Power
Industry Reform Act of 2001 prevented Holcim to continue to supply electricity to the three (3)
barangays. The community has concerns on the services of LUELCO as it is being compared when the
access electricity was through Holcim La Union. There were statements that LUELCO was not prepared
to absorb the communities that once serviced through Holcim La Union. The communities, specifically
Barangay Quirino has been experiencing frequent long hours of brownout.
2.4.2.5.3 Communication Facilities
Several communication facilities are present in the Municipality of Bacnotan. Based on the Cities and
Municipalities Competitiveness Index report, the municipality of Bacnotan has one (1) Cable Provider,
(1) Internet Service Provider, and two (2) Telephone Companies/ Mobile Service Providers.
2.4.2.5.4 Transport Facilities
The road network in the municipality of Bacnotan is composed of national roads with a total
measurement of 77,649,000 linear meters; provincial road with 7,650 linear meters; municipal roads
of 5,450 linear meters and barangay roads of a total of 64,000 linear meters. The details are presented
in Table 78.
Table 78: Road Network in the Municipality of Bacnotan, 2016

Road Network Pavement Total Measurement (Linear Meter)
Concrete 58,950
Barangay Road Gravel 3,200
Earth fill 1,850
Municipal Road Concrete 5,450
Concrete 6,900
Provincial Road
Earth fill 750
National Road Asphalt 77,649,000
259
Bridges are also established within the municipality of Bacnotan. There are concrete and footbridges
constructed in the barangays with a total length of 804 meters, 260 meters of which is concrete.
Municipal bridges have a total length of 29.50 and all are made of concrete materials. There is almost
30 meters of Provincial bridges and 308.11 meters of National bridges (Table 79).
Table 79: Constructed Bridges in the Municipality of Bacnotan, 2016

Bridge Material Total Length (meters)
Concrete 260.70
Barangay
Footbridge 544
Municipal Concrete 29.50
Steel 21.80
Provincial
Concrete 8.0
National Concrete 308.11
In the 2015 Cities and Municipalities Competitive Index Report for Bacnotan, the number of public
transportation vehicles present in the municipality were reported. There were three (3) buses, 222
jeepneys, and 750 tricycles providing transportation services to commuters within the municipality.
2.4.3 Socioeconomic Information
2.4.3.1 Employment Profile
The 2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Bacnotan presented 1.8% employment rate with 4,848 population
employed in different sectors. More than half (57.43%) of employment belong to the service sector
and 31.59% or 1,527 workers are deployed in industries. Only 537 or 11.08% are involved in
agricultural activities (Table 80).
Table 80: Employment data by Sector in the Municipality of Bacnotan, 2016

Sector Population %
Agriculture 537 11.08
Industry 1,527 31.50
Services 2,784 57.43
Total 4,848 100.00
Further, in the Statistical Tables published by PSA for the Province of La Union, as presented in Table
81, 22.17% of the gainful workers (15 years old and above) residing within the municipality of
Bacnotan were Sales and Service Workers. These group of workers provide personal and protective
services related to travel, housekeeping, catering, personal care, or protection against fire and
260
unlawful acts, or demonstrate and sell goods in wholesale or retail shops and similar establishments,
as well as at stalls and on markets.
Almost 20% of workers are involved in Elementary Occupations. Occupations in this group involve the
performance of simple and routine tasks which may require the use of handheld tools and
considerable physical effort.
There were also 17.33% of workers are Skilled Agricultural Forestry and Fishery Workers who grow
and harvest field or tree and shrub crops, gather wild fruits and plants, breed, tend or hunt animals,
produce a variety of animal husbandry products, cultivate, conserve and exploit forests, breed or catch
fish and cultivate or gather other forms of aquatic life in order to provide food, shelter and income for
themselves and their households .
The presence of Holcim and other major industries in Bacnotan provided opportunities for the 10.50%
of the population 15 years old and over who are employed as Plant and Machine Operators and
Assemblers. These workers operate and monitor industrial and agricultural machinery equipment on
the spot or by remote control, drive and operate trains, motor vehicles and mobile machinery and
equipment, or assemble products from component parts according to strict specifications and
procedures . The details are presented in Table 81.
Table 81: Gainful Workers 15 Years Old and Over by Major Occupation Group within the
Municipality of Bacnotan, 2015
No. of Gainful Workers

Major Occupation Group
Male % Female % Total %
Managers 383 3.43 463 8.27 846 5.04
Professionals 447 4.00 799 14.27 1,246 7.43
Technicians and Associate
3.35 4.66 3.78
Professionals 374 261 635
Clerical Support Workers 433 3.87 600 10.72 1,033 6.16
Service and Sales Workers 1,447 12.94 2,273 40.60 3,720 22.17
Skilled Agricultural Forestry and
24.62 2.77 17.33
Fishery Workers 2,753 155 2,908
Craft and Related Trades Workers 1,131 10.12 91 1.63 1,222 7.28
Plant and Machine Operators and
15.38 0.73 10.50
Assemblers 1,720 41 1,761
Elementary Occupations 2,452 21.93 901 16.10 3,353 19.98
Armed Forces Occupations 29 0.26 3 0.05 32 0.19
Not Reported 11 0.10 11 0.20 22 0.13
Total 11,180 00.00 5,598 100.00 16,778 100.00
Source: PSA, 2015 (Philippine Statistics Authority, 2017)
261
The Cement Plant of Holcim La Union is one of the industries in Barangay Quirino that provides
opportunities for employment. As of July 2017, Holcim La Union employs 188 employees. Almost 95%
are regularly employed in the cement plant as described in Table 82. Of the 188 employees, 89% are
males and 11% are Females.
Table 82. Employment Status, Holcim La Union, 2017

Employment Status Population %
Regular/ Permanent 178 94.68
Temporary/ Project-Based 8 4.26
Expatriate 2 1.06
Total 188 100.00
Source: Holcim La Union, 2017
Holcim La Union Employment By

Gender
Females
11%
Males
89%
Figure 83: Holcim La Union Employment by Gender
Opportunities for employment provided by Holcim La Union Cement Plant extends to other places in
the Municipality of Bacnotan and the entire Province of La Union other than of Barangay Quirino.
Table 83 presents the place of residence of Holcim La Union workforce. Majority of the workforce or
44% resides in other municipalities of La Union Province. Only 18% or 34 employees are from the host
barangay. It is important to note that there are also opportunities for employment available through
the service contractors of Holcim La Union.
Table 83: Workforce Profile by Place of Residence, Holcim La Union, 2017

Place of Residence Population %
Host Barangay (Quirino) 34 18.0
Other Barangays Within the Municipality (Bacnotan) 37 20.0
Other Municipalities of La Union 83 44.0
262
Place of Residence Population %

From other Provinces/ Country 34 18.0
Total 188 100.00
Source: Holcim La Union, 2017
Holcim La Union follows the Local Ordinance issued by the Municipality of Bacnotan in terms of Local
Labor Requirement. The Local Ordinance requires that 50% of the unskilled and 30% of the skilled
labor requirements should be sourced in Barangay Quirino as first priority. Based also from the issued
ordinance, if skilled or unskilled requirement is not fully met from barangay Quirino then recruitment
shall be from neighboring barangays
The Human Resource (HR) Department of Holcim La Union implements the following programs to
develop the skills and competencies of employees and laborers:
 Manufacturing Work Force Training

 Holcim Leadership and Management Program
 Contractors’ Safety Training;
 Competency Assessment to identify gaps and trainings/exposure needed;
 Gender end Equality in the workplace for Employees and Contractors.
The programs implemented by the HR Department are continuing and need-based.
2.4.3.2 Trade and Industry
According to the 2016 Socioeconomic Profile of Bacnotan, there were 995 registered business
establishments engaged in trading, services, and manufacturing. There are specific registered
businesses and enterprise that provides services as shown in Table 84.
Table 84: Registered Business and Enterprises in Bacnotan, 2016

Registered Businesses and Enterprises No.
Business Establishment
Trading (790)
995
Services (161)
Manufacturing (44)
Beauty Parlor 12
Barber Shops 4
Photo Studios/ Video Shops 3
Tailoring/ Dress Shop 3
Restaurants 3
Eateries/ Canteen 77
Funeral Parlor 5
Gasoline Stations 6
263
Registered Businesses and Enterprises No.

Water Stations 17
Resorts 2
Others 952
The list of registered micro, small and medium enterprise in 2016 is also provided in the
Socioeconomic Profile of Bacnotan. Majority sells dry goods and ready-to-wear clothing. There are
also stores that sells agricultural products, LPG among others as presented in Table 85.
Table 85: Registered Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprise in Bacnotan, 2016
Product/Commodity No.
Dry Goods 45
Dry Goods/ Ready-to-Wear 12
Soft drinks 1
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) 2
Agricultural Supplies/Feeds 3
Rice 1
Bicycle/Tricycle Parts and Accessories 1
Construction Supply 1
Wagwagan (run down clothes) 1
Toys & Accessories 1
Vegetable & Spices 1
Others 2
Source: 2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Bacnotan (Local Government Unit of Bacnotan, La Union,
2016)
2.4.3.3 Food Sufficiency
The municipality of Bacnotan reported food sufficiency on major commodities produced within their
area. As observed in Table 86, the municipality has high food sufficiency in all agricultural products,
except for corn which data is not available. This means that the current produce of the municipality is
still more than sufficient to supply the food needed food consumption of the people of Bacnotan. The
municipality is capable of selling the commodities to other areas. For fisheries, the produce supplies
73.74% of the population, there is still a need to further develop its production to ensure supply for
the remaining 30% of the population.
264
Table 86: Food Sufficiency Level on Agricultural Commodity and Fisheries
Commodity Area (has.) Production (tons) Sufficiency Level (%)

Palay/ Rice 1,883 13.98 229.29
Corn 550 11.46 -
Fruit Vegetable 35.52 391.53 207.99
Leafy Vegetable 3.9 30.09 156.89
Fruits 60.0 947.75 519.51
Legumes 180.0 198.41 689.65
Root crops 12.0 92.59 261.35
Fish 112.17 779 73.74
Source: 2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Bacnotan (Local Government Unit of Bacnotan, La Union,
2016)
For livestock, the sufficiency level of the municipality is enough to cover the whole population and to
provide supply outside the municipality. However, for poultry, as presented in Table 87, there is a
need to implement a program to develop food sufficiency for poultry products.
Table 87: Food Sufficiency Level on Livestock and Poultry

Commodity Production (tons) Sufficiency Level (%)
Pork 1,472.40 206.54
Chevon 13.23 118.73
Carabeef 98.64 361.90
Beef 75.02 112.97
Poultry 79.37 16.98
2.4.3.4 Poverty Incidence
Based on the 2012 Official Poverty Statistics published by PSA, poverty incidence in the province of LA
Union decreased from 2006, to 2009, and to 2012. The recorded poverty incidence among families in
La Union in 2012 was 15.3%, it is lower than the national average which was 19.7%. It was also
observed that the magnitude of poor families and population continuously decreased from the three
(3) survey periods. The Annual Per Capita Poverty Threshold increased in 2012 with Php 18,006.00
compared to the value during 2006 (Php 14,340.00) and 2009 (Php 17,724.00). The value for the
province of La Union was lower than the Annual Per Capita Poverty Threshold for the whole country
which is Php 18,935.00. Poverty threshold is the minimum income required for a family/individual to
meet the basic food and non-food requirements .
265
Table 88. Comparative Poverty Statistics of La Union Province: 2006, 2009, 2012
Year
Indicators
2006 2009 2012
Poverty Incidence Among Families (%) 20.8 22.4 15.3
Magnitude of Poor Families 31,041 35,938 26,506
Annual per Capita Poverty Threshold (in Pesos) 14,340 17,724 18,006
Source: 2012 Full Year Official Poverty Statistics
2.4.4 Barangay Disaster Risks Reduction Management
The Sangguniang Barangay of Quirino has established its Barangay Disaster Risks Reduction
Management Council. For 2017, 5% of the Barangay’s total income of PhP 271,361.90 was allocated
to implement the Barangay Disaster Action Plan. Seventy percent (70%) of the allocated funds or Php
189,953.33 is set aside for Training and Facilities. The trainings and seminars that expected to be
conducted include first aid, fire prevention, and earth quake drills. In order to properly execute the
plan, the purchase of necessary emergency supplies, materials, and equipment will also be
accomplished, such as portable radios & batteries, outdoor antenna, and purchase of goods for
emergency purposes. The remaining 30% or Php 81,408.57 is set aside for rescue and relief operations.
The barangay coordinates with the Department of Social Welfare and Development (DSWD),
Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG), Philippine National Police, and Non-
Government Organizations (NGOs) in implementing the Disaster Action Plan. The plan enumerates
actions to be undertaken during pre-emergency, at the time of emergency, and post-emergency.
For pre-emergency activities, the Sangguniang Barangay conducted planning, meetings, public
information, and establish communication and warning systems from April to August 2017. The
barangay also outlined the actions to be undertaken during emergency which includes medical, relief,
evacuation, and transportation.
Holcim La Union partners with the Barangay LGU in ensuring immediate response during disasters.
Sets of heavy equipment are being sent to clear the roads. Also, relief operation is being implemented
to ensure supply of food and safety gears such as raincoat, boots and emergency lamps. In the recent
typhoon, Holcim La Union helped in securing the evacuation center by installing tarpaulins.
266
2.4.5 Perception Survey
A perception survey for the direct impact barangay was conducted in two batches. The first batch was
on August 22 to 25, 2017 and the second batch was conducted on September 16 to 19, 2017.
The overall sample target of 155 was adopted for the perception survey, based on the following
Criteria:
 95% Level of Confidence;
 5% Margin of Error; and
 Stratification of samples across the households within the four sitios and institutional
entities within the barangays.
The survey was focused on Barangay Qurino, the host barangay of Holcim-La Union. A total of 134
households were surveyed and 21 institutional workers. Majority of the respondents were from Sitio
Bagbag, purposely because the location of this Sitio is the nearest in the cement plant while Sitio
Cabanaroan, the second most number of respondents, is located near the parking area of haulers.
Centro 1 and Centro 2 has equal number of respondents. Institutional workers from St. Joseph Parish,
Qurino Elementary School, and Stella Maris High School also participated in the survey. These
institutional workers may also be residents of Barangay Quirino and or from other Barangays of
Bacnotan.
Table 89: Survey Respondents

Areas No. of Survey Respondents %
Residential (Sitios) Centro 1 24 15.48
Centro 2 24 15.48
Cabanaroan 33 21.29
Bagbag 53 34.19
Non-Residential St. Joseph the Parish
(Institutional) Quirino Elementary School 21
13.55
Stella Maris High School
Total 155 100.00
The survey questionnaire was divided into five (5) major components: (1) Personal Information; (2)
Household Information; (3) Housing Condition; (4) Perceived Community Problems and Proposed
Solutions; and (5) Awareness on the Proposed Project. The survey form used is attached as Annex E.
267
2.4.5.1 Profile of Survey Respondents
2.4.5.1.1 Socio-Demographic Profile of Survey Respondents
Gender. Across survey areas, majority of the respondents are females with a total of 117 out of the
155 respondents or 75.5%. Males represent 24.5% or 38 out of the 155 total survey respondents.
The details are shown in Table 90.
Table 90. Gender of Survey Respondents

Female Male Total Total
Area
Number Percentage
Number Percentage Number Percentage
Bagbag 39 33.3 14 36.8 53 34.2
Cabanaroan 29 24.8 4 10.5 33 21.3
Centro I 15 12.8 9 23.7 24 15.5
Centro II 18 15.4 6 15.8 24 15.5
Institutional 16 13.7 5 13.2 21 13.5
117 100.00 38 100.00 155 100.00
Grand Total
75.5% 24.5% 100%
Age. Table 91 shows the age distribution of the respondents. The most number of respondents
belongs to the 51 – 60 age bracket with 11.8%. This was followed by age bracket 41-50 (19.0%) and
31 – 40 (21.6%). Older age groups 61 – 70 and 71 - above were 1.3% and 3.3% of the respondents,
respectively. Younger age groups also participated in the survey. There were 3.9% from 15-20 years
old and 19.6% from age group 21-30.
Table 91: Age of Survey Respondents

Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional
Total Total
Age
Number %
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
15-20 1 1.9 2 6.3 - - 1 4.2 2 10.0 6 3.9
21-30 11 20.8 8 25.0 2 8.3 1 4.2 8 40.0 30 19.6
31-40 8 15.1 11 34.4 4 16.7 4 16.7 6 30.0 33 21.6
41-50 13 24.5 4 12.5 4 16.7 5 20.8 3 15.0 29 19.0
51-60 11 20.8 5 15.6 7 29.2 6 25.0 1 5.0 30 19.6
61-70 4 7.5 1 3.1 7 29.2 6 25.0 - - 18 11.8
71-above 1 1.9 - - - - 1 4.2 - - 2 1.3
No Answer 4 7.5 2 3.1 - - - - 1 - 5 3.3
Grand Total 53 100.00 32 100.00 24 100.00 24 100.00 20 100.00 153 100.00
268
Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional

Total Total
Age
Number %
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
34.6% 20.9% 15.7% 15.7% 13.1% 100%
Birthplace. Majority of the respondents (43.3%) were born in the impact barangay while 9.6% from
other barangays. There were 24.5% of them who were born from other provinces and 18.7% from
other municipalities in La Union. The details are shown in Table 92.
Table 92: Birthplace of Survey Respondents

Other Other Other
Barangay No Answer Total
Barangays Municipalities Provinces
Barangays
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Bagbag 18 26.90 5 33.30 11 37.90 16 42.10 3 50.00 53 34.20
Cabanaroan 15 22.40 3 20.00 4 13.80 10 26.30 1 16.70 33 21.30
Centro I 15 22.40 1 6.70 3 10.30 5 13.20 24 15.50
Centro II 15 22.40 1 6.70 6 20.70 2 5.30 24 15.50
Institutional 4 6.00 5 33.30 5 17.20 5 13.20 2 33.30 21 13.50
67 100.0 15 100.0 29 100.0 38 100.0 6 100.0 155 100.0

Grand Total
43.3% 9.6% 18.7% 24.5% 3.9% 100%
Civil Status. Table 93 shows the civil status of survey respondents. Most of the them were married
with 65.2% of the total respondents. There were 20.6% who were single, 4.5% were separated from
their partners and 7.7% widowed.
Table 93: Civil Status of Survey Respondents
Married Separated Single Widowed No Answer Total

Barangays
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Bagbag 35 34.70 3 42.90 8 25.00 4 33.30 3 100.00 53 34.20
Cabanaroan 24 23.80 4 57.10 4 12.50 1 8.30 - - 33 21.30
Centro I 16 15.80 - - 4 12.50 4 33.30 - - 24 15.50
Centro II 18 17.80 - - 3 9.40 3 25.00 - - 24 15.50
Institutional 8 7.90 - - 13 40.60 0.00 - - 21 13.50
101 100.0 7 100.0 32 100.0 12 100.0 3 100.0 155 100.0
Grand Total
65.2% 4.5% 20.6% 7.7% 1.9% 100%
269
Religion. The Religion of the big majority of the respondents (92.9%) were Roman Catholic. A few of
them, 2.6%, were Born Again Christians while 1.3% were Baptist. One of the respondents was a
member of Iglesia ni Cristo and another one was a Protestant. The figures are shown in Table 94.
Table 94. Religious Affiliation of Survey Respondents

Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
Religion
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Roman Catholic 50 94.30 30 90.90 22 91.70 22 91.70 20 95.20 144 92.90
Baptist - - 1 3.00 - - - - 1 4.80 2 1.30
Born Again 2 3.80 - - 1 4.20 1 4.20 - - 4 2.60
Iglesia ni Kristo - - 1 3.00 - - - - - - 1 0.60
No Answer 1 1.90 1 3.00 - - 1 4.20 - - 3 1.90
Protestant - - - - 1 4.20 - - - - 1 0.60
Grand Total 53 100.0 33 100.0 24 100.0 24 100.0 21 100.0 155 100.0
Educational Attainment. Table 95 shows the educational attainment of the survey respondents.
Majority of the respondents were college graduates (25.2%), followed by those who have reached
college but did not finish it (21.3%). Some 17.4% of them were high school graduates and another
14.8% also reached high school education but were not able to complete it. There were 7.1% who
finished elementary education. Notably, two of the respondents were able to study in a graduate
program.
Table 95: Educational Attainment of Survey Respondents

Level
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Elementary 4 7.50 4 12.10 - - 1 4.20 - - 9 5.80
Elementary
Graduate 7 13.20 2 6.10 - - 2 8.30 - - 11 7.10
High School 12 22.60 9 27.30 - - 2 8.30 - - 23 14.80
High School
Graduate 11 20.80 6 18.20 3 12.50 6 25.00 1 4.80 27 17.40
Vocational 6 11.30 - - 2 8.30 1 4.20 - - 9 5.80
College Level 7 13.20 8 24.20 9 37.50 5 20.80 4 19.00 33 21.30
College Graduate 6 11.30 4 12.10 9 37.50 5 20.80 15 71.40 39 25.20
270

Level
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Graduate Program - - - - - - 2 8.30 - - 2 1.30
No Answer - - - - 1 4.20 - - 1 4.80 2 1.30
Grand Total 53 100.0 33 100.0 24 100.0 24 100.0 21 100.0 155 100.0
Settlement History. Table 96 shows the settlement history of the survey respondents. The
respondents were almost equally divided in different number of years of stay in the barangay. Some
18.1% of them have been staying in the barangay for 11-20 years now and 16.8% for 21-30 years.
Another 15.5% of the respondents have been leaving in the barangay for 31-40 years, 13.5% for 41-
50 years, and 12.3% for 1-10 years. There were respondents who are residents in the barangay for 51-
60 years (8.4%) and more than 61 years (9.7%).
Table 96: Settlement History of Survey Respondents

Number of Years
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
1 to 10 8 15.10 6 18.20 1 4.20 - - 4 19.00 19 12.30
11 to 20 14 26.40 8 24.20 2 8.30 2 8.30 2 9.50 28 18.10
21-30 10 18.90 7 21.20 3 12.50 3 12.50 3 14.30 26 16.80
31-40 6 11.30 7 21.20 4 16.70 4 16.70 3 14.30 24 15.50
41-50 8 15.10 3 9.10 5 20.80 4 16.70 1 4.80 21 13.50
51-60 4 7.50 1 3.00 3 12.50 4 16.70 1 4.80 13 8.40
61-above 3 5.70 - - 6 25.00 6 25.00 - - 15 9.70
No Answer - - 1 3.00 - - 1 4.20 7 33.30 9 5.80
Grand Total 53 100.00 33 100.00 24 100.00 24 100.00 21 100.00 155 100.00
1.4.2 Socio-Economic Profile of the Respondents
Income Sources. Table 97 shows the sources of income of the respondents. There were 40% of the
respondents who didn’t have jobs and livelihood during the survey period. Those with sources of
income include the employees in government agencies (15.5%), the self-employed (16.8%),
employees in the private sector (9.7%), the laborers (5.8%), fishermen (5.2%), those who are receiving
pension (3.9%), and the farmers.
271
Table 97. Income Sources of Respondents

Row Labels
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Employee PS 6 11.30 4 12.10 - - - - 5 23.80 15 9.70
Farmer 1 1.90 1 3.00 - - 2 8.30 - - 4 2.60
Fisherman 4 7.50 2 6.10 1 4.20 1 4.20 - - 8 5.20
Gov't Employee 1 1.90 2 6.10 3 12.50 4 16.70 14 66.70 24 15.50
Laborer 3 5.70 1 3.00 2 8.30 3 12.50 - - 9 5.80
Pension 2 3.80 - - 3 12.50 1 4.20 - - 6 3.90
Self Employed 13 24.50 3 9.10 6 25.00 3 12.50 1 4.80 26 16.80
Unemployed 23 43.40 20 60.60 9 37.50 10 41.70 1 4.80 63 40.60
Grand Total 53 100.00 33 100.00 24 100.00 24 100.00 21 100.00 155 100.00
Monthly Income. In terms of monthly income, 36.8% of the respondents declared no income during
the survey period while 28.4% of them were earning PhP 1,000 – 5,000 per month and 10.3% had an
income of 5,000 – 10,000. A few of them were earning relatively higher at around PhP 15,000 to 20,000
(3.9%) and over PhP 20,000 (5.8%). The figures are shown in the table below (Table 98).
Table 98. Estimated Monthly Income of Survey Respondents

Monthly Income Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
(PhP) No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Less than 1,000 7 13.20 3 9.10 1 4.20 2 8.30 - - 13 8.40
1,000-5,000 13 24.50 10 30.30 7 29.20 12 50.00 2 9.50 44 28.40
5,001-10,000 4 7.50 2 6.10 3 12.50 - - 7 33.30 16 10.30
10,001-15,000 - - - - - - - - 1 4.80 1 0.60
15,001-20,000 - - 1 3.00 - - - - 5 23.80 6 3.90
Over 20,000 2 3.80 - - 4 16.70 - - 3 14.30 9 5.80
Pre-service - - - - - - - - 1 4.80 1 0.60
None 23 43.40 16 48.50 8 33.30 9 37.50 1 4.80 57 36.80
No Answer 4 7.50 1 3.00 1 4.20 1 4.20 1 4.80 8 5.20
Grand Total 53 100.00 33 100.00 24 100.00 24 100.00 21 100.00 155 100.00
272
2.4.5.2 Household Information
Household Size. Table 99 shows the household size of the survey respondents. Almost one-third,
30.32%, of them has a family size of 3-4 and 27.7% with 5 to 6 members. Fifteen percent (15.48%) of
the respondents belong to a relatively small household size of 1 to 2. There were a small percentage
of respondents who had bigger family size – 7.74% for families with 7-8 members; 2.58% with 9-10
members and 1.29% with more than 10 members.
Table 99: Household Size of Survey Respondents

No. of HH No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
1 to 2 7 13.21 2 6.06 7 29.17 6 25.00 2 9.52 24 15.48
3 to 4 19 35.85 8 24.24 4 16.67 8 33.33 8 38.10 47 30.32
5 to 6 16 30.19 10 30.30 6 25.00 5 20.83 6 28.57 43 27.74
7 to 8 4 7.55 3 9.09 2 8.33 2 8.33 1 4.76 12 7.74
9 to 10 2 3.77 2 6.06 - - - - - - 4 2.58
More than 10 1 1.89 1 3.03 - - - - - - 2 1.29
Not Applicable 2 3.77 - - 3 12.50 1 4.17 4 19.05 10 6.45
No Answer 2 3.77 7 21.21 2 8.33 2 8.33 - 13 8.39
Grand Total 53 100.00 33 100.00 24 100.00 24 100.00 21 100.00 155 100.00
2.4.5.3 Housing Condition
House Ownership. Majority of the respondents (74.8%) own the house where they are staying. Only
21.9% of them do not own the house that they occupy.
Table 100. Ownership of the Housing Units of the Survey Respondents

House Ownership
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
No 13 24.53 6 18.18 7 29.17 2 16.67 6 28.57 34 21.94
Yes 38 71.70 26 78.79 16 66.67 21 175.00 15 71.43 116 74.84
No Answer 2 3.77 1 3.03 1 4.17 1 8.33 5 3.23
Grand Total 53 100.0 33 100.0 24 100.0 24 200.0 21 100.0 155 100.0
273
Lot Ownership. More than half of the respondents (55.4%) own the land where their houses were
built while 40.6%. Some 40.65% of them were not lot owners of their houses.
Table 101. Ownership of Lots of the Survey Respondents

Land Ownership
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
No 23 43.40 18 54.55 10 41.67 4 16.67 8 38.10 63 40.65
Yes 28 52.83 14 42.42 13 54.17 18 75.00 13 61.90 86 55.48
No Answer 2 3.77 1 3.03 1 4.17 2 8.33 6 3.87
Grand Total 53 100.0 33 100.0 24 100.0 24 100.0 21 100.0 155 100.0
Housing Materials. Table 102 shows the construction materials of the housing units of the survey
respondents. Almost half of the respondents (49%) used concrete materials while 24.5% of them have
semi-concrete housing materials. There were 16.7% who used wooden materials and 7.74% have light
construction materials.
Table 102. Construction Materials of the Housing Units of the Survey Respondents
Type of Hose
Materials No No No No No
% % % % % No. %
. . . . .
Concrete Materials 30 56.60 11 33.33 9 37.50 12 50.00 14 66.67 76 49.03
Light Materials 3 5.66 5 15.15 2 8.33 1 4.17 1 4.76 12 7.74
No Answer - - 2 8.33 - 1 4.76 3 1.94
Semi-concrete 13 24.53 6 18.18 9 37.50 6 25.00 4 19.05 38 24.52
Wooden Materials 7 13.21 11 33.33 2 8.33 5 20.83 1 4.76 26 16.77
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 15 100.0

Grand Total 53 33 24 24 21
0 0 0 0 0 5 0
2.4.5.4 Health and Sanitation Situation of Survey Respondents
Sickness. In terms of sickness, only 3 out of the total 155 survey respondents or any member of their
families did not get sick a year prior to the survey. One-third (32.9%) of them claimed that one of their
family members was sick during the previous year and another 30.97% of the respondents replied that
two of their family members also experienced illness. Only 4.52% of the respondents answered that
6 or more members of their household got sick. The details are presented in Table 103.
274
Table 103. Household Members of the Survey Respondents Who Experienced Illness
Total
No. of HH Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional
Members
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
1 12 22.64 9 27.27 8 33.33 11 45.83 11 52.38 51 32.90
2 18 33.96 13 39.39 6 25.00 6 25.00 5 23.81 48 30.97
3 10 18.87 4 12.12 - 4 16.67 5 23.81 23 14.84
4 6 11.32 1 3.03 3 12.50 - - 10 6.45
5 1 1.89 2 6.06 2 8.33 - - 5 3.23
6 more 4 7.55 - 2 8.33 1 4.17 - 7 4.52
None 1 1.89 - 1 4.17 1 4.17 - 3 1.94
No Answer 1 1.89 4 12.12 2 8.33 1 4.17 - 8 5.16
Grand Total 53 100.00 33 100.00 24 100.00 24 100.00 21 100.00 155 100.00
Illnesses experienced by the household members of the respondents. For those who got sick during
the previous year, 45.8% of them had fever, 21.9% acquired cough and colds and 12.3% experienced
diarrhea. Some 3.87% of respondents had hypertension a year before the survey with the same number
who experienced other respiratory diseases. Only 1.9% of the total respondents suffered from other
serious illnesses. The details are shown in Table 104.
Table 104: Illnesses experienced by the household members of the Survey Respondents
Illness
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Cough & Colds 10 18.87 9 27.27 6 25.00 4 16.67 5 23.81 34 21.94
Dengue fever - - - 1 4.17 - 1 0.65
Diarrhea 9 16.98 3 9.09 1 4.17 3 12.50 3 14.29 19 12.26
Fever 25 47.17 12 36.36 10 41.67 12 50.00 12 57.14 71 45.81
Hypertension 4 7.55 1 3.03 1 4.17 - - 6 3.87
Infection - 1 3.03 - 1 4.17 1 4.76 3 1.94
Other Respiratory Diseases 1 1.89 2 6.06 2 8.33 1 4.17 - 6 3.87
Other Serious Illnesses 1 1.89 - 2 8.33 - - 3 1.94
Others 1 1.89 1 3.03 - 1 4.17 - 3 1.94
None 2 3.77 4 12.12 2 8.33 1 4.17 - 9 5.81
275

Illness
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Grand Total 53 100.0 33 100.0 24 100.0 24 100.0 21 100.0 155 100.0
Health facilities and providers accessed by survey respondents. Most of the respondents or 60.35%
availed of the services of the Barangay Health Center for treatment. About a quarter or 20.70% opted
to treat illnesses within their homes. The details are shown in Table 105.
Table 105: Health facilities and providers accessed by the Survey Respondents
Health Facility
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Barangay Health Center 37 46.84 20 51.28 9 32.14 8 25.81 2 8.00 76 37.81
Public Hospital 26 32.91 6 15.38 10 35.71 11 35.48 11 44.00 64 31.84
Private Hospital/ Clinic 7 8.86 6 15.38 7 25.00 9 29.03 8 32.00 37 18.41
Home 6 7.59 3 7.69 1 3.57 3 9.68 3 12.00 16 7.96
Holcim La Union Clinic 1 1.27 - - - - - - - - 0 -
Herbalist - - 1 2.56 - - - - 1 4.00 2 1.00
No Answer 2 2.53 3 7.69 1 3.57 - - - - 6 2.99
Grand Total 79 100.0 39 100.0 28 100.0 31 100.0 25 100.0 201 100.0
Source of Drinking Water. Majority of the respondents (70.73%) was buying bottled water or through
a refilling station as their main source of drinking water while some of them (25.61%) source it from
the artesian well or pump. Only 3.66% of the respondents claimed that they source their drinking
water from the spring. The figures are shown in Table 106.
Table 106: Source of Drinking Water of the Survey Respondents

Source of Drinking Water
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Bottled/ Water Refilling Station 44 80.00 19 52.78 19 79.17 17 70.83 17 68 116 70.73
Artesian Well Pump 9 16.36 17 47.22 5 20.83 7 29.17 4 16 42 25.61
Spring 2 3.64 - - - - - - 4 16 6 3.66
Grand Total 55 100.0 36 100.0 24 100.0 24 100.0 25 100 164 100.0
276
Domestic Water Source. In terms of water sources from domestic use, a big majority of the
respondents (91%) use the artesian well and pump and only 2.5% was using spring water.
Table 107. Source of Water for Domestic Use of the Survey Respondents
Source of Domestic Water Supply
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Artesian Well Pump 53 100.00 29 87.88 19 79.17 24 100.00 17 77.27 142 91.03
Spring - - 1 3.03 - - - - 3 13.64 4 2.56
Others - - - - - - - 1 4.55 1 0.64
No Answer - - 3 9.09 5 20.83 - - 1 4.55 9 5.77
Grand Total 53 100.0 33 100.0 24 100.0 24 100.0 22 100.0 156 100.0
Toilet Facility. Table 108 shows the type of toilet facilities of the survey respondents. Most of them
(78%) have their own water-sealed toilet without flush while 15.48% have toilet facility with flush
mechanism. Only one out of the total respondents share toilet with their relatives and two
respondents claim that they dig hole in the ground. Three percent of them replied that they don’t
have toilet at all.
Table 108. Toilet Facilities of the Survey Respondents

Toilet Facility
No No No No No
% % % % % No. %
. . . . .
Owned, Water sealed with flush 5 9.43 2 6.06 4 16.67 4 16.67 9 42.86 24 15.48
Owned, Water sealed without 12

44 83.02 28 84.85 19 79.17 18 75.00 12 57.14 78.06
flush 1
Common Toilet with Relatives 1 1.89 - - - - 1 0.65
Dug Hole - - - 2 8.33 - 2 1.29
None 3 5.66 2 6.06 - - - 5 3.23
No Answer - 1 3.03 1 4.17 - - 2 1.29
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 15 100.0

53 33 24 24 21
Grand Total 0 0 0 0 0 5 0
Waste disposal. Data presented in Table 109 shows the type of garbage disposal of the survey
respondents. Majority (76.79%) of them said that their wastes and garbage were collected by the
barangay for disposal. Some 19% of them dispose their waste through a hole in the ground while
others (2.9%) burn it.
277
Table 109. Type of Waste Disposal of the Survey Respondents

Waste Disposal
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Collected by Barangay 47 82.46 20 54.05 22 88.00 21 80.77 19 82.61 129 76.79
Dug hole 9 15.79 13 35.14 2 8.00 5 19.23 4 17.39 33 19.64
Burning 1 1.75 3 8.11 1 4.00 - - - - 5 2.98
No Answer - - 1 2.70 - - - - - - 1 0.60
Grand Total 57 100.00 37 100.00 25 100.00 26 100.00 23 100.00 168 100.00
2.4.5.5 Community Problems and Concerns
In terms of the perceived problems of the respondents in Barangay Quirino, most of the responses
identified unemployment (21.63%) as the main problem in the barangay. Poverty (14.09%), lack of
assistance for livelihood (11.11%), limited medical supplies and equipment (8.33%), insufficient
support for schooling (8.13%), inaccessibility to clean and drinking water (7.74%) and lack of small
business capital (6.75%) were also identified as major concerns.
Problems were also perceived on the lack of training to ensure proper solid waste management, lack
of support for training the people’s organizations, malnutrition, limited school supplies, lack of water
for irrigation, lack of transportation facilities and lack of recreational facilities were also raised. The
complete list of perceived problems by the community are shown in Table 110.
Table 110. Perceived Community Problems and Concerns*

Community Problems
No
No. % No. % % No. % No. % No. %
.
Unemployment 37 17.45 21 27.27 22 31.43 19 26.03 10 13.89 109 21.63
Poverty 25 11.79 14 18.18 6 8.57 12 16.44 14 19.44 71 14.09
Inaccessibility to clean &

29 13.68 - - 4 5.71 - - 6 8.33 39 7.74
Drinking water
Lack of water for irrigation 3 1.42 1 1.30 - - 3 4.11 3 4.17 10 1.98
Malnutrition 9 4.25 1 1.30 3 4.29 1 1.37 4 5.56 18 3.57
Limited school supplies 6 2.83 2 2.60 3 4.29 2 2.74 2 2.78 15 2.98
Insufficient support for schooling 18 8.49 5 6.49 6 8.57 6 8.22 6 8.33 41 8.13
Lack of assistance for livelihood 22 10.38 13 16.88 9 12.86 5 6.85 7 9.72 56 11.11
Limited number of teachers 1 0.47 - 1 1.43 - 1 1.39 3 0.60
278

Community Problems
No
No. % No. % % No. % No. % No. %
.
Lack of small business capital 20 9.43 6 7.79 2 2.86 2 2.74 4 5.56 34 6.75
Limited medical supplies 22 10.38 5 6.49 2 2.86 7 9.59 6 8.33 42 8.33
Lack of transportation facilities

2 0.94 1 1.30 2 2.86 2 2.74 1 1.39 8 1.59
(bridge, road)
Lack of recreational facilities 1 0.47 1 1.30 2 2.86 2 2.74 - 6 1.19
Lack of support for farming 1 0.47 - - 2 2.74 1 1.39 4 0.79
Lack of support for training the

7 3.30 3 3.90 2 2.86 3 4.11 3 4.17 18 3.57
People’s Organizations
Lack of training to ensure proper

3 1.42 1 1.30 5 7.14 3 4.11 4 5.56 16 3.17
Solid Waste Management
Smoke and Dust from Cement

1 0.47 - - 1 1.37 - 2 0.40
Plant
Source of water from Holcim was

2 0.94 - - - - 2 0.40
destroyed
Supply of Electricity - - 1 1.43 - - 1 0.20
Environmental Pollution - - - 2 2.74 - 2 0.40
None 1 0.47 - - - - 1 0.20
No Answer 2 0.94 3 3.90 - 1 1.37 - 6 1.19
Grand Total 212 100.0 77 100.0 70 100.0 73 100.0 72 100.0 504 100
* multiple responses were allowed
The respondents also provided possible solutions to the identified community problems. Various
proposals presented in Table 111 were provided by the respondents covering the aspects on Health
Assistance, Income and Livelihood Development, Support to Education, Leadership and Community
Values, and Environment Management.
Notably, the generation of jobs and creation of livelihoods for the community is among the top
proposed solution of the respondents on their perceived problems in the community. Specifically,
they suggest to prioritize hiring of local residents for the posts and jobs needed by the company.
Other top proposals include livelihood project and programs, access to small capital for their
livelihoods, support to education or scholarship and improvement of their source of clean water or
their level 3 water system.
279
For the ‘institutional’ sector alone, their top proposals are almost similar with all other respondents.
These include employment and job creation, establishment of livelihood programs and access to
capital and job assistance programs.
It is also important to note that 20% of the total respondents did not provide answers to the survey
questions on this aspect. The figure is much larger for the respondents from the institutional sector at
28%.
Table 111. Proposed Solutions on the Perceived Community Problems*

Proposed Solutions
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Job/Employment
22 28.57 11 27.50 12 29.27 8 29.63 4 16.00 57 27.14
(Priority Hiring of Locals)
Job Fair/ Job Assistance Program 1 1.30 - 1 2.44 - 3 12.00 5 2.38
Support to Education/ Scholarship 4 5.19 - 3 7.32 5 18.52 - 12 5.71
Livelihood Project/Program
12 15.58 6 15.00 3 7.32 - 4 16.00 25 11.90
Access to Capital
Community Programs from

5 6.49 1 2.50 2 4.88 - - 8 3.81
Barangay and Holcim
Compensate Barangay Residents

- - 2 4.88 - - 2 0.95
on the impact of pollution
Communication and Unification

3 3.90 - 1 2.44 - 1 4.00 5 2.38
among barangay residents
Poverty Alleviation Program 1 1.30 - - 2 7.41 1 4.00 4 1.90
Coordinate with DENR - - - - 1 4.00 1 0.48
Site for Cemetery - - 1 2.44 - - 1 0.48
Implementation of Waste Segregation

- - 3 7.32 - - 3 1.43
& Solid Waste Management Plan
Free Medicines & other Medical

6 7.79 1 2.50 - 1 3.70 - 8 3.81
Supplies
Improvement of Water Source

7 9.09 - 1 2.44 - 2 8.00 10 4.76
Level 3 water – NAWASA
Additional Aid to the

3 3.90 3 7.50 1 2.44 - - 7 3.33
Barangay/ Community
Skills Training 3 3.90 - - - - 3 1.43
280

Proposed Solutions
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Program for Out-of-School Youth 1 1.30 - 1 2.44 - 1 4.00 3 1.43
Proper planning for Irrigation System - 1 2.50 - - - 1 0.48
Return of Supply of Electricity

- - 3 7.32 2 7.41 1 4.00 6 2.86
through Holcim
Access of Community in Holcim’s

- - 1 2.44 - - 1 0.48
Shuttle Bus
Free Drinking Water from Holcim - - 2 4.88 - - 2 0.95
Road Repair - - 1 2.44 - - 1 0.48
Do not pursue the proposed

- - - 1 3.70 - 1 0.48
expansion
None - - - 2 7.41 - 2 0.95
No Answer 9 11.69 17 42.50 3 7.32 6 22.22 7 28.00 42 20.00
Grand Total 77 100.00 40 100.00 41 100.00 27 100.00 25 100.00 210 100.00
* multiple responses were allowed
2.4.5.6 Awareness on the Current Operation
Table 112 shows the awareness of the respondents on the operation of the company. Majority
(73.55%) of them expressed awareness on the current operation of Holcim La Union. This is mainly
due to the accessibility of the respondents to several facilities of the company wherein 89% of them
are located near the plant and port facility of Holcim as shown in Table 113.
Table 112. Awareness on the current operation

Awareness on Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
the Current Operation

No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
of Holcim
Aware 43 81.13 21 63.64 18 75.00 19 79.17 13 61.90 114 73.55
Not Aware 8 15.09 8 24.24 5 20.83 5 20.83 8 38.10 34 21.94
N/A 2 3.77 4 12.12 1 4.17 - - 7 4.52
Grand Total 53 100.0 33 100.0 24 100.0 24 100.0 21 100.0 155 100.0
281
Table 113. Location of houses and work places of respondents

Location
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Near 49 92.45 29 87.88 22 91.67 24 100.00 14 66.67 138 89.03
Far/ Not Near 1 1.89 - - - - - - 4 19.05 5 3.23
N/A 3 5.66 4 12.12 2 8.33 - - 3 14.29 12 7.74
Grand Total 53 100.0 33 100.0 24 100.0 24 100.0 21 100.0 155 100.0
2.4.5.7 Perceived impact on the current operation of the company
The respondents also expressed the positive and negative effects of the current operation of Holcim
La Union to their community. A little over half (53.7%) of them believe that the current operation of
Holcim La Union has a negative impact to their community. There are 41.6% of the respondents who
say that it has a positive impact to their community while 4.7% did not provide their answers. The
details per barangay can be seen in Table 114.
Table 114: Perceived impact on the current operation

Perceived Impact of Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
Current Operation No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Positive 38 43.68 19 38.00 17 41.46 19 44.19 13 38.24 106 41.57
Negative 46 52.87 25 50.00 24 58.54 24 55.81 18 52.94 137 53.73
N/A 3 3.45 6 12.00 - - 3 8.82 12 4.71
Grand Total 87 100.0 50 100.0 41 100.0 43 100.0 34 100.0 255 100.0
For those who mentioned positive impact to their community, 33.8% of them identified employment
opportunities as the major impact and livelihood opportunities with 20.9%. Other impacts include
additional projects to the barangay (14.9%), progress to the municipality or barangay (14.9%),
business opportunities for the local residents, and continuing education to their children through the
scholarship program offered by the company. The detailed results can be seen in Table 115.
Table 115: Perceived positive impacts on the current operation

Perceived Positive Impacts of Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
Employment 23 33.82 15 53.57 7 15.56 13 43.33 10 33.33 68 33.83
Livelihood opportunities 17 25.00 3 10.71 12 26.67 4 13.33 6 20.00 42 20.90
282
Perceived Positive Impacts of Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
Additional barangay projects 12 17.65 3 10.71 6 13.33 5 16.67 4 13.33 30 14.93
Progress to the municipality or

8 11.76 2 7.14 9 20.00 6 20.00 5 16.67 30 14.93
barangay
Businesses near the plant

8 11.76 4 14.29 11 24.44 2 6.67 5 16.67 30 14.93
will flourish
Scholarship - - 1 3.57 - - - - - - 1 0.50
Grand Total 68 100.0 28 100.0 45 100.0 30 100.0 30 100.0 201 100.0
With regard to the responses on the negative impact of Holcim’s operations to their community, one-
third (33.7%) of the respondents cited air pollution as the main negative impact followed by
environmental degradation (13.6%), water pollution (12.6%), overcrowding of the community (11.3%)
and damage to their plants and trees.
Other negative impacts include loss and pollution of drinking water (8.12%); loss of jobs and livelihood
(6.5%); health hazard such as tuberculosis, cough, and other respiratory diseases (1.05%); loss of
electricity because of switching the supply from Holcim to LUELCO (0.52%); foul odor of chemicals,
noise pollution (0.53%), flooding (0.26%), traffic and safety risks due to speeding trucks (0.26%). The
detailed figures can be seen in Table 116.
Table 116: Perceived negative impacts on the current operation

Perceived Negative Impacts Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
of Current Operation No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Air pollution 44 33.85 25 44.64 21 34.43 22 26.83 17 32.08 129 33.77
Damage on trees
14 10.77 5 8.93 4 6.56 12 14.63 6 11.32 41 10.73
and plants
Overcrowding of the
15 11.54 5 8.93 10 16.39 11 13.41 2 3.77 43 11.26
community
Water pollution 17 13.08 6 10.71 5 8.20 9 10.98 11 20.75 48 12.57
Noise pollution 1 0.77 - - - 1 1.89 2 0.52
Loss of job and

8 6.15 2 3.57 4 6.56 8 9.76 3 5.66 25 6.54
livelihood
283
of Current Operation No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Environmental
17 13.08 8 14.29 8 13.11 10 12.20 9 16.98 52 13.61
degradation
Loss and pollution of

12 9.23 2 3.57 7 11.48 6 7.32 4 7.55 31 8.12
drinking water
Health hazard
(TB, cough, and other 2 1.54 1 1.79 - 1 1.22 - 4 1.05
respiratory diseases)
Pungent odor of
- 2 3.57 1 1.64 - - 3 0.79
chemical
Loss of electricity
because of switching
- - 1 1.64 1 1.22 - 2 0.52
the supply from Holcim
to LUELCO
Flood - - - 1 1.22 - 1 0.26
Speeding trucks - - - 1 1.22 - 1 0.26
Grand Total 130 100.0 56 100.0 61 100.0 82 100.0 53 100.0 382 100.0
2.4.5.8 Awareness of the community on existing projects
Table 117 presents the awareness of the respondents on the existing projects of the company. A little
over one-third (36.7%) of the respondents are aware of the existing social development projects of
Holcim La Union while there are more than half (52.26%) of them who are not aware of it. Ten percent
of the respondents did not provide their answers to the question.
Table 117. Awareness on existing community projects

Awareness on
Community Project
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Aware 24 45.28 5 15.15 10 41.67 8 33.33 10 47.62 57 36.77
Not Aware 25 47.17 20 60.61 12 50.00 15 62.50 9 42.86 81 52.26
No Answer 4 7.55 8 24.24 2 8.33 1 4.17 2 9.52 17 10.97
Grand Total 53 100.0 33 100.0 24 100.0 24 100.0 21 100.0 155 100.0
284
While there were more than half (58%) of the respondents who did not provide their answers, 11.4%
of them know that there was a coastal and clean-up project implemented by the company. Some of
the other projects mentioned include tree planting, livelihood project, school improvement and
scholarship programs, solid waste management program, association and cooperative development,
livelihood skills training, medial mission and provision of medical services. The details are presented
in Table 118.
Table 118 - Existing community projects that respondents are aware of*
Community Projects
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Tree planting 11 19.64 1 3.03 1 3.70 2 7.41 3 12.50 18 10.78
Livelihood project 5 8.93 1 3.03 1 3.70 1 3.70 1 4.17 9 5.39
Coastal & sitio clean-up 7 12.50 1 3.03 5 18.52 4 14.81 2 8.33 19 11.38
School improvement 2 3.57 - - - 1 4.17 3 1.80
Scholarship - - 1 3.70 - 2 8.33 3 1.80
Association & cooperative

1 1.79 - 1 3.70 - - 2 1.20
development
Livelihood skills training 1 1.79 - 1 3.70 - - 2 1.20
Solid waste management 2 3.57 - - 1 3.70 - 3 1.80
Medical mission 2 3.57 - - - - 2 1.20
Provision of medicines &

- - - 2 7.41 - 2 1.20
medical services
Other SDMP projects - - 2 7.41 - 1 4.17 3 1.80
Others - - 2 7.41 1 3.70 - 3 1.80
None 1 1.79 - - - - 1 0.60
No Answer 24 42.86 30 90.91 13 48.15 16 59.26 14 58.33 97 58.08
Grand Total 56 100.00 33 100.00 27 100.00 27 100.00 24 100.00 167 100.00
*multiple answers allowed
2.4.5.9 Project Awareness and Acceptability
Table 119 shows the level of awareness of the respondents on the proposed project. More than half
or 59.35% of the respondents are not aware the proposed expansion project. There are 36.13% of
them who are aware of it. Only 12% of the respondents are aware of the proposed project.
285
Table 119 - Awareness on the proposed project

Awareness on Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
the Proposed Project No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Yes 19 35.85 10 30.30 7 29.17 10 41.67 10 47.62 56 36.13
No 33 62.26 20 60.61 15 62.50 14 58.33 10 47.62 92 59.35
N/A 1 1.89 3 9.09 2 8.33 - 1 4.76 7 4.52
Grand Total 53 100.0 33 100.0 24 100.0 24 100.0 21 100.0 155 100.0
For those who were aware (36%) of the proposed project, they said that they got the information from
the government and barangay officials (14.5%); relatives, friends and neighbors (9.7%); barangay
meetings and consultations (7.27%); officials and employees of the company (6.7%); and surveys and
other researches (2.4%). There were 59% of the respondents who did not provide their answers. The
details are presented in Table 120.
Table 120 - Sources of information

Sources of Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
Information No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Government &
3 5.45 3 8.57 5 20.83 4 14.29 9 39.13 24 14.55
barangay officials
Relatives, friends, neighbors 4 7.27 5 14.29 1 4.17 4 14.29 2 8.70 16 9.70
Officials & employees of

7 12.73 2 5.71 1 4.17 1 3.57 - 11 6.67
Holcim La Union
Barangay meetings &

5 9.09 1 2.86 - 5 17.86 1 4.35 12 7.27
consultations
Survey and other

2 3.64 1 2.86 1 4.17 - - 4 2.42
study or research
No answer 34 61.82 23 65.71 16 66.67 14 50.00 11 47.83 98 59.39
Grand Total 55 100.00 35 100.00 24 100.00 28 100.00 23 100.00 165 100.00
The respondents were then asked on their perceived effects of the projects in Barangay Quirino. More
than half of them (52.9%) believe that the project will bring negative impact to the community. On
the other hand, 39.7% of the respondents think that the project will result to positive impact in their
community. There were 7% of the respondents who did not provide answers to the survey questions.
The results can be seen in Table 121.
286
Table 121. Perceived impact of the proposed project

Perceived Impact Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
of Proposed
Project No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Positive 36 41.86 21 39.62 13 39.39 12 33.33 14 41.18 96 39.67
Negative 47 54.65 26 49.06 19 57.58 21 58.33 15 44.12 128 52.89
N/A 3 3.49 6 11.32 1 3.03 3 8.33 5 14.71 18 7.44
Grand Total 86 100.0 53 100.0 33 100.0 36 100.0 34 100.0 242 100.0
For those who said that the project will bring to positive impact to their community, the table below,
Table 122, presents the perceived positive impact of the proposed project. Almost half (43%) of them
said that the project will generate employment in the locality and livelihood opportunities will be
present (21%). They also think that it will result to a progress of the municipality and barangay (14.4%)
and business opportunities (10.3%) will be favorable. Some of them also think that it will bring
additional projects to the barangay (9.23%) due to an increased income of the barangay sourced from
the paid taxes and fees in relation to the project. The details are shown in Table 122.
Table 122. Perceived Positive Impacts of the proposed project

Perceived Positive Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
Impacts of the Proposed
Project No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Employment 31 17 42.50 11 36.67 12 70.59 13 54.17 84 43.08

36.90
Livelihood opportunities 24 9 22.50 4 13.33 2 11.76 2 8.33 41 21.03

28.57
Additional barangay projects 8 9.52 3 7.50 3 10.00 1 5.88 3 12.50 18 9.23
Progress to municipality &

13 7 17.50 5 16.67 1 5.88 2 8.33 28 14.36
15.48
barangay
Businesses near the plant

7 8.33 3 7.50 5 16.67 1 5.88 4 16.67 20 10.26
will flourish
More Improvement in the

1 1.19 1 2.50 2 6.67 - - 4 2.05
barangay
Grand Total 84 100.0 40 100.0 30 100.0 17 100.0 24 100.0 195 100.0
*Multiple responses allowed
On the other hand, for those who think that the proposed project will produce negative impact to the
community, Table 123 shows the specific list of possible negative impacts. One-third (34.4%) of the
respondents believe that it will result to air pollution and water pollution (15.3%), overcrowding of
the community (12.57%) and destruction of trees and plants (12.3%). Some 8.5% of the respondents
287
believe that the project will result to environmental degradation (10.93%) and loss or pollution of
drinking water (8.47%). Other identified negative impacts include loss of jobs and livelihood; noise
pollution; health hazard such as tuberculosis, cough, and other respiratory diseases; more dust and
chemical emissions; marine water pollution that will further affect fish catch; proliferation of crimes
caused by migrant workers and human rights violations.
Table 123. Perceived Negative Impacts of the Project

of the Proposed Project

No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Air pollution 45 34.88 26 44.07 19 39.58 21 26.58 15 29.41 126 34.43
Damage on trees
16 12.40 6 10.17 6 12.50 10 12.66 7 13.73 45 12.30
and plants
Overcrowding of the
17 13.18 7 11.86 6 12.50 11 13.92 5 9.80 46 12.57
Community
Water Pollution 23 17.83 7 11.86 5 10.42 12 15.19 9 17.65 56 15.30
Noise Pollution 1 0.78 - - - 1 1.96 2 0.55
Loss of job and

6 4.65 - 3 6.25 2 2.53 1 1.96 12 3.28
livelihood
Environmental
11 8.53 7 11.86 6 12.50 9 11.39 7 13.73 40 10.93
degradation
Loss/ Pollution of
8 6.20 5 8.47 3 6.25 11 13.92 4 7.84 31 8.47
Drinking water
Health hazard
(TB, cough, and other 1 0.78 - - 2 2.53 - 3 0.82
respiratory diseases)
More dust and chemical

1 0.78 - - - 1 1.96 2 0.55
emissions
Marine water pollution that

- 1 1.69 - - - 1 0.27
Affects fish catch
Proliferation of crimes caused

- - - 1 1.27 - 1 0.27
by migrant workers
Human rights violation - - - - 1 1.96 1 0.27
Grand Total 129 100.0 59 100.0 48 100.0 79 100.0 51 100.0 366 100.0
288
To avoid and mitigate the impact of perceived negative impact of the proposed project, the
respondents have identified specific recommendations as shown in Table 124. Fourteen percent
(14.2%) of the respondents recommended to fix and improve the dust prevention system while some
10.06% of them voiced out not to pursue the proposed project. There were 5.9% of the respondents
who suggested to prioritize hiring of local residents and around 5.33% proposed that Holcim should
address concerns of the community. The complete list of suggestion to prevent the possible negative
impacts of the proposed project are listed in the table below, Table 124.
Table 124. Recommended Actions to Prevent and Mitigate Negative Impacts

Proposed Solution on the Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
Perceived Negative Impacts

No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Fix and improve dust prevention 12 21.43 2 5.13 4 16.00 4 15.38 2 8.70 24 14.20
Not to pursue the proposed project 5 8.93 2 5.13 5 20.00 5 19.23 - - 17 10.06
Priority hiring of locals and

3 5.36 - - 3 12.00 1 3.85 3 13.04 10 5.92
Immunity to retrenchment
Holcim to address community

3 5.36 1 2.56 - - 4 15.38 1 4.35 9 5.33
concerns
Communication, cooperation,
3 5.36 1 2.56 2 8.00 1 3.85 - - 7 4.14
communication
DENR to decide based on existing

- - 1 2.56 1 4.00 - - 2 8.70 4 2.37
laws
Improve Air Monitoring - - 3 7.69 1 4.00 - - - - 4 2.37
Closure of Holcim operations 1 1.79 1 2.56 - - 1 3.85 - - 3 1.78
Implement/ Improve Safety

2 3.57 - - - - - - 1 4.35 3 1.78
Measures; Safety of community
Community assistance from

3 5.36 - - - - - - - 3 1.78
Holcim
Proper waste disposal/
Distribute trash bins to the 1 1.79 1 2.56 - - - - - - 2 1.18
residents
Provide/ Fix water for community 1 1.79 - - 1 4.00 - - - - 2 1.18
Provide relocation to 2 3.57 - - - - - - - - 2 1.18
289
Proposed Solution on the Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional Total
Perceived Negative Impacts

No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
existing settlements near the plant
Crime Prevention - - - - - - 1 3.85 1 4.35 2 1.18
Avoid burning of plastics, etc. 1 1.79 - - - - - - - - 1 0.59
Relocate the plant away from

1 1.79 - - - - - - - - 1 0.59
settlements
Through the proposed project - - - - 1 4.00 - - - - 1 0.59
Readiness of Holcim during

1 1.79 - - - - - - - - 1 0.59
emergency/ adverse events
Pollution Control Program - - 1 2.56 - - - - - - 1 0.59
Continue Tree planting activity - - 1 2.56 - - - - - - 1 0.59
Address health needs of

- - - - - - 1 3.85 - - 1 0.59
community
Barangay to act on complaints - - 1 2.56 - - - - - - 1 0.59
Holcim to prevent chemicals to

- - 1 2.56 - - - - - - 1 0.59
reach coastal area
None 3 5.36 - - - - 1 3.85 - - 4 2.37
No Answer 14 25.00 23 58.97 7 28.00 7 26.92 13 56.52 64 37.87
Grand Total 56 100.0 39 100.0 25 100.0 26 100.0 23 100.0 169 100.0
Finally, the level of support of the respondents to the project was asked. Most of the respondents
(40.65%) expressed their reservation and for them the project is not acceptable. However, there are
21.3% of them who expressed support to the project. Another 32.3% of the total respondents were
undecided whether they will support the project or not.
Table 125. Acceptability of the proposed project

Total
Acceptability of Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional
the Proposed
Project
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Yes 17 32.08 6 18.18 6 25.00 - 4 19.05 33 21.29
No 22 41.51 7 21.21 10 41.67 16 66.67 8 38.10 63 40.65
Undecided 13 24.53 16 48.48 6 25.00 8 33.33 7 33.33 50 32.26
290
Total
Acceptability of Bagbag Cabanaroan Centro I Centro II Institutional
the Proposed
Project
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
N/A 1 1.89 4 12.12 2 8.33 - 2 9.52 9 5.81
Grand Total 53 100.0 33 100.0 24 100.0 24 100.0 21 100.0 155 100.0
2.4.6 Focus Group Discussion
The Focus Group Discussion (FGD) in Barangay Quirino was conducted on September 18, 2017, held
in the Barangay Covered Court and started at around 9:00 in the morning. The FGD was attended by
the Barangay Officials and Functionaries, Barangay Health Workers (BHW), Barangay Nutrition Scholar
(BNS), Barangay Peacekeeping Action Teams and representatives from the Senior Citizens, Public
School Teachers, 4Ps beneficiaries, Lan Owners, and residents. The records of attendance and photo-
documentation are attached as Annex F.
The highlights of discussion, containing the responses of each group to the guide questions, are
presented below:
Guide Question No. 1: Awareness on the proposed project modification
The participants were aware of the proposed project through the conducted public scoping activity
and perception survey. There were also participants that were only informed during the conduct of
the FGD
Guide Question No. 2 and 3: Perceived benefits of the Community from the proposed project and
specific sectors to be involved and perceived negative effects of the proposed project to the community
When asked about the perceived benefits of the participants on the proposed modification project,
the response was the benefit from employment. It was expressed by one of the participants that
employees and their families benefit from the operations of the cement plant. It was relayed that
because the cement plant existed in their area for a very long time, almost everyone was a product of
the cement plant – the education of the employee’s children was realized because of the cement
plant. It was also mentioned that the existing operation of Holcim and the proposed modification will
bring additional income to the Barangay that will be translated to community development projects.
291
There were also participants who discussed their current experience with the operation of Holcim that
made them conclude that the proposed expansion will not bring benefits to the community. The
primary concern that was expressed by the participants was dust pollution caused by Holcim La Union
that affects the livelihood and health of the residents of Barangay Quirino. It was discussed that dust
is experienced in the community from 10 PM to until early morning. Detailed experience was shared
like white clothes that were hanged outside the house will change its color to brown. Dust goes to the
coastal area – one fisherman shared that whenever the plant releases dust they cannot see the path
while fishing because of the thickness of the dust. The dust hurt their eyes and experience hardness
in breathing. Other issues were also mentioned such as:
(i) Trucks hauling coal coming from the plant will have to pass through the National Road
and re-enter the plant to another gate. The barangay was curious why they have to
use the National Road while they have their own established road system inside the
plant;
(ii) Reconnection of the water source of Sitio Bagbag. The water source of Sitio Bagbag is
located inside the property of Holcim Mining Development Corporation (HMDC).
When the pipe was damaged, the barangay was not able to do the repair because
HMDC prevented the entry of in the area because of safety purposes;
(iii) The participants also shared their experience during a threat of storm surge.
Residents from Sitio Bagbag (coastal community) requested to retreat in Holcim but
they received negative response from the Security Personnel of Holcim and did not
allow the entry of the retreating residents for safety purposes. It was pointed out
however by some of the participants that the action of the Holcim Security personnel
is understandable since they have properties to protect and the barangay has a
designated evacuation center;
(iv) Another concern pointed out by the participants was the openness of Holcim to
respond to their request during emergency. The barangay requested to borrow
Holcim’s ambulance to convey a sick resident that need emergency medical attention.
The ambulance of the Barangay was in San Fernando City because it conveyed another
patient earlier that day. The participants reported that Holcim refused to let them use
the ambulance because of existing company policy.
Guide Question No. 4: Suggestions on how to avoid/mitigate the negative effects
The following recommendations/suggestions were expressed:
(i) The plant should conduct regular IEC activities for the people of Quirino to understand its
current operation and the details of the proposed expansion;
292
(ii) The Plant should conduct regular consultation with the Barangay to discuss issues and
concerns. Before, the Barangay Council and Holcim conduct regular consultation with its
previous CSR Officer, every third Friday of the month but this was discontinued when it
became LafargeHoclim;
(iii) The EMB/DENR may address the issues on pollution. Additional sampling sites for air
monitoring; and
(iv) Holcim should establish a Pollution Response Team to ensure that complaints from the
community were easily brought to their attention and immediate action can be
undertaken.
Guide Question No. 5: Community’s acceptability on the proposed project modification
Most of the attendees on the FGD expressed that they do not want the modification to pursue since
the performance of Holcim with its current operations still has to be improved. It is also important to
note that there are attendees who are in favor of the proposed modification. There are also attendees
of the FGD that expressed conditional unfavorable response to the proposed modifications project
which suggested that Holcim La Union to have a written commitment that they will improve their
performance and avoid adverse impact of the operation to the people and the environment of
Barangay Quirino.
2.4.7 Discussion on Key Impacts and Mitigating Measures
2.4.7.1 In Migration and Increase in Day-Time Population
The continuous operations of Holcim La Union and the implementation of the proposed modification
will sustain or may further contribute to the socio-economic development of Barangay Quirino.
Because of this, residents from other Barangays of Bacnotan other Municipalities of La Union may be
attracted to work or do business in Barangay Quirino.
Though based on the statistical data on migration discussed in the preceding section, out-migration
was more experienced than in-migration in the Municipality of Bacnotan from 2013 to 2015 with Net
Migration of -233. However, the proposed modification project may prevent barangay residents to
leave the area to search for employment opportunities outside the barangay, therefore decreasing
the rate of out-migration.
293
The opportunities brought by the presence of cement plant of Holcim La Union and the proposed
modification may invite workers and entrepreneurs to engage economic activities in Barangay Quirino
which may contribute to the natural increase of its population. As observed, the population pyramid
of both the Municipality and Barangay is expansive, wherein an increasing very young population is
manifested. The natural increase in population in the areas will already cause competition in accessing
the basic services and available economic opportunities in the areas.
Residents of other barangays and municipalities who are seeking employment and livelihood or
business opportunities may migrate to Barangay Quirino. This may lead to the proliferation of informal
settlers. However, there is also a possibility that seekers of jobs and livelihood opportunities from
other areas may not require themselves to physically resettle in the barangay. If this will be the case,
there will be an increase in the day-time population of Barangay Quirino.
Influx of jobseekers from other areas is expected during the development and construction phase as
well as during the operation phase with the introduction of other economic activities related to the
cement operations. With the entry of in-migrants or increased day-time population, further
competition in terms of local employment, public utilities, and access to basic services will be
experienced. Immigrant workers may also introduce lifestyles and behaviors different from the locals
which may lead to social tensions.
Impacts of in-migration and increase in day-time population may be mitigated and managed through
the following:
 Strict implementation and compliance with the local ordinance on priority hiring of qualified
local workers for employment;
 Require and monitor contractors’ commitment on providing local employment;
 Implementation of skills development program to ensure support to local population in
obtaining employment opportunities;
 Proper induction of workers to prevent occurrence of peace and order problems or security
breaches;
 Provide assistance and coordination with the Barangay Council, Barangay Peace and Security
Officers, as well as the Local Police.
2.4.7.2 Threat to Delivery of Basic Services/ Resource Competition
The natural increase in the population of Barangay Quirino and the Municipality of Bacnotan may later
result to competition on the access to basic services and available resources in the community. Also
294
increase in population due to in-migration and increase in day-time population will also put pressure
on available basic services and competition on available resources.
However, it is important to note that based on the socio-economic profile of Barangay and the
Municipality, there had been no significant concern in terms of accessibility to health services and
sanitation, education, and peace and order. These services are still within the prescribed standards in
terms of adequacy to serve the current population. Although there had been issues on the accessibility
on basic utilities such as availability of safe drinking water and electricity.
With the proposed modification project, influx of prospective workers and business entrepreneurs
may be expected during construction and operation phase. They may induce competition on the
accessibility of the basic services and the utilization of available resources. The delivery of basic
services in the Barangay and Municipality must be improved to ensure adequacy to the increasing
population. Holcim La Union has been the partner of the Local Government Units (LGU) in ensuring
that better services are being provided to the residents through its Corporate Social Responsibility
Program. Through the Barangay Council, Holcim La Union, identifies the needs of the communities
and implements the required interventions. The programs and projects intends to prioritize the
marginalized and most vulnerable sectors within Barangay Quirino namely: women, youth, senior
citizens, physically and mentally challenged persons, families living below the poverty line, and fisher
folks.
2.4.7.3 Threat to Public Health and Safety
The most common concern of the community, attributed to the current operations of Holcim is the
incidents of dust emissions from the cement plant. Based on the results of the perception survey and
discussions with community sector representatives, it was perceived that the dust coming-out from
the plant affects the health of the residents. The high incidence of AURTI and PCAP is caused by the
dust emitted from the cement plant of Holcim La Union. There were also statements that dusts affects
their houses and livelihood activities and that lead to safety issues. Residents claims that accumulation
of cement dusts in the roofs may weaken the structure of the houses. Another concern was the dust
blown in the coastal area that affects visibility of fisher folks while doing fishing activities. Another
health concern stated by the community through the survey and discussions is the inhalation of
chemical-like odor in the residential areas and particularly near the gate in front of Quirino Elementary
School. The community may also be exposed to other health and safety hazards associated with
Holcim La Union activities.
One of the objectives of the proposed cement plant modification is to improve the efficiency of its
operations that will address its effect to public health and safety. However, emission of dust may
295
proliferate due to the implementation of modification works during construction phase. Holcim La
Union will implement dust suppression measures. Also, the current partnership program of Holcim La
Union and the LGUs on CBHP may be continued and strengthened.
The maintenance of peace and order may also be a concern and a threat to the safety of the existing
residents. There were survey respondents who mentioned that migrant workers sometimes cause
brawls in the community.
The community suggested that Holcim La Union should designate a Team of Employees that will
address community concerns on public health and safety. The Team shall be accessible to the
community to receive information on pollution- and safety and health- related concerns or
complaints. The Team shall also ensure that the concerns or complaints received are being resolved
and acted upon immediately.
2.4.7.4 Generation of Local Benefits from the Proposed Project
The locals will benefit from the proposed modification of cement plant through the enhancement of
employment and livelihood opportunities, increased in business opportunities, and generation of
additional revenue for the LGUs. These will be experienced during construction and operation phase.
There will be an increase in income-earning opportunities that will also increase spending potential
that will provide opportunities to increase the demand and supply of goods and services. This will
indirectly increase the overall wealth of the area. Introduction of new economic endeavors and
establishment of new businesses will increase revenue collection of the LGUs from taxes and fees.
Increase in revenue collection of the LGUs will mean improvement of basic services and infrastructure
facilities.
The residents perceived that the current operation and the proposed modification will bring progress
to the barangay and municipality. It was also mentioned that additional programs and projects from
the barangay are also expected.
A different scenario is anticipated during decommissioning and closure phase. Decommissioning

activities will require temporary increase in employment opportunities however, this will be followed
by streamlining of labor force upon closure. The decline on economic activities will be possible
because of closure of small businesses dependent on the operation of Holcim La Union and
employment from these businesses will also most likely be affected. Change in revenue collection of
the LGU will be experienced, closure of Holcim La Union may decrease the income of LGUs from taxes
and other fees. Due to this, benefits from community development projects being implemented by
296
the LGUs may not be the same and projects through the CSR Program of Holcim La Union will be
ended.
The anticipated scenario during decommissioning and closure phase may be mitigated by
implementing sustainable community development projects within Barangay Quirino. Holcim La
Union through its CSR Program implements a continuing initiative to develop Barangay Quirino as a
sustainable community. A series of community workshop is being continuoisly conducted.
2.4.7.5 Traffic Congestion
The current operation and the proposed modification project causes additional pressure to road
traffic. Construction activities will lead to significant increase in vehicular traffic. This will add up to
the current volume of hauling trucks passing along the Bacnotan-Luna-Balaoan Road. During
operation phase, traffic may still cause impacts to the local community. Hauling or delivery trucks
should not disrupt the free-flow of traffic along major highways. Holcim La Union will continue to
access the alternate road, Bitalag-Quirino Road, for its daily operations in order to decongest the
Bacnotan-Luna-Balaoan Road.
Holcim La Union will also implement the following mitigating measures and management
intervention:
 Proper scheduling of delivery of construction materials to avoid peak hours/ traffic congestion
and minimize the occurrence of accidents;
 Signs for ongoing construction activities (i.e. speed limit, safety signages) shall be installed at
strategic places to notify and warn the general public as necessary;
 Long-Term Traffic management plan, in coordination with concerned LGUs and DPWH, will be
prepared and implemented to prevent road accidents, which include speed limits, vehicle load
limits, vehicle maintenance requirements, and limiting driving hours;
 IEC will also be conducted to communicate traffic impact and management plan to the
community; and
 Ensure compliance on designated proper parking areas for hauling and delivery trucks. Proper
orientation on haulers must always be conducted. Violators must be reprimanded.
297
IMPACT MANAGEMENT PLAN
3.0 IMPACT MANAGEMENT PLAN
3.1 Performance of the Current IMP Implementation
The company ensures that the management plan formulated on the current ECC is strictly
implemented. Upgrading of pollution control devices were implemented by the company.
Major equipment with exhaust systems are equipped with dust recovery devices to control dust
emission. Dust from the Vertical Roller Mill exhaust system is recovered by a twin-cyclone, and an
Electrostatic Precipitator. Dust from kiln exhaust gases is recovered by an Electrostatic Precipitator
before they are discharged at the main stack. The crusher, flash dryer, tube mills, O-Sepa, raw meal
silo and cement silos are also equipped with either cyclones or bagfiilters to control dust emission,
from their respective exhaust systems.
Also, the plant installed Continuous Emission Monitoring System (CEMS) in the kiln main stack to have
a real time monitoring of dust emissions, including emission of gases such as NO, SO2, HCl, NH3, VOC,
CO, CO2, O2. This is also monitored through the Technical Information System (TIS).
Wastewater facility, domesticwaste water system and settling ponds are regularly maintained to
ensure its efficiency. Solidwaste management system is strictly implemented to alleviate the possible
soil and water contamination. Hazardouswaste are transported ant treated by accredited DENR
hazardouswaste haulers.
298
Table 126 : Status of Compliance to EMP Conditions

Impacts Mitigating Measures Status of Remarks
Compliance
1. Water: Regular cleaning and dredging Complied Hire third party contractor
Usage of water for cooling system of siltation ponds and canals. MMT activities
of plant machineries and sewage.
Maintenance of oil and water
separators.
Maintenance of recovery ponds.

Conduct water effluent sampling
2. Air Maintenance and effective Complied Ambient air sampling was
operations of EP and Dust conducted last May 18-20,
2 .1 Dust emissions from plant collectors 2017.Results are within DENR
operations Ambient dust/Odor Standard.
from coal, gypsum and hi-cal Conduct ambient air sampling
Materials Unloading of materials Kiln operation procedure in place EP and Dust collectors are
Simultaneously Maintenance and operations of operational and properly
CEMS maintained
2.2 Exhaust Gases from
kiln operations Conduct annual spot sampling CEMS Emission Monitoring
(Gases, Dioxin &Furan) Conduct (EMR), CEMS Relative Accuracy
annual spot sampling (Heavy Emission Test Compliacne
metals &Dust). Conduct annual Survey (RATA), Cylinder Gas
CEMS calibration and Audit (CGA) and Dioxin Furan
maintenance. (DF) was conducted June 12-22,
2017.
1. Maintenance and effective
operations of EP and Dust Ground maintenance was
299

Compliance
collectors awarded to a third party service
2. Plantwide road sweeping provider (Light and Shade) which
3. Plantwide Landscaping includes road sweeping and
maintenance Landscaping maintenance on
4. Conduct ambient air sampling the contract.
5. Maintenance of Continuous
Emission Monitoring (CEM)
equipment
6. Conduct semi-annual spot
sampling (Dust / TSP),(Gases,
Dioxin &Furan)
and (Heavy metals ).
7. Dust monitoring: CEMS
8. Compacting of coal &hic-cal
stockpile if needed
9. Water spraying at road ways
as needed.
3. Noise Conduct quarterly noise Complied Noise sampling was conducted
Noise from plant sampling last May 18-20, 2017.
operations Provide PPE’s to all employees
&required to contractors ( ear
plugs, ear muff and ear foams
4. Solid Waste and Implement IMS procedure on Complied Solid and Hazardous Waste
Hazardous Waste Waste waste management system. Management Task Force was
generated from plant Segregation at source Disposal of established to closely monitor
activities hazardous waste Solid Waste and Hazardous waste
(used oil, BFL’s and oil generated by the plant.
contaminated materials) Dolomatrix Phil Inc, already
300

Compliance
Maintenance of oil trap, canals, conducted ocular visit to plant to
MRF, Used oil enclosure and check on the generated
Hazardous waste storage hazwaste that was scheduled for
Scrapyard maintenance. disposal before the year ends.
Hazardous waste storage Maintenance of Hazwaste
maintenance. Storage, MRF and Oil and Water
Material recovery maintenance. separator was included on the
contract of a third party service
provider (Light and Shade).
301
3.2 Impact Management Plan
The Impact Management Plan (IMP) is formulated to minimize the potential adverse impacts while
enhancing the beneficial effects of implementation of the project. This IMP, as summarized in Table
127, shall serve as the implementing guideline to ensure that environmental requirements are met
during the project implementation. Programs indicated can be updated during the monitoring of the
perceived project impacts.
Further, since the proposed project will not deviate from the existing processes that the company
utilize but, is rather, more on the increase in production, the management/mitigating measures
stipulated below encompass the existing measures with some minor additional procedures.
3.3 Land Resources
Since there will be no area expansion and majority of the project area was already paved, the impact
on land is very minimal. The foreseen effect on land is the generation of solidwaste. This shall be
mitigated by implementing the solidwaste management thru proper segregation and disposal.
3.4 Water Resources
The impacts of the proposed project on water resources are on alteration of water quality. This shall
be mitigated and controlled through proper planning, sound engineering practices, and proper
handling of solid wastes.
3.5 Air Quality
Release of fugitive emissions from any source, such as vehicular movement, transportation of
materials, and construction, without provision or implementation of mitigation measures are
prohibited pursuant to Clean Air Act rules (Part VII, Rule XXV, Section 13 (Prohibited Acts). Hence,
mitigation measures to control dust emissions should be implemented to limit or reduce particulate
emissions to within the prescribed ambient air quality standards set for particulates.
3.6 People
Significant social impacts include psychosocial impacts and influx of migrant. These shall be mitigated
through the continued implementation of the different programs such as the IEC, and the established
safety, health and environmental programs/procedures.
302
Table 127 - Impact Management Plan

Project Environmental
Guarantee/
Phase/Environmental Component to
Potential Impact Prevention or Mitigation Responsible Entity Cost Financial
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
Development/ Construction Phase
Soil Quality  Improper disposal of  All domestic wastes will Proponent Part of the MOA with
domestic wastes may be sold to recyclers. Project Cost Contractor
contaminate the soil Residual waste will be
disposed to a
 Soil Contamination designated sanitary
due to accidental fuel land fill
and lubricant spills
from vehicles and  Contaminated soils will
equipment may be removed and
occur disposed off site.
 Provision of Refuse
storage facility with oil
and water separator to
contain any accidental
spill.
Water
Groundwater Water use competition  Rate of groundwater Holcim / Included in MOA with
Supply extraction must not Contractors project cost Contractor
exceed the maximum
permissible rate
allowed by the NWRB.
 To determine if there
is exceedance in
303
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
extraction, the static
water level, pump
operating hours and
the volume of water
extracted and other
pertinent parameters
must be monitored on
a daily basis.
 To improve
groundwater
recharge, the
vegetation at the hilly
portions bordering the
Plant at the east side
must be maintained or
enhanced through
forest protection,
reforestation or
enhancement
planting.
Hydrology Flooding  Continuous Holcim / Included in  Include in
improvement and Contractors project cost MMT manual
upgrading of open of operations
channels and pipe
culverts based on
PAGASA 2020 and
304
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
2050 projections on
change in rainfall
 Regular inspection and
desilting of drainage
lines and silt
traps/siltation ponds
to restore the
hydraulic capacities of
the channels
Hydrology Storm Surge  Develop an emergency Holcim / Included in  MOA with
response plan for Contractors project cost Contractor
storm surge in
coordination with the
LGU
 Training of Barangay
Emergency Response
Teams as part of the
SDP
Degradation of marine  Regular (at least Holcim / Included in  Include in
water quality monthly) ocular Contractors project cost MMT manual
inspection of of operations
wastewater
systems/pollution
control facilities
 Maintenance and
desilting of oil and
305
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
grease traps and silt
ponds as needed;
 Implementation of
existing Emergency
Preparedness and
Response for Oil Spills;
 Provision of secondary
containment
Saltwater Intrusion  Avoid over pumping Holcim / Included in  MOA with
through monitoring of Contractors project cost Contractor
static water table;
 Identify and develop
other possible sources
of water to avoid over
pumping of existing
wells
Air
Construction and Ambient air Air pollution from  Dust suppression in Holcim / Part of  MOA with
installation of quality fugitive dust during active construction Contractors construction Contractor
additional facilities and ground clearing areas costs Include in MMT
equipment. operations and  Compacting of exposed manual of
structure erection. soil operations
 Provision of tarpaulin
cover on trucks
transporting
construction materials
306
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
 Immediate hauling of
spoils
Impose speed restrictions
Ambient air Air pollution from Regular maintenance of Holcim / Part of  MOA with
quality heavy equipment and heavy equipment and Contractors construction Contractor
standby power motor vehicles costs Include in MMT
generators emissions manual of
operations
Sound levels Noise from  Regular maintenance Holcim / Part of  MOA with
construction activities of motor vehicle Contractors construction Contractor
 Provision of barriers costs Include in MMT
and shielding manual of
stationary vibrating operations
equipment
Proper scheduling of
noisy activities during day
time
The People
In Migration and - Priority hiring of
Increase in Day-Time unskilled and semi-skilled Holcim La Union Included in Human
Population workers from the local Human Resources project cost Resource
- In-migration and communities in Office (HRO) and Program
increase in day-time construction and Community Corporate Social
population may modification works ; Relations Office Responsibility
compete with the -Require and monitor (CRO) (CSR) Program
locals in terms of contractors’ commitment Barangay LGU
employment, project
307
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
benefits, natural on providing local
resources, local health, employment;
welfare services and - Implementation of skills
infrastructure development program to
- In migration may also ensure support to local
lead to proliferation of population in obtaining
informal settlers for employment
temporary abode opportunities;
during construction - Proper induction of
phase workers and haulers to
- Immigrant workers prevent occurrence of
may also introduce peace and order
lifestyles and behaviors problems or security
different from the breaches;
locals which may lead
to social tensions
Threat to Delivery of Included in Corporate Social

Basic Services/ Holcim La Union project cost Responsibility
Resource Competition - The proponent shall CRO (CSR) Program
continue to implement Barangay LGU
- The increase in community development
population may put projects to ensure
pressure on public improvement of basic
basic services and services such as health
utilities as well as and welfare, livelihood,
infrastructure, education
308
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
competition on the use in partnership with
of resources Barangay Quirino LGU
Threat to public health

and safety
- Effective Holcim La Union Included in Environmental
- Health effects due to implementation of dust Environmental project cost Management
dust inhalation suppression measures Management Program, Safety
Office; Safety and and Health
- Exposure to other - Effective Health Office and Program, and
health and safety implementation of Safety CRO CSR Program
hazards associated and Health Program Barangay/
with Holcim La Union Municipal Health
activities - Provide assistance and Office
- Disturbance on the Barangay Council, - BPSO and Local
peace and order of the Barangay Peace and Police
area because of influx Security Officers (BPSO),
of workers and as well as the Local
economic activities Police.
309
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
Generation of Local
Benefits from the
Proposed Project
- Coordination with the
- Increase in income- Barangay and Municipal Holcim La Union Included in Procurement
earning opportunities LGUs to ensure proper Procurement project cost Program
will increase spending zoning of business area, Office CSR Program
potential, providing peace and order, CRO
opportunities to sanitation, and solid
increase the demand waste management Barangay/
and supply of goods Municipal LGU
and services indirectly - Holcim La Union to
increasing the overall ensure the payment of
wealth of the area taxes and fees of their
suppliers and service
- Introduction of new providers. This may be
economic activities and included as part of
establishment of new evaluation criteria for
businesses will contact renewal
increase revenue
collection of the LGUs
from taxes and fees
Traffic Congestion
- Construction - Proper scheduling of
activities will lead to a delivery of construction Holcim La Union Included in Safety and
significant increase in materials to avoid peak Safety and Health project cost Health Program
vehicular traffic. This hours/ traffic congestion
310
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
will add up to the and minimize the Office, Engineering and CSR
current volume of occurrence of accidents; Office and CRO Program
hauling trucks passing - Signs for ongoing
along the Bacnotan- construction activities
Luna-Balaoan Road (i.e. speed limit, safety
signages) shall be
installed at strategic
places to notify and warn
the general public as
necessary;
- Implement Traffic
Management Plan with
the Barangay/Municipal
LGUs including
installation of traffic signs
to avoid road accidents
Operation Phase
Soil
Soil Quality Decrease in surface soil - Constant monitoring of Proponent Included in MOA with
quality due to the surface soil chemical project cost Contractor
accumulation of quality (i.e. metals, plant
cement klinker fugitive essential nutrient
dust (CKD) during the elements, pH)
pyroprocessing and
klinker cooling process. - Vegetative cover (i.e.
Grass and shrub species
with known tolerance
311
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
hyper/ accumulate
metals will be used
during the operation
phase to expedite and
enhance soil quality.
Improper disposal of All domestic wastes will Proponent Included in MOA with
domestic wastes may be sold to recyclers. project cost Contractor
contaminate the soil Residual waste will be
disposed to a designated
Soil Contamination due sanitary land fill
to accidental fuel and
lubricant spills from All used oils, lubricants
vehicles and processing will be sold to recyclers.
plant equipment may Residual waste will be
occur disposed to a designated
sanitary land fill.
Contaminated soils will

be removed and disposed
off site.
Provision of Refuse
storage facility with oil
and water separator to
contain any accidental
spill.
Water
312
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
Groundwater Water use competition  Rate of groundwater Holcim / Included in MOA with
Supply extraction must not Contractors project cost Contractor
exceed the maximum
permissible rate
allowed by the NWRB.
 To determine if there
is exceedance in
extraction, the static
water level, pump
operating hours and
the volume of water
extracted and other
pertinent parameters
must be monitored on
a daily basis.
To improve groundwater
recharge, the vegetation
at the hilly portions
bordering the Plant at the
east side must be
maintained or enhanced
through forest
protection, reforestation
or enhancement planting.
Hydrology Flooding  Continuous Holcim / Included in Include in MMT
improvement and Contractors project cost manual of
upgrading of open operations
313
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
channels and pipe
culverts based on
PAGASA 2020 and
2050 projections on
change in rainfall
Regular inspection and
desilting of drainage lines
and silt traps/siltation
ponds to restore the
hydraulic capacities of
the channels
Hydrology Storm Surge  Develop an emergency Holcim / Included in MOA with
response plan for Contractors project cost Contractor
storm surge in
LGU
 Training of Barangay
Emergency Response
Teams as part of the
SDP
Degradation of marine  Regular (at least Holcim / Included in Include in MMT
water quality monthly) ocular Contractors project cost manual of
inspection of operations
wastewater
systems/pollution
control facilities
314
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
 Maintenance and
desilting of oil and
grease traps and silt
ponds as needed;
 Implementation of
existing Emergency
Preparedness and
Response for Oil Spills;
Provision of secondary
containment
Saltwater Intrusion  Avoid over pumping Holcim / Included in MOA with
through monitoring of Contractors project cost Contractor
static water table;
Identify and develop
other possible sources of
water to avoid over
pumping of existing wells
Air
Cement production Ambient air Air pollution (criteria  Proper operation of Holcim Included in Include in MMT
operation quality pollutants and trace the ESP Environmental Unit Maintenance manual of
metals) from kiln  Installation, proper and operations
operations operation, and Operation
maintenance of the budget
CEMS
 Proper monitoring at
the off-site ambient air
quality monitors
315
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
Conduct validation air
dispersion modelling
Ambient air Air pollution (SOx,  Regular maintenance Holcim Included in Include in MMT
quality NOx, CO, and of standby generators Environmental Unit Maintenance manual of
particulates) from  Regular compacting of and operations
other process sources unpaved access roads Operation
 Proper operation and budget
maintenance of air
pollution control
devices
 Formulation and
implementation of a
motor vehicle
maintenance program,
including emissions
testing
 Proper monitoring at
the off-site ambient air
quality monitors
 Conduct validation air
dispersion modelling
Ambient sound Noise pollution  Incorporation of noise Holcim Included in Include in MMT
levels criteria in the Environmental Unit Maintenance manual of
specifications and and operations
selection of equipment Operation
 Regular maintenance budget
of mufflers of standby
316
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
generators and other
pertinent equipment;
 Use of effective noise-
attenuating materials
for the plant structure
and walling
 Planting of the
appropriate vegetation
as buffer
Normal plant Climate Contribution to climate  Implement and Holcim Included in Include in MMT
operation change from maintain a GHG Environmental Unit Maintenance manual of
greenhouse gas inventory program and operations
emissions  Formulation and Operation
implementation of a budget
greening program
People
In Migration and - Strict implementation
Increase in Day-Time and compliance with the Holcim La Union Included in Human
Population local ordinance on Human Resources project cost Resource
- In-migration and priority hiring of qualified Office (HRO) and Program
increase in day-time local workers for Community Corporate Social
population may employment; Relations Office Responsibility
compete with the -Require and monitor (CRO) (CSR) Program
locals in terms of contractors’ commitment Barangay LGU
employment, project on providing local
benefits, natural employment;
resources, local health,
317
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
welfare services and - Continuous
infrastructure implementation of skills
- In migration may also development program to
lead to proliferation of ensure support to local
informal settlers for population in obtaining
temporary abode employment
during construction opportunities;
phase - Proper induction of
workers to prevent
- Immigrant workers occurrence of peace and
may also introduce order problems or
lifestyles and behaviors security breaches;
different from the
locals which may lead
to social tensions
Threat to Delivery of Included in Corporate Social

Basic Services/ Holcim La Union project cost Responsibility
Resource Competition - The proponent shall CRO (CSR) Program
continue to implement Barangay LGU
- The increase in community development
population may put projects to ensure
pressure on public improvement of basic
basic services and services such as health
utilities as well as and welfare, livelihood,
competition on the use infrastructure, education
of resources
318
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
in partnership with
Barangay Quirino LGU
Threat to public health

and safety
- Conduct of regular Holcim La Union Included in Environmental
- Health effects due to maintenance of plant Environmental project cost Management
dust inhalation equipment specifically Management Program, Safety
the installed pollution Office; Safety and and Health
- Exposure to other control devices Health Office and Program, and
health and safety CRO CSR Program
hazards associated - Conduct routine Barangay/
with Holcim La Union monitoring to assess Municipal Health
activities effectiveness of installed Office
pollution control devices
- Disturbance on the - BPSO and Local
peace and order of the - Formation of Team that Police
area because of influx will serve as Complaint
of workers and Desk to address
economic activities Pollution- and Safety and
Health- related concerns
of the community
- Effective
implementation of
Environmental
Management Program
319
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
and Safety and Health
Program
- Provide assistance and

Barangay Council,
Barangay Peace and
Security Officers (BPSO),
as well as the Local
Police.
Generation of Local
Benefits from the
Proposed Project
- Coordination with the
- Increase in income- Barangay and Municipal Holcim La Union Included in Procurement
earning opportunities LGUs to ensure proper Procurement project cost Program
will increase spending zoning of business area, Office CSR Program
potential, providing peace and order, CRO
opportunities to sanitation, and solid
increase the demand waste management Barangay/
and supply of goods Municipal LGU
and services indirectly - Holcim La Union to
increasing the overall ensure the payment of
wealth of the area taxes and fees of their
suppliers and service
320
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
- Introduction of new providers. This may be
economic activities and included as part of
establishment of new evaluation criteria for
businesses will contact renewal
increase revenue - Offer training
collection of the LGUs opportunities for
from taxes and fees business and livelihood
development and
management
Traffic Congestion
- The increase in - Utilize Bitalag-Quirino
production capacity Road to decongest the Holcim La Union Included in Safety and
will lead to a significant Bacnotan-Luna-Balaoan Safety and Health project cost Health Program
increase in vehicular Road Office, Engineering and CSR
traffic. This will add up - Develop and implement Office and CRO Program
to the current volume Long-Term Traffic
of hauling trucks management plan, in
passing along the coordination with
Bacnotan-Luna- concerned LGUs and
Balaoan Road DPWH, to prevent road
accidents, which include
speed limits, vehicle load
limits, vehicle
maintenance
requirements, and
limiting driving hours;
321
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
- Conduct of IEC to
communicate traffic
impact and management
plan to the community;
and
- Ensure compliance on
designated proper
parking areas for hauling
and delivery trucks.
Proper orientation on
haulers must always be
conducted. Violators
must be reprimanded.
Decommissioning and Closure Phase
Generation of dust
pollution - Appropriate planning of Holcim La Union Included in Environmental
- Health effect of dust decommissioning Environmental project cost Management
pollution associated activities and restriction Management Program
with decommissioning of hours of Office and
activities decommissioning Engineering Office
activities Decommissioning/
- Establishment of buffer Demolition
zones Contractor
- Regular sprinkling of
water to identified
sources of dust
322
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
Temporary increase in
employment
opportunities followed
by a decrease - Development of Holcim La Union Included in Human
retrenchment package Human Resources project cost Resource
- Additional manpower and implementation of Office (HRO) and Program
will be required during re-training activities Community CSR Program
the decommissioning during operational stage Relations Office
of the plant. However, (CRO)
completion of - Provide employees with
decommissioning clear and transparent
activities will lead to information on planned
reduction of decommissioning
manpower activities and closure
requirement. Also, dates
indirect employment
from business - Offer full retrenchment
enterprises dependent package or relocation to
on the operations will maintain employment in
most likely to other operation sites
decrease. where possible
- Provide skills training to

communities to increase
employability to find
other job opportunities
323
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
Possible decline in
economic activities - Provide assistance to Holcim La Union Included in CSR Program
- Closure of small small businesses CRO project cost
business dependent on dependent on the Barangay LGUs
the operation of cement plant operations Business owners/
Holcim La Union might to search for alternative Entrepreneurs
happen market
Change in
socio/community
development benefits - Proper turn-over of Holcim La Union Included in CSR Program
- Programs for the accomplished social CRO project cost
improvement and development projects
effective delivery of and services to the Barangay LGUs
social services, Barangay LGU Non-Government
infrastructure - Link the Barangay to Organizations and
development, and other entities that Foundations
livelihood provide free assistance to
development will be ensure effective and
ceased. efficient delivery of social
services
Change in the revenue
collection of the Local - Transfer of assets that Holcim La Union Included in CSR Program
Government will be beneficial to LGUs CRO project cost
- The closure of Holcim to implement income
La union may decrease generating activities
the revenues of LGUs
324
Guarantee/
Impact be Likely
Arrangements
Affected
from taxes and other
fees
325
ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT
4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT (ERA) AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE OILICY AND
GUIDELINES
4.1 Rationale/Background
The Environmental Risk Assessment (ERA) in the context of the Philippine EIS System (PD 1586) is on safety
characterized by probabilities, consequences, accidental nature, and acute effects. The Revised Procedural
Manual (RPM) of DENR Administrative Order (DAO) 2003-30 defined the ERA as “a process of analyzing
and describing the risks associated with a project or activity to ecosystems, human health and welfare”.
Geological risks on the other hand, are covered by the Engineering Geological and Geohazard Report
(EGGAR) requirement of the Mines and Geosciences Bureau (MGB) while health risks characterized by
exposures and chronic human health effects are assessed in the Environmental Health Impact Assessment
(EHIA) under the DOH mandate. The EGGAR and EHIA have their own procedural processes that are not
covered and required by the EIA System and the ECC application.
Annex 2-7e of the Revised Procedural Manual (RPM) of the DAO 2003-30 defines how the ERA is done
during the EIA stage for the ECC application. An ERA is required if a proposed project will use, handle,
transport, store substances that are explosive, flammable, oxidizing, or toxic. The RPM provides the
coverage levels and requirements for determining risk levels. The degree of the ERA is provided by the
following levels of coverage:
Risk screening: Specific facilities or the use of certain processes shall require the conduct of a
risk screening study even if the projected or estimated inventory does not
reach the threshold levels.
Level 1: Preparation of an Emergency/Contingency Plan.
Level 2: Conduct a Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) and preparation of an
Emergency/Contingency Plan based on the QRA results.
The Risk Screening is required for the following activities:
a. Facilities for the production or processing of organic or inorganic chemicals using:

 Alkylation, amination by ammonolysis, carbonylation, condensation, dehydrogenation,
esterification
 Halogenation and manufacture of halogens, hydrogenation, hydrolysis, oxidation,
polymerization
 Sulphonation, desulphurization, manufacture and transformation of sulphur-containing
compounds
326
 Nitration and manufacture of nitrogen-containing compounds

 Manufacture of phosphorus-containing compounds
 Formulation of pesticides and of pharmaceutical products.
 Distillation, extraction, or solvation
b. Installations for distillation, refining, or processing of petroleum products.
c. Installations for the total or partial disposal of solid or liquid substances by incineration or
chemical decomposition.
d. Installations for the production or processing of energy gases, for example, LPG, LNG, SNG.
e. Installations for the dry distillation of coal or lignite.
f. Installations for the production of metals or non-metals by a wet process or by means of electrical
energy.
g. Installations for the loading/unloading of hazardous materials as defined by RA 6969 (or DAO 29).
The Levels 1 and 2 coverage in Table 128 determines whether or not a proposed project is required to
prepare a QRA and/or an emergency/contingency plan. The categories in Table 128 are defined in Table
129.
Table 128. Level 1 and 2 threshold inventory table

CATEGORY LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2
Explosives 10 50
Flammable substances 5,000 50,000
Highly flammable substances 50 200
Extremely flammable 10 50
substances
Oxidizing substances 50 200
Toxic substances (low) 50 200
Toxic substances (medium) 10 50
Toxic substances (high) 5 20
Toxic substances (very high) 0.2 1
Toxic substances (extreme) 0.001 0.1
Unclassified (Type A) 100 500
Unclassified (Type B) 50 200
Source: RPM of DAO 2003-30, EMB; values are in tons
Table 129. Definition of hazardous substance categories

Category Description
A. Explosives (Reactivity) Risk of an explosion by shock, friction, fire, or other sources of ignition.
327
Category Description
o o
B. Flammable Flash point range is 21 C to 55 C and capable of supporting combustion.
Substances
Highly flammable Substances and preparations which may become hot and finally catch fire
in contact with air at ambient temperature without any input of energy,
or substances which have a flash point lower than 55oC and which remain
liquid under pressure, where particular processing conditions, such as
high pressure or high temperature, may create major accident hazards.
Extremely flammable Liquid substances and preparations with a flash point <00C and the boiling
point (or, in the case of a boiling range, the initial boiling point) of which
at normal pressure is <= 350C; gaseous substances and preparations which
are flammable when in contact with air at ambient temperature and
pressure, whether or not kept in the gaseous or liquid state under
pressure; or, liquid substances or preparations maintained at a
temperature above their boiling point.
C. Oxidizing substances Results in highly exothermic reaction when in contact with other
substances, particularly flammable substances.
D. Toxic Substances Low, medium, high, very high and extreme toxicity of substances or
preparation.
E. Unclassified Substances or preparations that react violently with water (Type A), and
Substances substances or preparations which release or liberate toxic gas in contact
with water (Type B).
Source: Annex 2-7e of the RPM DAO 2003-30
4.2 Information Relating to the Operator and the Establishment
The details on the operator (HPI) of the existing cement plant and its proposed expansion is presented
in the Project Description. Table 130 lists the 70 major substances and mixtures used at the cement
plant provided by the operator.
328
Table 130. Mixtures and substances at the Holcim La Union plant

No. Mixture/substance No. Mixture/substance
1 001D7840 Shell Omala S2 G 680 36 Shell Rimula R3 10W (CF)
2 1608 ISO 680/SAE 250 Duolec Vari-Purpose 37 Shell Rimula R3 X 15W-40
3 4622 Monolec Multiplex Lubricant 38 Shell Rimula R3+ 30
4 001A0105 Shell Alvania Grease EP(LF) 2 39 Shell Omala S2 G 220
5 Ceplattyn 300 40 Shell Gadus S3 V100 2
6 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF 1000 41 Shell Gadus S2 V100 3
7 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF 2500 42 Shell Turbo T 46
8 Ceplattyn RN 43 LGHB 2
9 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF-LT 44 Lubricant Sullube
10 Kustom FA 45 Shell Tellus S2 M 68
11 Arnox Kimminof (Cement Remover) 46 Acetic Acid
12 Easy Bar Industrial Lubricant 47 Ammonium Acetate
13 KTL-100 Easy Bar Rotary Kiln Lube 48 Ammonium Chloride
14 Shell Omala Oil F 320 49 Ammonium Hydroxide, 50% v/v (1+1)
15 Shell Gadus S3 V100 50 Ammonium Hydroxide, 28-30% w/w
9011 Pyroshield SYN XHVY Open Gear
16 51 Ammonium iodide
Lubricant
17 Mobil SHC 626 52 Ammonium Oxalate, Saturated
18 Coupling and Sealing Grease 53 Ammonium Phosphate, Dibasic
19 02250 – Falk Long Term Grease 54 Barium Chloride, Dihydrate
20 Shell Gadus S2 V220 2 55 Calcium Carbonate
21 001D8438 Shell Gadus S3 V100 2 56 Citric acid
22 Silica Gel Solution 57 Ethyl Alcohol, Denatured, Absolute
23 Lubricant Spray Solution 202 CLW 58 Ethylene glycol
24 Super HD Grease (All Grades) 59 Mercury AA Standard
25 Waterless Hand Cleaner 60 Methyl Orange, 0.05% Aqueous
26 Mobilgear SHC 320 61 Methyl Red, Sodium Salt, ACS
27 Mobilgear 600 XP 320 62 Phenolphthalein, ACS
28 Mobil DTE 10 Excel 46 63 Potassium biphthalate
29 Mobil Glygoyle 30 64 Potassium carbonate, anhydrous
30 Mobilith SHC 220 65 Silver nitrate
31 Water Soluble Degreaser 66 Sodium Carbonate, decahydrate
32 Sullair(R) 24KT Fluid 67 Sodium Chloride
329
No. Mixture/substance No. Mixture/substance

33 Fast Acting Safety Solvent 68 Sodium carbonate
34 Premalube Xtreme Green (Lubemaster) 69 Sodium Citrate Dihydrate
Sodium hydroxide, Pellets, Reagent
35 Premalube Xtreme Green (NCH Corp.) 70
ACS
Source: Holcim
4.3 Scope of Analysis Employed/Used
This section defines the scope and methods of the ERA. The general risk assessment is briefly
presented followed by the discussion of the methods and the references used.
4.3.1 General Risk Assessment Process
Environmental impacts described in the EIA are thought of as risks with a high probability of
occurrence which needs mitigation (ADB, 1991). While the EIS may identify these impacts
qualitatively, risk assessment attempts to quantify the consequence and probabilistic element of
these impacts.
Generally, risk assessment identifies and assesses the potential risks to human health and safety.
It is also intended to assess the proposed safety management schemes that would minimize if not
eliminate such hazards and risks. The general risk assessment process is shown in Figure 84.
330
Figure 84. Logic Diagram of the Risk Assessment Process
Hazard identification is the first step in the risk assessment process. It involves the identification of all
possible events or processes that could lead to disastrous or fatal incidents. It also entails defining the
inherent and potential hazards of the substances or materials used, as well as process hazards with
potential to adversely affect project personnel, the public, and the environment.
Consequence analysis is the second step, involving the estimation and/or assessment of the effects or
results of an incident. It uses models beginning with release rates calculations, dispersion and physical
effects.
Frequency analysis is the third step and may be defined as the estimation of the likelihood of
occurrence of the identified hazard.
Risk is the product function of the frequency and consequence analyses.
Risk assessment is defined as the examination, analysis, evaluation, and estimation of an adverse or
undesirable event occurring in a given project area which could cause unacceptable impacts or results,
expressed as fatalities per million per year.
331
Risk management encompasses the risk assessment process. It is the term applied to a logical and
systematic method of identifying, analysing, assessing, treating, monitoring and communicating risks
associated with any activity, function or process in a manner that would enable one to minimize losses
and maximize opportunities.
Risk is defined as a measure of potential human injury/ death, economic loss, or environmental
damage in terms of the probability of the loss, injury/ death or damage occurring and the magnitude
of the loss, injury/death or damage if it occurs. It is the product of the calculated consequence of a
postulated accident scenario and the probability or frequency of occurrence of such event.
4.3.2 Methodology for the Proposed Project
The following were done for the ERA:
1. Identification of the hazardous substances or mixtures based on the RPM Annex 2-7e
categorization and National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA);
2. Presentation of the physical and chemical properties of the hazardous substances or mixtures;
3. Discussion of the hazards associated with storage of these substances or mixtures; and
4. Presentation of emergency guides (if available) for the storage.
4.3.2.1 Identification of hazardous substances
A chemical substance is a form of matter that has constant chemical composition and characteristic
properties9 (also called a pure substance with a definite chemical composition10). Chemical substances
cannot be separated into components by physical separation methods, i.e., without breaking chemical
bonds. Based in these, the definitions in the Table 129 cannot be applied to the mixtures at the Holcim
cement plant. To identify the hazardous mixtures stored, the ratings of the NFPA11 704 health, fire,
and reactivity hazard categories were used. The NFPA 704 employs four color code divisions with BLUE
indicating level of health hazard, RED indicating flammability, YELLOW (chemical) reactivity, and
WHITE containing special keys for unique hazards. Each of health, flammability and reactivity is rated
on a scale from 0 (no hazard; normal substance) to 4 (severe risk).
9
International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC), Compendium of Chemical Terminology, 2nd ed.
(the "Gold Book") (1997).
10
Hill, J. W.; Petrucci, R. H.; McCreary, T. W.; Perry, S. S. General Chemistry, 4th ed., p5, Pearson Prentice Hall,
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, 2005.
11
The National Fire Protection Association is a U.S. organization (with some international members) charged
with creating and maintaining minimum standards and requirements for fire prevention and suppression
activities, training, and equipment, as well as other life-safety codes and standards. The NFPA 704 is the standard
system for the identification of the hazards of materials for emergency response.
332
4.3.2.2 Physical and chemical properties of the hazardous substances and/or mixtures
The physical and chemical properties of the identified hazardous mixtures were taken from the MSDS
provided by Holcim. Annex I shows the sample pages of the MSDS used in this section.
4.3.2.3 Hazards associated with the handling and storage of the hazardous substances
and/or mixtures
The hazards associated with the identified hazardous substances were taken from the MSDS provided
by Holcim. Annex I shows the sample pages of the MSDS used in this section.
4.3.2.4 Safety performance
The safety, emergency, and firefighting performance presented were based on the existing protocols
implemented at the Holcim plant.
4.4 Hazardous Substance or Situation Present in the Establishment
4.4.1 Identification of the hazardous substances
The 70 major substances and mixtures used stored at the cement plant were evaluated using the NFPA
hazard codes to determine whether it is hazardous or not based on available MSDS provided (Table
131). Sixty-two substance and mixtures were considered as hazardous with NFPA ratings of 1 to 3 for
all categories (Table 132). Substance and mixtures with ratings of 3 are highlighted in Table 132.
4.4.2 Physical and chemical properties of the hazardous mixtures and substance
Table 132 shows the physical and chemical properties of the mixtures and substances at the Holcim
plant. Sample pages of the MSDS used are shown in Annex I.
333
Table 131. NFPA hazard classification of mixtures and substances at the Holcim plant
NFPA NFPA
No. Mixture/Substance No. Mixture/Substance
H F R SK H F R SK
1 001D7840 Shell Omala S2 G 680 ND ND ND ND 36 Shell Rimula R3 10W (CF) ND ND ND ND
2 1608 ISO 680/SAE 250 Duolec Vari-Purpose 2 1 1 ND 37 Shell Rimula R3 X 15W-40 ND ND ND ND
3 4622 Monolec Multiplex Lubricant 2 1 1 ND 38 Shell Rimula R3+ 30 ND ND ND ND
4 001A0105 Shell Alvania Grease EP(LF) 2 ND ND ND ND 39 Shell Omala S2 G 220 ND ND ND ND
5 Ceplattyn 300 ND ND ND ND 40 Shell Gadus S3 V100 2 ND ND ND ND
6 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF 1000 ND ND ND ND 41 Shell Gadus S2 V100 3 ND ND ND ND
7 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF 2500 ND ND ND ND 42 Shell Turbo T 46 ND ND ND ND
8 Ceplattyn RN ND ND ND ND 43 LGHB 2 0 1 0 ND
9 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF-LT ND ND ND ND 44 Lubricant Sullube ND ND ND ND
10 Kustom FA 1 2 0 ND 45 Shell Tellus S2 M 68 ND ND ND ND
11 Arnox Kimminof (Cement Remover) ND ND ND ND 46 Acetic Acid 3 2 0 ND
12 Easy Bar Industrial Lubricant ND ND ND ND 47 Ammonium Acetate 1 1 1 ND
13 KTL-100 Easy Bar Rotary Kiln Lube 2 1 0 ND 48 Ammonium Chloride 2 0 2 ND
334
NFPA NFPA
H F R SK H F R SK
Ammonium Hydroxide, 50% v/v

14 Shell Omala Oil F 320 ND ND ND ND 49 3 0 0 ND
(1+1)
15 Shell Gadus S3 V100 ND ND ND ND 50 Ammonium Hydroxide, 28-30% w/w 3 0 1 ND
9011 Pyroshield SYN XHVY Open Gear

16 1 1 1 ND 51 Ammonium iodide 2 0 0 ND
Lubricant
17 Mobil SHC 626 ND ND ND ND 52 Ammonium Oxalate, Saturated 1 0 0 ND
18 Coupling and Sealing Grease 1 1 0 ND 53 Ammonium Phosphate, Dibasic 1 0 0 ND
19 02250 – Falk Long Term Grease 0 1 0 ND 54 Barium Chloride, Dihydrate 2 0 0 ND
20 Shell Gadus S2 V220 2 0 1 0 ND 55 Calcium Carbonate 1 0 0 ND
21 001D8438 Shell Gadus S3 V100 2 ND ND ND ND 56 Citric acid 2 1 0 ND
22 Silica Gel Solution 1 0 0 ND 57 Ethyl Alcohol, Denatured, Absolute 2 3 0 ND
23 Lubricant Spray Solution 202 CLW ND ND ND ND 58 Ethylene glycol 1 1 0 ND
24 Super HD Grease (All Grades) ND ND ND ND 59 Mercury AA Standard 3 0 0 ND
25 Waterless Hand Cleaner 0 1 0 ND 60 Methyl Orange, 0.05% Aqueous 1 0 0 ND
26 Mobilgear SHC 320 ND ND ND ND 61 Methyl Red, Sodium Salt, ACS 1 0 0 ND
335
NFPA NFPA
H F R SK H F R SK
27 Mobilgear 600 XP 320 ND ND ND ND 62 Phenolphthalein, ACS 1 1 3 ND
28 Mobil DTE 10 Excel 46 ND ND ND ND 63 Potassium biphthalate 1 1 0 ND
29 Mobil Glygoyle 30 ND ND ND ND 64 Potassium carbonate, anhydrous 2 0 1 ND
30 Mobilith SHC 220 ND ND ND ND 65 Silver nitrate 2 0 0 ND
31 Water Soluble Degreaser ND ND ND ND 66 Sodium Carbonate, decahydrate 2 0 0 ND
32 Sullair(R) 24KT Fluid 1 1 0 ND 67 Sodium Chloride 1 0 0 ND
33 Fast Acting Safety Solvent ND ND ND ND 68 Sodium carbonate 2 0 1 ND
34 Premalube Xtreme Green (Lubemaster) ND ND ND ND 69 Sodium Citrate Dihydrate 0 0 0 ND
Sodium hydroxide, Pellets, Reagent

35 Premalube Xtreme Green (NCH Corp.) 3 1 0 ND 70 3 0 1 ND
ACS
336
Table 132. Physical and chemical properties of the mixtures and substances at the Holcim plant
Flash Boiling Melting Vapor
MW AIT Flammable limits (%) Solubility
Molecular Point Point Point Specific Pressure
No. Substance or Mixture Component CAS # Physical state Odor
formula gravity
g/mol oC oC Lower Upper oC oC (in water) mm Hg
Liquid at room Slight

001D7840 Shell Omala 272 1 - 10 1 - 10 < 0.5 Pa at 20
1 Amine phosphate 91745-46-9 temperature, brown hydrocarbon ND ND > 320 > 280 ND 0.912@15C Negligible
S2 G 680 (a) (typical) (typical) (typical) °C
color odor
1608 ISO 680/SAE 250

2 Oil Mist (mineral) ND Purple lubricant Lube oil odor ND ND 215.5 ND ND ND > 260 NA 0.89 Negligible <5@15C
Duolec Vari-Purpose (b)
Oil Mist (mineral), Antimony

dialkyldithiocarbamate, Antimony
4622 Monolec Multiplex compounds (non-toxic, liquid
3 ND Red lubricant Lube oil odor ND ND > 260 ND ND ND > 260 > 232 0.95 Negligible <5@15C
Lubricant (c) organo-metallic compound), Zinc
diamyldithiocarbamate, Zinc
compounds
Semi-solid at room
001A0105 Shell Alvania Highly refined mineral oils and Slight 1 - 10 1 - 10 180 < 0.5 Pa at 20
4 ND temperature, brown ND ND > 205 > 320 ND 0.900@15C Negligible
Grease EP(LF) 2 (d) additives hydrocarbon (typical) (typical) (typical) °C
color
Aluminium complex grease based

5 Ceplattyn 300 (e) on mineral and synthetic oils with ND Pasty, black Like mineral oil ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 1.1@20 0C Insoluble ND
graphite and additive package
Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF
6 Graphite, Mineral Oil ND Semi-solid, black Mild ND ND > 260 ND ND ND ND ND 0.991 Insoluble ND
1000 (f)
Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF
7 Graphite, Mineral Oil ND Semi-solid, dark Mild petroleum ND ND 271 ND ND ND ND ND 0.981 Insoluble ND
2500 (g)

0.9 -
8 Ceplattyn RN (h) on mineral and synthetic oils with ND Pasty, black Like mineral oil ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Insoluble ND
0.95@20C

Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF-LT 0.9 -
9 on mineral and synthetic oils with ND Pasty, black Like mineral oil ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Insoluble ND
(i) 0.95@20C
Aliphatic Hydrocarbons, Synthetic

10 Kustom FA (j) ND Transparent, pale red Petroleum ND ND 40 ND 2% 8% 300 ND 0.78 Negligible 1.6
Isoparaffinic Hydrocarbon
Arnox Kimminof Slightly ND ND ND ND

11 Inorganic Acid ND Liquid, clear yellow ND ND ND ND ND Soluble ND
(Cement Remover) (k) suffocating
Easy Bar Industrial Triphenyl Phosphate, Copper,

12 ND Solid, bronze None ND ND 204 > 538 ND ND ND 46 – 52 ND Slight ND
Lubricant (l) Graphite
KTL-100 Easy Bar Rotary

13 Copper 7440-50-8 Solid, bronze bar Mild/bland ND ND 220 > 500 ND ND 370 49 1.86@15C NIL NIL
Kiln Lube (m)
337

formula gravity
Highly refined mineral oils and Liquid at room Slight 202 1 - 10 1 - 10 < 0.5 Pa at 20
14 Shell Omala Oil F 320 (n) ND ND ND > 320 > 280 ND 0.903@15C Negligible
additives. temperature, brown hydrocarbon (typical) (typical) (typical) °C
Soap type-lithium
complex, Based oil
15 Shell Gadus S3 V100 (o) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
type-mineral, light
brown
9011 Pyroshield SYN

Amines, C12-14-alkyl, reaction
16 XHVY Open Gear 91745-46-9 Liquid, purple Hydrocarbon-like ND ND 112 ND ND ND ND ND 0.9 Negligible ND
products
Lubricant (p)
No reportable hazardous or
17 Mobil SHC 626 (q) ND Liquid, orange Characteristic ND ND > 210 ND 0.9 7.0 > 316 NA 0.858@15C Negligible 0.1@20C
complex substance(s)
Coupling and Sealing Petroleum Hydrocarbon, Calcium Smooth medium,

18 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND > 260 ND 0.9 ND ND
Grease (r) Stearate, Calcium Tallowate amber
Solvent deasphalted residual

petroleum oil, Butadiene/styrene
02250 – Falk Long Term Buttery substance, dark Mild additive
19 copolymer, Polyethylene, Zinc ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
Grease (s) brown odor
dialkyldithiophosphate, Lithium 12-
hydroxystearate
Highly refined mineral oils and Semi-solid at ambient Slight 1 - 10 1 - 10 < 0.5 Pa at 20
20 Shell Gadus S2 V220 2 (t) ND ND ND > 180 > 320 ND > 180 0.9 @15C Negligible
additives. temperature, brown hydrocarbon (typical) (typical) °C
Triaryl phosphorothionate,
Semi-solid at ambient
001D8438 Shell Gadus Alkylated phenol ester, Slight 1 - 10 1 - 10 250 < 0.5 Pa at 20
21 ND temperature, light ND ND > 250 > 320 ND 0.900 @15C Negligible
S3 V100 2 (u) Trimethyldihydroquinoline, hydrocarbon (typical) (typical) (typical) °C
brown
homopolymer, Triazole derivative
63231-67-4, Solid (granular, bead,

22 Silica Gel Solution (v) Silica gel 112926-008, powdered), white & Odorless ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 2.1 Insoluble NA
or 1343-98-2 blue
Lubricant Spray Solution Compressed liquefied Not

23 Butane 106-97-8 Characteristic ND ND (-)60 240 1.2 8.5 0 ND ND 29hPa@20C
202 CLW (w) gas, light brown miscible
Severely Refined Paraffinic Mineral

Oils, Molybdenum disulfide,
Proprietary E.P. anti-wear additives,
Super HD Grease (All Slight
24 Proprietary corrosion inhibitor, ND Soft grey grease ND ND 250 ND ND ND > 350 ND 0.94@15C Insoluble ND
Grades) (x) characteristic
Lithium hydroxy Stearate,
Proprietary additive containing
copolymer
Waterless Hand Cleaner Yellow, blue, orange,

25 Triethanolamine 102-71-6 Fruity scent ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 1.02 80% 15
(y) green
338

formula gravity
26 Mobilgear SHC 320 (z) Ditridecyl Adipate 16958-92-2 Liquid, amber Characteristic ND ND > 210 ND 0.9 7.0 > 316 NA 0.876@15C Negligible 0.1@20C
Mobilgear 600 XP 320 No reportable hazardous or

27 ND Liquid, amber Characteristic ND ND > 200 ND 0.9 7.0 > 316 NA 0.9@15C Negligible 0.1@20C
(aa) complex substance(s)
Mobil DTE 10 Excel 46 No reportable hazardous or

28 ND Liquid, amber Characteristic ND ND > 200 ND 0.9 7.0 > 316 NA 0.852@15C Negligible 0.1@20C
(ab) complex substance(s)
Benzenamine, N-Phenyl-, Reaction

29 Mobil Glygoyle 30 (ac) Products with 2,4,4- 68411-46-1 Liquid, brown Characteristic ND ND > 210 ND 0.9 7.0 > 316 NA 1.006@20C Negligible 0.1@20C
Trimethylpentene
Benzenamine, N-Phenyl-, Reaction

Products with 2,4,4-
Trimethylpentene, Lithium Salt of
30 Mobilith SHC 220 (ad) ND Solid, semi-fluid, red Characteristic ND ND > 204 ND ND ND > 316 NA 0.9@15C Negligible 0.1@20C
Aliphatic Acid, Methylene
Bis(Dibutyldithiocarbamate), Zinc
Dithiophosphate
Water Soluble Degreaser Completely

31 Ethylene glycol monobutyl ehter 111-76-2 Liquid water based ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 1.03-1.05 ND
(ae) soluble
Polydimethylsiloxane, Di-2- ND
32 Sullair(R) 24KT Fluid (af) Liquid, straw Odorless ND ND > 204.4 ND ND ND > 200 ND 0.97@25C ND ND
Ethylhexyl chlorendate
Fast Acting Safety Ethinyl tricloride, ND

33 Mobile liquid, clear Ether-like odor ND ND 87 420 8.0 12.5 ND ND 1.47@20C Insoluble 57.8@20C
Solvent (ag) Dichlorofluoroethane
Premalube Xtreme Hydrotreated and Dewaxed ND Viscous grease, blue-

34 Odorless ND ND 257 ND ND ND 321 ND 1.01 Negligible < 0.01
Green (Lubemaster) (ah) Petroleum Distillate green, opaque
Hydrotreated Heavy Paraffinic ND

Petroleum Distillate, Solvent-
Dewaxed Heavy Paraffinic
Premalube Xtreme Petroleum Distillates, Hexylene
35 Opaque, blue-green Odorless ND ND 257 ND 1.0 7.0 321 ND 1.01 Negligible < 0.01
Green (NCH Corp.) (ai) Glycol, Calcium Stearate, Calcium
Phosphate, Calcium Acetate
Carbonate Hydrogenated Castrol
Fatty Acid
Slight
Shell Rimula R3 10W (CF) Liquid at room 219 1 - 10 1 - 10 < 0.5 Pa at 20
36 Zinc alkyl dithiophosphate 68649-42-3 hydrocarbon ND ND > 320 > 280 ND 0.885@15C Negligible
(aj) temperature, amber (typical) (typical) (typical) °C
odor
Polyolefin polyamine
succinimide,polyol, Calcium alkaryl Slight
Shell Rimula R3 X 15W- Liquid at room 233 1 - 10 1 - 10 < 0.5 Pa at 20
37 sulphonate, Zinc alkyl ND hydrocarbon ND ND > 320 > 280 ND 0.888@15C Negligible
40 (ak) temperature, amber (typical) (typical) (typical) °C
dithiophosphate, Calcium alkaryl odor
sulphonate
339

formula gravity
Slight
Liquid at room 242 1 - 10 1 - 10 < 0.5 Pa at 20
38 Shell Rimula R3+ 30 (al) Zinc alkyl dithiophosphate 68649-42-3 hydrocarbon ND ND > 320 > 280 ND 0.890@15C Negligible
temperature, amber (typical) (typical) (typical) °C
odor
Slight
Shell Omala S2 G 220 Liquid at room 240 1 - 10 1 - 10 < 0.5 Pa at 20
39 Amine phosphate 91745-46-9 hydrocarbon ND ND > 320 > 280 ND 0.899@15C Negligible
(am) temperature, brown (typical) (typical) (typical) °C
odor
Soap type-lithium
Shell Gadus S3 V100 2 complex, Based oil
40 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
(an) type-mineral, light
brown
Soap type-lithium
Shell Gadus S2 V100 3
41 ND ND hydroxystearate, Based ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
(ao)
oil type-mineral
Slight
Liquid at room 220 1 - 10 1 - 10 < 0.5 Pa at 20
42 Shell Turbo T 46 (ap) N-phenyl-1-naphthylamine 90-30-2 hydrocarbon ND ND > 320 > 280 ND 0.858@15C Negligible
temperature, off-white (typical) (typical) (typical) °C
odor
43 LGHB 2 (aq) ND ND Grey paste Mineral oil ND ND > 200 ND ND ND ND ND 0.94 Insoluble NA
Polypropylene Glycol, ND
<0.1%@20
44 Lubricant Sullube (ar) Pentaerythritol ester, Aromatic Liquid, green Mild ND ND 210 - 271 385 ND ND > 200 NA <0.01@20C
0.983@25C C
amine, Additives
ND Slight
Highly refined mineral oils and Liquid at room 235 1 - 10 1 - 10 < 0.5 Pa at 20
45 Shell Tellus S2 M 68 (as) hydrocarbon ND ND > 320 > 280 ND 0.886@15C Negligible
additives. temperature, amber (typical) (typical) (typical) °C
odor
Irritating/pungent 16 hPa@50
46 Acetic Acid (at) Acetic Acid 64-19-7 Liquid, colorless C2H4O2 60.05 40 485 ND ND 118 17 1.049 Soluble
vinegar odor °C
Solid, powder, white, 110 –

47 Ammonium Acetate (au) Ammonium Acetate 631-61-8 Ammoniacal C2H7NO2 77.08 136 ND ND ND ND ND Soluble ND
colorless 112
Crystalline solid,
48 Ammonium Chloride (av) Ammonium Chloride 12125-02-9 Odorless NH4Cl 53.49 NA ND ND ND ND ND 1.530 Soluble ND
crystalline powder
Ammonium Hydroxide, Water, Ammonium Hydroxide, 28-

49 ND Liquid, colorless Ammonia odor NA NA ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.95 ND ND
50% v/v (1+1) (aw) 30% w/w
Ammonium Hydroxide, Water, Ammonium Hydroxide, 28- Irritating/pungent

50 1336-21-6 Liquid, colorless NH4OH 35.05 NA NA ND ND 27 ND 0.89 Soluble ND
28-30% w/w (ax) 30% w/w odor
51 Ammonium iodide (ay) Ammonium iodide 12027-06-4 Solid, color-ND ND NH4I 144.94 ND ND ND ND ND D 2.56 Soluble NA
340

formula gravity
Ammonium Oxalate, Water, Ammonium Oxalate,

52 ND Liquid, colorless None ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 1.05 Soluble ND
Saturated (az) Monohydrate
Ammonium Phosphate,
53 Ammonium Phosphate, Dibasic 7783-28-0 Solid, white None (NH4)2HPO4 132.06 ND ND ND ND ND 155 1.619 Soluble ND
Dibasic (ba)
Crystalline solid.
Barium Chloride, Powder. Crystalline
54 Barium Chloride, Dihydrate 10326-27-9 Odorless BaCl2·2H2O 244.28 NA ND ND ND 1560 963 3.1 Soluble < 0.1hPa
Dihydrate (bb) powder. Grains,
colorless to white
Solid white powder or 0.00153

55 Calcium Carbonate (bc) Calcium Carbonate 471-34-1 None CaCO3 100.09 ND ND ND ND 825 520 2.93 ND
lumps g/100ml
0.28 2.29
56 Citric acid (bd) Citric acid 77-92-9 Solid crystalline powder Odorless C6H8O7 192.13 ND 1010 kg/m3 kg/m3 D 153 1.665 Soluble NA
(Dust) (Dust)
Ethyl Alcohol,
Ethanol, Isopropyl Alcohol (2- Alcohol or
57 Denatured, Absolute 64-17-5 Colorless liquid C2H6O 46.07 13 363 ND ND 78 -115 0.790 Soluble 59hPa@50C
Propanol), Methanol pleasant odor
(be)
Liquid (syrupy), clear

58 Ethylene glycol (bf) Ethylene glycol 107-21-1 Odorless HOCH2CH2OH 62.07 111 398 3.2 ND 197.6 -13 1.1088 Soluble 0.06@20C
colorless
Mercury AA Standard Water, Nitric Acid, Mercuric Nitrate, ND

59 Colorless liquid None ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 1.05 Soluble ND
(bg) Dihydrate
Methyl Orange, 0.05% ND

60 Water, Methyl Orange, Sodium Salt Liquid, orange None ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Soluble ND
Aqueous (bh)
Methyl Red, Sodium Salt,

61 Methyl Red, Sodium Salt, ACS 845-10-3 Solid, red brown Odorless C15H14N3NaO2 291.28 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Soluble ND
ACS (bi)
Crystalline solid,
Phenolphthalein, ACS
62 Phenolphthalein, ACS 77-09-8 crystalline powder, Odorless C20H14O4 318.33 ND ND ND ND > 450 263 1.277 Insoluble ND
(bj)
white to light yellow
Potassium biphthalate
63 Potassium biphthalate 877-24-7 Solid (crystals), white Odorless KC8H5O4 204.22 ND ND ND ND ND 297 1.636 Soluble NA
(bk)
Solid (powdered solid,

Potassium carbonate,
64 Potassium carbonate, anhydrous 584-08-7 deliquescent solid), Odorless K2CO3 138.21 ND ND ND ND D 891 2.29 Soluble NA
anhydrous (bl)
white
Solid (crystals),
65 Silver nitrate (bm) Silver nitrate 7761-88-8 ND AgNO3 169.87 ND ND ND ND 440 212 4.35 Soluble NA
colorless, white
341

formula gravity
Sodium Carbonate,
66 Sodium Carbonate, decahydrate2 613202-1 Solid (crystals) ND Na2-CO3·10H2O 286.01 ND ND ND ND ND 34 1.46 Soluble NA
decahydrate (bn)
Solid crystalline
67 Sodium Chloride (bo) Sodium Chloride 7647-14-5 Odorless NaCl 58.44 ND ND ND ND 1413 801 2.165 Soluble ND
powder, white
68 Sodium carbonate (bp) Sodium carbonate 497-19-8 Solid powder, white Odorless Na2CO3 105.99 ND ND ND ND ND 851 2.532 Soluble NA
Sodium Citrate
69 Sodium Citrate Dihydrate 613204-3 Solid powder, white Mild odor C6H5Na3O7·2H2O 294.1 ND ND ND ND ND 150 1.7 Soluble ND
Dihydrate (bq)
Sodium hydroxide,
70 Sodium hydroxide 1310-73-2 Solid, white Odorless NaOH 40 ND ND ND ND 1388 323 2.13 Soluble NA
Pellets, Reagent ACS (br)
MW – molecular weight; AIT – auto-ignition temperature; ND – no data; D - decomposes
References (from Holcim)
(a) 2010 001D7840 Shell Omala S2 G 680, Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation, MSDS; (b) 2009 1608 ISO 680/SAE 250 Duolec Vari-Purpose, Lubrication Engineers, Inc., MSDS; (c) 2006 4622 Monolec Multiplex Lubricant, Lubrication Engineers, Inc., MSDS; (d) 2009 001A0105 Shell Alvania
Grease EP(LF) 2, Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation MSDS; (e) 2006 Ceplattyn 300, Fuchs Lubritech GmbH, SDS; (f) 2010 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF 1000, FUCHS LUBRICANTS CO., MSDS; (g) 2011 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF 2500, FUCHS LUBRICANTS CO., MSDS; (h) 2006 Ceplattyn RN, Fuchs Lubritech
GmbH, SDS; (i) 2006 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF-LT, Fuchs Lubritech GmbH, SDS; (j) 2004 Kustom FA, CERTIFIED LABS, DIV. OF NCH CORP., MSDS; (k) 2013 Arnox Kimminof (Cement Remover), Eagle Star Industrial Corp., MSDS; (l) 2009 Easy Bar Industrial Lubricant, Easy Bar, Inc., MSDS; (m) 2007 KTL-
100 Easy Bar Rotary Kiln Lube, C&C OIL COMPANY, INC., MSDS; (n) 2009 Shell Omala Oil F 320, Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation, MSDS; (o) 2012 Shell Gadus S3 V100, Shell, Technical Data Sheet; (p) 2013 9011 Pyroshield SYN XHVY Open Gear Lubricant, Lubrication Engineers Inc., SDS; (q)
2011 Mobil SHC 626, ExxonMobil Petroleum & Chemicals Holdings Inc., MSDS; (r) 2014 Coupling and Sealing Grease, Sigmasol Trading Inc., MSDS; (s) 2004 02250 – Falk Long Term Grease, The Falk Corporation, MSDS; (t) 2011 Shell Gadus S2 V220 2, SOPUS Products, MSDS; (u) 2012 001D8438
Shell Gadus S3 V100 2, Shell UK Oil Products Limited, SDS; (v) 2014 Silica Gel Solution, Sigmasol Trading Inc., MSDS; (w) 2013 Lubricant Spray Solution 202 CLW, Sigmasol Trading Inc., MSDS; (x) 2017 Super HD Grease (All Grades), TALCOR PTY LIMITED, MSDS; (y) 2014 Waterless Hand Cleaner,
Sigmasol Trading Inc., MSDS; (z) 2010 Mobilgear SHC 320, ExxonMobil Petroleum & Chemicals Holdings Inc., MSDS; (aa) 2007 Mobilgear 600 XP 320, ExxonMobil Petroleum & Chemicals Holdings Inc., MSDS; (ab) 2013 Mobil DTE 10 Excel 46, ExxonMobil Petroleum & Chemicals Holdings Inc.,
MSDS; (ac) 2012 Mobil Glygoyle 30, ExxonMobil Petroleum & Chemicals Holdings Inc., MSDS; (ad) 2012 Mobilith SHC 220, ExxonMobil Petroleum & Chemicals Holdings Inc., MSDS; (ae) Water Soluble Degreaser, LUCKYMEC STAR TRADING, INC., MSDS; (af) 2006 Sullair(R) 24KT Fluid, Dow Corning
Corporation, MSDS; (ag) Fast Acting Safety Solvent, LUCKYMEC STAR TRADING, INC., MSDS; (ah) 2009 Premalube Xtreme Green (Lubemaster), LUBEMASTER, MSDS; (ai) 2002 Premalube Xtreme Green (NCH Corp.), CERTIFIED LABS, DIV. OF NCH CORP., MSDS; (aj) 2010 Shell Rimula R3 10W (CF),
Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation, MSDS; (ak) 2010 Shell Rimula R3 X 15W-40, Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation, MSDS; (al) 2010 Shell Rimula R3+ 30, Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation, MSDS; (am) 2010 Shell Omala S2 G 220, Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation, MSDS; (an) 2012
Shell Gadus S3 V100 2, Shell, Technical Data Sheet; (ao) Shell Gadus S2 V100 3, Shell, Technical Data Sheet; (ap) 2009 Shell Turbo T 46, Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation, MSDS; (aq) 2013 LGHB 2, SKF MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS, MSDS; (ar) 2011 Lubricant Sullube, The Dow Chemical
Company, MSDS; (as) 2010 Shell Tellus S2 M 68, Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation, MSDS; (at) 2014 Acetic Acid, LabChem Inc., SDS; (au) 2013 Ammonium Acetate, LabChem Inc., SDS; (av) 2013 Ammonium Chloride, LabChem Inc., SDS; (aw) 2014 Ammonium Hydroxide, 50% v/v (1+1),
LabChem Inc., SDS; (ax) 2013 Ammonium Hydroxide, 28-30% w/w, LabChem Inc., SDS; (ay) 2013 Ammonium iodide, Sciencelab.com, Inc., MSDS; (az) 2014 Ammonium Oxalate, Saturated, LabChem Inc., SDS; (ba) 2014 Ammonium Phosphate, Dibasic, LabChem Inc., SDS; (bb) 2014 Barium
Chloride, Dihydrate, LabChem Inc., SDS; (bc) 2014 Calcium Carbonate, LabChem Inc., SDS; (bd) 2013 Citric acid, Sciencelab.com, Inc., MSDS; (be) 2013 Ethyl Alcohol, Denatured, Absolute, Val Tech Diagnostics, A Division of LabChem Inc., SDS; (bf) 2013 Ethylene glycol, Sciencelab.com, Inc.,
MSDS; (bg) 2015 Mercury AA Standard, LabChem Inc., SDS; (bh) 2014 Methyl Orange, 0.05% Aqueous, LabChem Inc., SDS; (bi) 2015 Methyl Red, Sodium Salt, ACS, LabChem Inc., SDS; (bj) 2015 Phenolphthalein, ACS, LabChem Inc., SDS; (bk) 2013 Potassium biphthalate, Sciencelab.com, Inc.,
MSDS; (bl) 2013 Potassium carbonate, anhydrous, Sciencelab.com, Inc., MSDS; (bm) 2013 Silver nitrate, Sciencelab.com, Inc., MSDS; (bn) 2013 Sodium Carbonate, decahydrate, Sciencelab.com, Inc., MSDS; (bo) 2013 Sodium Chloride, LabChem Inc., SDS; (bp) 2013 Sodium carbonate,
Sciencelab.com, Inc., MSDS; (bq) 2013 Sodium Citrate Dihydrate, LabChem Inc., SDS; (br) 2013 Sodium hydroxide, Pellets, Reagent ACS, Sciencelab.com, Inc., MSDS
342
4.4.3 Stability and reactivity information
The stability and reactivity of the mixtures stored at the warehouse is shown in Table 133.
4.4.3.1 Hazards imposed by the hazardous mixtures and substance
The description of the hazards imposed by the substances was presented by its chemical and physical
effects upon accidental release and ignition.
4.4.3.2 Emission of potentially hazardous substance (chemical effects)
Pathway evaluation considers various routes by which a person could be exposed to the hazard
identified. Associated with this is the degree to which the hazards can be directly related to human
safety.
Figure 85 shows the diagram represents the exposure pathway for the listed hazardous mixtures and
substances.
The occupational exposure thresholds from different institutions and the routes and health effects
due to exposures to the identified hazardous mixtures are shown in Table 134 and Table 135
respectively.
Figure 85. Chemical effect pathway
343
Table 133. Stability and reactivity properties of mixtures and substances at the Holcim plant
Hazardous polymerization/
Mixture/ Substance Stability Conditions to avoid Incompatible materials Hazardous decomposition/reactivity
corrosivity
001D7840 Shell Stable Extremes of temperature and direct Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products are ND
Omala S2 G 680 sunlight. not expected to form during normal
storage.
1608 ISO 680/SAE Stable Contact with nuclear radiation and Strong oxidizing materials. Dense smoke; oxides of C, S, B and P; Polymerization will not
250 Duolec Vari- strong oxidizing materials. hydrogen sulfide. occur.
Purpose
4622 Monolec Stable Contact with nuclear radiation and Strong oxidizing materials. Dense smoke; oxides of C, S, Zn, Sb, and Polymerization will not
Multiplex Lubricant strong oxidizing materials. Ca; hydrogen sulfide. occur.
001A0105 Shell Stable. Extremes of temperature and direct Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products are ND
Alvania Grease EP(LF) sunlight. not expected to form during normal
2 storage.
Ceplattyn 300 ND None at appropriate handling and Reactions with strong None at appropriate handling and ND
storage oxidizing agents. storage.
No decomposition if suitable use.
Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF Stable Avoid contact with incompatible This product is incompatible Thermal decomposition products are Polymerization will not
1000 materials and exposure to extreme with strong oxidizing agents. dependent on combustion conditions. occur.
temperatures.
A complex mixture of airborne solid,
liquid, particulates and gasses may evolve
when the material burns. Combustion by-
products may include: oxides of carbon,
oxides of aluminum, incompletely burned
hydrocarbons as fumes and smoke.
344
corrosivity
Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF Stable Avoid contact with incompatible This product is incompatible Thermal decomposition products are Polymerization will not
2500 materials and exposure to extreme with strong oxidizing agents. dependent on combustion conditions. occur.
temperatures.
A complex mixture of airborne solid,
liquid, particulates and gasses may evolve
when the material burns. Combustion by-
products may include: oxides of carbon,
oxides of aluminum, incompletely burned
hydrocarbons as fumes and smoke.
Ceplattyn RN ND None at appropriate handling and Reactions with oxidizing Thermal decomposition: carbon monoxide ND
storage. agents. and carbon dioxide.
No decomposition if suitable use.
Ceplattyn KG 10 ND Heating, unshielded flame, ignition Reactions with strong Thermal decomposition: Nitrous oxides ND
HMF-LT source, electrostatic charge oxidizing agents. (NOx); sulfur oxides (SOx). No
decomposition if used as directed.
Kustom FA Stable Avoid heat, sparks, or open flame. Strong oxidizers, acids and Oxides of carbon, fumes and acrid smoke Polymerization will not
iodine pentafluoroethylene occur.
Arnox Kimminof Stable under Avoid strong oxidizing agents. ND ND ND

(Cement Remover) normal
condition.
Easy Bar Industrial Stable under Storage temperatures greater than Strong acids – strong oxidizers Oxides of carbon; phosphorus oxides; Polymerization will not
Lubricant normal 43oC copper fumes occur.
conditions.
345
corrosivity
KTL-100 Easy Bar Stable None Strong Oxidizers CO & CO2 if combustion is incomplete ND
Rotary Kiln Lube
Open Flames
001A0930 Shell Stable Extremes of temperature and direct Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products are ND
Omala Oil F 320 sunlight. not expected to form during normal
storage.
Shell Gadus S3 V100 ND ND ND ND ND
9011 Pyroshield SYN Stable under Heat, flames and sparks. Contact with Strong oxidizing agents. Carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide and ND
XHVY Open Gear recommended other chemicals Strong acids. Strong bases. unburned hydrocarbons (smoke)
Lubricant storage
conditions.
Mobil SHC 626 Stable under Excessive heat. High energy sources of Strong oxidizers Material does not decompose at ambient Polymerization will not
normal ignition. temperatures. occur.
conditions.
Coupling and Sealing Stable Avoid conditions that could generate Strong Oxidizers Incomplete combustion can yield carbon Polymerization will not
Grease an oil mist. Do not expose the product (smoke), carbon monoxides, various occur.
to strong oxidizers or excessive heat. hydrocarbons, and evolve other gases,
Avoid prolonged and repeated skin vapor and solid residue.
contact.
02250 – Falk Long ND Under extreme temperatures or Strong Oxidizers Toxic levels of carbon monoxide, carbon Polymerization will not
Term Grease extended storage periods, hydrogen dioxide, irritating aldehydes and ketones, occur.
sulfide (H2S) gas may accumulate in and combustion products or compounds
the head-space of container. of phosphorus, sulfur (may include
hydrogen sulfide), zinc.
346
corrosivity
Shell Gadus S2 V220 Stable Extremes of temperature and direct Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products are ND
2 sunlight. not expected to form during normal
storage.
001D8438 Shell Stable when Extremes of temperature and direct Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products are ND
Gadus S3 V100 2 handled and sunlight. not expected to form during normal
stored according storage.
to provisions.
Silica Gel Solution Stable Incompatible materials, moisture, ND ND Will not occur. Non-
excess dust generation. corrosive in presence of
glass.
Lubricant Spray ND ND Heat, open flames, strong Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide ND
Solution 202 CLW oxidizers such as hydrogen from burning.
peroxide, bromine and
chromic acid.
Super HD Grease (All ND ND May react with strong Oxides of sulphur, carbon monoxide and ND
Grades) oxidizing materials. dioxide
Waterless Hand Stable None known None known Combustion may produce CO, CO2, NO2 None known
Cleaner
Mobilgear SHC 320 Stable under Excessive heat. High energy sources of Strong oxidizers Material does not decompose at ambient Polymerization will not
conditions.
347
corrosivity
Mobilgear 600 XP 320 Stable under Excessive heat. High energy sources of Strong oxidizers Material does not decompose at ambient Polymerization will not
conditions.
Mobil DTE 10 Excel Stable under Excessive heat. High energy sources of Strong oxidizers Material does not decompose at ambient Polymerization will not
46 normal ignition. temperatures. occur.
conditions.
Mobil Glygoyle 30 Stable under Excessive heat. High energy sources of Strong oxidizers Material does not decompose at ambient Polymerization will not
conditions.
Mobilith SHC 220 Stable under Excessive heat. High energy sources of Strong oxidizers Material does not decompose at ambient Polymerization will not
conditions.
Water Soluble Stable under Heat, flames, ignition sources and Strong oxidizing agents. Carbon dioxide & carbon monoxide may ND
Degreaser normal incompatibilities. form when heated to decomposition.
conditions. May attack metallic aluminum
at high temp.
Sullair(R) 24KT Fluid Stable None. Oxidizing material can cause a Thermal breakdown of this product during Polymerization will not
reaction. fire or very high heat conditions may occur.
evolve the following decomposition
products: Carbon oxides and traces of
incompletely burned carbon compounds.
Silicon dioxide. Formaldehyde. Chlorine
compounds.
348
corrosivity
Fast Acting Safety Stable under ND Strong oxidizing agents, ND ND

Solvent normal strong bases & strong acids.
conditions. Chemically active metals such
as barium, lithium, sodium,
magnesium, titanium &
beryllium, liquid oxygen.
Premalube Xtreme ND ND Strong oxidizing agents such ND ND

Green (Lubemaster) as chlorine bleach and
concentrated hydrogen
peroxide, reducing agents
such as sodium thiosulphate,
acid and bases.
Premalube Xtreme Stable ND Strong oxidizing agents such Oxides of carbon and sulphur; Polymerization will not
Green (NCH Corp.) as chlorine bleach and occur.
concentrated hydrogen Aldehydes and silica
peroxide, reducing agents
such as sodium thiosulphate,
acid and bases.
Shell Rimula R3 10W Stable Extremes of temperature and direct Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products are ND
(CF) sunlight. not expected to form during normal
storage.
Shell Rimula R3 X Stable Extremes of temperature and direct Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products are ND
15W-40 sunlight. not expected to form during normal
storage.
349
corrosivity
Shell Rimula R3+ 30 Stable Extremes of temperature and direct Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products are ND
sunlight. not expected to form during normal
storage.
Shell Omala S2 G 220 Stable Extremes of temperature and direct Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products are ND
storage.

2

3
Shell Turbo T 46 Stable Extremes of temperature and direct Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products are ND
storage.
LGHB 2 Stable Avoid heating and contact with Reacts with strong oxidizing ND ND
ignition sources. agents. Reacts with strong
acids.
Lubricant Sullube Thermally stable Exposure to elevated temperatures ND Decomposition products depend upon Polymerization will not
at typical use can cause product to decompose. temperature, air supply and the presence occur.
temperatures. Generation of gas during of other materials. Decomposition
decomposition can cause pressure in products can include and are not limited
closed systems. to: Aldehydes. Alcohols. Ethers.
Hydrocarbons. Ketones. Organic acids.
Polymer fragments.
350
corrosivity
Shell Tellus S2 M 68 Stable Extremes of temperature and direct Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products are ND
storage.
Acetic Acid Hygroscopic. Extremely high or low temperatures. May react violently with Carbon dioxide. Carbon monoxide. ND
Incompatible materials. alkalis. May react with bases,
copper, silver, mercury, Reacts violently with (some) bases:
magnesium, zinc and their release of heat.
alloys.
Ammonium Acetate Not established. Direct sunlight. Extremely high or low Strong acids. Strong bases. Gaseous ammonia. Carbon dioxide. ND
temperatures. Strong oxidizers. Sodium Carbon monoxide. Nitrogen oxides.
hypochlorite.
Ammonium Chloride Hygroscopic. Air contact. Direct sunlight. High Oxidizing agent. Strong acids. Gaseous ammonia. ND
temperature. Incompatible materials. Silver nitrate. Strong reducing
agents.
Ammonium Stable under Direct sunlight. Extremely high or low Strong acids. Metals. Gaseous ammonia. ND
Hydroxide, 50% v/v normal temperatures.
(1+1) conditions. Thermal decomposition generates:
Corrosive vapours.
Ammonium Stable under High temperature. Incompatible May react violently with Gaseous ammonia. Reacts vigorously with ND
Hydroxide, 28-30% normal materials. acids. strong oxidizers and acids.
w/w conditions.
Ammonium iodide Stable ND ND ND Polymerization: Will not

occur.
351
corrosivity
Corrosivity: Non-corrosive in
presence of glass.
Ammonium Oxalate, Stable under Direct sunlight. Extremely high or low Strong acids. Strong oxidizers. Gaseous ammonia. Carbon monoxide. ND
Saturated normal temperatures. Carbon dioxide.
conditions.
Ammonium Stable under Direct sunlight. Extremely high or low Strong acids. Strong bases. Gaseous ammonia. Phosphorus oxides. ND
Phosphate, Dibasic normal temperatures.
conditions.
Barium Chloride, Stable under Incompatible materials. Moisture. Strong oxidizers. Hydrogen chloride. Barium. ND
Dihydrate normal
conditions.
Calcium Carbonate Stable under Direct sunlight. Extremely high or low Strong acids. Strong oxidizers. Carbon monoxide. Carbon dioxide. ND
normal temperatures.
conditions. Reacts violently with acids.
Citric acid Stable Excess heat, incompatible materials Reactive with oxidizing Reactivity: Incompatible with oxidizing Polymerization will not
agents, reducing agents, agents, potassium tartrate, alkali, alkaline occur. Corrosive in presence
metals, alkalis. earth carbonates and bicarbonates, of aluminum, of zinc, of
acetates, and sulfides, metal nitrates copper. Non-corrosive in
presence of glass.
Ethyl Alcohol, Hygroscopic. Direct sunlight. Extremely high or low Strong acids. Strong bases. Carbon monoxide. Carbon dioxide. May ND
Denatured, Absolute temperatures. Open flame. Strong oxidizers. release flammable gases.
Ethylene glycol Stable Excess heat, incompatible materials. Reactive with oxidizing Reactivity: Hygroscopic. Absorbs moisture Polymerization will not
agents, acids, alkalis. from the air. Avoid contamination with occur.
materials with hydroxyl compounds. Also
352
corrosivity
incompatible with aliphatic amines,

isocyanates, chlorosulfonic acid, and
oleum
Mercury AA Standard Stable under Direct sunlight. Extremely high or low Silver nitrate. Strong reducing Nitrogen oxides. Mercury. ND
normal temperatures. agents. Strong bases.
conditions. Thermal decomposition generates
corrosive vapor.
Methyl Orange, Stable under Direct sunlight. Extremely high or low Strong oxidizers. Carbon monoxide. Carbon dioxide. ND
0.05% Aqueous normal temperatures. Nitrogen oxides. Sulfur compounds.
conditions.
Methyl Red, Sodium Stable under Direct sunlight. Extremely high or low Strong acids. Strong bases. Nitrogen oxides. Carbon monoxide. ND
Salt, ACS normal temperatures. Strong oxidizers. Carbon dioxide.
conditions.
Phenolphthalein, ACS Unstable on Avoid dust formation. High Strong oxidizers. Strong Carbon dioxide. Carbon monoxide. ND
exposure to light. temperature. Incompatible materials. bases.
Reactivity: Upon combustion, CO and CO2
are formed. Violent to explosive reaction
with (strong) oxidizers and with (strong)
reducers.
Potassium Stable Excess heat, dust generation, Reactive with oxidizing ND Polymerization will not
biphthalate incompatible materials agents. occur.
Potassium carbonate, Stable Dust generation, moist air, water, Reactive with oxidizing Reactivity: Hygroscopic. Reacts with water Polymerization will not
anhydrous incompatible materials agents, metals, acids. Slightly to evolve heat. Incompatible with KCO, occur.
reactive to reactive with chlorine trifluoride, calcium oxide, and
moisture. magnesium.
353
corrosivity
Silver nitrate Stable Incompatible materials, light Reactive with reducing Sensitive to light. Incompatible with Polymerization will not
agents, combustible antimony salts, arsenites, bromides, occur.
materials, organic materials, carbonates, chlorides, iodides,
alkalis. thiocyanates, ferrous salts,
hypophosphites, morphine salts, oils,
creosote, phosphates, tannic acid,
tartrates, vegetable decoctions, and
extracts, sodium hydroxide, charcoal,
thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride,
halogenated acids and their salts.
Alcohols. Silver nitrate reacts with
acetylene in presence of ammonia to form
silver acetylide, a sensitive powerful
detonator when dry. Reaction between
silver nitrate and chlorosulfonic acid is
violent. Silver nitrate is reduced by
hydrogen sulfide in the dark. Silver nitrate
is easily reduces to metallic silver by
ferrous salts, arsenites, hypophosphites,
tartrates, sugars, tannins, volatile oils.
Sodium Carbonate, Stable Moisture, air, incompatible materials Reactive with acids. Reactivity: Air sensitive. Moisture Polymerization will not
decahydrate sensitive. Incompatible with aluminum occur.
and fluorine.
Sodium Chloride Stable under Direct sunlight. Extremely high or low Strong acids. Metals. Strong Hydrogen chloride. ND
normal temperatures. oxidizers.
conditions.
354
corrosivity
Sodium carbonate Stable Incompatible materials, moisture Reactive with acids. Slightly Reactivity: Hygroscopic. Combines with Polymerization: Will not
reactive to reactive with water with evolution of heat. occur.
moisture. Incompatible with phosphorus pentoxide,
lithium, fluorine, fluoride, ammonia + Corrosivity: Non-corrosive in
silver nitrate, 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene, presence of glass.
ammonia, acids, sodium sulfide + water,
Hot concentrated solutions
hydrogen peroxide, red hot aluminum
of sodium carbonate are
metal, sodium sulfide, zinc, calcium
mildly corrosive to steel.
hydroxide. Sodium Carbonate is
decomposed by acids with effervescence.
Reacts violently with F2, Lithium, and
2,4,6-trinitrotoluene. Sodium begins to
decompose at 400C to evolve CO2.
Sodium Citrate Stable under Incompatible materials. Strong oxidizers. Fume. Carbon monoxide. Carbon dioxide. ND
Dihydrate normal
conditions.
Sodium hydroxide, Stable ND Highly reactive with metals. Reactivity: Hygroscopic. Much heat is Polymerization: Will not
Pellets, Reagent ACS Reactive with oxidizing evolved when solid material is dissolved in occur.
agents, reducing agents, water. Sodium hydroxide solution and
acids, alkalis, moisture. octanol + diborane during a work-up of a Corrosivity: Very caustic to
reaction mixture of oxime and diborane in aluminum and other metals
tetrahyrofuran is very exothermic, a mild in presence of moisture.
explosion being noted on one occassion.
Reactive with water, acids, acid chlorides,
strong bases, strong oxidizing agents,
strong reducing agents, flammable liquids,
organic halogens, metals (i.e aluminum,
tin, zinc), nitromethane, glacial acetic
355
corrosivity
acid, acetic anhydride, acrolein,

chlorohydrin, chlorosulfonic acid,
ethylene cyanohydrin, glyoxal,
hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid,
hydrosulfuric acid, nitric acid, oleum,
propiolactone, acylonitrile, phorosous
pentoxide, chloroethanol, chloroform-
methanol, tetrahydroborate, cyanogen
azide, 1,2,4,5 tetrachlorobenzene,
cinnamaldehyde. Reacts with
formaldehyde hydroxide to yield formic
acid, and hydrogen.
Source: same MSDS in Table 132; ND – no data
356
Table 134. Occupational exposure limits of mixtures and substances at the Holcim plant
Exposure limits
No. Mixture/ Substance Component
OSHA PEL NIOSH REL ACGIH TLV-TWA
1 001D7840 Shell Omala S2 G 680 (a) Amine phosphate ND ND Oil mist, mineral (TWA 5 mg/m3) (STEL 10 mg/m3)
2 1608 ISO 680/SAE 250 Duolec Vari-Purpose (b) Oil Mist (mineral) ND ND Oil Mist (mineral) 5 mg/m3
Oil Mist (mineral), Antimony dialkyldithiocarbamate, Antimony Oil Mist (mineral) 5 mg/m3, Antimony dialkyldithiocarbamate
3 4622 Monolec Multiplex Lubricant (c) compounds (non-toxic, liquid organo-metallic compound), Zinc ND ND 0.5 mg/kg as Sb, Antimony compounds (non-toxic, liquid
diamyldithiocarbamate, Zinc compounds organo-metallic compound) 0.5 mg/m3 as Sb
4 001A0105 Shell Alvania Grease EP(LF) 2 (d) Highly refined mineral oils and additives. ND ND Oil mist, mineral (TWA 5 mg/m3) (STEL 10 mg/m3)
Aluminium complex grease based on mineral and synthetic oils with

5 Ceplattyn 300 (e) ND ND ND
Graphite 2 mg/m3 (respirable), Mineral Oil 5 mg/m3 (as mist),

6 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF 1000 (f) Graphite, Mineral Oil Graphite 15 mppcf, Mineral Oil 5 mg/m3 (as mist) ND
Mineral Oil (ACGIH STEL 10 mg/m3 (as mist))
Graphite 2 mg/m3 (respirable), Mineral Oil 5 mg/m3 (as mist),

7 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF 2500 (g) Graphite, Mineral Oil Graphite 15 mppcf, Mineral Oil 5 mg/m3 (as mist) ND
Mineral Oil (ACGIH STEL 10 mg/m3 (as mist))

8 Ceplattyn RN (h) ND ND ND

9 Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF-LT (i) ND ND ND
Aliphatic Hydrocarbons >500 ppm, Synthetic Aliphatic Hydrocarbons >100 ppm, Synthetic Isoparaffinic
10 Kustom FA (j) Aliphatic Hydrocarbons, Synthetic Isoparaffinic Hydrocarbon ND
Isoparaffinic Hydrocarbon >5 mg/m3 Hydrocarbon >5 mg/m3
11 Arnox Kimminof (Cement Remover) (k) Inorganic Acid Inorganic Acid 5 ppm ceiling ND Inorganic Acid 2 ppm ceiling
Triphenyl Phosphate 3 mg/m3 TWA, Copper Fume 0.1 Triphenyl Phosphate 3 mg/m3 8 hr TWA, Copper Fume 0.2
12 Easy Bar Industrial Lubricant (l) Triphenyl Phosphate, Copper, Graphite ND
mg/m3 TWA mg/m3 8 hr TWA
Graphite Powder 2,5 mg/m3, Copper Powder 1mg/m3,

13 KTL-100 Easy Bar Rotary Kiln Lube (m) Copper ND ND
Trlphenyl Phosphate 3.0 mg/m3
14 Shell Omala Oil F 320 (n) Highly refined mineral oils and additives. ND ND Oil mist, mineral (TWA 5 mg/m3) (STEL 10 mg/m3)
15 Shell Gadus S3 V100 (o) ND ND ND ND
16 9011 Pyroshield SYN XHVY Open Gear Lubricant (p) Amines, C12-14-alkyl, reaction products ND ND ND
When mists/aerosols can occur, the following are

17 Mobil SHC 626 (q) No reportable hazardous or complex substance(s) ND ND
recommended: 5 mg/m³ - ACGIH TLV (inhalable fraction).
18 Coupling and Sealing Grease (r) Petroleum Hydrocarbon, Calcium Stearate, Calcium Tallowate Petroleum Hydrocarbon 5mg/m3 ND Petroleum Hydrocarbon 5 mg/m3
Solvent deasphalted residual petroleum oil, Butadiene/styrene

19 02250 – Falk Long Term Grease (s) copolymer, Polyethylene, Zinc dialkyldithiophosphate, Lithium 12- Mineral Oil Mist 5 mg/m3 ND Oil mist, mineral (TWA 5 mg/m3) (STEL 10 mg/m3)
hydroxystearate
357
Exposure limits
20 Shell Gadus S2 V220 2 (t) Highly refined mineral oils and additives. Oil mist, mineral 5 mg/m3 ND Oil mist, mineral 5 mg/m3
Triaryl phosphorothionate, Alkylated phenol ester,

21 001D8438 Shell Gadus S3 V100 2 (u) ND ND Oil mist, mineral 5 mg/m3
Trimethyldihydroquinoline,homopolymer, Triazole derivative
22 Silica Gel Solution (v) Silica gel ND ND Silica gel 10 mg/m3
23 Lubricant Spray Solution 202 CLW (w) Butane ND ND ND
Severely Refined Paraffinic Mineral Oils, Molybdenum disulfide,

24 Super HD Grease (All Grades) (x) Proprietary E.P. anti-wear additives, Proprietary corrosion inhibitor, ND ND Mineral Oil 5 mg/m3
Lithium hydroxy Stearate, Proprietary additive containing copolymer
25 Waterless Hand Cleaner (y) Triethanolamine ND ND ND
26 Mobilgear SHC 320 (z) Ditridecyl Adipate ND ND Ditridecyl Adipate 5 mg/m3

27 Mobilgear 600 XP 320 (aa) No reportable hazardous or complex substance(s) ND ND
recommended: 5 mg/m³ - ACGIH TLV, 10 mg/m³ - ACGIH STEL.

28 Mobil DTE 10 Excel 46 (ab) No reportable hazardous or complex substance(s) ND ND
recommended: 5 mg/m³ - ACGIH TLV (inhalable fraction).
Benzenamine, N-Phenyl-, Reaction Products with 2,4,4- When mists/aerosols can occur, the following are
29 Mobil Glygoyle 30 (ac) ND ND
Trimethylpentene recommended: 5 mg/m³ - ACGIH TLV (inhalable fraction).
Benzenamine, N-Phenyl-, Reaction Products with 2,4,4-

30 Mobilith SHC 220 (ad) Trimethylpentene, Lithium Salt of Aliphatic Acid, Methylene ND ND ND
Bis(Dibutyldithiocarbamate), Zinc Dithiophosphate
31 Water Soluble Degreaser (ae) Ethylene glycol monobutyl ehter Ethylene glycol monobutyl ehter 50ppm skin TWA ND 25ppm TWA skin
32 Sullair(R) 24KT Fluid (af) Polydimethylsiloxane, Di-2-Ethylhexyl chlorendate ND ND ND
33 Fast Acting Safety Solvent (ag) Ethinyl tricloride, Dichlorofluoroethane ND ND ND
34 Premalube Xtreme Green (Lubemaster) (ah) Hydrotreated and Dewaxed Petroleum Distillate ND ND Hydrotreated and Dewaxed Petroleum Distillate 5 mg/m³
Hydrotreated Heavy Paraffinic Petroleum Distillate, Solvent-Dewaxed

Hydrotreated Heavy Paraffinic Petroleum Distillate >5 Hydrotreated Heavy Paraffinic Petroleum Distillate >5 mg/m3,
Heavy Paraffinic Petroleum Distillates, Hexylene Glycol, Calcium
35 Premalube Xtreme Green (NCH Corp.) (ai) mg/m3, Solvent-Dewaxed Heavy Paraffinic Petroleum ND Solvent-Dewaxed Heavy Paraffinic Petroleum Distillates >5
Stearate, Calcium Phosphate, Calcium Acetate Carbonate
Distillates >5 mg/m3 mg/m3
Hydrogenated Castrol Fatty Acid
36 Shell Rimula R3 10W (CF) (aj) Zinc alkyl dithiophosphate ND ND Oil mist, mineral (TWA 5 mg/m3) (STEL 10 mg/m3)
Polyolefin polyamine succinimide,polyol, Calcium alkaryl sulphonate,

37 Shell Rimula R3 X 15W-40 (ak) ND ND Oil mist, mineral (TWA 5 mg/m3) (STEL 10 mg/m3)
Zinc alkyl dithiophosphate, Calcium alkaryl sulphonate
38 Shell Rimula R3+ 30 (al) Zinc alkyl dithiophosphate ND ND Oil mist, mineral (TWA 5 mg/m3) (STEL 10 mg/m3)
39 Shell Omala S2 G 220 (am) Amine phosphate ND ND Oil mist, mineral (TWA 5 mg/m3) (STEL 10 mg/m3)
358
Exposure limits
40 Shell Gadus S3 V100 2 (an) ND ND ND ND
41 Shell Gadus S2 V100 3 (ao) ND ND ND ND
42 Shell Turbo T 46 (ap) N-phenyl-1-naphthylamine ND ND Oil mist, mineral (TWA 5 mg/m3) (STEL 10 mg/m3)
43 LGHB 2 (aq) ND ND ND ND
44 Lubricant Sullube (ar) Polypropylene Glycol, Pentaerythritol ester, Aromatic amine, Additives ND ND ND
45 Shell Tellus S2 M 68 (as) Highly refined mineral oils and additives. ND ND Oil mist, mineral (TWA 5 mg/m3) (STEL 10 mg/m3)
46 Acetic Acid (at) Acetic Acid Acetic Acid (TWA 25 mg/m³, 10 ppm) ND Acetic Acid (TWA 10 ppm) (STEL 10 ppm)
47 Ammonium Acetate (au) Ammonium Acetate ND ND ND
48 Ammonium Chloride (av) Ammonium Chloride ND ND Ammonium Chloride (TWA 10 mg/m³) (STEL 20 mg/m³)
Ammonium Hydroxide, 50% v/v (1+1) (TWA 35 mg/m³, Ammonium Hydroxide (TWA 17 mg/m³, 25 ppm) (STEL 24
49 Ammonium Hydroxide, 50% v/v (1+1) (aw) Water, Ammonium Hydroxide, 28-30% w/w ND
50 ppm) mg/m³, 25 ppm)
Ammonium Hydroxide, 28-30% w/w (TWA 35 mg/m³, 50 Ammonium Hydroxide, 28-30% w/w (TWA 17 mg/m³, 25 ppm)
50 Ammonium Hydroxide, 28-30% w/w (ax) Water, Ammonium Hydroxide, 28-30% w/w ND
ppm) (STEL 24 mg/m³, 35 ppm)
51 Ammonium iodide (ay) Ammonium iodide ND ND ND
52 Ammonium Oxalate, Saturated (az) Water, Ammonium Oxalate, Monohydrate ND ND ND
53 Ammonium Phosphate, Dibasic (ba) Ammonium Phosphate, Dibasic ND ND ND
54 Barium Chloride, Dihydrate (bb) Barium Chloride, Dihydrate Barium Chloride, Dihydrate (TWA 0.5 mg/m³) ND ACGIH (TWA 0.5 mg/m³)
55 Calcium Carbonate (bc) Calcium Carbonate Calcium Carbonate (TWA 5 mg/m³) ND ND
56 Citric acid (bd) Citric acid ND ND ND
Ethyl Alcohol, Denatured, Absolute (TWA 1900 mg/m³,

1000 ppm), Ethanol (TWA 1900 mg/m³, 1000 ppm), Isopropyl Alcohol (2-Propanol) (TWA 200 ppm) (STEL 200 ppm),
57 Ethyl Alcohol, Denatured, Absolute (be) Ethanol, Isopropyl Alcohol (2-Propanol), Methanol ND
Isopropyl Alcohol (2-Propanol) (TWA 980 mg/m³, 400 Methanol (TWA 200 ppm) (STEL 200 ppm)
ppm), Methanol (TWA 260 mg/m³, 200 ppm)
58 Ethylene glycol (bf) Ethylene glycol Ethylene glycol (125 mg/m3, 50 ppm) ND Ethylene glycol (TWA 100 mg/m3) (STEL 120 mg/m3)
Mercuric Nitrate, Dihydrate 0.1 mg/m³ as Hg, Nitric Acid, Mercuric Nitrate, Dihydrate 0.025 mg/m³, Nitric Acid, 70% w/w
59 Mercury AA Standard (bg) Water, Nitric Acid, Mercuric Nitrate, Dihydrate ND
70% w/w 5 mg/m³, 2 ppm 2 ppm
60 Methyl Orange, 0.05% Aqueous (bh) Water, Methyl Orange, Sodium Salt ND ND ND
61 Methyl Red, Sodium Salt, ACS (bi) Methyl Red, Sodium Salt, ACS ND ND ND
62 Phenolphthalein, ACS (bj) Phenolphthalein, ACS ND ND ND
359
Exposure limits
63 Potassium biphthalate (bk) Potassium biphthalate ND ND ND
64 Potassium carbonate, anhydrous (bl) Potassium carbonate, anhydrous ND ND ND
65 Silver nitrate (bm) Silver nitrate Silver nitrate 0.01 mg/m Ag ND Silver nitrate 0.01 mg/m Ag
66 Sodium Carbonate, decahydrate (bn) Sodium Carbonate, decahydrate2 ND ND ND
67 Sodium Chloride (bo) Sodium Chloride ND ND ND
68 Sodium carbonate (bp) Sodium carbonate ND ND ND
69 Sodium Citrate Dihydrate (bq) Sodium Citrate Dihydrate ND ND ND
70 Sodium hydroxide, Pellets, Reagent ACS (br) Sodium hydroxide ND ND ND
Source: same MSDS in Table 132; ND – no data; ACGIH - American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists; NIOSH - National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health; OSHA - U.S. Occupational Safety & Health Administration; PEL - Permissible Exposure Limit (OSHA); REL -
Recommended Exposure Limit, 10hr TWA (NIOSH); TLV - Threshold Limit Value (ACGIH); TWA - Time Weighted Average (8 hr); STEL - short term exposure limit
360
Table 135. Routes of exposure and effects of the mixtures and substances at the Holcim plant
Route of exposure
Mixture/ substance
Eye Skin Ingestion Inhalation
001D7840 Shell Expected to be slightly irritating. Expected to be slightly irritating. Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting and/or Inhalation of vapours or mists may cause
Omala S2 G 680 diarrhea. irritation.
1608 ISO 680/SAE The product may cause mild dermatitis upon The product may cause mild dermatitis upon The product may cause mild dermatitis upon The product may cause mild dermatitis upon
250 Duolec Vari- prolonged contact and is expected to be an eye prolonged contact and is expected to be an eye and prolonged contact and is expected to be an eye and prolonged contact and is expected to be an eye
Purpose and lung irritant. Any existing skin, eye, or lung lung irritant. Any existing skin, eye, or lung irritation lung irritant. Any existing skin, eye, or lung irritation and lung irritant. Any existing skin, eye, or lung
irritation may be aggravated by direct contact. may be aggravated by direct contact. may be aggravated by direct contact. irritation may be aggravated by direct contact.
4622 Monolec The product may cause mild dermatitis upon The product may cause mild dermatitis upon The product may cause mild dermatitis upon The product may cause mild dermatitis upon
Multiplex Lubricant prolonged contact and is expected to be an eye prolonged contact and is expected to be an eye and prolonged contact and is expected to be an eye and prolonged contact and is expected to be an eye
and lung irritant. Any existing skin, eye, or lung lung irritant. Any existing skin, eye, or lung irritation lung irritant. Any existing skin, eye, or lung irritation and lung irritant. Any existing skin, eye, or lung
irritation may be aggravated by direct contact. may be aggravated by direct contact. may be aggravated by direct contact. irritation may be aggravated by direct contact.
001A0105 Shell Expected to be slightly irritating. Expected to be slightly irritating. Prolonged or Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting and/or Inhalation of vapours or mists may cause
Alvania Grease EP(LF) repeated skin contact without proper cleaning can diarrhea. irritation.
2 clog the pores of the skin resulting in disorders such
as oil acne/folliculitis.
Ceplattyn 300 May have irritating effect, if splash reaches eye Frequent and/or persistent contact may cause skin ND No sensitizing effect known
irritation
Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF No further toxicological data known. No further toxicological data known. No further toxicological data known. No further toxicological data known.
1000
Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF No further toxicological data known. Prolonged or repeated skin contact with a No further toxicological data known. No further toxicological data known.
2500 component of this product may cause skin
sensitization in some individuals. It is important to
note that normal use of this product, according to
the precautions of the MSDS is not expected to result
in a hazardous exposure to this component. No
further toxicological data known.
Ceplattyn RN No irritating effects known No irritating effects known ND No sensitizing effect known
Ceplattyn KG 10 HMF- No irritating effects known No irritating effects known ND No sensitizing effect known
LT
Kustom FA Causes irritation seen as tearing, swelling, Causes irritation seen as itching, redness, swelling May cause irritation with possible nausea, vomiting, Mists or vapors may cause respiratory irritation
stinging, redness, blurred vision and a burning and a burning sensation. Prolonged or repeated diarrhea and central nervous system effects similar to seen as coughing, sneezing and a burning
sensation contact as from clothing wet with material may inhalation, ingestion and subsequent vomiting of this sensation of the nose and throat. At low vapor
cause drying, defatting and cracking of the skin. concentrations, no harmful effects are expected.
361
Route of exposure
Mixture/ substance
product can lead to aspiration of the product into the At high vapor concentrations, inhalation may
lungs which can cause damage and maybe fatal. cause central nervous system effects such as
headaches, dizziness, drowsiness, weakness,
unconsciousness, and possible anaesthetic
effects from central nervous system depression
and may be fatal.
Arnox Kimminof Corrosive. May cause redness, pain, blurred Corrosive. May cause skin irritation, redness and Corrosive. May cause sore throat, abdominal pain, Mist or vapor inhalation to the nose, throat,
(Cement Remover) vision, eye burns, and permanent eye damage. burns. nausea, and severe burns of the mouth, throat, and and upper respiratory tract. Severe exposure
stomach. Severe exposure can lead to shock, and can lead to a chemical pneumonitis.
circulatory collapse.
Easy Bar Industrial Contact may cause irritation due to mechanical Contact may cause slight irritation. Not a route of entry during normal handling and use. As supplied, this product is not expected to
Lubricant abrasion. cause adverse health effects. During use,
exposure to vapor may have the following
effects: irritation of nose, throat and respiratory
tract, central nervous system depression,
dizziness, drowsiness, headache, mental
confusion. Exposure to vapors may also cause
choline esterase inhibition with the following
symptoms: runny nose - tearing - tightness of
chest - wheezing. Repeated or prolonged
exposure to vapor at high concentrations may
cause central nervous system damage and
adverse effects to the liver and kidneys.
KTL-100 Easy Bar This product can be slightly irritating to the eyes This product is not expected to be irritating, but may May cause digestive tract irritation, nausea or This product is non-irritating at ambient
Rotary Kiln Lube upon direct contact. cause irritation with symptoms of reddening and diarrhea. temperatures. Fumes may cause respiratory
itching. tract irritation and may cause weak
cholinesterase inhibition.
Shell Omala Oil F 320 Expected to be slightly irritating. Expected to be slightly irritating. Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting and/or Inhalation of vapours or mists may cause
diarrhea. irritation.
Shell Gadus S3 V100 ND ND ND ND
9011 Pyroshield SYN Contact with eyes may cause irritation. May cause irritation. ND May cause irritation of respiratory tract.
XHVY Open Gear
Lubricant
362
Route of exposure
Mixture/ substance
Mobil SHC 626 Excessive exposure may result in eye irritation. Excessive exposure may result in skin irritation. High- Low order of toxicity. Excessive exposure may result respiratory
pressure injection under skin may cause serious irritation.
damage.
Coupling and Sealing Under normal condition of use expected to Under normal conditions of use, no adverse health May cause irritation, nausea, or diarrhea. Possible Not expected to be acutely toxic by inhalation.
Grease cause no more than minor, if any, eye irritation effects are expected upon short term contact. aspiration hazard. Breathing petroleum oil mist at concentrations
based on data from components. Prolonged or repeated contact may produce skin in the air that exceed the recommended
irritation and inflammation. Primary hazard exposure standard can cause respiratory
associated with grease in high pressure gun. If irritation or discomfort.
injected under skin, necrosis could result.
02250 – Falk Long May cause minimal irritation, experienced as Brief contact is not irritating. Prolonged contact, as If more than several mouthfuls are swallowed, Product not volatile at ambient temperatures.
Term Grease temporary discomfort. with clothing wetted with material, may cause abdominal discomfort, nausea, and diarrhea may Vapors or mist in high concentrations, as
defatting of skin or irritation, seen as local redness occur. generated from spraying or heating in an
with possible mild discomfort. enclosed space, may cause minimal irritation.
Other than the potential skin irritation effects noted

above, acute (short term) adverse effects are not
expected from brief skin contact
Shell Gadus S2 V220 2 May cause slight irritation to eyes. Prolonged or repeated skin contact without proper Low toxicity if swallowed. Under normal conditions of use, this is not
cleaning can clog the pores of the skin resulting in expected to be a primary route of exposure.
disorders such as oil acne/folliculitis.
001D8438 Shell Expected to be slightly irritating. Expected to be slightly irritating. Prolonged or Skin and eye contact are the primary routes of Inhalation of vapours or mists may cause
Gadus S3 V100 2 repeated skin contact without proper cleaning can exposure although exposure may occur following irritation.
clog the pores of the skin resulting in disorders such accidental ingestion.
as oil acne/folliculitis.
Silica Gel Solution No adverse effects expected, but may cause May cause irritation with dryness of the skin in case May be harmful if swallowed in large amounts. May cause dryness and irritation to mucous
mechanical irritation of severe exposure. However, no adverse effects are expected for membranes and respiratory tract in case of
Silica gel is synthetic amorphous silica, not to be numerical industrial handling. severe exposure.
confused with crystalline silica such as quartz,
cristobalite, or tridymite or with diatomaceous
earth or other naturally occurring forms of
amorphous silica that frequently contain
crystalline forms. Epidemiological studies
indicate a low potential for health effects.
Lubricant Spray No irritating effect. Irritant to skin and mucous membrane. ND No sensitizing effect known.
Solution 202 CLW
363
Route of exposure
Mixture/ substance
Super HD Grease (All May be irritant Irritant; prolonged or repeated contact may cause Low toxicity NA
Grades) dermatitis
Waterless Hand May cause eye irritation ND ND ND

Cleaner
Mobilgear SHC 320 Excessive exposure may result in eye irritation Excessive exposure may result in skin irritation Low order of toxicity Excessive exposure may result in respiratory
irritation
Mobilgear 600 XP 320 Excessive exposure may result in eye irritation Excessive exposure may result in skin irritation. High- Low order of toxicity Excessive exposure may result in respiratory
pressure injection under skin may cause serious irritation
damage.
Mobil DTE 10 Excel 46 Excessive exposure may result in eye irritation Excessive exposure may result in skin irritation. High- Low order of toxicity Excessive exposure may result in respiratory
damage.
Mobil Glygoyle 30 Excessive exposure may result in eye irritation Excessive exposure may result in skin irritation. High- Low order of toxicity Excessive exposure may result in respiratory
damage.
Mobilith SHC 220 Excessive exposure may result in eye irritation Excessive exposure may result in skin irritation. High- Low order of toxicity Excessive exposure may result in respiratory
damage.
Water Soluble Vapors are irritating and may produce pain, ND Prolonged or repeated exposure can cause damage to Can cause irritation on respiratory tract when
Degreaser redness and tearing of eyes. the liver, kidney & lymphoid system. inhale.
Sullair(R) 24KT Fluid Direct contact may cause mild irritation. May cause mild irritation. Low ingestion hazard in normal use. Vapor may irritate nose and throat. Vapor
overexposure may cause drowsiness.
Fast Acting Safety ND ND Chronic exposure may cause liver, kidney, central ND
Solvent nervous system effects.
Premalube Xtreme May cause irritation seen as tearing, swelling, Medical conditions aggravated by exposure are pre- May cause irritation with possible nausea and May cause respiratory irritation seen as
Green (Lubemaster) redness and excessive blinking. existing respiratory and skin conditions such as vomiting. May cause irritation to the mouth, throat coughing and sneezing.
asthma, emphysema and dermatitis. and oesophagus with dizziness and drowsiness.
Premalube Xtreme Causes severe irritation seen as tearing, May cause irritation seen as itching, redness, May cause irritation with possible nausea, vomiting May cause chest pain and respiratory irritation
Green (NCH Corp.) swelling, redness and excessive blinking. Causes swelling, defatting of the skin and an allergic skin and diarrhea. May cause irritation to the mouth, seen as coughing and sneezing.
corneal damage. reaction. throat and oesophagus with dizziness, drowsiness and
a loss of consciousness.
364
Route of exposure
Mixture/ substance
Shell Rimula R3 10W Expected to be slightly irritating. Prolonged or repeated skin contact without proper Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting and/or Inhalation of vapours or mists may cause
(CF) cleaning can clog the pores of the skin resulting in diarrhea. irritation.
Shell Rimula R3 X Expected to be slightly irritating. Prolonged or repeated skin contact without proper Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting and/or Inhalation of vapours or mists may cause
15W-40 cleaning can clog the pores of the skin resulting in diarrhea. irritation.
Shell Rimula R3+ 30 Expected to be slightly irritating. Prolonged or repeated skin contact without proper Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting and/or Inhalation of vapours or mists may cause
cleaning can clog the pores of the skin resulting in diarrhea. irritation.
Shell Omala S2 G 220 Expected to be slightly irritating. Expected to be slightly irritating. Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting and/or Inhalation of vapours or mists may cause
Shell Gadus S3 V100 2 ND ND ND ND
Shell Gadus S2 V100 3 ND ND ND ND
Shell Turbo T 46 Expected to be slightly irritating. Expected to be slightly irritating. Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting and/or Inhalation of vapours or mists may cause
LGHB 2 May cause eye irritation. Degreases and dries the skin. Repeated exposure May irritate mucous membranes in mouth and Inhalation of vapors (from heating the product)
may cause skin dryness or cracking. gastrointestinal tract. Ingestion may cause may cause irritation to the upper airways.
discomfort.
Lubricant Sullube Essentially nonirritating to eyes. Brief contact may cause slight skin irritation with Low toxicity if swallowed. Small amounts swallowed At room temperature, exposure to vapor is
local redness. Prolonged contact may cause slight incidentally as a result of normal handling operations minimal due to low volatility; single exposure is
skin irritation with local redness. are not likely to cause injury; however, swallowing not likely to be hazardous. If material is heated
larger amounts may cause injury. or aerosol/mist is produced, concentrations may
Prolonged skin contact is unlikely to result in be attained that are sufficient to cause
absorption of harmful amounts. respiratory irritation and other effects.
Shell Tellus S2 M 68 Expected to be slightly irritating. Prolonged or repeated skin contact without proper Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting and/or Inhalation of vapours or mists may cause
cleaning can clog the pores of the skin resulting in diarrhea. irritation.
Acetic Acid Corrosion of the eye tissue. Permanent eye Caustic burns/corrosion of the skin. Risk of aspiration pneumonia. Burns to the Irritation of the respiratory tract. Irritation of the
damage. gastric/intestinal mucosa. Possible oesophageal nasal mucous membranes. Coughing.
perforation. Blood in vomit. Diarrhea. Shock. Change
in the haemogram/blood composition. EXPOSURE TO HIGH CONCENTRATIONS:
Corrosion of the upper respiratory tract.
365
Route of exposure
Mixture/ substance
Change in urine composition. Decreased renal FOLLOWING SYMPTOMS MAY APPEAR LATER:
function. Respiratory difficulties. Possible inflammation of
the respiratory tract. Risk of pneumonia. Risk of
lung oedema.
Ammonium Acetate Causes serious eye irritation. Causes skin irritation. Gastrointestinal complaints. Tremor. May cause respiratory irritation.
Ammonium Chloride Redness of the eye tissue. Irritation of the eye Red skin. AFTER ABSORPTION OFHIGH QUANTITIES: Change in AFTER INHALATION OF DUST: Coughing.
tissue. the haemogram/blood composition. Headache. Irritation of the respiratory tract. Irritation of the
Nausea. Vomiting. Mental confusion. nasal mucous membranes.
AFTER INHALATION OF FUME: Respiratory

difficulties.
Ammonium Causes severe skin burns and eye damage. Causes severe skin burns and eye damage. ND May cause respiratory irritation.
Hydroxide, 50% v/v
(1+1)
Ammonium Irritation of the eye tissue. Permanent eye Caustic burns/corrosion of the skin. Risk of aspiration pneumonia. Nausea. Vomiting. Dry/sore throat. Coughing. Irritation of the
Hydroxide, 28-30% damage. respiratory tract. Irritation of the nasal mucous
w/w AFTER ABSORPTION OF HIGH membranes. Nausea. Headache.
QUANTITIES: Blue/grey discolouration of the skin. EXPOSURE TO HIGH CONCENTRATIONS: Possible
Blood in stool. Blood in vomit. Possible esophageal oedema of the upper respiratory tract. Possible
perforation. inflammation of the respiratory tract. Possible
FOLLOWING SYMPTOMS MAY APPEAR LATER: Shock. laryngeal spasm/oedema.
FOLLOWING SYMPTOMS MAY APPEAR LATER:
Risk of lung oedema. Risk of pneumonia.
Respiratory difficulties. Possible esophageal
perforation.
Ammonium iodide Hazardous in case of eye contact (irritant). Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant) Hazardous in case of ingestion Hazardous in case of inhalation
Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact

(permeator).
Ammonium Oxalate, Based on available data, the classification Based on available data, the classification criteria are Based on available data, the classification criteria are Based on available data, the classification
Saturated criteria are not met. not met. not met. criteria are not met.
Ammonium Based on available data, the classification Based on available data, the classification criteria are Based on available data, the classification criteria are Based on available data, the classification
Phosphate, Dibasic criteria are not met. not met. not met. criteria are not met.
366
Route of exposure
Mixture/ substance
Barium Chloride, Redness of the eye tissue. ND Vomiting. Nausea. Abdominal pain. Blood in stool. EXPOSURE TO HIGH CONCENTRATIONS:
Dihydrate Bleeding of the gastrointestinal tract. Increased Dry/sore throat. Coughing.
salivation. Myasthenia. Cramps/uncontrolled
muscular contractions. Paralysis. Disturbances of
heart rate. High arterial pressure.
Calcium Carbonate Causes eye irritation. Causes skin irritation. ND May cause respiratory irritation.
Citric acid Causes moderate to severe eye irritation and Causes mild to moderate skin irritation. May cause May cause gastrointestinal (digestive) tract irritation Causes moderate respiratory tract and mucous
possible injury. skin sensitization, an allergic reaction, which with nausea, vomiting, diarrhea. Excessive intake may membrane irritation.
becomes evident upon re-exposure to this material. cause erosion of teeth and hypocalcemia (calcium
deficiency in blood). May affect behavior/central
nervous system (tremor, convulsions, muscle
contraction or spasticity).
Ethyl Alcohol, Redness of the eye tissue. Lacrimation. Slight irritation. AFTER ABSORPTION OF HIGH QUANTITIES: EXPOSURE TO HIGH CONCENTRATIONS:
Denatured, Absolute Dry/sore throat. Coughing. Irritation of the
ON CONTINUOUS EXPOSURE/CONTACT: Risk of aspiration pneumonia. Red skin. Body respiratory tract. Irritation of the nasal mucous
Irritation of the eye tissue. temperature rise. Damp/clammy skin. membranes. Respiratory difficulties. Central
Excited/restless. Accelerated heart action. Central nervous system depression. Symptoms similar to
nervous system depression. Dizziness. Narcosis. those listed under ingestion.
Headache. Drunkenness. Nausea. Vomiting. Disturbed
motor response. Coordination disorders. Visual
disturbances. Impaired concentration. Delusions.
Disturbed sensation of pain. Disturbances of heart

rate. Disturbances of consciousness. Tremor.
Cramps/uncontrolled muscular contractions. Dilated
pupils.
Ethylene glycol Vapors or mist may cause temporary eye May cause skin irritation. May cause more severe Rapidly absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract. Oral Slightly hazardous in case of inhalation.
irritation (mild temporary conjunctival response if skin is abraded. A single prolonged toxicity is expected to be moderate due to Ethylene
inflammation) and lacrimation. Corneal injury is exposure is not likely to result in material being Glycol. Excessive exposure (swallowing large
unlikely or insignificant. absorbed through skin in harmful amounts. Massive amounts) may cause gastrointestinal tract irritation
contact with damaged skin may result in absorption with nausea, vomiting, abdominal discomfort, and
of potentially harmful amounts diarrhea. It can affect behavior/ central nervous
system within 0.5 to 12 hours after ingestion. A
transient inebriation with excitement, stupor,
headache, slurred speech, ataxia, somnolence, and
euphoria, similar to ethanol intoxication, can occur
within the first several hours. As the Ethylene Glycol is
367
Route of exposure
Mixture/ substance
metabolized, metabolic acidosis and further central

nervous system depression (convulsions, muscle
weakness) develop. Serious intoxication may develop
to coma associated with hypotonia, hyporeflexia, and
less commonly seizures, and meningismus.
Mercury AA Standard Causes serious eye damage. Burns. Burns. Nausea. Vomiting. Diarrhea. Irritation of the nasal mucous membranes.
Methyl Orange, Based on available data, the classification Based on available data, the classification criteria are Based on available data, the classification criteria are Based on available data, the classification
0.05% Aqueous criteria are not met. not met. not met. criteria are not met.
Methyl Red, Sodium Based on available data, the classification Based on available data, the classification criteria are Based on available data, the classification criteria are Based on available data, the classification
Salt, ACS criteria are not met. not met. not met. criteria are not met.
Phenolphthalein, ACS Slight irritation. Slight irritation. AFTER ABSORPTION OF LARGE QUANTITIES: Diarrhea. AFTER INHALATION OF DUST:
Gastrointestinal complaints. Urine discoloration.
Slight irritation. Coughing.
Potassium Dust may cause eye irritation. May cause skin irritation. May cause gastrointestinal tract irritation with Slightly hazardous in case of inhalation.
biphthalate nausea, vomiting and diarrhea.
Potassium carbonate, It is severely irritating to the eyes and its Causes severe skin irritation. It causes gastrointestinal irritation with nausea, Causes respiratory tract and mucous membrane
anhydrous mucous membranes. It may cause corneal vomiting, abdominal pain, swollen glottis, increased irritation. Exposure can cause coughing, chest
injury. It may cause burns and loss of vision. It respiration, and possible burns to the lips, tongue, oral pains, and difficulty breathing (dyspnea).
may cause permanent damage. The amount of mucosa, hypopharynx, stomach, or oesophagus. It
tissue damage depends on the length of may affect the cardiovascular system (circulatory
contact. collapse), urinary system, and metabolism.
Silver nitrate Causes severe irritation, corneal opacification, Causes severe irritation and burns. It may cause Severe gastrointestinal tract irritation and burns, pain Causes irritation of the respiratory tract and
bleeding conjunctiva, burns of conjunctiva, dermatitis. It may be absorbed through the skin. and burning in the mouth, violent abdominal pain, mucous membranes with possible chemical
argyria, blindness argryia -grayish/blackening of skin and mucous burns. Symptoms may include burning
membranes, throat and abdomen, salivation, sensation, coughing, wheezing, laryngitis,
vomiting of black material, diarrhea, hypermotility, shortness of breath, headache, nausea,
ulcerative gingivitis . May affect kidneys (lesions of vomiting.
kidneys, anuria,), lungs
Sodium Carbonate, Causes eye irritation and possible burns. Causes skin irritation with possible burns depending Sodium carbonate ingestion may cause irritation of Dust may cause respiratory tract and mucous
decahydrate Concentrated solutions may cause permanent on the concentration, site (abraded or intact skin), the digestive tract resulting in diarrhea, thirst, membrane irritation with coughing and
corneal injury (permanent corneal opacity). and duration of exposure. abdominal pain depending on concentration and shortness of breath (dyspnea), pulmonary
amount ingested. May also affect edema.
the cardiovascular system
368
Route of exposure
Mixture/ substance
Sodium Chloride May cause slight irritation. ND Nausea. Coughing
Sodium carbonate Causes eye irritation and possible burns. Causes skin irritation with possible burns depending Sodium carbonate ingestion may cause irritation of Dust may cause respiratory tract and mucous
Concentrated solutions may cause permanent on the concentration, site (abraded or intact skin), the digestive tract resulting in nausea, vomiting, membrane irritation with coughing and
corneal injury (permanent corneal opacity). and duration of exposure. diarrhea, thirst, abdominal pain depending on shortness of breath (dyspnea), pulmonary
concentration and amount ingested. May also affect edema.
the cardiovascular system.
Sodium Citrate Based on available data, the classification Based on available data, the classification criteria are Based on available data, the classification criteria are Based on available data, the classification
Dihydrate criteria are not met. not met. not met. criteria are not met.
Sodium hydroxide, Causes severe eye irritation and burns. May May be harmful if absorbed through skin. Causes May be fatal if swallowed. May cause severe and Harmful if inhaled. Causes severe irritation of
Pellets, Reagent ACS cause chemical conjunctivitis and corneal severe skin irritation and burns. May cause deep permanent damage to the digestive tract. Causes the respiratory tract and mucous membranes
damage. penetrating ulcers of the skin. severe gastrointestinal tract irritation and burns. May with coughing, burns, breathing difficulty, and
cause perforation of the digestive tract. Causes severe possible coma. Irritation may lead the chemical
pain, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, and shock. May pneumonitis and pulmonary edema. Causes
cause corrosion and permanent destruction of the chemical burns to the respiratory tract and
oesophagus and digestive tract. mucous membranes.
Source: same MSDS in Table 132; ND – no data.
369
4.4.3.3 Occurrence of an environmental hazard (physical effects)
Pathway evaluation will consider various routes by which persons could be exposed to the
hazards identified. Associated with this is the degree to which the hazards can be directly related
to human safety. The physical pathway diagram is shown in Figure 86.
Figure 86. Physical effect pathway
The two main types of physical hazards that may occur are fires and explosions caused by the
accidental release of the stored mixtures or substances. These hazards can arise from the handling,
storage, and use of large quantities of flammable materials.
 Fires are caused when flammable materials are ignited exposing people and materials to heat.
The intensity of heat is known to decrease rapidly proportional to distance from the open
flame.
 Explosions occur when flammable vapors and gases are ignited or when flammable
substances are released at high temperatures and elevated pressures. The effects of
explosions include the shock wave which is the sudden increase of high pressure into the
surroundings.
Effects of exposure to thermal radiation from fires

The physiological effect of fire on humans depends on the rate at which heat is transferred from the
fire to the person, and the time the person is exposed to the fire. Even short-term exposure to high
heat flux levels may be fatal. This situation could occur when persons wearing ordinary clothes are
inside a flammable vapor cloud (defined by the lower flammable limit) when it is ignited. Persons
370
located outside a flammable cloud when it is ignited will be exposed to much lower heat flux levels. If
the person is far enough from the edge of the flammable cloud, the heat flux will be incapable of
causing fatal injuries, regardless of exposure time. Receptors closer to the cloud, but not within it, will
be able to take action to protect themselves (e.g., moving farther away as the flames approach, or
seeking shelter inside structures or behind solid objects).
4.5 Safety Management System of the Establishment
4.5.1 Occupational Health and Safety Policy
The Holcim Philippines, Inc. (HPI) is committed in developing a positive, participative, professional,
and proactive safety culture at the plant as reflected in their OH&S policy below with the goal of
achieving zero harm to employees, contractors, suppliers and visitors.
“We provide healthy and safe workplaces by striving for zero harm to our employees,
contractors, and visitors. We apply OH&S standards and guidelines, provide the
necessary resources and training, and measure performance.”
In order to achieve it safety goal, the HPI has instituted the appropriate structures and developed a
culture where compromise on health and safety is not tolerated. Activities implemented to achieve
its safety goal are a) continuous monitoring and improvement of OH&S performance, b) motivate
people by constant communication about health and safety, and c) implementing suitable corrective
actions for identified risks.
To maintain the safety culture at all levels of the HPI plant, all managers, supervisors, and coordinators
are accountable for establishing and maintaining the highest OH&S standards in their areas. Each
employee is accountable for their own health and safety but has also a duty to correct anyone
observed acting in unsafe ways. Health and safety is not about blame but is a team activity aiming at
saving lives and minimizing harm. Personnel are required to in a healthy and safety manner, follow all
OH&S rules and standard working procedures, participate in OH&S trainings and meetings, and
identify, correct and report all incidents, hazards, unsafe conditions and acts.
To achieve this commitment and develop this culture, the plant implements the Holcim Philippines
OH&S Management Framework (OHSMF). The purpose of the OHSMF is to document the HPI
structured approach to manage OH&S issues and activities, assist in the implementation, maintenance
and improvement to achieve best practice and performance, assist compliance to the Philippine
Mining, Health & Safety legislation, Holcim OH&S Standards, ISO and OHSAS requirements.
371
The OHSMF details the requirements based on the Holcim Safety Standard (pyramid) and the Fatality
Prevention Elements (FPE’s). The purpose of the Safety Pyramid, its elements (blocks) and associated
documentation is to indicate the key requirements within each of these elements for establishing
“accepted good practice” in OH&S Management System performance. The Pyramid provides an OH&S
Management System capable of delivering healthy and safe workplaces. The OHS Pyramid Elements
standards adopted and implemented by HPI at the plant are:
1. Roles responsibilities & accountabilities

2. Hazardous work activities
3. Hazard identification & risk assessment
4. Planned inspections
5. Legal obligations
6. Management commitment & planning
7. Induction & training
8. Incident investigation & corrective action
9. Industrial hygiene & monitoring
10. Employee communication & involvement
11. Information & reporting
12. Safe working procedures
13. Inspection & testing
14. Design safety
15. Audit & system improvement
16. Occupational rehabilitation
17. Procurement
18. Management of changes
19. Health & wellness
4.5.2 Safety and Health Programs
The HPI has implemented annual safety and health programs with the following key elements:
1. Leadership and Administration

2. Organizational Rules and Procedures
3. Meetings
4. Management and Employee Training
5. Planned Inspections
6. Accident/Incident Investigation
7. Accident/Incident Analysis
372
8. Health Control and Services

9. Emergency Response and Preparedness Program (ERPP)
10. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
11. Safety and Health Incentives
12. Community Consultation
13. Good Housekeeping
14. ASHP Targets and Budgets
The HPI issued mandatory safety directives known as Fatality Prevention Elements (FPE). These
contain standards for managing specific hazards known to cause fatalities within the Holcim group.
The FPEs are systematically and centrally implemented from the Corporate Safety Office through
procedures, forms, standards and training presentations. The 13 FPEs listed below effectively replaced
many types of risk assessment because they represent controls for the most critical hazards within
the plant.
1. Vehicle & Traffic Safety

2. Working at Heights
3. Isolation & Lockout
4. Electrical Safety
5. Confined Spaces
6. Machine Guarding
7. Hot work (Ignition sources)
8. Lifting & Supporting Loads
9. Digging & Excavation
10. Working Near Water
11. Rail Safety
12. Quarry Safety
13. Hot Gases, Surfaces and Materials
Sample pages of the Annual Safety and Health Program of the HPI are shown in Annex J.
4.5.3 Trainings conducted
The HPI has been regularly conducting trainings to its employees and contractors. Table 136 shows
the trainings conducted and participants by HPI from 2013 to 2016. Annex K shows sample pages of
the trainings conducted.
373
Table 136. Safety trainings conducted by HPI (2013 – 2016)

Topic Participants
Scaffolding Maintenance & production technicians & supervisors
Contractors
Working at heights Contractors
Permit issuers
Lifting & supporting loads Maintenance & production technicians & supervisors
Permit issuers
Contractors
Excavation Permit issuers
Water safety and rescue Emergency response team

Source: summarized from HPI documents
4.5.3 Risk Assessment
The HCI conducted risk assessments using the matrices in Figure 87 and Figure 88 at the following at
plant components: Administration, Bagbag storage, Crusher, Instrumentation and Automation (EIA),
Environmental, Mechanical, Human resource, Mechanical maintenance, OH&S, Pack house (Bagbag
Storage), Preventive maintenance, Process Engineering, Production (Cement mill cooler, Finish Mill,
PHKILNRA, Bulk Materials, Vertical Raw Mill), Quality Assurance, Quarry-Crusher, Supply Chain,
Security, SPS Office, and Warehousing. The sub-components included in the assessment are shown in
Table 137.
Results showed hazard risk ratings of low to medium with likelihoods of more than twice a year, once
a year, once in five years, and unlikely to happen. Error! Reference source not found.nnex L shows
sample pages of the risk assessment forms.
Table 137. Areas where risk assessment was undertaken

Component Sub-component
Admin Administration area
Canteen
Janitorial
374
Shuttle Bus
Bagbag storage Hauling Clinker Bagbag from Dome (Dump truck)
Bulk Materials Delivery at Bagbag storage
Refuelling of Payloader at Bagbag Open storage
Side loading of copper slag materials at Bagbag storage
Side loading of silica materials at Bagbag storage
Crusher Crusher
De-clogging of discharge chutes
Roller Replacement
Replacement of rubber skirt
EIA Servicing of instruments

(Instrumentatio
n and Calibration of Process instruments
Automation) Calibration of Weigh Feeders
Calibration of Process Instruments
Calibration of Weigh Feeders
Free-up Stuck up Carbon Brush
Inspection of Sensors and Transmitters
Preventive maintenance of Electrical Equipment
Replacement of carbon brush
Replacement of drive motor
Replacement of motor bearing
Servicing of electrical equipment
Servicing of Gas Analysers
Troubleshooting of electrical controller
Environmental Coal Storage
375
Hazardous waste storage
Line 1 Nursery
MMT Activity
MRF
PCB Storage
Tree Planting
Mechanical Re-lagging of snub pulley
Replacement of belt
Splicing, Vulcanizing of belt
Re-lagging of snub pulley
Replacement of belt
Splicing, Vulcanizing of belt
Replace bucket and repairs
Repair of bag house screw conveyors
Repairs on elevator
Replacement of RGB
De-scaling of heat exchangers
De-sludging of trunnion assemblies
Inspection of Girth Gear and Pinions
Inspection of line shaft bearings
Replacement of head wall, lifting, and LCD Liners
Replacement of chutes
Replacement of motor
Application of ceramic coating
Replacement of lower bearing seals
376
Revise separate water discharge pipe
Servicing of diverter gates
Application of ceramic coatings on mixing chamber
Application of ceramic coatings
Servicing of knife gates
Cleaning of cooling towers
Servicing of water strainers
Human Badminton Tournament

resources
Basketball Tournament
Darts Tournament
Mechanical Replacement of rotor babbit bearing

maintenance
Hammer tips replacement at Crusher
REBABBITTING OF BEARING HOUSING
Replacement of Clutch Internals
REPLACE FLANGE BEARING
Philadelphia Gearbox Pulling out of LS adapter flange
Philadelphia Gearbox Pulling out of Thrust Bearing Housing
REFURBISHMENT OF HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
Replacement of Table Liners
Replacement of VRM Grinding Rollers
Replacement of bearings
Replacement of Downpipe
INSPECTION OF PRECALCINER BLOWER GEAR END
Repairs at inlet sector
WELDING AT KILN SHELL
377
GRINDING OF STATION III TIRE
REPLACEMENT OF SUPPORT ROLLER
Repair, Alignment of Master Gear Casing
DECLOGGING AT MILL LINERS
GRINDING OF CRACKED GEAR TOOTH
INSPECTION OF FETB, DETB TRUNNION BEARING
SCRAPING OF FETB, DETB TRUNNION BEARINGS
CX1,CX2 SERVICING, REPLACEMENT OF AIR FILTERS
CX1,CX2 SERVICING, REPLACEMENT OF MAIN FLUID FILTERS
LQ1-LQ5 SERVICING OF HEAT EXCHANGER
O-SEPA SEAL CHANGEOUT WITH SHAFT ASSEMBLY IN PLACE
BC1 AND BC2 PROVISION OF IMPACT BARS TO BELT CONVEYOR
Inversion of Pinion gear
Replacement of Gear Box,
Inspection of Pre-calciner Blower Gear End
Replacement and Aligning of Drive Belts
Replacement of RGB Input Shaft Oil Seal
OH&S CLINIC
Demolition
OH&S Drills
OH&S Inspection
OH&S Maintenance
Safety Park
SAS Maintenance
SAS Scaffolding
378
SAS Shed
SAS Thickness Gauging
Security
Pack house Bulk Materials Delivery at Bagbag storage
(Bagbag Refuelling of Payloader at Bagbag Open storage

Storage)
Side loading of copper slag materials at Bagbag storage
Side loading of silica materials at Bagbag storage
Preventive Lubrication
maintenance
Process Cement Mill B Level Audit

Engineering
Coal Mill B Level Audit
Kiln and Cooler Heat Balance
Process Fans Internal Inspection
VRM B Level Audit
Production
Cement mill Bypassing of Clinker

cooler
Cleaning and Servicing of HFL Silo Internals
Cleaning and Servicing of Pulverized Coal Silo
Cleaning and Servicing of Twin Cyclones
Cleaning at Clinker elevator boot pit and underneath of Pan conveyor
Cleaning at Drag Chain (below cooler and at head station
Cleaning of Coal Mill and Cooler Process Fan Impellers
Cleaning of Hardened Materials at HFLS Stack
Cleaning of Material spillages below conveyors Coal Mill
Cleaning of Mill Feed Chute
379
Clinker Transfer Using Bypass
Closing and sealing of manholes on Clinker Cooler
Closing and sealing of manholes on Coal Mill
CM Cooler Walk By Inspection
Coal Mill and Clinker Transport Walk By Inspection
Coal Mill Ball Sorting
Coal Transfer From L1 to L2
De-clogging of Heat Exchanger pipes and Hopper
Hauling of Raw coal Hi-CAL to storage and stockpiling
Hi-Cal Transfer From Bagbag to L2
Loading of Hi-Cal
Loading of Pet Coke
Loading of Raw Coal
Opening, Closing and Sealing of manholes on Coal Mill
Raw coal storage maintenance
Raw Coal storage slopes and stockpiles
Relieving of Hoppers at Coal Mill
Removal and Replacement of Filter Bags on Clinker Transport Dust Collectors
Removal and Replacement of Filter Bags on Coal Mill Dust Collectors
Replacement of CO2 Tanks
Replacement of filter bag filter cages at dust collectors of CM
Shifting of Clinker Elevators
Unloading and Relieving of Pulverized Coal, Inert Screw Conveyors and Clinker
Transport
Unloading and Relieving of Rotary Feeders at Coal Mill Area
380
Finish Mill Cleaning of Material spillages below conveyors Finish Mill
Cleaning of O-Sepa Internals
Cleaning of Process Fan Impellers
Clinker and raw material slopes and stockpiles
Closing and sealing of manholes on Finish Mill
De-clogging of Mill Diaphragms
Dumping ,Sorting and Recharging of Grinding Balls
FM#3 Preventive Maintenance Shut Down
FM Walk By Inspection
Guidelines on Handling, Storage, and Usage of Grinding Aid
Loading of Clinker, Limestone and Gypsum Bins
Loading of FM3 Feed bins
Opening, Closing and Sealing of manholes on Finish Mill
Raw Material storage slopes and stockpiles
Removal and Replacement of Filter Bags on Finish Mill and top of Cement Silo Dust
Collectors
Replacement of Air Slide Canvass
Replacement of Air slide Canvass at Finish Mill
Replacement of filter bags, filter cages at dust collectors
Unloading and Relieving of Air slides at Finish Mill Area
Unloading and Relieving of Rotary Feeders at Finish Mill Area
PHKILNRA Adjustment and Sealing of Flap Valves
AFR Feeding Shredding
AFR Feeding
AFR Unloading and Loading
381
Assembly of Multi O-ring
Assembly of Rampage on Kiln Inlet
Barring of Snowman at Fixed Inlet (From outside
Bulldozing Clinker inside dome
Casting of Clinker Cooler
Casting of Kiln Blowpipe
Casting of Kiln Feed End
Casting of Kiln Nose Ring
Charging of Used Oil at HAG Horizontal Tanks
Cleaning of Cooler Lanes and removal of old pebbles
Cleaning of Cooler Lanes
Cleaning of Material spillages below conveyors at AFR
Cleaning of oil spills at Kiln Piers
Cleaning of PH, EP and other Process Fan Impellers
Clinker slopes and stockpiles
De-bricking and Re-bricking
De-clogging at Gas Analyser
De-clogging at GCT Hopper
De-clogging at Kiln Feed End
De-clogging at PH Cyclones
De-clogging of Snowman on Kiln Blowpipe
Firing of Cadox to Material Build-ups
Hauling of Bobcat to Burning Platform
Hauling of Bricks of Forklift Rental
Hauling of Bricks of forklift and flatbed rental operation
382
Hauling of Reject Materials at GCT to Portal Storage TAD to FM3 clinker Storage
(Dome)
Hauling of Scraps
Heating and Firing of Rotary Kiln
Installation of additional manhole at Cooler
Installation of New Pebbles on Cooler Lanes
Installation of Poking Holes
Kiln & PH Walk By Inspection
Loading of BFO from Main Tank to Day Tank ( Kiln & HAG)
Opening and Closing of Kiln Firing Hood Door
Painting of Dust Collector Casing
Painting of Kiln Shell
Painting of Preheater Casing
Painting of Preheater Kiln Railings
PH KILN Cooler Walk By Inspection
Preheating Preparation of BFO Firing Gun and Igniter Torch
Refractory Repair on Kiln Burner Blowpipe
Refractory Repair on Pre Calciner
Refractory Repair on Pre-heater Cyclones
Refractory Repair on Tertiary Air Duct and Damper
Removal and Replacement of Filter Bags on Pre-Heater Dust Collectors
Removal of Material Build-up From Blowpipe
Removal of Material Build-up at Fixed Inlet
Removal of spillages at Kiln Cooler Area
Repair and Casting of Kiln Feed End Retainer Ring and Inlet Sector
383
Repair and Casting of Kiln Nose Ring
Repair and Casting of Tertiary Air Duct
Repair of Burner Blowpipe
Replacement of Air slide Canvass at Pre-Heater KIln
Scaffolding Installation Clinker Cooler
Scaffolding Installation on Pre-calciner
Scaffolding Installation Preheater Cyclones
Scaffolding Installation Tertiary Air Duct
Scaffolding Installation
Unloading and Relieving of Air slides at Preheater Area
Unloading and Relieving of Kiln Feed End Screw Conveyors
Unloading and Relieving of Rotary Feeders at Preheater Area
Unloading of Air slides at Preheater Area
Unloading Raw Meal inside Control Bin
Bulk Materials Hauling and Unloading of Bulk Materials RA
Trimming and stockpiling RA
Vertical Raw Cleaning and Hauling out spillages at tail end area of 31A-BC4,31A-BC2,31B-BC2,31B-
Mill (VRM) BC4
Cleaning and Servicing of CF Silo Internals
Cleaning of Material spillages below conveyors at VRM Portal Feed bins
Cleaning of VRM Process Fan Impellers
Cleaning of VRM Classifier internals
Cleaning of VRM Dust Chamber
Cleaning of VRM Grinding Table
Cleaning of VRM Twin Cyclone Inlet Duct
384
Closing and sealing of manholes on VRM
Feed Bins - Tending of HI-CAL
Feed Bins - Tending of HI-CALnew
Feed Bins Tending
Internal Cleaning of HAG unit
Loading of Hi-Cal VRM
Raw material and Raw Meal slopes and stockpiles
Raw Mill Walk By Inspection
Removal and Replacement of Filter Bags on Vertical Raw Mill Dust Collectors
Replacement of Air slide Canvass at VRM
Replacement of rubber skirtings, scraper and rubber deflector of feed bins conveyors,
rollers
Scraping of Raw Materials at Portal
Unloading and Relieving of Airslides at VRM Area
Unloading and Relieving of Rotary Feeders at Vertial Raw Mill Area
Unloading and Relieving of VRM EP Screw Conveyors
Unloading of Air slides at VRM Area
Unloading of VRM EP Hoppers
Unloading of VRM EP Screw Conveyors
Quality Chemical Testing Risk Assessment

Assurance
EQUIPMENT
Physical Testing Risk Assessment
Reagent Preparation and Standardization Risk Assessment
Risk Assessment Summary
SAMPLE PREPARATION
385
Sampling Risk Assessment
Quarry-Crusher Hauling Clinker Bagbag form Dome (Dump truck)
Hauling Coal from line 1 to line 2 (Dump truck)
Quarry slopes and stockpiles
Equipment Mobilization (Trailer truck)
Road Grader
Transportation of Personnel to Working Area
Bulldozer (gate 8)
Dozing (Bulldozer)
Drilling (Furukawa Drill)
Hauling (Dump truck)
Loading (BH)
Loading and Re-piling of Clinker at Bagbag (Pay loader)
Equipment Rescue
Mover with Super lowbed
Pushing and Re-piling Limestone (Pay loader)
Rock Breaking (BH)
Supply Chain Supply Chain La Union
Security Admin Building
Admin water pump area
Anseca Excavator
Baguio Warehouse
Ballogo Pumping Stations
Bolong Boundary
Bolong Planting
386
Chemical Storage
Community Gate
Forest Area
Gate 1.4 KM Entrance
Gate 1A Main Gate
Gate 1A recorder
Gate 2 Weigh out
Gate 3
Gate 4
Gate 6
Gate 8
Gym Ambulance Parking Area
La Union Drop Bar
Laoag Warehouse
Locker Quarry
Lounge Drive
Mabanengbeng Pumping Stations
Pack house
Pier Parking Area
Poro Pier
Portal Area
Quirino Bodega
ROVING 2 ASSIST COAL STORAGE
ROVING ASSIST GATE1
ROVING PATROL
387
SCRAP YARD LINE1
Security All
Staff house
Truckers Exit
Truckers Parking
Urdaneta Warehouse
Vigan Warehouse
SPS Office SPS office
Warehousing Procurement
Warehousing
Source: summarized from Holcim data
388
Figure 87. Environmental aspect and impact assessment matrix used in the Holcim risk assessment
389
Figure 88. Matrix used in the Holcim safety risk assessment
390
4.5.4 Safety Performance
The recorded annual incidents at the cement plant from 2011 to 2016 in Table 138 showed a total
incident range of 71 to 108 with the highest incidents recorded in 2013. Majority of the incidents
were related to the operation of the plant and equipment (orange cells) followed by breaches of
unauthorized personnel in restricted areas (blue cells). There were no recorded fatalities and
disabilities during the six-year period.
Table 138. Summary of annual incidents at the Holcim plan t

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Incident
YTD YTD YTD YTD YTD YTD
Fatality 0 0 0 0 0 0
Disability 0 0 0 0 0 ND
Permanent Disability ND ND ND ND ND 0
LTI 0 0 0 1 0 1
RWI 0 0 1 0 0 ND
MTI 3 0 3 2 0 1
FAI 9 4 13 5 5 4
Environment 1 0 0 0 0 2
Plant & Equipment 75 45 47 50 38 ND
Near miss 9 6 10 16 4 3
Breach 4 8 34 26 26 22
Modified Work Duty ND ND ND ND ND 1
Property Damage ND ND ND ND ND 37
Road Transport ND ND ND ND ND 0
TOTAL INCIDENTS 101 63 108 100 73 71
Potential 1 and Breach 1 1 1 0 3 2 5
391
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

Incident
YTD YTD YTD YTD YTD YTD
Plant & Equipment >2M

0 0 0 0 0 0
PHP
Source: derived from Holcim records; ND – no data
392
SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN AND IEC IMPLEMENTATION
5.0 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN AND IEC IMPLEMENTATION
5.1 Indicative Social Development Plan
The current operation of Holcim La Union Cement Plant provides community development assistance
primarily to the host community which is Barangay Quirino. For the past years, assistance to the
communities are being implemented through the Social Development and Management Program and
CSR Program. From 2012 to 2016, Holcim La Union implemented a 5-year SDMP approved by the
Mines and Geosciences Bureau Regional Office No. I on March 18, 2013 denominated as SDMP # 68-
2013-12(1)-3rd. However, recent policy issuance of Mines and Geosciences Bureau (MGB) clearly
defined that the cement manufacturing is no longer covered by the policies embodied in the Philippine
Mining Act of 1995. MGB issued Memorandum Circular No. 2017-02 stating that cement plant like
Holcim La Union are no longer required to secure a Mineral Processing Permit. This classified cement
operations under manufacturing industry.
The recently concluded 5-year SDMP was implemented in partnership with the identified six host
barangays Barangay Quirino. The other five (5) barangays are host communities of the Limestone
Quarry operations of Holcim La Union. The 5-Year SDMP was focused in giving assistance on Health
Care, Socio-Cultural, Basic Infrastructure, Education, Livelihood, and other Infrastructure. Presented
in Table 139 is the comparative expenditure of SDMP Programs/Projects/Activities (P/P/As)
implemented in Barangay Quirino. For each year, Holcim La Union extended assistance worth more
than a million pesos to Barangay Quirino.
Table 139. Comparative SDMP Expenditure 2012 and 2016

Actual Expenditure (Php)
Programs/Projects/Activities
2012 2016
Health Care 235,000 503,300
Socio-Cultural 290,000 69,983
Basic Infrastructure 83,000 -
Education 485,000 526,600
Livelihood 107,000 -
other Infrastructure 675,000 -
Total 1,875,000 1,099,783
Source: An Assessment of Holcim’s 2012-2016 SDMP
Holcim La Union implemented livelihood programs such as sewing and oyster mushroom propagation.
For education assistance, it continuously sends deserving students to elementary and secondary
393
education through scholarship program and provide supports to the Alternative Learning System
program of the Department of Education. It also provided assistance to build the multipurpose hall,
barangay hall stage, and water system. Holcim La Union also actively took part in the Marine Protected
Area Project to assist the fisher folks in its protection work. A watch tower was constructed through
the SDMP. Holcim La Union and the Barangay Council of Quirino flagship program for health care is
the CBHP. Through the SDMP, Holcim provides support to the volunteer doctors who hold clinic in the
barangay health center three (3) times a week. Also included were health facility infrastructure
expansion project and medical supplies.
With the new MGB issuance, community development projects of Holcim La Union will be channeled
through its CSR Program. Taking off from the experiences in the implementation of the SDMP, the CSR
program is focused on helping the partner communities, like Barangay Quirino, to be capable in
building sustainable communities. Holcim La Union started to engage community residents in a series
of workshop. The Program is consistent with the vision of Bacnotan to development the municipality
through Agri-Tourism. The workshops being conducted are designed to prepare the communities to
establish projects that are long-term and sustainable.
The Social Development Framework for the existing operations and the proposed modification will
continue to strengthen partnership with Barangay Quirino in a sustainable manner. The identified
impact of Holcim La Union’s operations to the community, if will not be avoided, will be mitigated
and/or managed in the SDF implemented through the CSR Program. The active participation of
Barangay Quirino, specifically the Barangay Councils, Sectoral Organizations, Different Government
Institutions, Businesses, and Industries is necessary for the implementation of the indicative SDF.
Holcim La Union will ensure partnership undertakings with the identified stakeholders.
394
Table 140. Social Development Framework
Community Government Agency/

Community
Concerns Member Non-government Proponent Indicative Timeline Source of Fund
Beneficiary
Responsible Agency and Services
Livelihood and Employment
 Gender Responsive  Interested  Barangay  LGU Municipal  Community  Pre-construction  LGU –IRA/
Sustainable Livelihood Community Quirino officials Planning and Relations Officer Holcim La
Program (Marginalized Residents – Development Office  Construction Union CSR
Sector: Women, Youth, Marginalized  Sectoral Program
Organizations  Impact Barangays  Operation
Fisherfolks, Farmers, Sector
Fisher folks, Senior
 Municipal Social
Citizens, Physically
Worker Department
Challenged Persons or
(MSWD)
Persons with Disabilities)
 Municipal Public
 Employment Program: Job
Employment Services
Fairs
Office
 Skills training program: to
 TESDA
give local residents of
impact barangays the  Cooperative
chance to qualify and Development
compete for available Authority
employment opportunities
during the implementation  Local Department of
of the project or in other Labor and
areas Employment
395

Community
Beneficiary
Health Services
 Strengthening of  Men, Women,  Barangay  Ilocos Traning  Community  Pre-construction  LGU –IRA/
Community-Based Health Children, Quirino Officials Regional Medical Relations Officer Holcim La
Program Youth, Senior Center (ITRMC)  Construction Union CSR
Citizens, PWDs  Municipal and Program
 Capacity building of Barangay Health  Municipal Health  Operation
Barangay Health Workers Office (MHO)
Workers
 Barangay Health
 Disease awareness Center
and prevention
 Regular medical
check-up
 Provision of
Medicines
Education Assistance
 Adopt-a-School Program:  Qurino  Barangay  Department of  Community  Pre-construction  LGU –IRA/

Quirino Elementary School Elementary Quirino Officials Education (DepEd) Relations Officer Holcim La
School (specifically the  Construction Union CSR
 Includes Council Program
development/   Operation
396

Community
Beneficiary
improvement of Member for

school facilities Education)
 Students,
 Brigada Eskwela
Teachers
 Provision of scholarship to
qualified students
 Capacity building of
teachers
Public Infrastructure, Environment, and Sanitation
 Coastal Clean-up  Sitio Residents  Barangay  Municipal  Community  Pre-  LGU –IRA/
Quirino Officials Environment and Relations Officer construction Holcim La
 Implementation of Solid (specifically the Natural Resources Union CSR
Waste Management in Council Office (ENRO)  Mine  Construction Program
compliance with Republic Member for Environmental
Act 9003  Municipal Engineer’s Protection and  Operation
Environment)
Office Enhancement
 Infrastructure Officer /
Development (Cement Pollution Control
Donation) for Physical Officer
Improvement of the area
that will impact on
economic development,
sanitation and safety
397

Community
Beneficiary
Road Safety and Protective Services
 Support for the Peace and  Barangay/ Barangay  Municipal Police  Community  Pre-  LGU –IRA/
Order Program of the Sitio Officials Relations Officer construction Holcim La
Barangay and Municipal Redsidents  Municipal Engineer’s Union CSR
LGU Barangay Peace Office Mine  Construction Program
 Institutions and Security Environmental
 Partnership in the Officers  Municipal Disaster Protection and  Operation  Environmental
implementation of Traffic Risk Reduction and Enhancement Management
Management Program Management Office Officer / Pollution Program
Control Officer
 Emergency Response/  Safety and
Calamity Assistance Safety Officer Health
Program
Socio-Cultural Activities
 Provision of  Barangay/ Barangay  MSWDO  Community  Pre-  LGU –IRA/

support/assistance to Sitio Residents Qurino Officials Relations Officer construction Holcim La
LGUs in the conduct of  MPDO Union CSR
activities that strengthens  Construction Program
community cohesiveness
 Operation
398
5.2 Information and Education Campaign
Implementation of an intensive and consistent IEC Plan is the key to build a positive rapport with the
host barangay and municipality. Previously implemented IEC activities were part of the SDMP. With
the discussed policy changes, the IEC activities to be implemented by Holcim La Union will be part of
the continuous community relations work of the plant to strengthen its relationship with the host
community parallel to the implementation of the SDMP P/P/As.
Collected information from the community signifies the need to strengthen the IEC implementation
of Holcim La Union. A more regular, consistent, and accessible line of communication will be
established between Holcim La Union and the host barangay. The approach will be two-way, that will
ensure feedback mechanism in every communication activity. An open line of communication will be
institutionalized that ensures the accessibility of bringing community concerns to the attention of the
company. Holcim La Union on its part, will communicate all efforts and actions in addressing
community concerns, intervention to avoid or mitigate negative impacts of the operations. As
proposed by the community, part of the IEC effort is the establishment of a pollution complaints desk
where the community can easily report pollution incidences or occurrences related to the operation
of Holcim La Union that affects the community. The pollution complaint desk is also an accessible
source of information on how the community complaints and incident reports are being addressed or
resolved. The monthly IEC activity conducted by the Environment Team will be continued and to be
strengthened by including the Safety and Health Team and most especially the Community Relations
Team.
The detailed IEC Campaign Plan is presented in Table 141.
399
Table 141: Information and Education Campaigns

Target Sector Major Topics of
IEC Schemes/ Strategy/ Indicative Timeline and
Identified as Needing Concern in Relation to Information Medium Indicative Cost
Methods Frequency
Project IEC the Project
 Barangay Council of  Approval of the ECC  Intensive  Reproduction and  Prior to  Cost of printing
Quirino and Amendments and information Distribution of the construction and the IEC materials
Sangguniang Bayan stipulated dissemination on approved ECC and installation of new  Cost of holding
of Bacnotan conditions the approved ECC EPRMP to the equipment/ consultation
 Households and  Project description and EPRMP concerned LGUs machine meetings
Businesses (i.e. project  Consultation-  Print materials:
surrounding Holcim components, Meetings Brochure about the
La Union size/coverage  Establishment of approved
 Local Non-  Environmental Pollution Complaint modifications
Government/ Performance Desk  Audio-Visual
Community Report and Presentations
Organizations Management Plan  Two-way verbal
 Relevant National/  Concerns on the communication and
Regional daily operations of action report
Government Holcim La Union
Agencies
 Barangay Council of  Presentation of  Printed information  Print Materials:  During construction  Cost of printing
Quirino and project activities in about the project Posters or project and installation of the IEC materials
Sangguniang Bayan relation to the updates and bulletin
of Bacnotan
400

Methods Frequency
 Households and construction and posting at impact  Audio-Visual new equipment/  Cost of holding
Businesses installation of new barangays bulletin Presentations machine consultation
surrounding Holcim equipment board or  Two-way verbal meetings
La Union  Discussion on information centers communication and
 Local Non- predicted impact  Consultation- action report
Government/ and mitigation plan meetings
Community  Gathering of  Continuous
Organizations community issues operation of
and concerns on Pollution Complaint
the ongoing Desk
construction/
installation of new
equipment
 Reporting of results
of project
monitoring
 Barangay Council of  Presentation of  Printed information  Print Materials:  During operations  Cost of printing
Quirino and project activities in about the project Posters/ project the IEC materials
Sangguniang Bayan relation to the updates and bulletin/ newsletter  Cost of holding
of Bacnotan operations posting at impact  Audio-Visual consultation
barangays bulletin Presentations meetings
401

Methods Frequency
 Households and  Gathering of board or  Two-way verbal
Businesses community issues information centers communication and
surrounding Holcim and concerns on  Consultation- action report
La Union the on-going meetings
 Local Non- operations  Continuous
Government/  Dissemination of operation of
Community the Corporate Pollution Complaint
Organizations Social Desk
Responsibility
Programs, possible
partnership for the
implementation
and reporting of
accomplishments
 Dissemination of
program
implementation
and
accomplishment on
the Environmental
Management Plan
402

Methods Frequency
 Dissemination of
program
implementation
and
accomplishment of
Occupational
Safety and Health
 Quarterly reporting
of results MMT
monitoring
 Barangay Council of  Presentation  Printed information  Print Materials:  During  Cost of printing
Quirino and decommissioning about the project Posters/ project Decommissioning the IEC materials
Sangguniang Bayan and closure plan updates and bulletin/ newsletter and Closure Phase  Cost of holding
of Bacnotan  Provision of posting at impact  Audio-Visual consultation
 Households and updates on the barangays bulletin Presentations meetings
Businesses decommissioning board or  Two-way verbal
surrounding Holcim and closure information centers communication and
La Union activities  Consultation- action report
 Local Non-  Gathering of meetings
Government/ community issues  Continuous
and concerns on operation of
403

Methods Frequency
Community the Pollution Complaint
Organizations decommissioning Desk
 Relevant National/ and closure
Regional activities
Government  Reporting of
Agencies updates on the
monitoring of
decommissioning
and closure
activities
404
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MONITORING
6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MONITORING
6.1 Environmental Performance
Air Quality Management and Monitoring
To ensure that dust emission, noxious gases, heavy metals and other substances from the plant do
not pollute the environment, the plant conduct tests and acquire the following measures:
DUST COLLECTOR AND ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPIITATOR
 The kiln main stack is equipped with electrostatic precipitator to control dust emission.
Maintenance of the EP is carried out annually to ensure its efficiency.
 Maintenence and effective operation of EP and filter bags in the plant operations.
 Ensure mthat all dust collectors are working efficiency all the time
 EP efficiency is 99.99%
 Other dust control facilities are the filter bag dust collectors that are also maintained to
operate properly.
CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING SYSTEM (CEMS)
The plant has invested PhP 12 Million in CY 2002 for the installation of a Continuous Emission
Monitoring System (CEMS) in the kiln main stack to have a real time monitoring of dust emission,
including emission of gases such as NO, NO2, SO2, HCl, NH3, VOC, CO, CO2, O2 and other gases.
ANNUAL EMISSION MONITORING REPORT (EMR)
The plant commisssoned third party laboratories for the conduct of an annual emission measurement
report of particulates, NO2, SO2, VOC, and Heavy metals measurement.
ANNUAL RATA AND CG
The plant also commissioned an accredited third party to conduct Relative Accuracy Test Audit (RATA)
to check and ensure plausibility of data in CEMS.
405
ANNUAL DIOXIN AND FURAN SAMPLING
The plant also commissioned third party (Lanfranco Canadian Laboratories) for the sampling of dioxin
and furans.
Ambient Air and Noise Sampling are being done regularly for the submission of monitoring report and
MMT Report requirement done by MMT Members.
Water Quality Management and Monitoring
Holcim La Union considers water as a very important resource, necessary noy just to the plant’s daily
operations but also to the lives of people in and around the plant.
WATER CONSERVATION
To optimize the usage of water, the plany maintains a water recovery pond where process and cooling
water is collected, cooled and recycled. Water meters were installed to monitor water consumption.
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL/OIL SPILL PROTECTION/SILTATION PONDS
To protect the ground and water from oil contamination, oil drums are placed in drum rackd with
secondary containment. Bunker and ADF storage tanks are surrounded with bund wall to contain the
oil during accidental spillage. There are drainage canals provided with oil-water separator so that clean
water is discharge.
Ecological Solid Waste Management Program
Holcim La Union plant implements an ecological solid waste management program through the
promotion of “good practices” such as waste reduction, waste segregation, waste recycling, re-use
and composting.
The plant generates office and domestic waste aside from plant wastes and these should be disposed
of properly and responsibly. Organic composting was also implemented and used at our nursery
seedlings propagation and maintenance of planted trees.
406
The succeeding tables present the monitoring compliance of the company specifically for the period
of January to June 2017.
Table 142 : Summary of Major Findings for the Monitoring Period

Condition / Requirement / Compliance Status Recommendation
Commitment &Summary of Actions
taken
Compliance with ECC Generally complied with all Continuous monitoring and
conditions of the ECC. sustainable improvement.
Please refer to attached
ECC and its proof of
compliance.
Compliance with EMP On-going compliance. The Compliance to
implementation of the EMP environmental laws as well
was ensured through a as the protection of the
process that involved environment and the
monitoring of the various ecology in the area is the
activities by the main focus of the
implementing entities, proponent.
compliance monitoring by
the regulatory agency and
a multi partite monitoring
team.
Implementation of No exceedance observed
appropriate &effective during the period
env’tal impact remedial
actions in case of
exceedances
Complaints Management None for this period. Pro-active actions and
Complaints management regular meeting with
procedures are in place. community and concerned
department/area.
Realistic and sufficient Sufficient budget for Comply with planned
budget for conducting the Environmental Monitoring environmental initiatives
environmental monitoring and monitoring activities
and audit activities
Accountability - qualified Complied with accredited
personnel are charged with PCO/Envi, MEPEO, Safety
the routine monitoring of Officers, CSR Manager
the project activities in
terms of education,
training, knowledge and
experience of the
environmental team
407
Table 143 : Status of Compliance to Project Description

Requirement Description Status of Remarks
Compliance
Project coverage/limits The kiln capacity optimization Complied Average kiln production per
project covers the increase in its month: 1st semester of 2017:
dry cement production without = 2,344.6349 MTPD hence, it's
any major design or process within the approved total
modification; hence, it will have a capacity of 2,800 metric tons per
total capacity of 2,800 metric day (MTPD);
tons per day (MTPD);
The project will avail of the same

production facilities adequate
equipment for controlling air and
water pollution. The rotary kiln is
4.05 meters in diameter x 60
meters equipped with a 4-stage
preheater with in-line
precalcinier.
The project also involves the

proposed modification and
upgrading of the following
auxiliary equipment;
1. Preheater Fan
2. Calciner Vessel
3. Kiln Burner
4. Clinker Cooler Fancs
5. Raw Mill Fan
6. Clinker Cooler
408

Compliance
Complied Average kiln production

per month: 1st semester of 2017:
= 2,344.6349 MTPD hence, it's
within the approved total
capacity of 2,800 metric tons per
day (MTPD);
Components
Components 1. The proponent shall strictly Complied 1.1. Conducted IEC to internal
implement the following and stakeholders through the
mitigating, enhancement, and following:
rehabilitation measures:
a. Sharing of Water Saving Tips
1.1 Undertake an effective and during the celebration of World
continuing Information, Water Day.
Education and Communication
(IEC) Program to inform and b.Celebration of Environment
educate all stakeholders, Month (i.e. roll-out of Sustainable
especially its local residents, Development (SD) 2013 Plan,
about the project’s mitigating Climate Change, Waste
measures embodied in its Management, Water
EPRMP, the conditions Conservation and Corporate
stipulated in this Certificate, the Citizenship
environment and human safety
measures in quarrying and plant c.PCB Management and
operations for greater Emergency Response training to
awareness, understanding and all affected employees and
continued acceptance of the contractors
409

Compliance
project.
d. Environment Management
System (EMS) and Environment
It shall submit an annual detailed Aspects and Impacts Training for
IEC program to the EMB (CO Employees
and Region 1), MGB and shall
implement the same; 1.2 Conduct regular water
spraying at haulage road
1.2 Ensure regular water
spraying and require vehicles to 1.3 Storage facilities in safe
maintain low speed in dusty conditions
roads;
1.3 Stockpile crushed limestone,

shale, silica, coal, fuel oil, and
other raw materials and finished
products in safe storage facilities
Table 144 : Status of Compliance to ECC Conditions

Description Status of Remarks
Compliance
1. The proponent shall strictly implement the Complied 1.1. Conducted IEC to internal and stakeholders
following mitigating, enhancement, and through the following:
rehabilitation measures:
a. Sharing of Water Saving Tips during the
1.1 Undertake an effective and continuing celebration of World Water Day.
Information, Education and Communication b.Celebration of Environment Month (i.e. roll-out
of Sustainable Development (SD) 2013 Plan,
410

Compliance
(IEC) Program to inform and educate all Climate Change, Waste Management, Water
stakeholders, especially its local residents, Conservation and Corporate Citizenship
about the project’s mitigating measures
embodied in its EPRMP, the conditions c.PCB Management and Emergency Response
stipulated in this Certificate, the environment and training to all affected employees and contractors
human safety measures in quarrying and plant
operations for greater awareness, understanding d. Environment Management System (EMS) and
and continued acceptance of the Environment Aspects and Impacts Training for
project. Employees
It shall submit an annual detailed IEC program to 1.2 Conduct regular water spraying at haulage
the EMB (CO and Region 1), MGB and shall road
implement the same;
1.3 Storage facilities in safe conditions
1.1 Ensure regular water spraying and require
vehicles to maintain low speed in dusty
roads;
1.2 Stockpile crushed limestone, shale, silica, coal,

fuel oil, and other raw materials and finished
products in safe storage facilities
The use of Alternative Fuel Resources (AFR) shall Complied Protocols observed.
conform to the prescribed procedure in the
submitted document- “Protocols for the Use of
AFR in Cement Plants of Union Cement
corporation and Alson Cement Corporation,”-
including procedures for preparation and
411

Compliance
pre-treatment to convert the incoming materials
into acceptable fuel and/or raw material;
3. Prepare and implement an Emergency Complied Included in IMS.
Preparedness and Response Plan/Program which
will include all identified environmental hazards Trainings and drills were conducted periodically.
and risks, emission of significant air pollutants
(NOx, SOx, COx and particulates); failure/overflow No environmental related incidents on all
of settling ponds; ignition/explosion of flammable identified environmental hazards and risk during
materials like fuel oil; occurrence of typhoon, the period.
earthquake, landslides, tsunamis, and coastal
flooding; and work related accidents.
The plan/program provides how the above stated

risk shall be managed and, in case of emergency,
addressed immediately for the protection of the
workers, nearby residents, and sensitive
ecosystems;
4. The proponent shall strictly comply with the Complied Revised EPEP approved and submitted Certificate
environmental management and protection of Approval dated May 15, 2002
provisions of the Philippine Mining Act of 1995
(RA No. 7942) and its revised implementing rules Revised SDMP approved and submitted FMRDP
and regulations (DAO No. 96-40 as amended) as approval on August 15, 2007 MOA established
well as the pertinent provisions of the and approved.
Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) between the
EMB and MGB executed on April 16, 1998, such
as, but not limited to the following to be
submitted to EMB (CO and RO) and MGB:
412

Compliance
4.1 Revised Environmental Protection and
Enhancement Program (EPEP) to reflect the
increase in capacity within thirty (30) calendar
days from receipt of this Certificate to the
MGB/EMB Officers for approval;
4.2 Revised Social Development and Management

Program (SDMP) within thirty (30) days from
receipt of this Certificate to the MGB for approval;
4.3 Mine Decommissioning Plan that shall address

final rehabilitation and post mining land use. It
should present alternatives, which shall be
consistent with the long-term zoning and land use
development plan of the local and provincial
government. Copies of the plan shall be submitted
to the EMB,MGB and concerned DENR Regional
Units;
4.4 Modify (if necessary) the existing

Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) on the
setting up of the Multipartite Monitoring
Team (MMT), Contingent Liability and
Rehabilitation Fund (CLRF), Environmental Trust
Fund (ETF) and Mines Rehabilitation Fund (MRF)
to reflect the cement plant operation, its increase
in capacity and the AFR Materials
Mix Revision Facilities:
413

Compliance
5. The plant operations shall conform with the Complied Regular monitoring conducted
provisions of RA6969 (Toxic Substances and internally.
Hazardous and Nuclear Wastes Control Act of
1990), RA 9003 (Act Providing for an Ecological MMT conducted monitoring
Solid Waste Management Program), RA9275 during the 1st and 2nd Quarter
(Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004), and 2016
RA 8749 (Philippine Clean AirAct of 1999);
6. In case of transfer of ownership of this project, Complied Same ownership during the
these same conditions and restrictions period.
shall apply and the transferee shall be required to
notify the EMB within fifteen (15) days as
regards to the transfer of ownership.
414
6.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan
This section presents the proposed framework for compliance monitoring of the project, which
includes, among others, the environmental parameters necessary to monitor the identified key
environmental impacts of the proposed project expansion.
As required by DENR Memorandum Circular No. 2010-14 and RPM for DAO 2003-30, and as a pro-
active tool in minimizing/eliminating adverse project consequences to the environment, an
“Environmental Quality Performance Level” (EQPL) has been identified for each critical parameter
associated with identified significant project impacts. The limit level shall be the regulated threshold
of pollutant (standard that must not be exceeded) while the action level is set lower than the limit
level wherein management measures must be implemented so as not to reach the regulated
threshold.
The following mechanisms and monitoring schemes are also discussed:

Environmental Monitoring Plan;
Multi-sectoral Monitoring Framework; and
Environmental Guarantee and Monitoring Fund Commitment.
1.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan
The EQPLs presented below for the Environmental Monitoring Plan is only applicable for Effluent and
Emissions regulations. The EQPLs in the table below were initially assigned the following values:
 Limit DENR standard value

 Alert 70% of the limit.
 Action 80% of the limit
These EQPLs are initial values. Final thresholds for management limits, action, and alert levels will be
determined from monitoring data and concurred by the MMT members, EMB, and Holcim.
The salient point of the said table is that Alert and Action EQPLs were only assigned to parameters
that can be controlled by the project during construction and operation phases.
415
Table 145 - Environmental Monitoring Plan

Key Sampling & Measurement Plan Annual EQPL Management Scheme
Environmental Potential Impacts Parameter to be
Lead Person Estimated EQPL range(1) Management measure
Aspects per per Envt’l Sector Monitored
Method Frequency Location12
Project Phase Cost Alert Action Limit* Alert Action limit
PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE
The Pre-construction phase in the EIS Report covers activities like planning, feasibility study, drawing of plans, ocular surveys, and permit procurement. Earth moving activities, delivery of materials and similar activities are included in the Construction Phase.
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Soil
Construction of Improper disposal Volume of oil and Direct measurement Semi annual Holcim La Holcim La Union, All domestic wastes will be sold to recyclers.
Cement Plant of domestic wastes grease Union storage MMT
Facilities may contaminate facilities - Residual waste will be disposed to a designated sanitary land fill
the soil Haulers/contra
- All used oils, lubricants will be sold to recyclers.
ctors,
Soil Contamination Maintenance - Residual waste will be disposed to a designated sanitary land fill/MRF.
due to accidental mechanic,
fuel and lubricant MMT - Contaminated soils will be removed and disposed off site.
spills from vehicles
and equipment may Provision of Refuse storage facility with oil and water separator to contain any accidental
occur spill.
Water
Water Quantity Groundwater  Static Water Level Piezometer Daily Deepwells: Holcim Part of ( - ) 2 meter variance ( - ) 4 meter ( - ) 6 meter variance Check any  Check any additional water  Check any additional water
 Deepwell pump monitoring Philippines, Inc. Holcim from the standard variance from the from the standard additional water uses, uses,
operating time Flow meter  Ballogo operating water level standard water water level uses  Check the water system for  Check the water system for
Volume of water Monthly Deep Well any leakages, any leakages,
cost level
extracted (DW), Review the Water Management  Review the Water
reporting
 Curba DW,  Pollution Plan Management Plan
 1.4-km Consider other alternative
Control Officer
Conveyor sources of water
DW
Storage Tanks
 Slurry Tank
 Horizontal
Tank
 Vertical
Tank
 Tanks for
domestic
use
Water Quality Effluent  pH In-situ measurement using Monthly E1-5B Truck Holcim 30,000 Class SC Class SC Class SC  Investigate the  Investigate the source to  Investigate the source to
Class SC  Temperature hand-held water quality Scale Philippines, Inc. Temp: 2.0°C change Temp: 2.5°C Temp=3°C change source and identify possible pollutant identify possible pollutant
 Conductivity tester E2-6B Main (from ambient at change (from ambient at identify possible sources sources
 TDS Creek Pollution Control discharge point) (from ambient at discharge point) pollutant
 TSS Grab sampling and E3-7B Bagbag, Officer TSS: 60-80 mg/l discharge point) TSS=100 mg/l sources  If the problem is within the  Provide additional mitigation
 Oil &Grease laboratory analysis in front of pH: 6.4-6.9 or 8.3- TSS: 81-99 mg/l pH: 6.0-9.0 construction/operation area, measures or pollution control
 Heavy metals: As, power house 8.5 pH: 6.1-6.3 or 8.6- Oil&Grease=10 mg/l Conduct corrective conduct adjustments/ facilities
Cr (hexavalent), Cd, 8.9 Color=150 TCU actions if needed
Pb, Hg
12 Initially the same stations during baseline sampling
416

 5-day BOD New: Oil&Grease: 6.0-8.0 Oil&Grease: 8.1-9.9 As=0.04 mg/l appropriate corrective action  If source is not project
 Color E4-Bagbag mg/l mg/l Cd=0.01 mg/l at identified pollutant source. construction, inform MMT
Storage Color: 90-120 TCU Color: 121-149 TCU Pb: 0.1 mg/l regarding possible source for
E5-Trucker’s As: 0.025-0.030 As: 0.031-0.039 Hg=0.004 mg/l the group’s investigation and
Parking Cd: 0.006-0.0079 Cd: 0.008-0.009 Cr6+:0.1 mg/l coordination with LGU
mg/l mg/l
Pb: 0.06-0.079 mg/l Pb: 0.08-0.09 mg/l
Hg=0.0025-0.0029 Hg=0.0030-0.0039
mg/l mg/l
Cr6+: 0.08-0.09 mg/l Cr6+: 0.08-0.09
mg/l
 pH In-situ measurement using Class SA (MW4) Class SA (MW4) Class SA (MW4)  Investigate the  Investigate the source to  Investigate the source to
 Temperature hand-held water quality DO: 6.6-6.9 mg/l DO: 6.1-6.5 mg/l DO=6 mg/l minimum source and identify possible pollutant identify possible pollutant
 DO tester Temp: 25-25.5 or Temp: 25.6-25.9 or Temp=26 (min) or identify possible sources sources
pollutant
28.5-28.9 °C 29-29.9°C =30 (max) °C
sources  If the problem is within the  Provide additional mitigation
TSS: 15-19 mg/l TSS: 20-24 mg/l TSS=25 mg/l construction/operation area, measures or pollution control
pH: 7.3-7.5 or 8-8.2 pH: 7.1-7.3 or 8.2- pH: 7-8.5  Conduct conduct adjustments/ facilities
Oil&Grease: 0.3-0.6 8.4 Oil&Grease=1 mg/l corrective appropriate corrective action
mg/l Oil&Grease: 0.7-0.9 Color=5 TCU actions if at identified pollutant source.  If source is not project
Color: 3-4 TCU mg/l needed construction, inform MMT
Class SC: regarding possible source for
Holcim Color: 4.1-4.9 TCU Class SC
MW1, MW2, the group’s investigation and
Philippines, Inc. Class SC (MW1, MW2, MW3)
Marine MW3 coordination with LGU
Quarterly 10,000 (MW1, MW2, MW3) Class SC DO=5 mg/l minimum
(Ambient)  TSS Grab sampling and
Pollution Control DO: 5.6-5.9 mg/l (MW1, MW2, Temp=25 (min) or
 Oil & Grease laboratory analysis Class SA
Officer Temp: 24-24.5 or MW3) =31 (max) °C
 Color MW4
29.5-29.9 °C DO: 5.1-5.5 mg/l TSS=80 mg/l
TSS: 60-69 mg/l Temp: 24.6-24.9 or pH: 6.0-9.0
pH: 6.4-6.9 or 8.3- 30-30.9°C Oil&Grease=3 mg/l
8.5 TSS: 70-79 mg/l Color=75 TCU
Oil&Grease: 2.0-2.4 pH: 6.1-6.3 or 8.6-
mg/l 8.9
Color: 45-60 TCU Oil&Grease: 2.5-2.9
mg/l
Color: 61-74 TCU
Water Quality Groundwater  pH In-situ measurement using Monthly Class B Holcim 30,000 Class A Class A Class A  Investigate the  Investigate the source to  Investigate the source to
 Temperature hand-held water quality GW1, GW2, Philippines, Inc. Temp: 25-25.5 or Temp: 25.6-25.9 or Temp=26 (min) or source and identify possible pollutant identify possible pollutant
 Conductivity tester GW3 28.5-28.9 °C 29-29.9°C =30 (max) °C identify possible sources sources
 TDS pollutant
Pollution Control TSS: 30-39 mg/l TSS: 40-49 mg/l TSS=50 mg/l
 Salinity sources  If the problem is within the  Provide additional mitigation
Class A Officer pH: 7.1-7.5 or 8-8.2 pH: 6.6-7.0 or 8.2- pH: 6.5-8.5
 TSS Grab sampling and construction/operation area, measures or pollution control
 Oil &Grease GW4, GW5 Oil&Grease: 0.3-0.6 8.4 Oil&Grease=1 mg/l  Conduct conduct adjustments/ facilities
laboratory analysis
 Color mg/l Oil&Grease: 0.7-0.9 Chloride=250 mg/l corrective appropriate corrective action
 Chloride Chloride:150-119 mg/l Color=50 TCU actions if at identified pollutant source.  If source is not project
mg/l Chloride:200-249 Conductivity -- needed construction, inform MMT
Color: 30-40 TCU mg/l TDS -- regarding possible source for
Conductivity -- Salinity – the group’s investigation and
Color: 41-49 TCU
TDS -- coordination with LGU
Conductivity --
Salinity – Class B
TDS --
Salinity – Temp=26 (min) or
Class B =30 (max) °C
Temp: 25-25.5 or Class B TSS=65 mg/l
28.5-28.9 °C Temp: 25.6-25.9 or pH: 6.5-8.5
TSS: 30-49 mg/l 29-29.9°C Oil&Grease=1 mg/l
pH: 7.1-7.5 or 8-8.2 TSS: 50-64 mg/l Chloride=250 mg/l
Color=50 TCU
417

Oil&Grease: 0.3-0.6 pH: 6.6-7.0 or 8.2- Conductivity --

mg/l 8.4 TDS --
Chloride:150-119 Oil&Grease: 0.7-0.9 Salinity --
mg/l mg/l
Color: 30-40 TCU Chloride:200-249
Conductivity -- mg/l
TDS -- Color: 41-49 TCU
Salinity – Conductivity --
TDS --
Salinity --
Air and Noise

(Ambient air quality) Ambient air TSP (S) 24 hr High Volume- Quarterly Initially the  Holcim 150,000 155 186 207 ug/ncm ID pollutant source Implement appropriate Temporary stoppage of
pollution same stations Philippines, (construction corrective action at identified identified construction activity or
(A) Gravimetric USEPA 40 during the EIA Inc. activity, facility, or pollutant source equipment
CFR, Part 50, Appendix B  Pollution equipment)
Control Officer
(S) 24-hr Gas Bubbler Quarterly Initially the 122 146 162 ug/ncm
same stations
SO2 -do- -do- -do-
(A) Pararosaniline Method during the EIA
(West and Gaeke Method
(S) 24-hr Gas Bubbler quarterly Initially the 101 122 135 ug/ncm
same stations
NO2 (A) Griess-Saltzman or during the EIA -do- -do- -do-
(S) 24-hr High Volume quarterly Initially the  Holcim

same stations Philippines,
Pb (A) Atomic Absorption during the EIA Inc. n/a n/a n/a
Spectrophotometry,USEPA  Pollution
40 CFR, Part 50, Appendix G Control Officer
(S) Prescribed sampling quarterly Initially the

No values assigned. These parameters form part of the baseline
method same stations
Cd prior to operation of the expansion project n/a n/a n/a
during the EIA
(A) AAS
(S) Prescribed sampling quarterly Initially the

method same stations
As n/a n/a n/a
during the EIA
(A) AAS
Air component Noise impacts in Sound levels 24 hr sound measurements quarterly Initially the  Holcim 3 dB less than limit 2 dB less than limit 1 dB less than limit - Identification of - Corrective action on noise Avoid use of noisy equipment
receptor areas using hand-held sound meter same stations Philippines, possible source equipment source
(Ambient sound during the EIA Inc. of noise - Re-scheduling of “noisy
levels) - Issuance of ear activities”
plugs
People
Construction/ In-migration and No. of workers HR Manpower Monitoring Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact  Proponent 5,000/ Manifestations/ Incident report on Complaint received - Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
Installation of new Increase in Day- employed from the Report Communities through HR monitoring observations of non- non- on implementation measures to
Time Population host barangay and Manager and implementation of implementation of mitigate - Implement measures to Take action to address negative
CRO negative mitigate negative impact impact
municipality, including
418

equipment and employment from FGDs/ KIIs/ Community mitigating measures mitigating of mitigating impact
facilities contractors Consultations during monitoring measures measures
Implementation of
skills Development
Program
Workers and haulers

induction report
Threat to Delivery of Monitor adequateness Monitoring Reports Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact  Proponent 5,000/ Manifestations/ Incident report on Complaint received - Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
Basic Services/ of basic services and Communities through monitoring observations of non- non- on implementation measures to
Resource status of resources FGDs/ KIIs/ Community Security implementation of implementation of of mitigating mitigate - Implement measures to Take action to address negative
Consultations Manager and negative mitigate negative impact impact
Competition available to the mitigating measures mitigating measures
CRO impact
current population during monitoring measures
Community
development project
implemented to
improve availability of
basic services and
resources
Threat to public Health effects due to Review of community health Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact  Proponent Manifestations/ Incident report on Complaint received - Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
health and safety dust inhalation condition and peace and Communities through Safety observations during non- on the impact of measures to
order situation Officer and monitoring that will implementation of operation to the mitigate - Implement measures to Take action to address negative
Exposure to other CRO negative mitigate negative impact impact
result in negative mitigating health and peace and
impact
health and safety FGDs/ KIIs/ Community impact measures order condition of
hazards associated Consultations the local
with Holcim La Union communities
activities
Disturbance on the
peace and order of the
area because of influx
of workers and
economic activities
Generation of Local Increase in income- Ocular/Filed Observations Semi-Annual Impact  Proponent 5,000/ Manifestations/ Incident Report on Complaint received - Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
Benefits from the earning opportunities Communities through CRO monitoring observations during negative impact on the negative measures to
Proposed Project Gather secondary data from monitoring that will impact mitigate Implement measures to mitigate Take action to address negative
No. of business Barangay/ Municipal LGUs negative negative impact impact
result in negative
impact
established due to the impact
construction FGDs/ KIIs/ Community
Consultations
Generation of
additional revenue for
the Local Government
419

Traffic Congestion Occurrence of traffic Gather data from Barangay/ Semi-Annual Impact  Proponent 5,000/ Manifestations/ Incident Report on Complaint received - Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
hazards related to Municipal LGUs Communities through CRO monitoring observations during negative impact on the negative measures to
Holcim La Union monitoring that will impact mitigate Implement measures to mitigate Take action to address negative
FGDs/ KIIs/ Community negative negative impact impact
activities result in negative
impact
Consultations impact
OPERATION PHASE
Soil
Improper disposal Cement processing Direct measurement Semi annual Plant Holcim La Union, Part of RA 9003 All domestic wastes will be sold to recyclers.
of domestic wastes refuse materials Laboratory MMT, Pollution operation
may contaminate Control officer Cost - Residual waste will be disposed to a designated sanitary land fill
the soil
- All used oils, lubricants will be sold to recyclers.
Volume of used oil and Holcim La
grease Union, parking - Residual waste will be disposed to a designated sanitary land fill/MRF.
Soil Contamination area
due to accidental - Contaminated soils will be removed and disposed off site.
fuel and lubricant
spills from vehicles Provision of Refuse storage facility with oil and water separator to contain any accidental
Haulers/contra spill.
and cement plant
equipment may ctors,
occur Maintenance
mechanic,
MMT
Terrestrial
Terrestrial Flora Biodiversity, Species Quadrat Sampling and Annual Identified Holcim 150,000/ Manifestations/  Tree growing Continue
Ecosystem Richness, Endemicity, Transect Walk Sampling Environmental monitoring observations during program monitoring and
Conservation Status Stations Management monitoring that will assessment of Flora
Wildlife protection
Section, DENR, result in negative program
Consultants impact
Fauna Biodiversity, Species Sampling (Mist netting, Snap Annual Identified Holcim 150,000/ Manifestations/  Tree growing Continue
Richness, Endemicity, Traps, etc.) and Transect Sampling Environmental monitoring observations during program monitoring and
Conservation Status Walk Stations Management monitoring that will assessment of
Wildlife protection Fauna
Section, DENR, result in negative program
Consultants impact
Water
Water Quantity Groundwater  Static Water Level Piezometer Daily Deepwells: Holcim Part of ( - ) 2 meter variance ( - ) 4 meter ( - ) 6 meter variance Check any  Check any additional water  Check any additional water
 Deepwell pump monitoring Philippines, Inc. Holcim from the standard variance from the from the standard additional water uses, uses,
operating time Flow meter  Ballogo operating water level standard water water level uses  Check the water system for  Check the water system for
Volume of water Monthly Deep Well any leakages, any leakages,
cost level
extracted (DW), Review the Water Management  Review the Water
reporting
 Curba DW, Pollution Control Plan Management Plan
 1.4-km Consider other alternative
Officer sources of water
Conveyor
DW
Storage Tanks
420

 Slurry Tank
 Horizontal
Tank
 Vertical
Tank
 Tanks for
domestic
use
Effluent  pH In-situ measurement using Monthly E1-5B Truck Holcim Part of Class SC Class SC Class SC  Investigate the  Investigate the source to  Investigate the source to
Class SC  Temperature hand-held water quality Scale Philippines, Inc. Holcim Temp: 2.0°C change Temp: 2.5°C Temp=3°C change source and identify possible pollutant identify possible pollutant
 Conductivity tester E2-6B Main operating (from ambient at change (from ambient at identify possible sources sources
 TDS Creek Pollution Control cost discharge point) (from ambient at discharge point) pollutant
 TSS Grab sampling and E3-7B Bagbag, Officer TSS: 60-80 mg/l discharge point) TSS=100 mg/l sources  If the problem is within the  Provide additional mitigation
 Oil &Grease laboratory analysis in front of pH: 6.4-6.9 or 8.3- TSS: 81-99 mg/l pH: 6.0-9.0 construction/operation area, measures or pollution control
 Heavy metals: As, power house 8.5 pH: 6.1-6.3 or 8.6- Oil&Grease=10 mg/l Conduct corrective conduct adjustments/ facilities
Cr (hexavalent), Cd, actions if needed appropriate corrective action
Oil&Grease: 6.0-8.0 8.9 Color=150 TCU
Pb, Hg at identified pollutant source.
 5-day BOD New: mg/l Oil&Grease: 8.1-9.9 As=0.04 mg/l  If source is not project
 Color E4-Bagbag Color: 90-120 TCU mg/l Cd=0.01 mg/l construction, inform MMT
Storage As: 0.025-0.030 Color: 121-149 TCU Pb: 0.1 mg/l regarding possible source for
the group’s investigation and
E5-Trucker’s Cd: 0.006-0.0079 As: 0.031-0.039 Hg=0.004 mg/l
coordination with LGU
Parking mg/l Cd: 0.008-0.009 Cr6+:0.1 mg/l
Pb: 0.06-0.079 mg/l mg/l
Hg=0.0025-0.0029 Pb: 0.08-0.09 mg/l
mg/l Hg=0.0030-0.0039
Cr6+: 0.08-0.09 mg/l mg/l
Cr6+: 0.08-0.09
mg/l
In-situ measurement using Class SA (MW4) Class SA (MW4) Class SA (MW4)  Investigate the  Investigate the source to  Investigate the source to
 pH source and identify possible pollutant identify possible pollutant
hand-held water quality DO: 6.6-6.9 mg/l DO: 6.1-6.5 mg/l DO=6 mg/l minimum
 Temperature identify possible sources sources
tester Temp: 25-25.5 or Temp: 25.6-25.9 or Temp=26 (min) or
 DO pollutant
28.5-28.9 °C 29-29.9°C =30 (max) °C
sources  If the problem is within the  Provide additional mitigation
TSS: 15-19 mg/l TSS: 20-24 mg/l TSS=25 mg/l construction/operation area, measures or pollution control
pH: 7.3-7.5 or 8-8.2 pH: 7.1-7.3 or 8.2- pH: 7-8.5  Conduct conduct adjustments/ facilities
Oil&Grease: 0.3-0.6 8.4 Oil&Grease=1 mg/l corrective appropriate corrective action
mg/l Oil&Grease: 0.7-0.9 Color=5 TCU actions if at identified pollutant source.  If source is not project
Color: 3-4 TCU mg/l needed construction, inform MMT
Class SC: regarding possible source for
Holcim Color: 4.1-4.9 TCU Class SC
MW1, MW2, Part of the group’s investigation and
Philippines, Inc. Class SC (MW1, MW2, MW3)
Marine MW3 Holcim coordination with LGU
Quarterly (MW1, MW2, MW3) Class SC DO=5 mg/l minimum
(Ambient) operating
Pollution Control DO: 5.6-5.9 mg/l (MW1, MW2, Temp=25 (min) or
 TSS Grab sampling and Class SA cost
Officer Temp: 24-24.5 or MW3) =31 (max) °C
 Oil & Grease laboratory analysis MW4
 Color 29.5-29.9 °C DO: 5.1-5.5 mg/l TSS=80 mg/l
TSS: 60-69 mg/l Temp: 24.6-24.9 or pH: 6.0-9.0
pH: 6.4-6.9 or 8.3-8.5 30-30.9°C Oil&Grease=3 mg/l
Oil&Grease: 2.0-2.4 TSS: 70-79 mg/l Color=75 TCU
mg/l pH: 6.1-6.3 or 8.6-
Color: 45-60 TCU 8.9
Oil&Grease: 2.5-2.9
mg/l
Color: 61-74 TCU
421

Water Quality  Groundwater  pH In-situ Monthly Class B Holcim Part of Holcim Class A Class A Class A  Investigate the source and  Investigate the source to
 Temperature measurement GW1, GW2, GW3 Philippines, operating cost Temp: 25-25.5 or Temp: 25.6-25.9 or Temp=26 (min) or identify possible pollutant identify possible pollutant
 Conductivity using hand-held Inc. 28.5-28.9 °C 29-29.9°C =30 (max) °C sources sources
 TDS
water quality Class A TSS: 30-39 mg/l TSS: 40-49 mg/l TSS=50 mg/l
Salinity  Conduct corrective actions if  If the problem is within the
tester GW4, GW5 Pollution pH: 7.1-7.5 or 8-8.2 pH: 6.6-7.0 or 8.2-8.4 pH: 6.5-8.5 needed construction/operation area,
Control Oil&Grease: 0.3-0.6 Oil&Grease: 0.7-0.9 Oil&Grease=1 mg/l conduct adjustments/
 TSS Grab sampling Officer mg/l mg/l Chloride=250 mg/l appropriate corrective action
 Oil &Grease and laboratory Chloride:150-119 Chloride:200-249 Color=50 TCU at identified pollutant source.
 Color analysis mg/l mg/l Conductivity --
Chloride TDS --
Color: 30-40 TCU Color: 41-49 TCU
Conductivity -- Conductivity -- Salinity –
TDS -- TDS --
Salinity – Salinity – Class B
Temp=26 (min) or
Class B Class B =30 (max) °C
Temp: 25-25.5 or Temp: 25.6-25.9 or TSS=65 mg/l
28.5-28.9 °C 29-29.9°C pH: 6.5-8.5
TSS: 30-49 mg/l TSS: 50-64 mg/l Oil&Grease=1 mg/l
pH: 7.1-7.5 or 8-8.2 pH: 6.6-7.0 or 8.2-8.4 Chloride=250 mg/l
Oil&Grease: 0.3-0.6 Oil&Grease: 0.7-0.9 Color=50 TCU
mg/l mg/l Conductivity --
Chloride:150-119 Chloride:200-249 TDS --
mg/l mg/l Salinity --
Color: 30-40 TCU Color: 41-49 TCU
Conductivity -- Conductivity --
TDS -- TDS --
Salinity – Salinity --
Air and Noise

Air component Ambient air Particulates, SO2, NO2 Proper operation and Real time Kiln stack Holcim EO To be PM: 94 PM: 108 PM: 13514 Check CEMS Implement appropriate Corrective action on the boiler
pollution maintenance of the CEMS13 determined operations corrective action at the CEMS system
(Kiln stack emissions) SO2: 945 SO2: 1080 SO2: 1350
NO2: 945 NO2: 1080 NO2: 1350
Air component Ambient air (S) High Volume quarterly Initially the  Holcim EO To be 1.01 1.21 1.35 ug/ncm
pollution same stations  Consultant determined
(Ambient air quality) Pb (A) Atomic Absorption during the EIA (c) -do- -do- -do-
Spectrophotometry,USEPA
40 CFR, Part 50, Appendix G
(S)Prescribed sampling Initially the  Holcim EO To be

method same stations  Consultant determined
Cd quarterly 0.007 0.008 0.009 mg/ncm (c) -do- -do- -do-
during the EIA
(A) AAS
Initially the  Holcim EO To be

(S)Prescribed sampling
As quarterly same stations  Consultant determined 0.014 0.016 0.018 mg/ncm (c) -do- -do- -do-
method
during the EIA
13 Continuous emission monitoring system

14 All units are in mg/ncm
422

(A) AAS
High Volume with 10 micron quarterly Initially the  Holcim EO To be 126 144 180 ug/ncm - ID source of - Corrective action on plant Temporary stoppage of polluting
particle-size inlet (A) same stations  Consultant determined pollutant process that emits the source
Gravimetric during the EIA - Evaluate plant pollutant.
process that - Conduct monitoring after
emits the corrective action
USEPA 40 CFR, Part 50,
PM10 pollutant
Appendix J - Monitor
ambient levels
at stations
- Conduct air
dispersion
modeling
(S) 1 hr High Volume- quarterly Initially the  Holcim EO To be 189 216 270 ug/ncm
same stations  Consultant determined
TSP -do- -do- -do-
(A) Gravimetric USEPA 40 during the EIA
CFR, Part 50, Appendix B
(S) 1hr Gas Bubbler quarterly Initially the  Holcim EO To be 214 245 306 ug/ncm
SO2 -do- -do- -do-
(A) Pararosaniline Method during the EIA
(West and Gaeke Method
(S) 1hr Gas Bubbler quarterly Initially the  Holcim EO To be 164 187 234 ug/ncm
NO2 (A) Griess-Saltzman or during the EIA -do- -do- -do-
Air component Noise impacts in Sound levels 24 hr sound measurements quarterly Initially the  Holcim EO To be (a) (b) Will depend on the - Identification of - Corrective action on noise Temporary stoppage of noise
receptor areas using hand-held sound meter same stations  Consultant determined category of the possible source equipment source source
(Ambient sound during the EIA receptor (AA, A, C, D) of noise - Conduct monitoring after
levels) - Check buffer corrective action
zones and noise
attenuation
measures
- Conduct noise
modeling
People
Plant Operations In-migration and No. of workers HR Manpower Monitoring Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact  Proponent 5,000/ Manifestations/ Incident report on Complaint received - Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
Increase in Day- employed from the Report Communities through HR monitoring observations of non- non- on implementation measures to
Time Population host barangay and Manager and implementation of implementation of of mitigating mitigate - Implement measures to Take action to address negative
FGDs/ KIIs/ Community CRO negative impact mitigate negative impact impact
municipality, including mitigating measures mitigating measures
employment from Consultations during monitoring measures
contractors
Implementation of
skills Development
Program
Workers and haulers

induction report
423

Threat to Delivery of Monitor adequateness Monitoring Reports Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact  Proponent 5,000/ Manifestations/ Incident report on Complaint received - Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
Basic Services/ of basic services and Communities through monitoring observations of non- non- on implementation measures to
Resource status of resources FGDs/ KIIs/ Community Security implementation of implementation of of mitigating mitigate - Implement measures to Take action to address negative
Consultations Manager and negative impact mitigate negative impact impact
Competition available to the mitigating measures mitigating measures
CRO
current population during monitoring measures
Community
development project
implemented to
improve availability of
basic services and
resources
Threat to public Health effects due to Review of community health Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact  Proponent Manifestations/ Incident report on Complaint received - Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
health and safety dust inhalation condition and peace and Communities through Safety observations during non- on the impact of measures to
order situation Officer and monitoring that will implementation of operation to the mitigate - Implement measures to Take action to address negative
Exposure to other CRO negative impact mitigate negative impact impact
result in negative mitigating health and peace and
health and safety FGDs/ KIIs/ Community impact measures order condition of
hazards associated Consultations the local
with Holcim La Union communities
activities
Disturbance on the
peace and order of the
area because of influx
of workers and
economic activities
Generation of Local Increase in income- Ocular/Filed Observations Semi-Annual Impact  Proponent 5,000/ Manifestations/ Incident Report on Complaint received - Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
Benefits from the earning opportunities Communities through CRO monitoring observations during negative impact on the negative measures to
Proposed Project Gather secondary data from monitoring that will impact mitigate - Implement measures to Take action to address negative
No. of business Barangay/ Municipal LGUs negative impact mitigate negative impact impact
result in negative
established due to the impact
expanded operations FGDs/ KIIs/ Community
Consultations
Generation of
additional revenue for
the Local Government
Traffic Congestion Occurrence of traffic Gather data from Barangay/ Semi-Annual Impact  Proponent 5,000/ Manifestations/ Incident Report on Complaint received Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
hazards related to Municipal LGUs Communities through CRO monitoring observations during negative impact on the negative measures to
Holcim La Union monitoring that will impact mitigate negative - Implement measures to Take action to address negative
activities FGDs/ KIIs/ Community result in negative impact mitigate negative impact impact
Consultations impact
ABANDONMENT PHASE
Decommissioning Health effect of dust No. of health incidents Review of community health Semi-Annual Plant/ Impact  Proponent Manifestations/ Incident report on Complaint received Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
of Machines/ pollution associated related that may be condition, morbidity cases Communities through Safety observations during non- on the impact of measures to
Equipment with attributed to dust Officer and monitoring that will implementation of operation to the mitigate negative Implement measures to mitigate Take action to address negative
pollution CRO health condition of impact negative impact impact
424

Demolition of decommissioning FGDs/ KIIs/ Community result in negative mitigating the local
facilities activities Consultations impact measures communities
Closure of Temporary increase No. of workers HR Manpower Monitoring Annual Plant/ Impact  Proponent 5,000/ Manifestations/ Incident report on Complaint received Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
operation in employment employed from the Report Communities through HR monitoring observations during non-prioritization on non-hiring of measures to
opportunities impact communities, Manager and monitoring that of hiring locals locals mitigate negative Implement measures to mitigate Take action to address negative
followed by a including employment FGDs/ KIIs/ Community CRO minimal labor force impact negative impact impact
decrease from contractors Consultations came from the local
communities
Possible decline in No. of business Ocular/Filed Observations Annual Impact  Proponent 5,000/ Manifestations/ Incident Report on Complaint received Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
economic activities affected due to closure Communities through CRO monitoring observations during negative impact on the negative measures to
Gather data from Barangay/ monitoring that will impact mitigate negative Implement measures to mitigate Take action to address negative
Municipal LGUs result in negative impact negative impact impact
impact
Consultations
Change in No. of implemented Gather secondary data from Annual Impact  Proponent 5,000/ Manifestations/ Incident Report on Complaint received Implement Verify and validate report Conduct investigation
socio/community Community Barangay/ Municipal LGUs Communities through CRO monitoring observations during negative impact on the negative measures to
development Development and Beneficiaries monitoring that will impact mitigate negative Implement measures to mitigate Take action to address negative
benefits Programs/ Projects/ result in negative impact negative impact impact
Activities continuously FGDs/ KIIs/ Community impact
managed or sustained Consultations
by the beneficiaries
Change in the Possible decrease in Monitor decrease in LGU Gather data Semi-Annual  Impact Proponent 5,000/ monitoring Manifestations/ Incident Report on Complaint received Implement measures to mitigate Verify and validate report
revenue collection Local Government Income from Barangay/ Communities through observations negative impact on the negative negative impact
of the Local revenues Municipal LGUs CRO during monitoring impact Implement measures to mitigate
Government that will result in negative impact
FGDs/ KIIs/ negative impact
Community
Consultations
425
1.2 Multi-sectoral Monitoring Framework
Multi-sectoral monitoring for the project shall be based on the guidelines/requirements of the Revised
Procedural Manual for DENR Administrative Order 2003-30 (Implementing Rules and Regulations of
Presidential Decree No. 1586, Establishing the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement System).
A Multi-partite Monitoring Team (MMT) was established to assess and validate compliance with the
relevant environmental standards and shall be restructured base on on the new guidelines stated in
DAO 2017 - 15. The new MMT will be composed by representatives of the following offices:
 Municipal Environment and and Natural Resources Officer (Chairman)

 Rural Health Unit
 Local Government Unit – Barangay Quirino
 Non-Government Organization
 Locally recognized Community Leaders (maximum of two representatives)
 Department of Trade and Industry (DTI)
The MMT shall have the following functions:
 Monitor, assess, and validate the project’s compliance as stated in the EIA Report, ECC, and
other relevant environmental standards
 Set-up project specific (location-based) environmental standards in accordance with
environmental standards identified above
 Prepare members of the MMT to handle monitoring activities through proper trainings
 Management and disposition of complaints formally filed against the project proponent and
its contractors
 Fiduciary management of funds allocated for the above purposes
As stated under the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement System (PEISS), MMTs are organized
to encourage public participation, to promote greater stakeholder vigilance and to provide an
appropriate check and balance mechanisms in the monitoring of project implementation. The MMT is
recommendatory to EMB. MMTs have the primary responsibility of validation of Proponent’s
environmental performance, with the following specific functions:
i. Validate project compliance with the conditions stipulated in the ECC and the EMP;
ii. Validate Proponent’s conduct of self-monitoring;
426
iii. Receive complaints, gather relevant information to facilitate determination of validity of

complaints or concerns about the project and timely transmit to the Proponent and EMB
recommended measures to address the complaint;
iv. Prepare, integrate and disseminate simplified validation reports to community stakeholders;
v. Make regular and timely submission of MMT Reports based on the EMB-prescribed format.
6.3 Environmental Guarantee and Monitoring Fund Commitment
The proponent, Holcim Philippines, Inc. – La Union Plant shall establish an Environmental Monitoring
Fund (EMF) and an Environmental Guarantee Fund (EGF) based on the guidelines stipulated in the
Philippine EIS System (PEISS).
As defined by the PEISS, the Environmental Monitoring Fund (EMF) is a fund that a proponent shall
commit to establish in support of the activities of the MMT for the compliance monitoring. The EMF
will be established as agreed upon and specified in the Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) between
DENR-EMB and the Proponent, with conformity of the MMT members. The actual amount to be
allocated for the EMF shall be determined based on the Annual Work and Financial Plan (AWFP) that
would be agreed upon by the MMT, derived from the Proponent’s Environmental Monitoring Plan
(EMoP). The rates or amounts that will be used in the preparation of the Work and Financial Plan shall
be in accordance with the rates agreed upon and within the limits set by the PEISS or as prescribed in
pertinent government guidelines. The EMF budget for this project is Php 50,000 replaceable.
The Environmental Guarantee Fund (EGF), on the other hand, is a fund that proponent shall commit
to establish when an ECC is issued for projects or undertakings determined by EMB to pose significant
risk to answer for damage to life, property, and the environment caused by such risk, or requiring
rehabilitation or restoration measures. It shall also be used to implement damage prevention
measures, environmental education, scientific or research studies, IEC, training on environmental risk
or environmental accident-related matters. The total EGF to be utilized by the project is PhP
1,000,000.
The EGF shall be established and used for the following risk-management related purposes:
1) The immediate rehabilitation of areas affected by damage to the environment and the
resulting deterioration of environmental quality as a direct consequence of project
construction, operation, and abandonment;
2) The just compensation of parties and communities affected by the negative impacts of the
project;
427
3) the conduct of scientific or research studies that will aid in the prevention or rehabilitation of
accidents and/or risk-related environmental damages; or
4) For contingency clean-up activities, environmental enhancement measures, damage
prevention program including the necessary IEC and capability building activities to
significantly minimize or buffer environmental risk- related impacts.
428
EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICY AND GUIDELINES
7.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICY AND GUIDELINES
To address emergency situations such as those involving the loss of life and damage to property, a
comprehensive system of procedures that includes, among others, the identification of potential
occurrence of emergencies, appropriate response procedures, and personnel training was established
by the company.
As part of the mandated Safety and Health Program (SHP), emergency plan procedures for specific
emergency situations were created and enacted. Appropriate equipment that is essential for carrying
said procedures were and shall continually be identified and acquired. Adequate prevention systems
and/or early warning devices were also installed throughout the project area.
Moreover, periodic drills will still be conducted to test the procedures, understanding of all personnel
regarding said procedures, and the readiness of the response teams.
7.1 Emergency Response Team
As part of the Safety and Health Office, an Emergency Response Team was established by the
company. This team, headed by the designated Safety Manager, will still carry out the safety
procedures whenever an emergency is reported and shall be continually be comprised, but not
limited, of the following:
 First Aid Team;

 Rescue and Recovery;
 Logistics;
 Security and Crowd Control;
 Fire Brigade;
 Internal and External Communications; and
 Hazardous Material Control.
7.2 Emergency Procedures
Specific procedures for each type of emergency have already been established by HPHI – La Union,
which shall be continually documented, employed, and disseminated. These procedures shall also still
be given as part of the training of personnel.
429
General rule when emergency occurs:
The person who discovers the emergency must keep calm, assess the situation, and alert the
company by setting of local alarm (if available) and/ or contacting the Admin Lobby Security Guard /
Emergency Call Receiver either by:
 Radio
The person who discovers the emergency must:
 State clearly that it is an EMERGENCY

 Provide his/ her name
 State the type of Emergency – Medical, Fire and etc. and assistance required
 State exact Location of the Emergency
 Provide Phone Number if available
 State the company where he/ she is employed
 Ensure that his/ her message has been understood
7.2.1 Fire and Explosion
7.2.1.1 Fire Prevention
1. Observe rules and regulations on safety in the installation, operation, and maintenance of the
equipment. (Refer to Electrical Code, Mechanical Professional Code, Occupational Health and
Safety Laws, Fire Code of the Philippines);
2. Implement “No Smoking” policy on all fire-critical areas within the plant. “No Smoking” signs
indicate that there are inflammable materials and fire-risk condition in the area;
3. Keep flammable storage areas well ventilated and free from sources of ignition;
4. Dispose all flammable waste materials immediately. Place flammable scraps and oil-
contaminated rags in “Hazardous Waste” bin;
5. Change clothes immediately if they are soaked with oil, kerosene, gasoline or any flammable
liquids;
6. Unplug electrical equipment when not in use, more importantly, those that build up heat such
as fans, air pots, ovens, hot plates and stoves; and
7. Avoid spaghetti wirings. Secure wires and cables.
430
7.2.1.2 Fire Preparedness
1. Install adequate firefighting equipment such as fire extinguishers, fire hydrants and other
equipment
 Inspect fire extinguishers monthly using Fire Extinguisher Register;
 Inspect fire hydrants and accessories quarterly using Fire Hydrant Inspection
Checklist;
 Inspect other firefighting equipment such as fire water pump quarterly; and
 Test and inspect fire alarm system annually.
2. Organize Fire Fighting Team in each areas of the plant;
3. Conduct fire drills at least twice a year;
4. Conduct regular firefighting skills training for all Fire Fighting and Emergency Response Team
members;
5. Conduct orientation training on fire prevention and fire fighting for all employees;
6. Know all fire exits and location of nearest fire extinguishers in the work area;
7. Place critical equipment in FIRE PROOF or not FIRE hazard areas; and
8. Important documents and files must be placed in FIRE PROOF cabinet
7.2.1.3 In Case of Fire
7.2.1.3.1 Person who discover Fire
For Small Fire, extinguish the fire using Fire Extinguisher. If out of control, facilitate evacuation to
designation area. Leave the area through the designated emergency exits. In case of mass evacuation,
follow the evacuation marshals, and proceed to designated assembly area.
7.2.1.3.2 Emergency Response Team
Responsible for the hands-on controlling of Fire.

Make contact with the person who reported the emergency and assess the situation with respect to
the following:
 Safety to access area (Do not place additional personnel at risk)

 Assist injured person, if any
 Securing plant and equipment
431
7.2.1.3.3 Authorized Fire Truck Driver
Drives the emergency response vehicles and assist where possible
7.2.1.3.4 Medical Staff
Provide medical assistance at scene and in clinic. Drive ambulance to the scene if required.
7.2.1.3.5 Area Controller
Contact ERT Leader at the emergency scene immediately and control all operational aspects of
emergency.
7.2.2 Material, Oil, Chemical, Spills and Gas Leaks
Chemical, oil materials spills, and gas leaks may happen during receiving, transport, storage, and use
of product. For prevention guidelines for such spills, refer to Handling, Storage, Usage and Disposal
of Chemicals and Waste Management.
Appropriate PPE shall be worn when controlling spills and gas leaks.
7.2.2.1 For the Area Owner
 Stop source of spill or leak, if possible, turn off valve or cover opening of container.
 Shut off operations if needed.
 For liquid and solid substances: Provide barriers to prevent or slow down further spread of
spill. Use appropriate spill control equipment such as boom (for spills in water or sea) rags,
raw mix, saw dust, sand or other absorbent materials.
Note: Never use sawdust or any combustible materials for strong acid.
 For Gas Leak:

- If you smell gas or suspect leak, shut off operations if needed. Take actions to ensure
your personal safety.
- Leave the area at once and pull the nearest fire / evacuation alarm to initiate
evacuation.
 Put up barricades and signs to warn off personnel passing by.
 Increase ventilation to prevent build up of noxious fumes and vapors if possible.
 Eliminate all possible sources of ignition in the area.
432
 Gather information of the spill or leak.

 Inform Superior of situation.
 CCR operator or control room operator to notify the Incident Commander.
 If spill or gas leak cannot be controlled: (Refer to General Rule when Emergency Occur)
 Do not re-enter the scene until authorized by the Incident Commander.
7.2.2.2 Emergency Response Team
1. Help in spill/ leak control detailed above.

2. Assess situation as to the level of emergency.
 need for recovery operation
 evacuation of areas affected
 communication requirements
3. Recover spilled oil or chemical, if possible. Place in labeled containers. Dispose recovered oil
and oil-contaminated materials according Handling, Storage, Usage and Disposal of Chemicals
7.2.3 Natural Disasters
Natural disaster cannot be prevented. However, adequate preparedness and response procedures
may be done to avoid or at least reduce their adverse effect.
7.2.3.1 Earthquake
7.2.3.1.1 Preparedness
 Ensure security and integrity of buildings and other infrastructure.

 Secure fallings hazards with rails and other suitable guards. Place large objects on lower shelves
and securely fasten shelves into wall.
 Secure all top-heavy furniture and appliances to the wall.
 Ensure that LPG tanks, gas cylinders and gas-operated appliances do not topple over in the
event of earthquake; and sturdy flexible connections are in place between the connectors and
the pipes.
 Store flammable materials such as fuel, paint, thinner, alcohol and solvents in a warehouse
away from the densely populated buildings/ areas.
433
7.2.3.1.2 During an Earthquake
 If caught indoor, stay there. Get under a sturdy desk or table, or brace under a doorframe or
corner.
 Stay away from windows, glass, cabinets, tall furniture, hanging plants and other objects which
may topple or sway.
 In a high-rise building, expect the fire alarms and sprinklers to go off during a quake. Do not use
the elevator. Beware of the possibility of fire.
 If caught outdoor, find a clear spot away from buildings, trees, power lines, chimneys or electric
cables. Drop to the ground.
 If riding a vehicle, slow down and drive to a clear place. Activate emergency blinkers. Do not
park under bridges, tall buildings and overhead wires. Stay in the car until the shaking stops.
Beware of the possible damages to bridges and road.
7.2.3.1.3 After the Earthquake
 Check self for injuries.

 Check others for injuries. Do not move seriously injured persons unless their location is in
immediate danger. If possible, give first aid for serious injuries.
 Shut off water and electrical mains. Check for gas leaks and possible electrical sparks. Do not light
matches or candles unless it is sure that there is no gas leak.
 Look for and extinguish small fire, if any.
 Wear heavy work clothes and sturdy shoes to be safe from debris and broken glass.
 Cordon off fallen electrical lines.
 Check water lines from breaks and leaks; check the sewage lines before flushing the toilet.
 Check the integrity of water and food supplies. Avoid using the telephone except for emergency
calls.
 Listen to the radio for instructions.
 Prepare for aftershocks.
 Inspect the whole building for damage. Do not go inside damaged buildings. Get everyone out, if
it is unsafe.
7.2.3.2 Lightning
 Do not carry metal objects and tools with pointed ends.
434
 People struck by lightning carry no electrical charge and van be handled safely. The injured
person has received an electrical shock and may be burned. Check for burns. Being struck by
lightning can also cause nervous systems damage, broken bones, and loss of hearing or eyesight.
 Give first aid. If breathing has stopped, begin rescue breathing. If the heart stopped beating, a
trained person should give CPR. If the person has pulse and is breathing, look and care for other
possible injuries.
7.2.4 Work Accidents and Instructions for First Aid
First aid kits shall be provided in strategic areas within the Plant to be ready for any worker accident
that would require first aid. The Plant Nurses shall regularly check these kits and ensure that adequate
first aid items such, antiseptics, bandages and scissors are available. Medicines shall be maintained at
the Plant Clinic and shall be issued upon request.
7.2.4.1 When a co-worker meets an accident
 Do not panic. Maintain presence of mind.

 Contact Admin Lobby Guard / Emergency Call Receiver
(Refer to General Rule when Emergency occurs)
7.2.4.2 Emergency Response Team
 ERT / First-aider to administer first aid, assists medical experts, gathers relevant information on
the incident while administering first aid.
7.2.4.3 Ambulance Driver
 Drive the ambulance to the emergency location and park in the most appropriate place or as
directed by the ERT Leader, Medical Coordination etc.
 Remain at the emergency site until relieved or the emergency is completed. Be prepared to assist,
relocate or drive the vehicle to an external emergency location (e.g. Hospital)
 Remain in contact with the ERT Leader and site security at all times if possible.
7.2.4.4 Medical staff
Visit the injured at the scene. Take responsibility for any treatment required:
435
1. Fractures
 A simple fracture does not pierce through the skin. If it is not handled properly, it could
become a compound fracture. If a fracture is suspected, check for swelling around the affected
area. If there are discoloration or bruises, call the doctor immediately.
 A compound fracture pierces through the skin, Serious bleeding may occur with thus kind of
wound. Do not apply pressure to compound fracture to stop bleeding. Cover the injured part
with sterile pad. Apply a splint to keep the bone from causing further injury to the surrounding
tissues. Wait for medical help. Avoid moving the victim, but keep him warm, comfortable and
assured.
2. Concussions and Contusions
A sharp blow to the head could result in concussion or jostling of the brain inside its protective,
bony covering. A more serious head injury may result in concussion or bruise in the brain. A period
of unconsciousness may indicate brain damage. While waiting for help to arrive, keep the victim
lying down in the recovery position. Control any bleeding. Be sure that the victim is breathing
properly. Do not give the victim any liquid to drink. If the victim becomes unconscious, keep track
of this information so that you can report it when medical help arrives.
3. Cuts and Abrasions
Cleanse area thoroughly with soap and warm water, carefully washing away any dirt. Apply direct
pressure to wound until bleeding stops. Put sterile bandage on wound. If cut is deep, bring to the
hospital for suturing and medical intervention.
4. Abrasions (scratches)
Wash thoroughly with soap and warm water. If it bleeds or oozes, apply bandage to protect from
inspection.
5. Burns
Never put greasy ointments on a burn. They seal heat into the wound and may cause infection. Seek
medical attention if burn covers more than oe body part; burn is located on any sensitive area of the
body (hand, face, feet, etc.); burn is third degree; and burn is caused by chemicals.
436
For first-degree burn that damaged the outer layer of the skin and characterized by redness, mild pain,
and swelling, immediately submerge the affected part in cold water. Hold it under cold running water
or place cold, wet clothes on it until the pain decreases. Cover with clean, dry gauze dressing for
protection.
6. Electric Shock
Remove the source of electricity from the victim before you touch him. Either turn off the master
switch to disconnect the power, or use a non-metal, dry object such as stick to pull the wire or
electrical source away from the victim’s body. If the victim is not breathing, begin cardiopulmonary
resuscitation (CPR). If the person is unconscious, but is breathing and has heartbeat, place him/her in
a recovery position and monitor his/her breathing and heart rate until medical help arrives.
7. Bleeding
A. External bleeding
Apply direct pressure. Place a clean, folded cloth over the injured area and firmly apply pressure. If
blood soaks through do not remove it. Instead, cover that cloth with another one and continue to
apply pressure to the wound for 7-10 minutes. If the bleeding is from the ear, place a clean bandage
over the ear, lay the victim on his side, and allow blood to drain out through the bandage. Elevate
injured part. Position the wounded part of the body above the level of the heart if possible while you
apply direct pressure. Know the pressure point. If direct pressure and elevation do not sufficiently
slow down the blood flow, find a pressure point. Large arteries found close to the skin’s surface supply
blood to the head and to arms and legs. The most common pressure points used during first are
located in the upper arms and legs. Apply pressure closest to the wound so that the artery is pressed
between your finger and the bone directly behind the artery. If using the pressure point on a leg, you
may need to use the heel of your hand instead of your finger. Resort to a tourniquet. On very rare
occasions everything listed above may fail. To prevent the victim from dying, you should apply a
tourniquet. Use a tourniquet ONLY if everything mentioned above has failed. If you use a tourniquet,
write down somewhere on the victim the time it was applied, so medical staff will know how long it
has been applied.
B. Internal Bleeding
Internal bleeding results when blood vessels rupture, allowing blood to leak into body cavities. It could
be a result of a direct blow to the body, a fracture, a sprain, or a bleeding ulcer. If a victim receives an
injury to the chest or abdomen, internal bleeding should be suspected. He will probably feel pain and
437
tenderness in the affected area. Check for an open airway and begin rescue breathing if necessary.
Call for medical help as soon as possible and keep the victim comfortable until help arrives.
8. Heat Exhaustion
Heat exhaustion is a common occurrence. Its symptoms are pale and clammy skin, rapid and weak
pulse, and complaints by the victim of weakness, headache, or nausea. The victim may have cramps
in abdomen or limbs.
9. Heat-stroke
Heat stroke is completely different from heat exhaustion. Its symptoms are a flushed and hot skin and
a rapid and strong pulse. The victim is often unconscious.
Cool the body of a heat-stroke victim immediately. If possible put him in cool water; wrap him in cool
wet clothes; or sponge his skin with cool water, rubbing alcohol, ice, or cold packs. Once the victim’s
temperature begins to rise again, you will need to repeat the cooling process. If he/she is able to drink,
you may give him some water. DO NOT GIVE A HEATSTROKE VICTIM ANY KIND OF MEDICATION. You
should watch for signs of shock while waiting for medical attention.
10. Chemical Poisoning
Poisoning is characterized by rash blistering swelling burning and itching. Remove any contaminated
clothing. Wash the affected area of the skin thoroughly with soap and cool water to remove any
poisoning residue. Be sure the water used to clean the area does not spread poison by running over
other parts of the body. Using washcloth could alsospread the poison. Rinse the area with rubbing
alcohol. Apply calamine lotion to the area to relieve itching and burning. If the victim develops a fever
for several days or experiences an excessive amount of inflammation, irritation, oozing, or itching, a
doctor should treat him.
11. Other
Moving Injured Persons:
Do not move an injured person before a physician or experience ambulance crew arrives unless there
is a real danger of his receiving further injury by being at the accident site. If possible, control bleeding,
maintain breathing, and splint all suspected fracture sites before moving. In carrying the injured
person to an area where stretcher van be manipulated, use either the two, or three-man carry
438
method, depending on the type and severity of the injury, the available help, and he physical
surroundings (stairs, walls narrow passages, etc.) The one and two-man systems are ideal for
transporting a person who is unconscious from asphyxiation or drowning, but are unsuited for carrying
a person suspected of having fractures or other severe injuries. In these cases, always use the three-
man carry method. An effective stretcher can be made by buttoning two shirts or a coat over two
sturdy branches, or by wrapping a blanket in thirds about the branches or poles. If the victim must be
moved, a stretcher must be used.
 Remove injured to the clinic or hospitals as appropriate if required.

 Ensure any hospitals are made aware that patients are on their way.
7.2.5 Bomb Threat
Security and Gate Control shall be strictly implemented to prevent possible entry of lawless
elements. The following are guidelines in case of bomb threat. Response procedure for explosion is
described in Fire and Explosion work instruction.
7.2.5.1 For employee or anyone who received the bomb threat
1. A bomb threat may be received by anyone in the organization either through phone, mail or
message at any time.
2. When a bomb threat is received through phone call:
a. Do not panic nor disregard the threat.

b. Be calm and courteous.
c. Listen and do not interrupt the caller.
d. The receiver must extract all information such as:
 location of the bomb

 time set of explosion / detonation
 description of the container / explosive
 type of explosive
 reason and motive of call or threat
e. Try to keep the caller talking as long as possible. The receiver must take note of the following:
 date and time message is received /sent

 language or dialect
439
 gender of caller (male / female / third sex)

 identifiable noise background like: music, trucks, cars, engines
3. Inform and report immediately threat to the Incident Commander
7.2.5.2 Holcim Philippines, Inc. – La Union Plant Management
1. Evaluate the emergency / threat.

2. Seek help from Experts (Explosive and Disposal Team), if needed.
3. Secure / shutdown equipment. Remove critical equipment and records.
4. Provide support to Explosive and Ordinance Disposal Team (EODT)
5. Conduct monitor and investigate.
6. Conduct debriefing and assessment.
7.2.6 Terrorist Attacks
The following are recommend courses of action to prevent or handle hostage-taking or other terrorist
attacks:
1. Appropriate security and intelligence measures shall be provided to avoid terrorist attack.
2. Anyone shall report sighting of suspicious elements within the vicinity of the company to Superior
and Security Office.
3. Inform and report immediately to the Incident Commander if terrorist attack is confirmed.
4. Security to call PNP / Military units: (Agencies’ Contact Numbers, refer to Emergency Response
Manual)
5. Assess situation, LEAVE if the area is unsafe.
7.2.7 Theft and Pilferage
A. PREVENTIVE ACTION
1. Maintain good relations with residents of the immediate community.

2. Organize sustainable livelihood programs.
3. Regularly dispose and clean-up scrap items.
4. Store items inventory at Procurement warehouse and department supplies at designated
department storage areas.
5. All company-owned items taken out from the plant premises shall be converted with
appropriate gate pass.
440
6. All personnel items brought inside the plant shall be recorded at the gate guard.
7. Employees / workers shall report to immediate supervisor or to the security office presence of
suspicious elements/movement or unauthorized activities inside the plant premises.
8. Security group to ensure all entries are checked and authorized.
9. Security group to conduct regular vicinity and border patrol.
10. Contractors to safe keep their equipment before leaving their working areas.
11. Housekeeping should be done before leaving the area.
B. SECURITY PROCEDURES
1. Personnel taking out company items without due authorization shall be apprehended and
items to be confiscated by the guard.
2. Security personnel shall prepare appropriate report to Admin. Services Officer who in turn
disseminates information to item custodian or department affected.
3. Security and department concerned shall conduct investigation of the incident.
4. File police blotter / record.
5. CSR Department to file appropriate court charges when necessary.
6. Submit investigation report to VP-Operations.
7.2.8 Handling Strike or Demonstration
This serves as guide to management and employees in handling strikes or demonstrations or threats
of such actions from employees, community residents or any group, which may have unresolved
grievances with company.
It is the policy of the company to hear grievances and open discussions with employees, community,
NGO and other groups.
In the event of strike or demonstration, OPCOM shall:
1. Increase security at gates, perimeters and critical areas in the plant. This is to protect employees,
company officers, equipment, properties and operations.
2. Assess situation:
 Determine group involved

 Determine and validate issues / grievances
 Decide action on grievances
441
3. Inform relevant authorities: DOLE, DENR, LGU, Police.

4. Arrange dialogue with involved groups
5. Involve/consult individual who can help resolve the situation
6. Where possible, resolve issues in amicable manner.
7. Any strike or demonstration should be diffused or acted upon immediately
7.2.9 Vehicular Accident
1. Inform the following:
 Immediate Superior
 OH & S Officer
 Plant Nurse
 Admin Services (for insurance claims)
2. In case of injury, call Clinic / Plant Nurse and OHS Officer. Refer to Worker Accidents and
Instructions for First Aid.
3. Plant Nurses to assess situation, arrange transport to hospital.
4. Personnel or Plant Nurse to inform hospital of emergency.
5. Security Officer to inform Police for blotter.
6. OHS Officer, Security Services and concerned department to conduct incident investigation. May
call on authorized government agencies in case of fatal accident.
7. OHS / Security Officer to prepare incident evaluation and report.
7.2.10 OIL SPILLS
Note: Oil spills may happen during receiving, transport, storage and use of Fuel
7.2.10.1 Containment, Recovery and Clean Up
Area Owner and Team
1. Recover oil spills by scooping using bucket. Place recovered oil spill in drums and dispose to AFR
tank. Water containing oil should be passed through the oil-water separator to recover the oil.
2. Clean the sewers and path of the spills with saw dust or raw mix. Oil contaminated materials
should be disposed at AFR container for saw dust.
3. If spill reaches oil-water separators, seal the outflow and conduct oil recovery by scooping and
absorbing with the use of bucket and oil absorber.
442
4. Prepare incident report regarding oil spill.

5. If spill cannot be controlled, contact the Admin Lobby Guard / Emergency Call Receiver (Refer to
General Rule when Emergency occur)
7.2.10.1.1 Emergency Preparedness and Response Team
1. Help in spill / leak controls as detailed above.

2. Assess situations as to the level of emergency
 Need for recovery operations
 Evacuation of areas affected
 Communication requirements
3. Recover spilled oil, if possible. Place in labeled containers.
7.2.11 Structural Collapse
When internal load bearing structural element fail, a structure may collapse into itself and exterior
wall are pulled into the falling structure. This scenario may be caused by construction activity, an
earthquake, or fire, and may result in dense debris. If the structural failure is caused by an explosion
or natural forces such as weather, the structure may collapse in an outward direction, resulting in a
less dense and more scattered debris field.
7.2.11.1 Before the collapse
1. Whenever there are reported structural cracks, Project Engineering group to conduct daily
structure integrity and crack monitoring, and communicate results to all concerned.
2. Cordon off the area as controlled area. Only authorized personnel are allowed to enter the
controlled area.
3. Investigate the extent of structural crack by means of boroscopy or other appropriate verification
technology.
4. Implement concrete remediation as recommended by structural experts.
5. In case of silo structure, maintain a maximum silo load level as recommended by structural
experts.
6. Install an audible industrial emergency alarm system to alert all personnel for possible evacuation
in the event integrity worsen.
7. Contractors and operations personnel on duty to monitor the structure and report on any unusual
situation of structure.
443
7.2.11.2 During Structural Collapse
1. Contact the Admin Lobby Guard / Emergency Call Receiver and then refer to General Rule when
Emergency Occur
2. Incident command system should be activated immediately. Incident Commander maintains
accountability and emergency response operation for all response personnel at the scene.
3. CCR operator to immediately shutdown machineries in emergency mode.
4. The OHS Officer is responsible for monitoring and assessing the safety aspects of the responders
during the collapsed structure event.
5. Rescue workers and emergency responders may be required to enter the collapsed structure in
command of the Incident Commander.
6. All operation employees, contractors and visitors present during the incident should assemble at
the identified evacuation area to conduct head count. All personnel should be accounted for.
7. Medical staff report to the emergency location and take responsibility for any treatment required.
8. Drive the ambulance to the emergency location and remain until emergency is completed. Be
prepared to assist, relocate or drive the vehicle to an external emergency location like hospital.
7.2.11.3 After structural collapse
1. Regular employees, contractors, visitors should submit report to the Incident commander
confirming the head count and their status.
2. VP-Operations to report the incident to the COO.
3. VP-Operations to formulate official statement (facts) in coordination with Makati-Head Office for
concurrence of COO, to inform LGU and conduct press briefing.
4. Incident scene should be cordoned off and restricted after the rescue operation for investigation.
5. Police, LGU, visitors and outside rescue teams should be held at Gate 1 for further instructions
from the Incident Commander.
6. Media/press should be advised by the security and crowd control team to stay at the Admin.
Training room for further instructions.
7. OHS Manager to conduct After Action Review.
8. OHS Manager to report incident to COO and Corporate OHS.
9. VP-Operations to report incident to relevant regulatory body.
7.3 Program Implementation Requirements
HPHI-La Union shall retain and continue to implement this program as part of its SHP. Personnel
responsible for spearheading these programs will continually be subjected to appropriate trainings
444
and necessary accreditation. Documentation and record relative to the safety and health
implementation will still be maintained and made accessible to all interested parties and
government agencies.
The emergency response policy and safety and health management system may be subjected to third
party certification in the future.
445
ABANDONMENT/DECOMMISSIONING/REHABILITATION AND GENERIC GUIDELINES
8.0 ABANDONMENT/DECOMMISSIONING/REHABILITATION AND GENERIC GUIDELINES
As with the end of every industry, the closure of the Project can affect the host community, create
loss/decrease in taxes, loss of employment, income and/or business opportunities derived from the
project.
The following objectives will be considered in the decommissioning plan:
a. Rehabilitate the disturbed areas to a condition that is beneficial to the environment and conforms
to the land use plan of the municipality and/or province that is mutually concurred by the
community, government agencies, and the company;
b. Manage and control off-site contamination by fortifying environmental control structures and
implementation of appropriate rehabilitation methods;
c. Remove and disband unnecessary Project facilities and equipment used in the operation;
d. Conduct a comprehensive management and monitoring of rehabilitated areas until such time that
the area is sustaining and is biologically and physically acceptable with the preferred final land-use;
and
e. Monitor SDP implementations and implement post-capacity training on the alternative skills and
livelihood opportunities that were initiated during the onset of the Project’s operation.
8.1 Decommissioning Plan
To carry out the transitional stage between cessation of operation and actual closure, the company
also plans to employ the following strategies:
Decommissioning Strategy Timeframe
Mobilization of the Closure Team. Start of IEC Closure Planning. Three (3) years before closure
Campaign as part of social preparation, and
creation of Closure ComRel Plan.
Inventory of all equipment and facilities by the Part of Closure Planning

Closure Team. Within two (2) years
before Closure
Assessment of the conditions of equipment and Part of Closure Planning

facilities by the Closure Team. Within 2 years
before Closure
446
ABANDONMENT/DECOMMISSIONING/REHABILITATION AND GENERIC GUIDELINES
Decommissioning Strategy Timeframe

Planning and review of decommissioning Part of Closure Planning
procedures vis-à-vis the standard operating Within one (1) year
procedures. Coordination with contractors. before Closure
Cross matching of company personnel and Part of Closure Planning
residents with the decommissioning tasks. Within 1 year before Closure
Trainings/seminars will be provided as the need
arises. Consultation with stakeholders.
Strengthening of IEC Campaign as part of social
preparation.
Decommissioning of equipment and facilities. Decommissioning and Rehabilitation Phase

Within 6 months after closure
Post assessment by the Closure Team on the Decommissioning and Rehabilitation Phase
decommissioned equipment and facilities. Within and after 1 year of closure
Rehabilitation of the decommissioned project Decommissioning and Rehabilitation Phase

component. Within and after 2 year of closure
A Closure Team will be established to oversee the implementation of the abovementioned. This team,
to be headed by the Plant Manager, will be composed of the various department heads and personnel
working under the safety and health, environment, and social departments.
447
INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION
9.0 INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION
The project organizational structure will be comprised mainly by the operations manager and
department heads. The pollution control officer will report directly to the operations manager and
shall take lead in implementing the environmental management programs as committed in the
Impacts Management Plan (IMP) and the Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) presented in this
EPRMP.
The PCO shall also have the following functions:
 Monitoring and evaluating the effectiveness of the mitigating and enhancement measures;
 Planning, proposing and implementing modifications or additional measures deemed
necessary to effectively protect the environment;
 Coordinating with relevant oversight agencies and other entities, including the local
government units to ensure their effective participation in the MMT activities;
 Ensure compliance to ECC conditions and reporting requirements of the DENR-EMB;
 Submission of Compliance Monitoring Report (CMR) in accordance with the specified format
in the implementing rules and regulations for Philippine Environmental Impact Statement
(PEIS) System; and
 Monitor the actual project impacts vis-à-vis the predicted impacts and management measures
presented in the EPRMP Report.
448
INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION
Figure 89 - Oraganizational Set-Up
449
ANNEXES
LIST OF ANNEXES
Annex A – ECC
Annex F – Focus Group Discussion Documentation and Attendance Sheet
Annex G - PEMAPS
Annex J - Sample pages of the Annual Safety and Health Program
Annex K - Sample Pages of the Trainings Conducted
Annex L - Sample Pages of the Risk Assessment Forms
Annex N – Lease Agreement Between HMDC and HPHI
450
ANNEXES
Annex A – ECC
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES

ANNEXES

ANNEXES

ANNEXES

ANNEXES
Annex F – Focus Group Discussion

Documentation and Attendance Sheet
ANNEXES
Annex G – PEMAPS
ANNEXES

ANNEXES

ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
Annex J - Sample pages of the Annual Safety

and Health Program
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
Annex K - Sample Pages of the Trainings

Conducted
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
Annex L - Sample Pages of the Risk

Assessment Forms
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES
ANNEXES

ANNEXES
Annex N – Lease Agreement Between HMDC

and HPHI
ANNEXES

EPRMPHolcim La Union

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EPRMPHolcim La Union

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EPRMPHolcim La Union

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Proposed Modification of Holcim La Union Plant

1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................... 1

2.4.1 Demographic Baseline Information of Impact Areas .................................................. 239

4.3.2 Methodology for the Proposed Project ....................................................................... 332

7.2.5.2 Holcim Philippines, Inc. – La Union Plant Management ......................................... 440

Table 78: Bacnotan Crime Statistics.................................................................................................... 258

Table 128 - Impact Management Plan................................................................................................ 303

Figure 1 : Project Location Map 3

Figure 28 : Soil Surface Bulk Density of the soil Sampling Locations 89

Plate 1 : Soil Surface Bulk Density Sampling 45

Annex B - IEC Documentation

Annex C – Public Scoping Documentation

Annex D – Laboratory Results

Annex E – Perception Survey Questionnaire

Annex F – Focus Group Discussion Documentation and Attendance Sheet

Annex H - Accountability Statement

Annex I - Sample Pages of the MSDS

Annex J - Sample pages of the Annual Safety and Health Program

Annex K - Sample Pages of the Trainings Conducted

Annex L - Sample Pages of the Risk Assessment Forms

Annex M - Operations and Maintenance

Annex N – Lease Agreement Between HMDC and HPHI

Annex O – Received Page of SMR and CMR

Name of Project Proposed Modification of Holcim La Union Plant

II. Proponent Profile

Proponent Name Holcim Philippines, Inc.

Address Head Office

III. Project Preparer

Address Unit 10C, Lansbergh Place, 170 Tomas Morato,

IV. Existing and Proposed Project Components

Roller press (new) & ball mill

B. Process Documentation of the Conduct of Environmental Impact Assessment

III. EIA Methodology

IV. Public Participation

 95% Level of Confidence;

C. Summary of Baseline Characterization

Module Summary of Baseline Conditions

Module Summary of Baseline Conditions

Terrestrial The floral resources identified during the

Hydrology The project site is bounded by two surface water

Module Summary of Baseline Conditions

the water samples exhibited high salinity values

High concentrations of chloride may mean

Module Summary of Baseline Conditions

Socio-Economic The continuous operations of Holcim La Union

Though based on the statistical data on

Result of Environmental Risk Assessment

Summary of Environmental Impact

Identified Impact Mitigating Measure

Identified Impact Mitigating Measure

Identified Impact Mitigating Measure

 Effective implementation of Environmental Management Program

Identified Impact Mitigating Measure

Summary of Environmental Monitoring

Sampling & Measurement Plan

1 Initially the same stations during baseline sampling

Sampling & Measurement Plan

spills from vehicles and

Sampling & Measurement Plan